Начало Каталог Помощ
Регистрация Вход
iapt-platform
/
mint
огледало от https://github.com/iapt-platform/mint.git
2
0
Разклонения 0
Файлове Задачи 0 Уики
ИН на ревизия: 1cdbf56205
Клонове Маркери
mint
/
api-v8
/
public
/
palihtml
/
s0203t.tik.htm

s0203t.tik.htm 637 KB
История Директен файл

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866 
  1. <body>
    2. 

  2. <p class="centered"> Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa</p>
    3. 

  3. <p class="nikaya">Majjhimanikāye</p>
    4. 

  4. <a name="mn3"></a>
    5. 

  5. <p class="book">Uparipaṇṇāsa-ṭīkā</p>
    6. 

  6. <a name="mn3_1"></a>
    7. 

  7. <p class="chapter">1. Devadahavaggo</p>
    8. 

  8. <p class="subhead">1. Devadahasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    9. 

  9. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para1"></a><a name="para1_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">1</span>. Dibbanti <a name="V2.0001"></a><a name="M2.0211"></a> kāmaguṇehi kīḷanti, laḷanti, tesu vā viharanti, vijayasamatthatāyogena paccatthike vijetuṃ icchanti; issariyaṭṭhānādisakkāradānaggahaṇaṃ taṃtaṃatthānusāsanañca karontā voharanti, puññānubhāvappattāya jutiyā jotenti vāti <span class="bld">devā vuccanti rājāno</span>. Tathā hi te catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṃ rañjayantā sayaṃ yathāvuttehi visesehi rājanti dibbanti sobhantīti ca, <span class="bld">‘‘rājāno’’</span>ti vuccanti. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti tasmiṃ nigamadese. <span class="bld">Sā</span>ti pokkharaṇī. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti taṃ, ‘‘devadaha’’nti laddhanāmaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ upādāya, tassa adūrabhavattāti keci. <span class="bld">Sabbaṃ</span> sukhādibhedaṃ vedayitaṃ. <span class="bld">Pubbe</span>ti purimajātiyaṃ. <span class="bld">Katakammapaccayā</span>ti katassa kammassa paccayabhāvato jātaṃ kammaṃ paṭicca. Tena sabbāpi vedanā kammaphalabhūtā eva anubhavitabbāti dasseti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘iminā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Aniyametvā vutta</span>nti, ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino’’ti evaṃ ime nāmāti avisesetvā vuttamatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Niyametvā</span>ti, ‘‘evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā’’ti evaṃ visesetvā dasseti.</p>
    10. 

  10. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kalisāsana</span>nti <a name="V2.0002"></a> parājayaṃ. Kalīti hi anattho vuccati, kalīti sasati vippharatīti <span class="bld">kalisāsanaṃ,</span> parājayo. Kalīti vā kodhamānādikilesajāti, tāya pana ayuttavāditā <span class="bld">kalisāsanaṃ</span>. Taṃ <span class="bld">āropetukāmo</span> vibhāvetukāmo<a name="M2.0212"></a>. <span class="bld">Ye</span> kammaṃ kataṃ akataṃ vāti <span class="bld">na jānanti, te kathaṃ</span> taṃ edisanti <span class="bld">jānissanti</span>. Ye ca kammaṃ pabhedato na jānanti, te kathaṃ tassa vipākaṃ jānissanti; vipākapariyositabhāvaṃ jānissanti, ye ca pāpassa kammassa paṭipakkhameva na jānanti; te kathaṃ tassa pahānaṃ kusalakammassa ca sampādanavidhiṃ jānissantīti imamatthaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘uttari pucchāyapi eseva nayo’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    11. 

  11. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para2"></a><a name="para2_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">2</span>. Kiñcāpi <span class="bld">cūḷadukkhakkhandhepi,</span> (ma. ni. 1.180) <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ sante’’</span>ti iminā tesaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ ajānanabhāvo eva ujukaṃ pakāsito heṭṭhā desanāya tathā pavattattā. Tathā hi <span class="bld">aṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.180) vuttaṃ – ‘‘evaṃ santeti tumhākaṃ evaṃ ajānanabhāve satī’’ti, tathāpi tattha uparidesanāya sambaddho evamattho vuccamāno yujjati, na aññathāti dassetuṃ idha, <span class="bld">‘‘mahānigaṇṭhassa vacane sacce santeti attho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ettakassa ṭhānassā</span>ti yathāvuttassa pañcaparimāṇassa kāraṇassa.</p>
    12. 

  12. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para3"></a><a name="para3_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">3</span>. Anekavāraṃ visarañjanaṃ idha gāḷhāpalepanaṃ, na sāṭakassa viya littatāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘bahalūpa…pe… littena viyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vuttameva,</span> na puna vattabbaṃ, tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbanti adhippāyo.</p>
    13. 

  13. <p class="bodytext">Imesaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ tādisassa tesaṃ abhāvato, <span class="bld">‘‘jānanakālo siyā’’</span>ti parikappavasena vadati. Tena evaṃ jānituṃ tehi sakkā siyā, tesañca dassanaṃ saccaṃ siyā. Yasmā tesaṃ dassanaṃ asaccaṃ, tasmā te na jāniṃsūti dasseti. <span class="bld">Catūsu kālesū</span>ti vaṇamukhassa parikantanakālo, sallassa esanakālo, abbuhanakālo, vaṇamukhe agadaṅgāraodahanakāloti imesu catūsu kālesu. <span class="bld">Suddhante</span>ti suddhakoṭṭhāse, dukkhassa anavasesato nijjīraṇaṭṭhena niddukkhabhāveti attho. <span class="bld">Ekāya upamāyā</span>ti, ‘‘sallena viddhassa hi viddhakāle vedanāya pākaṭakālo viyā’’ti imāya ekāya upamāya. <span class="bld">Tayo atthā</span>ti pubbe ahuvamhā vā no vā, pāpakammaṃ akarimhā vā no vā, evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akarimhāti ime tayo atthā. <span class="bld">Catūhi upamāhī</span>ti vaṇamukhaparikantanādīhi catūhi upamāhi. <span class="bld">Eko attho</span>ti, ‘‘ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇa’’ntiādinā <a name="M2.0213"></a> vutto eko attho. So hi dukkhanijjīraṇabhāvasāmaññā eko atthoti vutto.</p>
    14. 

  14. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para4"></a><a name="para4_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">4</span>. <span class="bld">Ime</span> <a name="V2.0003"></a> <span class="bld">pana</span> nigaṇṭhā. Āsaṅkāya <span class="bld">viddhosmīti saññaṃ uppādetvā. Paccāharitu</span>nti paccāvattituṃ, pariharitunti attho.</p>
    15. 

  15. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para5"></a><a name="para5_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">5</span>. <span class="bld">Atītavādaṃ saddahantāna</span>nti, ‘‘atthi kho, bho, nigaṇṭhā pubbe pāpakammaṃ kata’’nti evaṃ atītaṃsaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ mahānigaṇṭhassa vādaṃ saddahantānaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhūtattā</span>ti yathābhūtattā kiṃ aviparītameva atthaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattāti pucchati. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Saha dhammenāti sahadhammo, so eva <span class="bld">sahadhammiko</span> yathā ‘‘venayiko’’ti (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 8). ‘‘Dhammo’’ti ettha kāraṇaṃ adhippetanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sahetukaṃ sakāraṇa’’</span>nti. Paṭiharati paṭivattetīti paṭihāro, vādo eva paṭihāro <span class="bld">vādapaṭihāro;</span> taṃ, uttaranti attho. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘paccāgamanakavāda’’</span>nti, codanaṃ parivattetvā paṭipākatikakaraṇanti attho. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>nti idaṃ āvuttivasena gahetabbaṃ, ‘‘tesaṃ saddhāchedakavādaṃ nāma tesaṃ dassetī’’ti.</p>
    16. 

  16. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para6"></a><a name="para6_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">6</span>. <span class="bld">Avijjā aññāṇā sammohā</span>ti pariyāyavacanametaṃ. <span class="bld">Avijjā</span>ti vā avijjāya karaṇabhūtāya. <span class="bld">Aññāṇenā</span>ti ajānanena. <span class="bld">Sammohenā</span>ti sammuyhanena mahāmuḷhatāya. Sāmaṃyeva opakkamikā etarahi attano upakkamahetu dukkhavedanaṃ vediyamānaṃ – ‘‘yaṃkiñcāyaṃ…pe… pubbekatahetū’’ti <span class="bld">viparītato saddahatha</span>. Pubbekatahetuvādasaññitaṃ <span class="bld">vipallāsaggāhaṃ gaṇhatha</span>.</p>
    17. 

  17. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para7"></a><a name="para7_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">7</span>. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammo vuccati</span> paccakkhabhūto, tattha veditabbaṃ phalaṃ <span class="bld">diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākadāyaka’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Payogenā</span>ti kāyikena payogena vā vācasikena vā payogena. <span class="bld">Padhānenā</span>ti padahanena cetasikena ussāhanena. Āsanne bhavantare vipācetuṃ na sakkā, pageva dūreti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘dutiye vā tatiye vā attabhāve’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Nibbattakabhāvato sukhavedanāya hitanti <span class="bld">sukhavedanīyaṃ</span>. Sā pana vipākavedanābhāvato ekantato iṭṭhārammaṇā eva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘iṭṭhārammaṇavipākadāyaka’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Viparīta</span>nti <a name="M2.0214"></a> aniṭṭhārammaṇavipākadāyakaṃ. <span class="bld">Nipphanne</span>ti saddhiṃ aññena kammena nibbatte. <span class="bld">Samparāyavedanīyassā</span>ti upapajjavedanīyassa aparāpariyavedanīyassa. <span class="bld">Evaṃ santepī</span>ti kāmaṃ paripakkavedanīyanti diṭṭhadhammavedanīyameva vuccati, tathāpi atthettha atisayo diṭṭhadhammavisesabhāvato paripakkavedanīyassāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ayametthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ divase kataṃ, tato <span class="bld">sattadivasabbhantare</span>.</p>
    18. 

  18. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ paripakkavedanīyakammassa sattadivasabbhantare vipākadāne. <span class="bld">Ekavāraṃ kasitvā nisīdi</span> chātajjhatto hutvā. <span class="bld">Āgacchantī āha</span> – ‘‘ussūre bhattaṃ āharīyitthā’’ti domanassaṃ <a name="V2.0004"></a> anuppādetvā yathā katapuññaṃ anumodati. <span class="bld">Vijjotamānaṃ disvā,</span> ‘‘kiṃ nu kho idampi tappakāro, mama cittavikappamattaṃ, udāhu suvaṇṇamevā’’ti vīmaṃsanto <span class="bld">yaṭṭhiyā paharitvā</span>.</p>
    19. 

  19. <p class="bodytext">Vāḷayakkhasañcaraṇattā rājagahūpacārassa <span class="bld">nagare sahassabhaṇḍikaṃ cāresuṃ</span>. Uppannarāgo <span class="bld">cūḷāya ḍaṃsi. Rañño ācikkhitvā</span>ti taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ācikkhitvā. <span class="bld">Mallikāya vatthu</span> dhammapadavatthumhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.mallikādevīvatthu) āgatena nayena kathetabbaṃ.</p>
    20. 

  20. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Maraṇasantikepi kataṃ,</span> pageva tato puretaraṃ atītattabhāvesu ca kataṃ. <span class="bld">Idha nibbattitavipākoti vutto</span> avassaṃbhāvibhāvato. <span class="bld">Samparāyavedanīyameva</span> bhavantare vipākadāyakabhāvato. <span class="bld">Idha nibbattitaguṇotveva vutto,</span> na idha nibbattitavipākoti vimuttibhāvato. <span class="bld">Paripakkavedanīyanti veditabbaṃ</span> heṭṭhā vuttaparipakkavedanīyalakkhaṇānativattanato. <span class="bld">Sabbalahuṃ phaladāyikā</span>ti etena phaluppādanasamatthatāyogena kammassa paripakkavedanīyatāti dasseti.</p>
    21. 

  21. <p class="bodytext">Catuppañcakkhandhaphalatāya <span class="bld">saññābhavūpagaṃ</span> kammaṃ <span class="bld">bahuvedanīya</span>nti vuttaṃ. Ekakhandhaphalattā <span class="bld">asaññābhavūpagaṃ</span> kammaṃ <span class="bld">appavedanīyaṃ</span>. Keci pana, ‘‘arūpāvacarakammaṃ bahukālaṃ veditabbaphalattā bahuvedanīyaṃ, itaraṃ appavedanīyaṃ. Rūpārūpāvacarakammaṃ vā bahuvedanīyaṃ, parittakammaṃ appavedanīya’’nti vadanti. <span class="bld">Savipākaṃ kamma</span>nti paccayantarasamavāye vipākuppādanasamatthaṃ, na āraddhavipākameva. <span class="bld">Avipākaṃ kamma</span>nti paccayavekallena vipaccituṃ asamatthaṃ ahosikammādibhedaṃ.</p>
    22. 

  22. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para8"></a><a name="para8_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">8</span>. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīna</span>nti <a name="M2.0215"></a> diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīnaṃ dasannaṃ kammānaṃ upakkamena kammānaṃ aññāthābhāvassa anāpādanīyattā yathāsabhāveneva kammāni tiṭṭhanti. Tattha nigaṇṭhānaṃ upakkamo nippayojanoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aphalo’’</span>ti. Nigaṇṭhānaṃ padahanassa micchāvāyāmassa nipphalabhāvappavedano <span class="bld">padhānacchedakavādo. Parehi vuttakāraṇehī</span>ti yehi kāraṇehi nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādesu dosaṃ dassenti. Tehi parehi vuttakāraṇehi. Na hi lakkhaṇayuttena hetunā vinā paravādesu dosaṃ dassetuṃ sakkā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sakāraṇā hutvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādā ca anuvādā cā</span>ti nigaṇṭhehi vuccamānā sakasakasamayappavedikā vādāceva sāvakehi vuccamānā tesaṃ anuvādā ca. <span class="bld">Viññūhi garahitabbaṃ kāraṇaṃ āgacchantī</span>ti, ‘‘ayamettha doso’’ti tattha tattha viññūhi paṇḍitehi garahārahaṃ kāraṇaṃ upagacchanti, pāpuṇantīti attho. <span class="bld">Tassattho</span>tiādīsu ayaṃ saṅkhepattho<a name="V2.0005"></a>, ‘‘vuttanayena parehi vuttena kāraṇena sakāraṇā hutvā dosadassanavasena nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādā anuppattā, tato eva taṃ vādaṃ appasādanīyabhāvadassanena sosentā hetusampattivohārasukkhanena milāpentā dukkaṭakammakārinotiādayo dasa gārayhāpadesā upagacchantī’’ti.</p>
    23. 

  23. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para9"></a><a name="para9_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">9</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅgatibhāvahetū</span>ti tattha tattha yadicchāya samuṭṭhitasaṅgatinimittaṃ. Sā pana saṅgati niyatilakkhaṇāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘niyatibhāvakāraṇā’’</span>ti. Acchejjasuttāvutaabhejjamaṇi viya hi paṭiniyatatā niyatipavattīti. <span class="bld">Chaḷabhijātihetū</span>ti kaṇhābhijāti nīlābhijāti lohitābhijāti haliddābhijāti sukkābhijāti paramasukkābhijātīti imāsu abhijātīsu jātinimittaṃ. <span class="bld">Pāpasaṅgatikā</span>ti nihīnasaṅgatikā.</p>
    24. 

  24. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para10"></a><a name="para10_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">10</span>. <span class="bld">Anaddhabhūta</span>nti ettha adhi-saddena samānattho <span class="bld">addha</span>-saddoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘anaddhabhūtanti anadhibhūta’’</span>nti. Yathā āpāyiko attabhāvo mahatā dukkhena abhibhuyyati, na tathā ayanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘dukkhena anadhibhūto nāma manussattabhāvo vuccatī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Acelako hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.394) vuttāya <span class="bld">nānappakārāya dukkarakārikāya</span> kilamathena. Yadi evaṃ <a name="M2.0216"></a> kathaṃ dhutaṅgadharāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ye panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Niyyānikasāsanasmiñhi vīriya</span>nti vivaṭṭasannissitaṃ katvā pavattiyamānaṃ vīriyaṃ sarīraṃ khedantampi <span class="bld">sammāvāyāmo nāma hoti</span> ñāyāraddhabhāvato.</p>
    25. 

  25. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Thero</span>ti ettha āgatamahārakkhitatthero. <span class="bld">Tisso sampattiyo</span> manussadevanibbānasampattiyo, sīlasamādhipaññāsampattiyo vā. <span class="bld">Khuraggeyevā</span>ti khure sīsagge eva, khure sīsaggato apanīte evāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Aya</span>nti, ‘‘issarakule nibbatto’’tiādinā vutto. Na sabbe eva sakkārapubbakaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yo dāsikucchiya’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Rajatamuddika</span>nti rajatamayaṃ aṅgulimuddikaṃ. <span class="bld">Gorakapiyaṅgumattenapī</span>ti kapitthachallikaṅgupupphagandhamattenapi.</p>
    26. 

  26. <p class="bodytext">Dhammena ñāyena āgatasukhaṃ dhammasukhanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘saṅghato vā…pe… paccayasukha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Amucchito</span>ti anajjhāpanno. Idāni taṃ anajjhāpannataṃ tassa ca phalaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dhammikaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Imassā</span>ti samudayassa. So hi pañcakkhandhassa dukkhassa kāraṇabhūtattā āsanno paccakkho katvā vutto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paccuppannāna’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Saṅkhāra</span>nti yathāraddhāya sātisayaṃ karaṇato saṅkhāranti laddhanāmaṃ balavavīriyaṃ ussoḷhiṃ. <span class="bld">Padahato</span>ti payuñjantassa pavattentassa. <span class="bld">Maggena virāgo hotī</span>ti ariyamaggena dukkhanidānassa virajjanā <a name="V2.0006"></a> hoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Iminā sukhāpaṭipadā khippābhiññā kathitā</span> akasireneva sīghataraṃ maggapajānatāya bodhitattā. <span class="bld">Majjhattatākāro</span>ti vīriyūpekkhamāha. <span class="bld">Saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahatī</span>ti padhānasaṅkhāraṃ tattha dukkhanidānassa virajjananimittaṃ virajjanatthaṃ padahati. Kathaṃ? <span class="bld">Maggappadhānena</span> catukiccappadhāne ariyamagge vāyāmena <span class="bld">padahati</span> vāyamati. <span class="bld">Ajjhupekkhato</span>ti vīriyassa anaccāraddhanātisithilatāya vīriyasamatāyojane byāpārākaraṇena ajjhupekkhato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘upekkhaṃ bhāventassā’’</span>ti. Upekkhābhāvanā ca nāmettha tathāpavattā ariyamaggabhāvanā evāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘maggabhāvanāya bhāvetī’’</span>ti.</p>
    27. 

  27. <p class="bodytext">Ettha ca evaṃ pāḷiyā padayojanā veditabbā, – ‘‘so evaṃ pajānāti. Kathaṃ? Saṅkhāraṃ me padahato saṅkhārapadahanā imassa dukkhanidānassa virāgo hoti<a name="M2.0217"></a>, ajjhupekkhato me upekkhanā imassa dukkhanidānassa virāgo hotī’’ti. Paṭipajjamānassa cāyaṃ pubbabhāgavīmaṃsassāti gahetabbaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">saṅkhārappadhānā</span>ti sammasanapadena sukheneva khippataraṃ bhāvanāussukkāpanavīriyaṃ dassitanti sukhāpaṭipadā khippābhiññā dassitā. <span class="bld">Ajjhupekkhato</span>ti ettha kassaci nātidaḷhaṃ katvā pavattitavīriyenapi dukkhanidānassa virāgo hoti vipassanamanuyuñjatīti dassitaṃ. Ubhayatthāpi catutthīyeva paṭipadā vibhāvitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni, ‘‘yassa hi khvāssa…pe… upekkhaṃ tattha bhāvetī’’ti vārehi tāsaṃyeva paṭipadānaṃ vasena tesaṃ puggalānaṃ paṭipatti dassitā. Vaṭṭadukkhanidānassa parijiṇṇaṃ imehi vārehi dukkhakkhayo vibhāvito.</p>
    28. 

  28. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para11"></a><a name="para11_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">11</span>. <span class="bld">Baddhacitto</span>ti sambaddhacitto. <span class="bld">Bahalacchando</span>ti bahalataṇhāchando. <span class="bld">Aticaritvā</span>ti atikkamitvā. Naṭasatthavidhinā naccanakā <span class="bld">naṭā, naccakā</span> itare. <span class="bld">Somanassaṃ uppajjati,</span> ‘‘īdisaṃ nāma itthiṃ pariccaji’’nti. <span class="bld">Chijjā</span>ti dvidhā hotu. <span class="bld">Bhijjā</span>ti bhijjatu. ‘‘Chijja vā bhijjavā’’ti padadvayenapi vināsameva vadati. <span class="bld">Ñatvā</span>ti pubbabhāgañāṇena jānitvā. <span class="bld">Tadubhaya</span>nti saṅkhārapadahanaupekkhābhāvanaṃ.</p>
    29. 

  29. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para12"></a><a name="para12_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">12</span>. <span class="bld">Pesentassā</span>ti vāyamantassa. <span class="bld">Taṃ sandhāyā</span>ti dukkhāya paṭipadāya niyyānataṃ sandhāya.</p>
    30. 

  30. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Usukāro viya yogī</span> tejanassa viya cittassa ujukaraṇato. Gomutta<span class="bld">vaṅkaṃ,</span> candalekhā<span class="bld">kuṭilaṃ,</span> naṅgalakoṭi<span class="bld">jimhaṃ</span> cittaṃ. <span class="bld">Alātā viya vīriyaṃ</span> ātāpana-paritāpanato. <span class="bld">Kañcikatelaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0007"></a> <span class="bld">viya saddhā</span> sinehanato. <span class="bld">Namanadaṇḍako viya lokuttaramaggo</span> nibbānārammaṇe cittassa nāmanato. <span class="bld">Lokuttaramaggena</span> cittassa <span class="bld">ujukaraṇaṃ</span> bhāvanābhisamayato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Antadvayavajjitā majjhimā paṭipattīti katvā <span class="bld">kilesagaṇavijjhanaṃ</span> pahānābhisamayo. Itarā pana paṭipadā dandhābhiññāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ <span class="bld">imāsu dvīsu</span> yathāvuttāsu khippābhiññāsu <span class="bld">kathitāsu, itarāpi kathitāva honti</span> lakkhaṇahāranayena paṭipadāsāmaññato. <span class="bld">Sahāgamanīyāpi vā paṭipadā kathitāva,</span> ‘‘na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ atthāna’’ntiādinā pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya kathitattā. ‘‘Āgamanīyapaṭipadā pana na kathitā’’ti <a name="M2.0218"></a> idaṃ savisesaṃ ajjhupekkhassa akathitataṃ sandhāya vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Nikkhamanadesana</span>nti nikkhamanupāyaṃ desanaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    31. 

  31. <p class="centered">Devadahasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    32. 

  32. <p class="subhead">2. Pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    33. 

  33. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para21"></a><a name="para21_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">21</span>. <span class="bld">Eke</span>ti <a name="V2.0008"></a> ettha eka-saddo aññattho, na gaṇanādiatthoti taṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘ekacce’’</span>ti āha. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘santī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tena tesaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vijjamānatāya avicchinnatā; tato ca nesaṃ micchāgahaṇato sithilakaraṇavivecanehi attano desanāya kiccakāritā avitathatā ca dīpitā hoti. Paramatthasamaṇabrāhmaṇesu aparantakappikatāya lesopi natthīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paribbajupagatabhāvenā’’</span>tiādi. Sassatādivasena aparantaṃ kappentīti aparantakappino, te eva <span class="bld">aparantakappikā</span>. Yasmā tehi aparantaṃ purimatarasiddhehi taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi kappetvā āsevanabalavatāya ca vikappetvā aparabhāgasiddhehi abhinivesabhūtehi taṇhādiṭṭhiggāhehi gaṇhanti abhinivisanti parāmasanti; tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘aparantaṃ kappetvā vikappetvā gaṇhantī’’</span>ti. Taṇhupādānavasena kappanagahaṇāni veditabbāni. Taṇhāpaccayā hi upādānaṃ. <span class="bld">Vuttampi cetaṃ</span> mahāniddese <span class="bld">uddānato</span> saṅkhepato. <span class="bld">Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā</span>ti taṇhāya diṭṭhiyā ca vasena. Diṭṭiyā vā upanissayabhūtāya sahajātāya abhinandanakāya ca taṇhāya sassatādiākārena abhinivisantassa micchāgāhassa ca vasena. Anāgatadhammavisayāya adhippetattā anāgatakālavācako idha <span class="bld">apara</span>-saddo. Rūpādikhandhavinimuttassa kappanavatthuno abhāvā <span class="bld">anta</span>-saddo bhāgavācakoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘anāgataṃ khandhakoṭṭhāsa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kappetvā</span>ti ca tasmiṃ aparante taṇhāya nābhinivesānaṃ samattanaṃ pariniṭṭhāpanamāha. <span class="bld">Ṭhitā</span>ti tassā laddhiyā avijahanaṃ.</p>
    34. 

  34. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anugatā</span>ti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena anu anu gatā aparante pavattā. <span class="bld">Ārabbhā</span>ti ālambitvā. Visayo hi tassā diṭṭhiyā aparanto. Visayabhāvato <a name="M2.0219"></a> eva hi so tassā āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayo cāti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘āgamma paṭiccā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Adhivacanapadānī</span>ti paññattipadāni, dāsādīsu sirivaḍḍhakādisaddo viya vacanamattameva adhikāraṃ katvā pavattiyā adhivacanaṃ paññatti. Atha vā adhi-saddo uparibhāve, vuccatīti vacanaṃ, upari vacanaṃ <span class="bld">adhivacanaṃ,</span> upādānabhūtarūpādīnaṃ upari paññāpiyamānā upādāpaññattīti attho, tasmā paññattidīpakapadānīti attho. Paññattimattañhetaṃ vuccati, yadidaṃ, ‘‘attā loko’’ti ca, na rūpavedanādayo viya paramattho. Adhikavuttitāya vā <span class="bld">adhimuttiyoti diṭṭhiyo vuccanti</span>. Adhikañhi sabhāvadhammesu sassatādiṃ pakatiādiṃ drabyādiṃ jīvādiṃ kāyādiñca abhūtamatthaṃ ajjhāropetvā <a name="V2.0009"></a> diṭṭhiyo pavattantīti. <span class="bld">Abhivadantī</span>ti, ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti abhinivisitvā vadanti, ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo’’tiādinā vivadanti. Abhivadanakiriyāya ajjāpi avicchedabhāvadassanatthaṃ vattamānakālavacanaṃ.</p>
    35. 

  35. <p class="bodytext">Saññā etassa atthīti saññīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘saññāsamaṅgī’’</span>ti. Natthi etassa rogo bhaṅgoti <span class="bld">arogo</span>ti arogasaddassa niccapariyāyatā veditabbā. Rogarahitatāsīsena vā nibbikāratāya niccataṃ paṭijānāti diṭṭhigatikoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘arogoti nicco’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Iminā</span>ti, ‘‘saññī attā arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’ti iminā vacanena. <span class="bld">Soḷasa saññīvādā</span>ti – rūpīcatukkaṃ, arūpīcatukkaṃ, antavācatukkaṃ, ekantasukhīcatukkanti – imesaṃ catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena soḷasa saññīvādā kathitā. Imesuyeva purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena aṭṭha saññīvādā aṭṭha ca nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Satta ucchedavādā</span>ti manussattabhāve kāmāvacaradevattabhāve rūpāvacaradevattabhāve catubbidhāruppattabhāve cavitvā sattassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena satta ucchedavādā kathitā. Asato vināsāsambhavato atthibhāvanibandhano ucchedavādoti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘satoti vijjamānassā’’</span>ti. Yāvāyaṃ attā na ucchijjati, tāva vijjati evāti gahaṇato nirudayavināso idha ucchedoti adhippetoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘upaccheda’’</span>nti. Visesena nāso <span class="bld">vināso,</span> abhāvo, so pana maṃsacakkhu-paññācakkhu-dassanapathātikkamovāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘adassana’’</span>nti. Adassane <a name="M2.0220"></a> hi nāsa-saddo loke niruḷho. <span class="bld">Bhavavigama</span>nti sabhāvāpagamanaṃ yo hi nirudayavināsavasena ucchijjati, na so attano sabhāveneva tiṭṭhati.</p>
    36. 

  36. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pañca diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā</span>ti pañcakāmaguṇasukhamanubhogavasena catubbidharūpajjhānasukhaparibhogavasena ca diṭṭhadhamme nibbānappattipaññāpanavādā. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhadhammo</span>ti dassanabhūtena ñāṇena upaladdhadhammo. Tattha yo anindriyavisayo, sopi supākaṭabhāvena indriyavisayo viya hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhadhammoti paccakkhadhammo vuccatī’’</span>ti. Teneva ca, <span class="bld">‘‘tattha tattha paṭiladdhaattabhāvassetaṃ adhivacana’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Saññīti ādivasena tīhākārehi santa</span>nti saññī asaññī nevasaññīnāsaññīti imehi ākārehi vijjamānaṃ, sadā upalabbhamānaṃ sassatanti attho. <span class="bld">Saññī attā</span>tiādīni tīṇi dassanāni. <span class="bld">Santaatthavasena eka</span>nti sassatassa attano vasena ekaṃ dassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Itarāni dve</span>ti ucchedavāda-diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādasaññitāni dve dassanāni. <span class="bld">Tīṇi hutvā pañca hontī</span>ti idaṃ, ‘‘santaatthavasena eka’’nti saṅgahavasena vuttassa saññīti ādivibhāgavasena vuttattā suviññeyyanti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na uddhaṭaṃ.</p>
    37. 

  37. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para22"></a><a name="para22_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">22</span>. <span class="bld">Rūpīṃ</span> <a name="V2.0010"></a> <span class="bld">vā</span>ti ettha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) yadi rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpīti ayamattho adhippeto. Evaṃ sati rūpavinimuttena attanā bhavitabbaṃ saññāya viya rūpassapi attaniyattā. Na hi saññī attāti ettha saññā attā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ</span> (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.76-77) ‘‘tattha pavattasaññañcassa saññāti gahetvāti vutta’’nti. Evaṃ sante, ‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attāti gaṇhātī’’ti idaṃ kathanti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ – ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti, atha kho ‘‘ruppanasīlo rūpī’’ti. Ruppanañcettha rūpasarikkhatāya kasiṇarūpassa vaḍḍhitāvaḍḍhitakālavasena visesāpatti, sā ca natthīti na sakkā vattuṃ parittavipulatādivisesasabbhāvato. Yadi evaṃ imassa vādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho na yujjatīti? No na yujjati kāyabhedato uddhaṃ attano nibbikāratāya tena adhippetattā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’</span>ti. Atha vā ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti vuccamānepi na doso. Kappanāsiddhenapi hi bhedena sāminiddesadassanato yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti<a name="M2.0221"></a>. Ruppanaṃ vā ruppanasabhāvo rūpaṃ, taṃ etassa atthīti <span class="bld">rūpī,</span> attā ‘‘rūpino dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 11 dukamātikā) viya. Evañca katvā rūpasabhāvattā attano ‘‘rūpaṃ attā’’ti vacanaṃ ñāyāgatamevāti <span class="bld">‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attāti gaṇhātī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Arūpi</span>nti ettāpi vuttanayānusārena yathārahaṃ attho vattabbo. Santasukhumaṃ muñcitvā tabbiparītassa gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ natthīti lābhī, ‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attā’’ti gaṇhātīti lābhitakkino ṭhapetvā, sesatakkī lābhiggahaṇeneva gahitā. Anussutitakkikopi suddhatakkikopi vā niraṅkusattā takkanassa kasiṇarūpampi attāti kadācipi gaṇheyyāti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘ubhopi rūpāni gaṇhātiyevā’’</span>ti. Suddhatakkikassa ubhayaggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ, tasmā sāsaṅkavacanaṃ.</p>
    38. 

  38. <p class="bodytext">Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa-paṭhamāruppaviññāṇa-natthibhāvaākiñcaññāyatanāni <span class="bld">arūpasamāpattinimittaṃ. Ṭhapetvā saññākkhandha</span>nti idaṃ saññāya attaniyataṃ hadaye katvā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Rūpiṃ vā’’ti ettha vuttanayena pana atthe vuccamāne saññākkhandhaṃ bahiddhā akatvā <span class="bld">‘‘arūpadhamme’’</span>icceva vattabbaṃ siyā. <span class="bld">Missakaggāhavasenā</span>ti rūpārūpasamāpattīnaṃ nimittāni ekajjhaṃ katvā, ‘‘eko attā’’ti, tattha pavattasaññañcassa, ‘‘saññā’’ti gahaṇavasena. Ayañhi diṭṭhigatiko rūpārūpasamāpattilābhitāya taṃnimittaṃ rūpabhāvena arūpabhāvena ca gahetvā upatiṭṭhati, tasmā, ‘‘rūpī arūpī cā’’ti abhinivesaṃ janeti ajjhattavādino viya takkamatteneva vā rūpārūpadhamme missakavasena gahetvā, ‘‘rūpī ca arūpīca attā hotī’’ti. <span class="bld">Takkagāhenevā</span>ti saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattadhammā viya ca accantasukhumabhāvapattiyā sakiccasādhanāsamatthatāya <a name="V2.0011"></a> thambhakuṭṭahatthapādānaṃ saṅghāto viya neva rūpī, rūpasabhāvānativattanato na arūpīti evaṃ pavattatakkagāhena. Lābhivasenapi vā antānantikacatutthavāde vakkhamānanayena aññamaññapaṭipakkhavasena attho veditabbo. Kevalaṃ pana tattha desakālabhedavasena tatiyacatutthavādā icchitā; idha kālavatthu bhedavasenāti ayameva viseso. Kālabhedavasena cettha tatiyavādassa pavatti rūpārūpanimittānaṃ saha anupaṭṭhānato; catutthavādassa pana vatthubhedavasena <a name="M2.0222"></a> pavatti rūpārūpadhammānaṃ samūhato, ‘‘eko attā’’ti takkavasenāti tattha vakkhamānanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.</p>
    39. 

  39. <p class="bodytext">Yadipi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino diṭṭhigatikassa vasena samāpattibhedena saññānānattasambhavato dutiyadiṭṭhipi samāpannakavasena labbhati; tathāpi samāpattiyaṃ ekarūpeneva saññāya upaṭṭhānato, <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamadiṭṭhi samāpannakavārena kathitā’’</span>ti āha. Tenevettha samāpannakaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Ekasamāpattilābhino eva vā vasena attho veditabbo. Samāpatti bhedena saññābhedasambhavepi bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe saññānānattena oḷārikena nānattasaññīti, <span class="bld">‘‘dutiyadiṭṭhi asamāpannakavārenā’’</span>ti āha. Avaḍḍhitakasiṇavasena parittasaññitaṃ, vaḍḍhitakasiṇavasena appamāṇasaññitaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tatiyadiṭṭhi suppamattena vā sarāvamattena vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṅguṭṭhappamāṇo vā attā yavappamāṇo, aṇumatto vā attā’’tiādidassanavasena (udā. aṭṭha. 54; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) paritto saññīti <span class="bld">parittasaññī</span>. Kapilakaṇādādayo (vibha. anuṭī. 189) viya attano sabbagatabhāvapaṭijānanavasena appamāṇo saññīti <span class="bld">appamāṇasaññī</span>ti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    40. 

  40. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Eta</span>nti, ‘‘rūpiṃ vā’’tiādinā yathāvuttaattavādaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekesa</span>nti ekaccānaṃ. <span class="bld">Upātivattata</span>nti atikkamantānaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadantīti yojanā. Tenāha – ‘‘saññaṃ…pe… abhivadantī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘saññaṃ ṭhapetvā sesāni tīṇī’’ti idaṃ saññāya catukkampi paripuṇṇameva gahetvā, <span class="bld">apare aṭṭhakanti vadanti. Tadubhaya</span>nti taṃ saññāaṭṭhakanti vuttaṃ ubhayaṃ. <span class="bld">Parato āvi bhavissatī</span>ti, ‘‘catasso rūpasaññī’’tiādinā upari pakāsessati. Vakkhati hi – ‘‘koṭṭhāsato aṭṭha, atthato pana satta saññā hontī’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.22). <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti, ‘‘etaṃ vā panā’’ti etasmiṃ vākye. <span class="bld">Samatikkamituṃ sakkonti</span> tattha ādīnavadassanena taduddhaṃ ānisaṃsadassanena ca brūhitasaddhādi guṇattā, vipariyāyena asakkuṇanaṃ veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Ye sakkonti, teva gahitā</span> tesaṃyeva vasena vakkhamānassa visesassa vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyattā. Sakkontānañca nesaṃ upātivattanaṃ <a name="V2.0012"></a> attano ñāṇabalānurūpanti imamatthaṃ upamāya dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tesaṃ panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">appamāṇa</span>nti appamāṇārammaṇo<a name="M2.0223"></a>, appamāṇārammaṇatā cassa āgamanavasena veditabbā anantārammaṇato vā. Na hi ārammaṇe anantanti paramānantassa pamāṇaṃ vā gaṇhāti. Sukhadukkhehi aniñjanato rūpavirāgabhāvanāvisesatāya ca āneñjaṃ patvā tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ no attāti abhivadantā tiṭṭhanti. <span class="bld">Viññāṇakasiṇameke</span>ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ eke diṭṭhigatikā attāti vadanti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ tāva dassetu’’</span>nti. Tassa pana ārammaṇabhūtaṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaviññāṇanti apare. Tañhi kasiṇaṃ manasikāravasena, ‘‘viññāṇakasiṇa’’nti, viññāṇañca taṃ ārammaṇaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti, ‘‘viññāṇañcāyatana’’nti ca vuccati. <span class="bld">Ākiñcaññāyatanameke</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo.</p>
    41. 

  41. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tayida</span>nti ya-kāro padasandhikaroti āha <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ ida’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhigata</span>nti yathā vuttaṃ ‘‘saññī attā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ diṭṭhiṃ. Diṭṭhiyeva hi <span class="bld">diṭṭhigataṃ</span> ‘‘muttagataṃ (ma. ni. 2.119; a. ni. 9.11), saṅkhāragata’’ntiādīsu (mahāni. 41) viya. Gantabbābhāvato vā diṭṭhiyā gatamattaṃ <span class="bld">diṭṭhigataṃ,</span> diṭṭhiyā gahaṇamattanti attho. Diṭṭhipakāro vā <span class="bld">diṭṭhigataṃ</span>. Lokiyā hi vidhayuttagatapakārasadde samānatthe icchanti. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhipaccayo</span> diṭṭhikāraṇaṃ, avijjādi diṭṭhiṭṭhānanti attho. Tattha avijjāpi hi <span class="bld">diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ</span> upanissayādibhāvato. Yathāha – ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido’’tiādi (dha. sa. 1007). <span class="bld">Phassopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Yathāha ‘‘tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.118-124). <span class="bld">Saññāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Yathāha ‘‘saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā’’ti (su. ni. 880; mahāni. 109). <span class="bld">Vitakkopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Yathāha – ‘‘takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti (su. ni. 892; mahāni. 121). <span class="bld">Ayonisomanasikāropi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Yathāha – ‘‘tassevaṃ manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati, atthi me attāti tassa saccato thetato diṭṭhi uppajjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.19). <span class="bld">Diṭṭhārammaṇa</span>nti diṭṭhiārammaṇabhūtaṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.130). Rūpavedanādivinimuttassa diṭṭhiyā ārammaṇassa abhāvato anādiyitvā idameva <a name="M2.0224"></a> dasseti – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā paccayena idaṃ nāma dassanaṃ gahita’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Iminā paccayenā</span>ti vā ettha paccayaggahaṇena ārammaṇampi gahitamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    42. 

  42. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tadevā</span>ti diṭṭhigatañceva diṭṭhipaccayañca. <span class="bld">Rūpasaññāna</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho. <span class="bld">Evaṃ</span>-saddo pakārattho, <span class="bld">‘‘yadi rūpasaññāna’’</span>ntiādinā pakārena vuttasaññānanti attho. <span class="bld">Nirupakkilesā</span> <a name="V2.0013"></a> nīvaraṇādi upakkilesavimuttito. Uttamā paṇītabhāvappattito, tato eva <span class="bld">seṭṭhā,</span> seṭṭhattā eva uttaritarābhāvato <span class="bld">anuttariyā. Akkhāyatī</span>ti upaṭṭhāti. Ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya visuṃ vuccamānattā catutthāruppasaññāya ca imasmiṃ saññīvāde anotaraṇato, <span class="bld">‘‘yadi āruppasaññānanti iminā ākāsānañcāyatana-viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā’’</span>icceva vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Itarehi pana dvīhī</span>ti, ‘‘yadi ekattasaññānaṃ, yadi nānattasaññāna’’nti imehi dvīhi padehi. <span class="bld">Samāpannakavāro ca</span> tathā idha kathitoti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Koṭṭhāsato aṭṭha saññā</span> catukkadvayasaṅgahato. Ekattasaññīpadaṃ ṭhapetvā <span class="bld">atthato pana satta saññā honti</span> aggahitaggahaṇenāti adhippāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘samāpannaka…pe… saṅgahitoyevā’’</span>ti.</p>
    43. 

  43. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saññāgata</span>nti saññāvasena gataṃ, saññāsaṅgahaṃ gataṃ vā. Tassa pana adiṭṭhigatassapi upalabbhamānattā, <span class="bld">‘‘saddhiṃ diṭṭhigatenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Paccayehi samāgantvā kata</span>nti saha kāraṇabhūtehi paccayehi teneva saha kāraṇabhāvena samāgantvā nibbattitaṃ; paṭiccasamuppannanti attho. <span class="bld">Saṅkhatattā oḷārikaṃ</span> uppādavayaññathattasabbhāvato. Yassa hi uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyati, taṃ khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvato passantassa pākaṭabhūtavikāraṃ oḷārikaṃ siyā. Na cettha maggaphaladhammā nidassetabbā tesaṃ tathā ananupassitabbato; tesampi saṅkhatabhāvena itarehi samānayogakkhamatāya dunnivārayabhāvato. Tathā hi ‘‘asesavirāganirodhā’’ti (udā. 3) vacanato maggassapi nissaraṇabhāvena <span class="bld">‘‘atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho’’</span>ti nibbānamevettha paṭiyogabhāvena uddhaṭaṃ ‘‘nirujjhanti etthā’’ti katvā. <span class="bld">Nirodhasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ nāma atthī</span>ti ettha, – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ <a name="M2.0225"></a> abhūtaṃ asaṅkhata’’nti suttapadaṃ (udā. 73) ānetvā vattabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Nibbānadassī</span>ti sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena nibbānadassī, tato eva itarābhisamayatthasiddhiyā <span class="bld">taṃ saṅkhataṃ atikkanto</span>.</p>
    44. 

  44. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para23"></a><a name="para23_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">23</span>. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhasu asaññīvādesū</span>ti idaṃ brahmajāle (dī. ni. 1.78-80) āgatanayena vuttameva hi sandhāya heṭṭhā, ‘‘saññīti iminā aṭṭha asaññīvādā kathitā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idha pana cattāro vādā eva uddhaṭā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘asaññī’’</span>tiādi. Esa nayo parato <span class="bld">‘‘aṭṭhasu nevasaññīnāsaññīvādesū’’</span>ti etthāpi. Saññāya sati tāya vedanāgāhasabbhāvato <span class="bld">‘‘ābādhanaṭṭhena saññā rogo’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Dukkhatāsūlayogato kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātapakkapabhijjanato ca <span class="bld">saññā gaṇḍo;</span> svāyamattho dosaduṭṭhatāya eva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sadosaṭṭhena gaṇḍo’’</span>ti. Pīḷājananato antotudanato duruddharaṇato ca saññā sallaṃ; svāyamattho <a name="V2.0014"></a> attabhāvaṃ anupavisitvā avaṭṭhānenāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena salla’’</span>nti. Paṭisandhiggahaṇe viññāṇaṃ kutoci āgataṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisandhivasena āgati’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Gati</span>nti pavattiṃ. Sā pana tāsu tāsu gatīsu vutti hotīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘cutivasena gati’’</span>nti; vaḍḍhanavasena ghanapabandhavasenāti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aparāpara’’</span>nti. Aparāparañhi pabandhavasena pavattamānaṃ viññāṇaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ; itaraṃ khandhattayaṃ vā nissāya abhivuddhiṃ patiṭṭhaṃ mahantañca pāpuṇātīti. Pavaḍḍhavasena vā gatiṃ, nikkhepavasena cutiṃ, tato aparāparañca rūpapavattanavasena upapattiṃ, indriyaparipākavasena vuḍḍhiṃ tassa tassa kammassa katūpacitabhāvena viruḷhiṃ; tassa kammassa phalanibbattiyā vepullanti yojetabbaṃ.</p>
    45. 

  45. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāmañcā</span>tiādinā ‘‘aññatra rūpā’’tiādikā codanā lakkhaṇavasena vuttāti dassetvā ayañca nayo codanāya avisiṭṭhavisayatāya siyā; visiṭṭhavisayā panāyaṃ codanāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ pana pañho’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ettake khandhe</span>ti yathāvutte rūpavedanādike cattāro khandhe. <span class="bld">Aññatra rūpā</span>ti iminā yattha katthaci rūpena vinā viññāṇassa pavatti natthīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Bhavavisesacodanāya sabhāvato <a name="M2.0226"></a> eva viññāṇena vinā rūpassapi pavatti natthīti dīpitaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘arūpabhavepi rūpaṃ, asaññābhave ca viññāṇaṃ atthī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Nirodhasamāpannassā</span>ti saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassapi viññāṇaṃ atthi. <span class="bld">Byañjanacchāyāya ce atthaṃ paṭibāhasī</span>ti yadi saddatthameva gahetvā adhippāyaṃ na gaṇhasi neyyatthaṃ suttanti. Ettha ca asaññabhave nibbattasattavasena paṭhamavādo; saññaṃ attato samanupassatīti ettha vuttanayena saññaṃyeva attāti gahetvā tassa kiñcanabhāvena ṭhitāya aññāya saññāya abhāvato asaññīti pavatto dutiyavādo; tathā saññāya saha rūpadhamme sabbe eva vā rūpārūpadhamme attāti gahetvā pavatto tatiyavādo; takkaggāhavaseneva pavatto catutthavādo. Tesu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Nevasaññīnāsaññīvādepi asaññabhave nibbattassa sattassa cutipaṭisandhīsu; sabbattha vā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthāya sukhumāya saññāya atthibhāvapaṭijānanavasena paṭhamavādo; asaññīvāde vuttanayena sukhumāya saññāya vasena sañjānanasabhāvatāpaṭijānanavasena ca dutiyavādādayo pavattāti. Evamettha etesaṃ vādānaṃ sabbhāvo veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.</p>
    46. 

  46. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para24"></a><a name="para24_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">24</span>. Yattha na saññā, tattha ñāṇassa sambhavo eva natthīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘asaññā sammoho’’</span>ti, asaññabhāvo nāma sammohappavattīti attho. Yathā niyyantīti niyyāniyāti bahulaṃ vacanato kattusādhano niyyāniyasaddo, evaṃ idha viññātabbasaddoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vijānātīti</span> <a name="V2.0015"></a> <span class="bld">viññātabba’’</span>nti, vijānanaṃ viññāṇanti attho. Tena <span class="bld">diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbamattenā</span>ti diṭṭhasutamutaviññāṇappamāṇenāti attho daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pañcadvārikasaññāpavattimattenā’’</span>ti, nibbikappabhāvato pañcadvārikasaññāpavattisamena bhāvanābhinīhārenāti attho. <span class="bld">Oḷārikasaṅkhārappavattimattenā</span>ti oḷārikānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pavattiyā. <span class="bld">Oḷārikasaṅkhārā</span>ti cettha ākiñcaññāyatanapariyosānā samāpattidhammā adhippetā. <span class="bld">Upasampada</span>nti ye saññāya, asaññibhāve ca dosaṃ disvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ vaṇṇentāpi rūpajjhānapaṭilābhamattena tassa sampādanaṃ paṭilābhaṃ adhigamaṃ paññapenti, tesaṃ tassa byasanaṃ akkhāyati anupāyabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vināso’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vuṭṭhāna</span>nti sadisasamāpajjanapubbakaṃ parivuṭṭhānaṃ. Samāpatti eva tesaṃ natthi anadhigatattā. <span class="bld">Oḷārikasaṅkhārappavattiyā</span> antamaso ākiñcaññāyatanasaṅkhārappavattiyāpi <span class="bld">pattabbanti na akkhāyati</span> <a name="M2.0227"></a> tepi samatikkamitvā pattabbato. <span class="bld">Saṅkhārāna</span>nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Avasesā</span>ti ito paraṃ sukhumabhāvo nāma natthīti sukhumabhāvāpattiyā avasesā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhāvanāvasena sabbasukhumabhāvaṃ pattā saṅkhārā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Eta</span>nti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, <span class="bld">pattabbaṃ nāma hoti</span> tādisasaṅkhārappattiyaṃ tabbohārato. <span class="bld">Saṅkhataṃ</span> samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katattā.</p>
    47. 

  47. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para25"></a><a name="para25_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">25</span>. ‘‘Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapentī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.25) vakkhamānattā sabuddhiyaṃ viparivattamāne ekajjhaṃ gahetvā, ‘‘tatrā’’ti bhagavatā vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tatrāti sattasu ucchedavādesu bhumma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Uddhaṃ sara</span>nti uddhaṃ gataṃ sarantāti taṃ dassento āha <span class="bld">‘‘uddhaṃ vuccatī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sarantā</span>ti yattha patthenti na labhanti, taṃ jānantā. <span class="bld">Āsatti</span>nti āsīsanaṃ. <span class="bld">Peccā</span>ti paraloke. <span class="bld">Vāṇijūpamā viyā</span>ti bhavapariyāpannaphalavisesāpekkhāya paṭipajjanato. <span class="bld">Sakkāyassa bhayā</span>ti santo kāyoti sakkāyo, paramatthato vijjamāno dhammasamūhoti katvā upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ, tato bhāyanena. <span class="bld">Mā khīyi mā</span> parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. <span class="bld">Mā osīdi</span> mā heṭṭhā bhassi. <span class="bld">Abbha</span>nti ākāsaṃ <span class="bld">mā undriyi</span> mā bhijjitvā pati. Gaddulena baddho <span class="bld">gaddulabaddho. Daḷhathambho viya khīlo viya ca</span> sakkāyo dummocanīyato. <span class="bld">Sā viya diṭṭhigatiko</span> tassa anuparivattanato. <span class="bld">Daṇḍako viya diṭṭhi</span> chedanakaraṇāya asamatthabhāvakaraṇato. <span class="bld">Rajju viya taṇhā</span> bandhanato ca, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena samannāgamanavasena ca sambaddhabhāvato. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhidaṇḍake pavesitāya taṇhārajjuyā’’</span>ti.</p>
    48. 

  48. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para26"></a><a name="para26_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">26</span>. Bhagavā attano desanāvilāsena veneyyajjhāsayavasena (catucattārīsa aparantakappikavādā tattha tattha antogadhāti) uddesavasena pañceva saṅgahetvā yathuddesaṃ nigamento, <span class="bld">‘‘imāneva</span> <a name="V2.0016"></a> <span class="bld">pañcāyatanānī’’</span>ti <a name="M2.0228"></a> āha. Tattha dukkhassa nimittabhāvato diṭṭhigatānaṃ kāraṇaṭṭhena āyatanatthoti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘imāneva pañca kāraṇānī’’</span>ti. Saññīādivasena tīṇi ucchedavādoti <span class="bld">cattāri bhājitāni</span>. Itaraṃ pana <span class="bld">diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ kuhiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ</span>? Sarūpato abhājitattā yathābhājitesu vādesu kattha antogadhanti pucchati. Uddese pana sarūpato gahitameva, ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadantī’’ti. Itaro ekattasaññīvāde nānattasaññīvāde antogadhanti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘ekatta…pe… veditabba’’</span>nti āha yathāsukhañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Paṭhamo hi diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādo nānattasaññīvāde antogadho, itare cattāro ekattasaññīvāde.</p>
    49. 

  49. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para27"></a><a name="para27_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">27</span>. <span class="bld">Atītakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhāta</span>nti atītaṃ khandhakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhātaṃ pubbantaṃ. Pubbe nivutthadhammavisayā kappanā idhādhippetā, tasmā atītakālavācako idha pubbasaddo, rūpādikhandhavinimuttañca kappanāvatthu natthi, antasaddo ca koṭṭhāsavācako. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘atītakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhātaṃ pubbantaṃ kappetvā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Kappetvā’’ti ca tasmiṃ pubbante taṇhāyanābhinivisānaṃ samatthanaṃ pariniṭṭhāpanaṃ vadati. <span class="bld">Sesampī</span>ti ‘‘pubbantānudiṭṭhī’’ti evamādikaṃ. <span class="bld">Pubbe vuttappakāra</span>nti ‘‘aparantānudiṭṭhino’’tiādīsu vuttappakāraṃ. Ekekasmiñca <span class="bld">attā</span>ti āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti katvā, <span class="bld">loko</span>ti lokiyanti ettha puññapāpāni tabbipākā cāti katvā, taṃ taṃ gahaṇavisesaṃ upādāya paññāpanaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘rūpādīsu aññataraṃ attāti ca lokoti ca gahetvā’’</span>ti. Sabbadābhāvena <span class="bld">sassato. Amaro nicco dhuvo</span>ti tasseva vevacanāni. Maraṇābhāvena <span class="bld">amaro,</span> uppādābhāvena sabbakālaṃ vattanato <span class="bld">nicco,</span> thiraṭṭhena vikārābhāvena <span class="bld">dhuvo, yathāhā</span>tiādinā yathāvuttamatthaṃ niddesapaṭisambhidāpāḷīhi vibhāveti. Ayañca attho ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.130-131) imissā pañcavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena vutto. ‘‘Rūpavanta’’ntiādikāya (paṭi. ma. 1.130-131) pana pañcadasavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena cattāro cattāro khandhe, ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññaṃ – ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti ayampi attho labbhati, tathā ekaṃ khandhaṃ, ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññe ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā yathā ‘‘rūpādīsu aññataraṃ attāti <a name="M2.0229"></a> ca lokoti ca gahetvā sassato…pe… dhuvo’’ti attho vutto; evaṃ asassato anicco adhuvo ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā; nicco ca anicco ca nevanicco nāniccoti evamādimatthaṃ atidisati.</p>
    50. 

  50. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cattāro sassatavādā</span>ti lābhīvasena tayo, takkīvasena ekoti evaṃ cattāro. Pubbenivāsañāṇalābhī <a name="V2.0017"></a> titthiyo mandapañño anekajātisatasahassamattaṃ anussarati, majjhimapañño dasa saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappāni, tikkhapañño cattārīsa saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappāni, na tato paraṃ. So evaṃ anussaranto attā ca loko cāti abhivadati. Takkī pana takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ sassato attā ca loko cāti abhivadati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘lābhīvasena tayo, takkīvasena ekoti evaṃ cattāro sassatavādā’’ti. Eteneva ca adhiccasamuppattikavādo viya sassatavādo kasmā duvidhena na vibhattoti ce? Paṭikkhittattāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    51. 

  51. <p class="bodytext">Ettha ca, ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti vāde ayamayuttatāvibhāvanā – yadi hi parena parikappito attā, loko vā sassato siyā, tassa nibbikāratāya purimarūpāvijahanato kassaci visesādhānassa kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ahitato nivattanatthaṃ hite ca paṭipattiatthaṃ upadeso eva nippayojano siyā sassatavādino. Kathaṃ vā so upadeso pavattīyati vikārābhāvato; evañca attano ajaṭākāsassa viya dānādikiriyā hiṃsādikiriyā ca na sambhavati; tathā sukhassa dukkhassa ca anubhavananibandho eva sassatavādino na yujjati kammabaddhābhāvato, jātiādīnaṃ asambhavato kuto vimokkho. Atha pana dhammamattaṃ tassa uppajjati ceva vinassati ca, yassa vasenāyaṃ kiriyādivohāroti vadeyya. Evampi purimarūpāvijahanena avaṭṭhitassa attano dhammamattanti na sakkā sambhāvetuṃ; te vā panassa dhammā avatthābhūtā tato aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā, yadi aññe, na tāhi tassa uppannāhipi koci viseso atthi. Yo hi karoti paṭisaṃvedeti cavati upapajjati cāti icchitaṃ. Tasmā tadavattho eva yathāvuttadoso, kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthakā siyā. Atha anaññe, uppādavināsavantīhi avatthāhi <a name="M2.0230"></a> anaññassa attano tāsaṃ viya uppādavināsasambhavāpattito kuto niccatāvakāso. Tāsampi vā attano viya niccatāti bandhanavimokkhānaṃ asambhavo evāti na yujjati eva sassatavādo; na cettha koci vādī dhammānaṃ sassatabhāve parisuddhaṃ yuttiṃ vattuṃ samattho atthi; yuttirahitañca vacanaṃ na paṇḍitānaṃ cittamārādhetīti viññūhi chaḍḍito evāyaṃ sassatavādoti.</p>
    52. 

  52. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satta ucchedavādā</span>ti ettha te sarūpamattato heṭṭhā dassitā eva, tattha dve janā ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti lābhī ca alābhī ca. Tattha lābhī nāma dibbacakkhuñāṇalābhī dibbena cakkhunā arahato cutiṃ disvā upapattiṃ apassanto. Yo vā puthujjanānampi cutimattameva daṭṭhuṃ sakkoti, pubbayogābhāvena parikammākaraṇena vā upapātaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkoti. So ‘‘tattha tattheva <a name="V2.0018"></a> attā ucchijjatī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Alābhī – ‘‘ko paralokaṃ jānāti, ettako jīvavisayo, yāva indriyagocaro’’ti attano dhītuyā hatthaggaṇhanakarājā viya kāmasukhagiddhatāya vā, ‘‘yathā rukkhapaṇṇāni rukkhato patitāni na paṭisandhiyanti, evaṃ sabbepi sattā appaṭisandhikamaraṇameva gacchanti, jalabubbuḷakūpamā sattā’’ti takkamattavasena vā ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Tattha yaṃ heṭṭhā vuttaṃ – ‘‘manussattabhāve kāmāvacaradevattabhāve rūpāvacaradevattabhāve catubbidhaarūpattabhāve cavitvā sattassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena satta ucchedavādā kathitā’’ti. Tattha yuttaṃ tāva purimesu tīsu vādesu ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ; pañcavokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ attabhāvaṃ ārabbha pavattattā tesaṃ vādānaṃ, na yuttaṃ catuvokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ attabhāvaṃ nissāya pavattesu catutthādīsu catūsu vādesu, ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na hi arūpīnaṃ kāyo atthīti? Saccametaṃ, rūpabhave pavattavohāreneva diṭṭhigatiko arūpabhavepi kāyavohāramāropetvā āha ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti. Yathā diṭṭhigatikehi diṭṭhiyo paññattā, tatheva bhagavā dassesīti. Arūpakāyabhāvato vā phassādidhammasamūhabhūte arūpattabhāve kāyaniddeso daṭṭhabbo.</p>
    53. 

  53. <p class="bodytext">Etthāha – ‘‘kāmāvacaradevattabhāvādiniravasesavibhavapatiṭṭhāpakānaṃ dutiyavādādīnaṃ yutto aparantakappikabhāvo anāgataddhavisayattā tesaṃ <a name="M2.0231"></a> vādānaṃ; na pana diṭṭhigatika-paccakkhabhūta-manussattabhāva-samucchedapatiṭṭhāpakassa paṭhamavādassa paccuppannavisayattā’’ti. Yadi evaṃ yathā hi dutiyādivādānaṃ, purimapurimavādasaṅgahitasseva attano uttaruttarabhavopapattiyā samucchedanato yujjati aparantakappikatā, tathā ca ‘‘no ca kho, bho, ayaṃ attā ettāvatā sammā samucchinno hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ anāgatasseva manussattabhāvasamucchedassa adhippetattā paṭhamavādassapi aparantakappikatā yujjati. Evaṃ sabbassapi pubbantato āgatassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena idha pubbantakappikesu desanā gatā. Ete ucchedavādā heṭṭhā aparantakappikesu desanā gatā. Ete ucchedavādā heṭṭhā aparantakappikesu tattha tattheva ucchijjati, na tato uddhaṃ pavatti atthīti dassanatthaṃ vuttā. Jalabubbuḷakūpamā hi sattāti tassa laddhi.</p>
    54. 

  54. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti pubbantakappikesu. <span class="bld">Idheva</span> manussattabhāvādike <span class="bld">ucchijjati</span> vinaṭṭhavināsavasena. Evaṃ anāgate anuppattidassanaparānaṃ ucchedavādānaṃ aparantakappikesu gahaṇaṃ; pubbantato pana āgatassa attano idheva ucchedadassanaparānaṃ pubbantakappikesu gahaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Ito paraṃ na gacchatī</span>ti pana idaṃ atthato āpannassa atthassa dassanaṃ. Sattesu saṅkhāresu ca ekaccasassatanti pavatto ekaccasassatavādo<a name="V2.0019"></a>. So pana brahmakāyika-khiḍḍāpadosika-manopadosikattabhāvato cavitvā idhāgatānaṃ takkino ca uppajjanavasena catubbidhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘cattāro ekaccasassatavādā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Saṅkhārekaccasassatikā’’ti idaṃ tehi sassatabhāvena gayhamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvadassanavasena vuttaṃ, na panekaccasassatikamatadassanavasena. Tassa hi sassatābhimataṃ asaṅkhatamevāti laddhi. Tathā hi vuttaṃ (dī. ni. 1.49) <span class="bld">brahmajāle</span> – ‘‘cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī’’ti. Na hi yassa bhāvassa paccayehi abhisaṅkhatabhāvaṃ paṭijānāti; tasseva niccadhuvādibhāvo anummattakena na sakkā paṭiññātuṃ. Etena, ‘‘uppādavayadhuvatāyuttabhāvā siyā niccā, siyā aniccā, siyā na vattabbā’’tiādinā pavattassa sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā vibhāvitā hoti.</p>
    55. 

  55. <p class="bodytext">Tatthāyaṃ <a name="M2.0232"></a> (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.38) ayuttatāvibhāvanā – yadi, ‘‘yena sabhāvena yo dhammo atthīti vuccati, teneva sabhāvena so dhammo natthī’’tiādinā vucceyya, siyā anekantavādo; atha aññena, siyā na anekantavādo; na cettha desantarādisambaddhabhāvo yutto vattuṃ tassa sabbalokasiddhattā vivādābhāvato. Ye pana vadanti – ‘‘yathā suvaṇṇaghaṭe makuṭe kate ghaṭabhāvo nassati, makuṭabhāvo uppajjati, suvaṇṇabhāvo tiṭṭhatiyeva, evaṃ sabbabhāvānaṃ koci dhammo nassati, koci uppajjati, sabhāvo pana tiṭṭhatī’’ti. Te vattabbā – kiṃ taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, yaṃ ghaṭe makuṭe ca avaṭṭhitaṃ? Yadi rūpādi, so saddo viya anicco, atha rūpādisamūho, samūho nāma sammutimattaṃ. Tassa vohāramattassa atthitā natthitā niccatā vā na vattabbā. Tassa paramatthasabhāvena anupalabbhanatoti anekantavādo na siyā. Dhammā ca dhammito aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā. Yadi aññe, na tesaṃ aniccatāya dhammī anicco aññattā. Na hi rūpā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aññattā, na ca rūpe cakkhuviññāṇasaddo hoti; kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthikā siyā dhammino niccāniccatāya asijjhanato atha anaññe; uppādavināsavantehi anaññassa dhammino tesaṃ viya uppādavināsasabbhāvato kuto niccatāvakāso, tesampi vā dhammino viya niccatāpatti siyā. Apica niccāniccanavattabbarūpo attā ca loko ca paramatthato vijjamānatāpaṭijānanato yathā niccādīnaṃ aññataraṃ rūpaṃ, yathā vā dīpādayo. Na hi dīpādīnaṃ udayabbayasabhāvānaṃ niccāniccanavattabbasabhāvatā sakkā vattuṃ jīvassa niccādīsu aññataraṃ rūpaṃ viyāti evaṃ sattabhaṅgassa viya sesabhaṅgānampi asambhavoyevāti sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā veditabbāti.</p>
    56. 

  56. <p class="bodytext">Ettha <a name="V2.0020"></a> ca, ‘‘issaro nicco, aññe sattā aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā sattekaccasassatavādā; seyyathāpi issaravādādayo. ‘‘Paramāṇavo niccā dhuvā, dviaṇukādayo aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā saṅkhārekaccasassatavādā; seyyathāpi kaṇādavādādayo. Nanu ca ‘‘ekacce dhammā sassatā, ekacce <a name="M2.0233"></a> asassatā’’ti; etasmiṃ vāde cakkhādīnaṃ asassatatāsanniṭṭhānaṃ yathāsabhāvāvabodho eva, tayidaṃ kathaṃ micchādassananti, ko evamāha – ‘‘cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvasanniṭṭhānaṃ micchādassana’’nti? Asassatesuyeva pana kesañci dhammānaṃ sassatabhāvābhiniveso idha micchādassanaṃ; tena pana ekavāre pavattamānena cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvāvabodho vidūsito saṃsaṭṭhabhāvato; visasaṃsaṭṭho viya sappimaṇḍo sakiccakāraṇāsamattatāya sammādassanapakkhe ṭhapetabbataṃ nārahati. Atha vā asassatabhāvena nicchitāpi cakkhuādayo samāropitajīvasabhāvā eva diṭṭhigati kehi gayhantīti tadavabodhassa micchādassanabhāvo na sakkā nivāretuṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ <span class="bld">brahmajāle</span> (dī. ni. 1.49) – ‘‘cakkhunti vā…pe… kāyoti vā ayaṃ me attā’’tiādi. Evañca katvā asaṅkhatāya saṅkhatāya ca dhātuyā vasena yathākkamaṃ ekacce dhammā sassatā; ekacce asassatāti evaṃ pavatto vibhajjavādopi ekaccasassatavādo āpajjatīti evaṃpakārā codanā anokāsā hoti aviparītadhammasabhāvasampaṭipattibhāvato.</p>
    57. 

  57. <p class="bodytext">Na maratīti amarā. Kā sā? ‘‘Evantipi me no’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.62) nayena pariyantarahitā diṭṭhigatikassa diṭṭhi ca vācā ca, amarāya diṭṭhiyā vācāya vividho khepoti amarāvikkhepo. So etassa atthīti <span class="bld">amarāvikkhepo</span>. Atha vā amarāti ekā macchajāti, sā ummujjananimmujjanādivasena udake sandhāvamānā gāhaṃ na gacchati; evamevaṃ ayampi vādo ito cito ca sandhāvati, gāhaṃ nāgacchatīti amarāvikkhepo, so eva <span class="bld">amarāvikkhepiko</span>. Svāyaṃ vādo musāvādaanuyogachandarāgamohahetukatāya catudhā pavattoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cattāro amarāvikkhepikā vuttā’’</span>ti. Nanu cettha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.65-66) catubbidhopi amarāvikkhepiko kusalādike dhamme paralokattikādīni ca yathābhūtaṃ anavabujjhamāno, tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho pucchāya vikkhepanamattaṃ āpajjatīti tassa kathaṃ diṭṭhigatikabhāvo. Na hi avattukāmassa viya pucchitamatthaṃ ajānantassa vikkhepakaraṇamattena diṭṭhigatikatā yuttāti? Na hevaṃ pucchāvikkhepakaraṇamattena tassa diṭṭhigatikatā icchitā, atha kho micchābhinivesena. Sassatavasena micchābhiniviṭṭhoyeva hi mandabuddhitāya kusalādidhamme paralokattikādīni <a name="M2.0234"></a> ca, yāthāvato appaṭipajjamāno attanā aviññātassa atthassa paraṃ viññāpetuṃ asamatthatāya musāvādādibhayena ca vikkhepaṃ āpajjatīti. Tathā hissa <a name="V2.0021"></a> vādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho vutto. Atha vā puññapāpānaṃ, tabbipākānañca anavabodhena, asaddahanena ca, ‘‘tabbisayāya pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇaṃyeva yuttaṃ sundarañcā’’ti, khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā abhinivisantassa uppannā visuṃyevekā esā diṭṭhi sattabhaṅgadiṭṭhi viyāti daṭṭhabbā. Tathā ceva vuttaṃ – ‘‘pariyantarahitā diṭṭhigatikassa diṭṭhi ceva vācā cā’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.61). Kathaṃ panassā sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho? Ucchedavasena anabhinivesato. ‘‘Natthi koci dhammānaṃ yathābhūtavedī vivādabahulattā lokassa; ‘evameva’nti pana saddantarena dhamme nijjhānanā anādikālikā loke’’ti gāhavasena sassatalesopettha labbhatiyeva.</p>
    58. 

  58. <p class="bodytext">Amati gacchati ettha sabhāvo osānanti anto, mariyādo, so etassa atthīti <span class="bld">antavā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sapariyanto’’</span>ti. Avaḍḍhitakasiṇassa puggalassa evaṃ hotīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Dutiyavādo</span> ‘‘anantavā loko’’ti vādo. <span class="bld">Tatiyavādo</span> ‘‘antavā ca anantavā cā’’ti vādo. <span class="bld">Catutthavādo</span> ‘‘nevantavā nānantavā’’ti vādo. Ete eva cattāro vādino sandhāya <span class="bld">brahmajāle</span> (dī. ni. 1.53) – ‘‘antānantikā antānantaṃ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.53) yuttaṃ tāva purimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vādīnaṃ antattañca anantattañca antānantattañca ārabbha pavattavādattā antānantikattaṃ. Pacchimassa pana tadubhayapaṭisedhavasena pavattavādattā kathamantānantikattanti? Tadubhayapaṭisedhavasena pavattavādattā eva. Yasmā paṭisedhavādopi antānantavisayo eva taṃ ārabbha pavattattā. Apare āhu – ‘‘yathā tatiyavāde sambhedavasena etasseva antavantatā anantatā ca sambhavati, evaṃ takkīvādepi kālabhedavasena ubhayasambhavato aññamaññapaṭisedhena ubhayaññeva vuccati. Kathaṃ? Antavantatāpaṭisedhena hi anantatā vuccati, anantatāpaṭisedhena ca antavantatā, antānantānañca tatiyavādabhāvo kālabhedassa adhippetattā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti yasmā ayaṃ lokasaññito attā jhāyīhi adhigatavisesehi ananto kadāci sakkhi diṭṭho anusuyyati; tasmā nevantavā. Yasmā pana tehi <a name="M2.0235"></a> eva kadāci antavā sakkhi diṭṭho anusuyyati, tasmā na pana anantavā’’ti. Yathā ca anussutitakkīvasena, evaṃ jātissaratakkiādīnañca vasena yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Ayañhi takkiko avaḍḍhitabhāvapubbakattā paṭibhāganimittānaṃ vaḍḍhitabhāvassa vaḍḍhitakālavasena apaccakkhakāritāya anussavādimatte ṭhatvā – ‘‘nevantavā’’ti paṭikkhipati, avaḍḍhitakālavasena pana ‘‘nānanto’’ti. Na pana antavantatānantatānaṃ accantamabhāvena yathā taṃ ‘‘nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti, avassañca etaṃ evaṃ viññātabbaṃ, aññathā vikkhepapakkhaṃyeva bhajeyya catutthavādo. Na hi antavantatānantatātadubhayavinimutto attano <a name="V2.0022"></a> pakāro atthi, takkīvādī ca yuttimaggako, kālabhedavasena ca tadubhayampi ekasmiṃ na na yujjatīti. <span class="bld">Anantaracatukka</span>nti ekattasaññīti āgatasaññīcatukkaṃ.</p>
    59. 

  59. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ekantasukhī</span>ti ekanteneva sukhī. Taṃ panassa sukhaṃ dukkhena avomissaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nirantarasukhī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ekantasukhamevā</span>ti idaṃ sukhabahulataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Atītāsu sattasu jātīsū</span>ti idaṃ tato paraṃ jātissarañāṇena anussarituṃ na sakkāti katvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Tādisamevā</span>ti sukhasamaṅgimeva attabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ sukhasamaṅgī’’ti taṃ <span class="bld">anussarantassa jātissarassa</span> atītajātiyampi idha viya dukkhaphuṭṭhassa taṃ anussarantassa.</p>
    60. 

  60. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbesampī</span>ti lābhīnaṃ takkīnampi. <span class="bld">Tathā</span>ti iminā ‘‘sabbesampī’’ti idaṃ padaṃ ākaḍḍhati. Kāmāvacaraṃ nāma adukkhamasukhaṃ anuḷāraṃ avibhūtanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘catutthajjhānavasenā’’</span>ti. Catutthajjhānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ etassa atthi, tena vā nibbattanti <span class="bld">catutthajjhānikaṃ. Majjhattassā</span>ti majjhattabhūtassa majjhattavedanābahulassa. <span class="bld">Majjhattabhūtaṭṭhānameva</span> attano majjhattatāpattameva bhūtapubbaṃ anussarantassa. <span class="bld">Ekaccasassatikā</span>ti ekaccasassatavādino vuttā. Puggalādhiṭṭhānena hi ekaccasassatikā. Esa nayo sesesupi. Adhiccasamuppannavādo sassatavādasamuddiṭṭhoti katvā <span class="bld">‘‘dve adhiccasamuppannikā’’</span>ti ca vuttaṃ.</p>
    61. 

  61. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para28"></a><a name="para28_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">28</span>. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhuddhāra</span>nti yathāvuttānaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aniyyānikabhāvadassanavasena paduddharaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Paccattaṃyeva ñāṇa</span>nti aparappaccayaṃ attaniyeva ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ pana attapaccakkhaṃ <a name="M2.0236"></a> hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paccakkhañāṇa’’</span>nti. Suvaṇṇassa viya dosāpagamena upakkilesavigamena ñāṇassa visuddhanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parisuddhanti nirupakkilesa’’</span>nti. Kilesandhakāravigamato sappabhāsamujjalameva hotīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘pariyodātanti pabhassara’’</span>nti <span class="bld">bāhirasamayasmimpi honti</span> jhānassa samijjhanato. <span class="bld">Mayamidaṃ jānāmā</span>ti ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti ca micchāgāhavasena aññāṇabhāgameva paribrūhetvā tato eva yathāgahitaṃ gāhaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘mayamidaṃ atthaṃ tattha jānāmā’’ti <span class="bld">evaṃ tattha</span> micchāgāhe avijjamānaṃ <span class="bld">ñāṇakoṭṭhāsaṃ otārentiyeva</span> anuppavesentiyeva. <span class="bld">Na taṃ ñāṇaṃ, micchādassanaṃ nāmetaṃ,</span> kiṃ pana taṃ micchādassanaṃ nāma? Sassato attā ca loko cātiādinā micchābhinivesabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tadapi…pe… attho’’</span>ti. Yaṃ taṃ diṭṭhiyā upanissayabhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha – <span class="bld">‘‘jānanamattalakkhaṇattā ñāṇabhāgamattamevā’’</span>ti. Ñāṇampi hi diṭṭhiyā upanissayo hotiyeva lābhino itarassa ca tathā tathā micchābhinivesato. <span class="bld">Anupātivattanato</span> anatikkamanato. Asādhāraṇato na upātivattanti etenāti <a name="V2.0023"></a> anupātivattanaṃ, tato. <span class="bld">Upādānapaccayato</span>ti upādānassa paccayabhāvato. Etena phalūpacāreneva upādānamāha. Yadi brahmajāle āgatā sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo idha kathitā honti, evaṃ sante idaṃ suttaṃ brahmajālasuttena ekasadisanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘brahmajāle panā’’</span>tiādi. ‘‘Aññatra rūpaṃ aññatra vedanā sakkāyaṃyeva anuparidhāvantī’’ti vacanato idha sakkāyadiṭṭhi āgatā. <span class="bld">Brahmajālaṃ kathitameva hoti</span> tattha āgatānaṃ dvāsaṭṭhiyāpi diṭṭhīnaṃ idhāgatattā. Sassatucchedābhiniveso attābhinivesapubbako, ‘‘attā sassato attā ucchedo’’ti pavattanato.</p>
    62. 

  62. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para30"></a><a name="para30_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">30</span>. <span class="bld">Dvāsaṭṭhi…pe… dassetu</span>nti kathaṃ panāyamattho ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ekacco’’tiādipāḷiyā dassito hotīti? Appahīnasakkāyadiṭṭhikassa pubbantāparantadiṭṭhiupādiyanajotanato. <span class="bld">Pariccāgenā</span>ti vikkhambhanena. <span class="bld">Catutthajjhānanirodhā tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī</span>ti ettha na parihīnacatutthajjhānassa tatiyajjhānaṃ bhavati, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhitassa pana catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhitassa ca tatiyaṃ paṭilomanayena sambhavati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0237"></a> <span class="bld">panetthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabba</span>nti ‘‘pavivekā pīti nirujjhatī’’ti idaṃ, ‘‘nirāmisasukhassanirodhā’’ti ettha viya vuṭṭhānanirodhavasena vuttanti veditabbanti attho. <span class="bld">Hīnajjhānapariyādānakadomanassa</span>nti nīvaraṇasahagatadomanassamāha. Tañhi jhānapariyādānakaraṃ. <span class="bld">Kammanīyabhāvo</span>ti samāpattiṃ patto viya samāpattisamāpajjanabhāve kammakkhamabhāvo. Somanassavidhurattā domanassaṃ viyāti domanassanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Uppajjati pavivekā pītī’’ti puna vuttā pīti <span class="bld">jhānadvayapīti. Yaṃ ṭhānaṃ chāyā jahatī</span>ti yaṃ padesaṃ ātapena abhibhuyyamānaṃ chāyā jahati. Tattha ātape chāyāti padesena ātapasaññitānaṃ bhūtasaṅkhatānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānamāha. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmiṃ ṭhāne’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    63. 

  63. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para31"></a><a name="para31_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">31</span>. <span class="bld">Nirāmisaṃ sukhanti tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ</span> dūrasamussāritakāmāmisattā.</p>
    64. 

  64. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para32"></a><a name="para32_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">32</span>. <span class="bld">Adukkhamasukhanti catutthajjhānavedanaṃ,</span> na yaṃ kiñci upekkhāvedanaṃ.</p>
    65. 

  65. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para33"></a><a name="para33_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">33</span>. <span class="bld">Niggahaṇo</span>ti mamaṃkārabhāvena kiñcipi agaṇhanto. <span class="bld">Nibbānassa sappāya</span>nti nibbānādhigamassa, nibbānasseva vā avilomavasena ekantikupāyatāya sappāyaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘upakārabhūta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti sabbesu tebhūmakadhammesu. <span class="bld">Eta</span>nti etaṃ yathāvuttasamathabhāvanāya kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ. Sabbattha nikantiyā asukkhāpitattā kathaṃ nibbānassa <span class="bld">upakārapaṭipadā nāma jātaṃ</span>? Na jāyate vātyadhippāyo. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti pubbantānudiṭṭhiādike sabbasmiṃ. <span class="bld">Aggaṇhanavasenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0024"></a> taṇhāgāhena aggahaṇavasena. Yattha hi taṇhāgāho vimocito, tattha diṭṭhimānaggāhā sukkhā viya honti tadekaṭṭhabhāvato. Tādisassa nibbānagāminī paṭipadā eva āsanne, na dūre. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘upakārapaṭipadā nāma jāta’’</span>nti. Tādisassa ca santohamasmītiādikā samanupassanā adhimānapakkhe tiṭṭhatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘abhivadatīti abhimānena upavadatī’’</span>ti. Idameva upādiyatīti niyamābhāvato <span class="bld">‘‘aṭṭhārasavidhampī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sesapadepi eseva nayo. Diṭṭhupādāne sati sesaupādānasambhavo avuttasiddhoti tadeva uddhaṭaṃ.</p>
    66. 

  66. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Se āyatane veditabbe</span>ti nirodhassa kāraṇaṃ nibbānaṃ veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Dvinnaṃ āyatanāna</span>nti cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ dvinnaṃ āyatanānaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭikkhepena nibbānaṃ dassitaṃ</span> veneyyajjhāsayavasena.</p>
    67. 

  67. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na</span> <a name="M2.0238"></a> <span class="bld">gādhatī</span>ti na patiṭṭhāti. <span class="bld">Ato</span>ti asmā nibbānā. <span class="bld">Sarā</span>ti taṇhā. <span class="bld">Saṅkhārapaṭikkhepenā</span>ti saṅkhārekadesabhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ paṭikkhepena.</p>
    68. 

  68. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Viññāṇa</span>nti visiṭṭhena ñāṇena jānitabbaṃ. Tato eva <span class="bld">anidassanaṃ</span> acakkhuviññeyyaṃ anindriyagocaraṃ. <span class="bld">Ananta</span>nti antarahitaṃ, niccanti attho. <span class="bld">Sabbato pabha</span>nti kilesandhakārābhāvato ca samantato pabhassaraṃ. ‘‘Sabbato papa’’nti vā pāṭho, sabbato patatitthanti attho. Cattārīsakammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātehi titthehi otaritvā anupavisitabbaṃ amatasaranti vuttaṃ hoti. Anupādā kañci dhammaṃ aggahetvā vimuccanti etthāti <span class="bld">anupādāvimokkho,</span> nibbānaṃ. Anupādā vimuccati etenāti <span class="bld">anupādāvimokkho,</span> aggamaggo. Anupādāvimokkhantikatāya pana arahattaphalaṃ <span class="bld">anupādāvimokkho</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    69. 

  69. <p class="centered">Pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    70. 

  70. <p class="subhead">3. Kintisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    71. 

  71. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para34"></a><a name="para34_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">34</span>. <span class="bld">Bhavo</span>ti <a name="V2.0025"></a> paritto. <span class="bld">Abhavo</span>ti mahanto. Vuddhiattho hi ayaṃ a-kāro, ‘‘saṃvarāsaṃvaro, phalāphala’’ntiādīsu viya, tasmā <span class="bld">bhavābhavahetū</span>ti khuddakassa mahantassa vā bhavassa hetu, taṃ paccāsīsamānoti attho. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhave sukhaṃ vedissāmī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    72. 

  72. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para35"></a><a name="para35_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">35</span>. Lokuttarabodhipakkhiyadhamme uddissa puthujjanānaṃ vivādo sambhavatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘lokiyalokuttarāva kathitā’’</span>ti. Lokiyāpi hi bodhipakkhiyadhammā lokuttaradhammādhigamassa āsannakāraṇattā visesakāraṇanti yāva aññehi lokiyadhammehi abhivisiṭṭhoti katvā, <span class="bld">‘‘imesu sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammesū’’</span>ti avisesena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Atthato nānaṃ hotī</span>ti atthato bhedo hoti bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ samadhigatattā. Na hi kāyādayo bhāvetabbā, satiyeva pana bhāvetabbāti. <span class="bld">Byañjanato nānaṃ</span> bhedaṃ. <span class="bld">Imināpi kāraṇenā</span>ti imāyapi yuttiyā. Idāni taṃ yuttiṃ dassento – <span class="bld">‘‘atthañca byañjanañcā’’</span>tiādimāha<a name="M2.0239"></a>. Tattha <span class="bld">samānetvā</span>ti suttantarato samānetvā, suttantarapadehi ca samānetvā. <span class="bld">Aññathā</span>ti aññato, bhūtato apagataṃ katvāti attho. <span class="bld">Micchā ropitabhāvo</span>ti ayāthāvato ṭhapitabhāvo. <span class="bld">Atthañca byañjanañca viññāpanakāraṇamevā</span>ti aviparītatthassa saddassa ca bujjhanahetutāya.</p>
    73. 

  73. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para37"></a><a name="para37_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">37</span>. Idha dhammavinayaṭṭhāne <span class="bld">satiyeva satipaṭṭhānanti gahitā,</span> atthato sameti nāma yāthāvato atthassa gahitattā. Asabhāvaniruttibhāvato byañjanato nānattanti taṃ liṅgabhedena vacanabhedena ca dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘satipaṭṭhānoti vā satipaṭṭhānāti vā micchā ropethā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Appamattaka</span>nti aṇumattaṃ sallahukaṃ, na garutaraṃ adhanitaṃ katvā vattabbampi <span class="bld">dhanitaṃ</span> ghosavantaṃ <span class="bld">katvā ropite</span> vuttadosābhāvatoti tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘nibbutiṃ pattuṃ sakkā hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    74. 

  74. <p class="bodytext">Byañjanassa micchāropanaṃ na visesantarāyakaraṃ hotīti ñāpanatthaṃ, <span class="bld">catusu maggesu pañhaṃ kathetvāva parinibbuto. Suttantabyañjanaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ</span> – ‘‘appamattakaṃ kho panā’’ti.</p>
    75. 

  75. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para38"></a><a name="para38_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">38</span>. <span class="bld">Atha catutthavāre vivādo kasmā</span> jāto? Yāvatā nesaṃ vacanaṃ atthato ceva sameti byañjanato cāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Saññāya vivādo</span>ti kiñcāpi sameti atthato ceva byañjanato <a name="V2.0026"></a> ca, saññā pana nesaṃ avisuddhā, tāya saññāya vasena vivādo jātoti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘aha’’</span>ntiādimāha. Ahaṃ satipaṭṭhānanti vadāmi, ayaṃ satipaṭṭhānoti vadatīti evaṃ tesaṃ ñāṇaṃ hotīti imamatthaṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘eseva nayo’’</span>ti iminā atidisati.</p>
    76. 

  76. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para39"></a><a name="para39_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">39</span>. <span class="bld">Na codanatthāya vegāyitabba</span>nti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ na codanā kātabbāti attho. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā ekacco kodhanabhāvena evaṃ paṭipphari, tasmā. <span class="bld">Anādānadiṭṭhī</span>ti ādiyitvā anabhinivisanato anādānadiṭṭhī adaḷhaggāhī. <span class="bld">Pakkhipanto viyā</span>ti gilitvā pakkhipanto viya.</p>
    77. 

  77. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upaghāto</span>ti cittappaghāto pharasupaghāto viya. <span class="bld">Vaṇaghaṭṭitassa viyā</span>ti vaṇe ghaṭṭitassa viya <span class="bld">dukkhuppatti</span> cittadukkhuppatti. <span class="bld">Dve vāre vatvāpi visajjetī</span>ti suppaṭinissaggī evaṃ pageva coditamatte vissajjeti ceti adhippāyo<a name="M2.0240"></a>. Kathanavasena ca <span class="bld">kāyacittakilamatho. Evarūpo</span>ti sahasā avissajjentena codakassa vihesāvādo hutvāpi akkodhanādisabhāvo.</p>
    78. 

  78. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upekkhā</span>ti sakena kammena paññāyissatīti tasmiṃ puggale ajjhupekkhaṇā. <span class="bld">Upekkhaṃ atimaññati nāma</span> tassa anācārassa anajjhupekkhaṇato.</p>
    79. 

  79. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para40"></a><a name="para40_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">40</span>. <span class="bld">Vacanasañcāro</span>ti pesuññavasena aññathāvacanupasaṃhāro. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhipaḷāso</span>ti yugaggāhavasena laddhi. Sā pana <span class="bld">cittassa anārādhaniyabhāvo</span> satthucittassa anārādhakabhāvo. <span class="bld">Kalaho</span>ti adhikaraṇuppādavasena pavatto viggaho bhaṇḍanassa pubbabhāgo.</p>
    80. 

  80. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yena kāraṇenā</span>ti yena dhammena satthusāsanena. Tameva hi sandhāya vadati – <span class="bld">‘‘dhammoti sāraṇīyadhammo adhippeto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti ‘‘dhammassa cānudhamma’’nti ettha. <span class="bld">Dhammo</span>ti sambuddhassa tassa tathā pavattaṃ byākaraṇaṃ yathā vivādāpannā saññattiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saññattikaraṇa’’</span>nti. Tadeva byākaraṇaṃ anudhammoti bhikkhunā vuccamāno anupavatto dhammo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tadeva byākaroti nāmā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kocī</span>ti yo koci. <span class="bld">Sahadhammiko</span> sakāraṇo. Aññattho ayaṃ kiṃ saddoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘añño’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti vuttanayena paṭipannabhikkhuno, tassa paṭipatti na kenaci garahaṇīyā hotīti attho. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    81. 

  81. <p class="centered">Kintisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    82. 

  82. <p class="subhead">4. Sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    83. 

  83. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para41"></a><a name="para41_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">41</span>. <span class="bld">Dvedhikajātā</span>ti <a name="V2.0027"></a> jātadvedhikā sañjātabhedā. <span class="bld">Dvejjhajātā</span>ti duvidhabhāvaṃ pattā. Bhaṇḍanti paribhāsanti etenāti <span class="bld">bhaṇḍanaṃ,</span> viruddhacittatā. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti bhaṇḍanaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammavinaya</span>nti pāvacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vitujjantā</span> mukhasattīhi. <span class="bld">Sahitaṃ me</span>ti mayhaṃ vacanaṃ sahitaṃ siliṭṭhaṃ pubbāparasambandhaṃ atthayuttaṃ. Tenāha <a name="M2.0241"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘atthasaṃhita’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Adhiciṇṇa</span>nti āciṇṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Viparāvatta</span>nti virodhadassanavasena parāvattitaṃ, parāvattaṃ dūsitanti attho. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘cirakālavasena…pe… nivatta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Pariyesamāno cara,</span> tattha tattha gantvā sikkhāhīti attho. <span class="bld">Sace sakkosi,</span> idānimeva mayā veṭhitadosaṃ nibbeṭhehi. <span class="bld">Maraṇamevā</span>ti aññamaññaghātavasena maraṇameva.</p>
    84. 

  84. <p class="bodytext">Nāṭaputtassa imeti <span class="bld">nāṭaputtiyā</span>. Te pana tassa sissāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘antevāsikesū’’</span>ti. Purimapaṭipattito paṭinivattanaṃ paṭivānaṃ, taṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo etesanti <span class="bld">paṭivānarūpā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nivattanasabhāvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kathanaṃ</span> atthassa ācikkhanaṃ. <span class="bld">Pavedanaṃ</span> tassa hetudāharaṇāni āharitvā bodhanaṃ. Na upasamāya saṃvattatīti anupasamasaṃvattanaṃ, tadeva <span class="bld">anupasamasaṃvattanikaṃ,</span> tasmiṃ. Samussitaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāhetubhāvato <span class="bld">thūpaṃ</span> patiṭṭhāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhinnathūpeti bhinnapatiṭṭhe’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Thūpo</span>ti vā dhammassa niyyānabhāvo veditabbo, aññadhamme abhibhuyya samussitaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">So</span> nigaṇṭhassa samaye kehici abhinnasammatopi <span class="bld">bhinno</span> vinaṭṭhoyeva sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvatoti bhinnathūpo. So eva niyyānabhāvo vaṭṭadukkhato muccitukāmānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ, taṃ ettha natthīti appaṭisaraṇo, tasmiṃ <span class="bld">bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe</span>ti evamettha attho veditabbo.</p>
    85. 

  85. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ācariyappamāṇa</span>nti ācariyamuṭṭhi hutvā pamāṇabhūtaṃ. <span class="bld">Nānānīhārenā</span>ti nānākārena. ‘‘Vivādo na uppajjī’’ti vatvā tassa anuppattikāraṇaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘satthā hi…pe… avivādakāraṇaṃ katvāva parinibbāyī’’</span>ti vatvā taṃ vivarituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavatā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhā ca avassayo ca,</span> ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’’nti vinicchayane mahāpadesā, pañhabyākaraṇāni ca, yasmā tesu patiṭṭhāya te avassāya dhammavinayadharā ca nicchayaṃ gacchanti. Tathā hi suttantamahāpadesato vinaye kenaci pucchito attho catunnaṃ pañhabyākaraṇānaṃ vasena suvinicchitarūpo, tasmā dhammavinayo idha satthu kiccaṃ kātuṃ sakkotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tenevā’’</span>tiādi, tasmā uḷārāya desanāya bhājananti adhippāyo.</p>
    86. 

  86. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para42"></a><a name="para42_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">42</span>. Paṭipaviṭṭhaṃ <a name="V2.0028"></a> katvā āharitabbato, saccaṃ kāritabbato pābhataṃ mūlanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kathāpābhata’’</span>nti, dhammakathāya mūlakāraṇanti attho. Yesaṃ <a name="M2.0242"></a> vasena vivādo uppanno, teyeva adhammavādino, tesaṃ tāva so ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattatu, tato aññesaṃ devamanussānaṃ kathanti, codanā paramparāya saṃkilesavatthubhāvatoti parihāro. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kosambakakkhandhake viyā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    87. 

  87. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para43"></a><a name="para43_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">43</span>. <span class="bld">Abhiññā desitā</span>ti abhivisiṭṭhāya paññāya jānitvā bodhitā. <span class="bld">Patissayamānarūpā</span>ti apadissa patissayamānā garukavasena nissayamānasabhāvā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘upanissāya viharantī’’</span>ti, garutaraṃ nissayaṃ katvā viharantīti attho. <span class="bld">Parivāre paññattānī</span>ti, ‘‘ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā’’ti, evaṃ niddhāretvā <span class="bld">parivārapāḷiyaṃ</span> (pari. 336) āsaṅkaravasena ṭhapitāni. ‘‘Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyā’’ti (pārā. 39, 42, 43) vibhaṅgapāṭhavaseneva hi tāni bhagavatā paññattāni. <span class="bld">Tāni ṭhapetvā sesāni sabbasikkhāpadāni adhipātimokkhaṃ nāmā</span>ti, idaṃ gobalībaddañāyena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ tesampi adhipātimokkhabhāvato.</p>
    88. 

  88. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrāyaṃ nayo</span>ti tasmiṃ suppajahanāya appamattakabhāve ayaṃ vakkhamāno. <span class="bld">Tānī</span>ti paṇītabhojanāni. <span class="bld">Yo kocī</span>ti bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā. <span class="bld">Dukkaṭavatthuka</span>nti <span class="bld">yaṃ kiñci</span> dukkaṭāpattivatthukaṃ. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti suppajahanabhāvena mūlāpattivītikkamassa aṇumattatāya.</p>
    89. 

  89. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pubbabhāgamagga</span>nti lokiyamaggaṃ. <span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ pubbabhāgamaggaṃ nissāya vivāduppāde. <span class="bld">Obhāsañāṇa</span>nti obhāsassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tattha pana so maggasaññibhāvena maggo ca catubbidhoti sutattā, <span class="bld">‘‘paṭṭhamamaggo nāmā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti evaṃ asandiddhaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ pariccattaṃ katvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetuṃ na sakkoti.</p>
    90. 

  90. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cetiyaṃ na diṭṭha</span>nti tassa kataṃ thūpaṃ vadati. Nindiye puthujjanabhāve ṭhitaṃ pāsaṃsaṃ ariyabhāvaṃ āropetvā taṃ micchāladdhiṃ abhinivissa paggayha voharaṇato <span class="bld">saggopi maggopi vāritoyevā</span>ti. Vuttañhetaṃ –</p>
    91. 

  91. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Yo <a name="V2.0029"></a> nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo;</p>
    92. 

  92. <p class="gathalast">Vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindatī’’ti. (su. ni. 663; saṃ. ni. 1.180-181; a. ni. 4.3; netti. 92);</p>
    93. 

  93. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Khaṇeneva <a name="M2.0243"></a> arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samatthakammaṭṭhānakathaṃ ācikkhissāmī’’ti hi iminā tattha kohaññampi dissati; itaresu pana vattabbameva natthi. <span class="bld">Uppāṭetvā</span>ti uddharitvā. ‘‘Atha te bhikkhū’’tiādi <span class="bld">sesaṃ</span> nāma. ‘‘Amataṃ te paribhuñjanti, ye kāyagatāsatiṃ paribhuñjantī’’ti (a. ni. 1.600) vacanaṃ duggahitaṃ gaṇhāpetvā, <span class="bld">‘‘ettāvatā vo amataṃ paribhuttaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    94. 

  94. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para44"></a><a name="para44_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">44</span>. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti ākāralakkhaṇametaṃ, na ākāraniyamanaṃ. Tena imināva kāraṇena ca yo vivādo uppajjeyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Garusmiṃ garūti pavattaṃ cittaṃ garuvisayattā taṃsahacaritattā garu, tassa bhāvo gāravaṃ, garukaraṇaṃ, taṃ ettha natthīti <span class="bld">agāravo</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘gāravavirahito’’</span>ti. Garussa gāravavasena patissayanaṃ patissoti vuccati nīcavuttitā, tappaṭipakkhato <span class="bld">appatisso</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘appatissayo anīcavuttī’’</span>ti. Ettha yathāyaṃ puggalo satthari agāravo nāma hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ettha panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">tīsukālesu upaṭṭhānaṃ na yātī</span>tiādi samudāyakittanaanavasesadassanaṃ, avayavato pana agāravasiddhi yathā taṃ sāmaññato sikkhāpadasamādānaṃ tabbiseso bhedo. Esa nayo sesesupi.</p>
    95. 

  95. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sakkaccaṃ na gacchatī</span>ti ādaravasena na gacchati. <span class="bld">Saṅghe katoyeva hoti</span> saṅghapariyāpannattā tassa, yathā saṅghaṃ uddissa dinnaṃ ekena bhikkhunā paṭiggahitaṃ saṅghassa dinnameva hoti. <span class="bld">Aparipūrayamānova</span> sikkhāya agāravo. Tenāha bhagavā – <span class="bld">‘‘sikkhāya na paripūrakārī’’</span>ti (ma. ni. 2.135). Attano parisāya uppannaṃ vivādamūlaṃ visesato attanā vūpasametabbato attano ca anatthāvahato <span class="bld">‘‘ajjhatta’’</span>ntveva vuttaṃ. Esa nayo <span class="bld">bahiddhā</span>ti etthāpi.</p>
    96. 

  96. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para46"></a><a name="para46_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">46</span>. <span class="bld">Chaṭhānānī</span>ti chamūlāni. Yathā samanavasena samathānaṃ vivādādīsu adhikattubhāvo, evaṃ vivādādīnaṃ tehi adhikattabbatāpīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vūpasamanatthāya…pe… adhikaraṇānī’’</span>ti. Tena adhikaraṇasaddassa kammatthataṃ āha. Samathā vā samanavasena adhikarīyanti etthāti <span class="bld">adhikaraṇāni,</span> vivādādayo.</p>
    97. 

  97. <p class="bodytext">Vivādo <a name="V2.0030"></a><a name="M2.0244"></a> uppannamattova hutvā parato kakkhaḷatthāya saṃvattanato yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya paṭhamaṃ uppanno vivādānusārena mūlakaṃ viya anubandharogo tameva tadaññaṃ vā vatthuṃ katvā pavaḍḍhanto vivādādhikaraṇaṃ patvā upari vaḍḍhati nāma, anuvādāpattikiccādhikaraṇaṃ patvā vivādassa ca vaḍḍhanaṃ pākaṭameva. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘cattāri adhikaraṇāni patvā upari vaḍḍhanto so vivādo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uppannānaṃ uppannāna</span>nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.331) uṭṭhitānaṃ uṭṭhitānaṃ. <span class="bld">Samathattha</span>nti samanatthaṃ.</p>
    98. 

  98. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhī</span>ti lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ yathā ‘‘yadi me byādhī dāheyyuṃ. Dātabbamidamosadha’’nti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.3.39-42; kaṅkhā. abhi. ṭī. adhikaraṇasamathavaṇṇanā), tasmā tesu aññatarena vivadantā, ‘‘aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi vivadantī’’ti vuccanti. <span class="bld">Upavadanā</span>ti akkoso. <span class="bld">Codanā</span>ti anuyogo.</p>
    99. 

  99. <p class="bodytext">Adhikaraṇassa sammukhāva vinayanato <span class="bld">sammukhāvinayo</span>. Sannipatitaparisāya dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāya yebhuyyasikakammassa karaṇaṃ <span class="bld">yebhuyyasikā. Kārakasaṅghassa sāmaggivasena sammukhībhāvo,</span> na yathā tathā kārakapuggalānaṃ sammukhatāmattaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhūtatā</span>ti tacchatā. Saccapariyāyo hi idha dhamma-saddo ‘‘dhammavādī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.9) viya. Vineti etenāti vinayo, tassa tassa adhikaraṇassa vūpasamāya bhagavatā vuttavidhi, tassa vinayassa sammukhatā <span class="bld">vinayasammukhatā</span>. Vivādavatthusaṅkhāte atthe paccatthikā atthapaccatthikā, tesaṃ <span class="bld">atthapaccatthikānaṃ. Saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati</span> sammatapuggaleheva vūpasamanato.</p>
    100. 

  100. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na</span>nti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Na chandāgatiṃ gacchatī’’tiādinā (pari. 383) vuttaṃ <span class="bld">pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ</span>. Guḷhakādīsu alajjussannāya parisāya guḷhako <span class="bld">salākaggāho</span> kātabbo; lajjussannāya <span class="bld">vivaṭako,</span> bālussannāya <span class="bld">sakaṇṇajappako</span>. Yassā kiriyāya dhammavādino bahutarā, sā yebhuyyasikāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāyā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    101. 

  101. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Evaṃ vinicchita</span>nti āpattiṃ dassetvā ropanavasena vinicchitaṃ, paṭikammaṃ pana āpattādhikaraṇasamathe parato āgamissati. Na samaṇasāruppaṃ <span class="bld">assāmaṇakaṃ,</span> samaṇehi akātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ. <span class="bld">Ajjhācāre</span> vītikkamesati. <span class="bld">Paṭicarato</span>ti <a name="M2.0245"></a> paṭicchādentassa. Pāpussannatāya pāpiyo, puggalo, tassa kātabbakammaṃ <span class="bld">tassapāpiyasikaṃ</span>.</p>
    102. 

  102. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo natthi</span> paṭiññāya, tathārūpāya khantiyā vā vinā avūpasamanato<a name="V2.0031"></a>. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti āpattidesanāyaṃ. Paṭiññāte āpannabhāvādike karaṇakiriyā, ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti, parivāsadānādivasena ca pavattaṃ vacīkammaṃ <span class="bld">paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ</span>.</p>
    103. 

  103. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yathānurūpa</span>nti ‘‘dvīhi catūhi tihi ekenā’’ti evaṃ vuttanayena yathānurūpaṃ. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti imasmiṃ sutte, etasmiṃ vā samathavicāre. <span class="bld">Vinicchayanayo</span>ti vinicchaye nayamattaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vitthāro panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    104. 

  104. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para47"></a><a name="para47_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">47</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅkhepatova vutto,</span> na samathakkhandhake viya vitthārato. <span class="bld">Tathā</span>ti iminā ‘‘dhammā’’ti padaṃ ākaḍḍhati, ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho, evamādinā iminā pakārenāti vāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ ekantānavajjabhāvato natthi adhammabhāvo, bhagavato desitākāraṃ hāpetvā vaḍḍhetvā vā kathanaṃ yathādhammaṃ akatanti katvā adhammabhāvoti dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tayo satipaṭṭhānā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    105. 

  105. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Niyyānika</span>nti sapāṭihīraṃ appaṭivānaṃ hutvā pavattati. <span class="bld">Tathevā</span>ti iminā ‘‘evaṃ amhāka’’ntiādinā vuttamatthaṃ ākaḍḍhati. <span class="bld">Bhūtena…pe… kātabbakammaṃ dhammo nāma</span> yathādhammaṃ karaṇato, vuttavipariyāyato ito paraṃ <span class="bld">adhammo. Ayaṃ vinayo nāma</span> rāgādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato pahānato paṭisaṅkhānato ca. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ avinayo nāma</span> rāgādīnaṃ avinayanato. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ vinayo nāma</span> yathāvinayakaraṇato, vuttavipariyāyena itaro <span class="bld">avinayo</span>. Vatthusampattiādinā eva sabbesaṃ vinayakammānaṃ akuppatāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vatthusampatti…pe… ayaṃ vinayo nāmā’’</span>ti, tappaṭipakkhato avinayo veditabbo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vatthuvipattī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    106. 

  106. <p class="bodytext">Sammāpaṭipattiyā nayanaṭṭhena yathāvutto dhammo eva netti, tato eva sattassa viya rajju asithilapavattihetutāya <span class="bld">dhammarajjū</span>ti attho vutto. Suttantapariyāyena tāva dasa kusalakammapathā dhammoti evaṃ vuttā. Sā eva vā hotu dhammanetti, yo idha imissā vaṇṇanāya, ‘‘chattiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā’’tiādinā dhammena ca vinayena ca vutto, so eva <a name="M2.0246"></a> vā dhammanetti hotūti ānetvā yojanā. <span class="bld">Tāya dhammanettiyā sameti</span> tāya yathāvuttāya dhammanettiyā saṃsandati, ekalakkhaṇameva hotīti attho. Evaṃ vivādavatthubhūto dhammo ce ‘‘dhammo’’ti, adhammo ce ‘‘adhammo’’ti, vinayo ce ‘‘vinayo’’ti, avinayo ce ‘‘avinayo’’ti nicchinantena <span class="bld">ekaccānaṃ vivādādhikaraṇameva dassitaṃ</span> tassa vūpasamadhammānaṃ apariyosāpitattā.</p>
    107. 

  107. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para48"></a><a name="para48_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">48</span>. <span class="bld">Taṃ paneta</span>nti <a name="V2.0032"></a> vivādādhikaraṇaṃ paccāmasati. <span class="bld">Vāre</span> atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena <span class="bld">pattepi. Dvīhī</span>ti yasmiṃ āvāse vivādādhikaraṇaṃ uppannaṃ, tattha vāsīhi <span class="bld">dvīhipi</span> bhikkhūhi <span class="bld">atirekatarā</span>.</p>
    108. 

  108. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para49"></a><a name="para49_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">49</span>. <span class="bld">Khandhasāmanta</span>nti āpattikkhandhabhāvena samīpaṃ. <span class="bld">Āpattisāmantaṃ nāma</span> pubbabhāgā āpajjitabbaāpatti. Methunarāgavasena kāyasaṃsagge dukkaṭassa vatthūti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamapārājikassa pubbabhāge dukkaṭa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sesānaṃ</span> tiṇṇaṃ pārājikānaṃ pubbabhāge thullaccayameva.</p>
    109. 

  109. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para50"></a><a name="para50_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">50</span>. <span class="bld">Parikkamitvā</span> upakkamitvā. <span class="bld">Āpattādhikaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ</span> tattheva visesato paṭiññāya kāretabbatāya icchitabbattā.</p>
    110. 

  110. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para52"></a><a name="para52_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">52</span>. <span class="bld">Kammassa vatthu dassitaṃ</span> na samathoti adhippāyo. Nanu cāyaṃ samathādhikāroti? Saccaṃ, samathassa pana kāraṇe dassite samatho dassitova hotīti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘evarūpassa hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    111. 

  111. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para53"></a><a name="para53_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">53</span>. <span class="bld">Idaṃ kamma</span>nti ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātāna’’ntiādinā vuttakammaṃ. <span class="bld">Tiṇavatthārakasadisattā</span>ti taṃsadisatāya tabbohāroti dasseti yathā – ‘‘esa brahmadatto’’ti. <span class="bld">Ākāramattameva</span> tiṇavatthārakakammaṃ nāma, na pana tassa sabbaso karaṇavidhānaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘khandhake’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Gihīnaṃ hīnena khuṃsanavambhanaṃ</span> yathā ‘‘tilasaṃguḷikā natthī’’ti. <span class="bld">Dhammikapaṭissavesu</span> visaṃvādanavasena <span class="bld">āpannā āpatti. Assā</span>ti kiccādhikaraṇassa. <span class="bld">Sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo</span> saṅghasammukhatādināva vūpasamanato.</p>
    112. 

  112. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para54"></a><a name="para54_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">54</span>. Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyavacanato <span class="bld">kosambiyasutte</span> (ma. ni. 1.492) <span class="bld">sotāpattimaggasammādiṭṭhi kathitā,</span> idha pana ‘‘diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati’’cceva <a name="M2.0247"></a> vuttattā, <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ sutte sotāpattiphalasammādiṭṭhi vuttāti veditabbā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Pāpakammassa appatā mahantatā sāvajjabhāvassa mudutikkhabhāvena veditabbāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aṇunti appasāvajjaṃ. Thūlanti mahāsāvajja’’</span>nti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    113. 

  113. <p class="centered">Sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    114. 

  114. <p class="subhead">5. Sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    115. 

  115. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para55"></a><a name="para55_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">55</span>. Heṭṭhimamaggehi <a name="V2.0033"></a> ñātamariyādāya pajānanato <span class="bld">aññā,</span> maggapaññā. Tassa phalabhāvato aggaphalapaññā, taṃsahagatā sammāsaṅkappādayo ca ‘‘aññā’’ti vuttāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aññāti arahatta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Catūhi padehi kathitā,</span> ‘‘pariciṇṇā me bhagavā’’tiādīsu viya na ekapadeneva. ‘‘Lokuttaro dhammo adhigato mayā’’ti maññanāmattaṃ adhimānoti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘appatte pattasaññino’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    116. 

  116. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para56"></a><a name="para56_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">56</span>. <span class="bld">Idaṃ ṭhāna</span>nti idaṃ obhāsādisammutihetubhūtaṃ uḷārataraṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ. Uḷāratarabhāvena hi taṃ maggaphalapaññāya paccayo hutvā yāthāvato dubbiññeyyatāya vipassakaṃ visaṃvādeti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘avibhūtaṃ andhakāra’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Imaṃ pañha</span>nti imaṃ suttaṃ gambhīraṃ lokuttarapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ attanā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ atthaṃ. <span class="bld">Uggahetvā</span>ti kevalaṃ piṭakasampādanavaseneva uggaṇhitvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ajānitvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Visevamānā</span>ti kilesavise avamānentā, sāsanassa vā anupakāravirūpapaccaye sevamānā. <span class="bld">Evamassā</span>ti evaṃ vuttanayena tesaṃ karaṇahetu assa cittassa dhammadesanāvasena pavattassa. <span class="bld">Aññathābhāvo</span> adesetukāmatā <span class="bld">hoti</span>. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti yathāvuttamatthaṃ <span class="bld">sandhāya</span>. <span class="bld">Eta</span>nti ‘‘tassapi hoti aññathatta’’nti evaṃ vuttaṃ.</p>
    117. 

  117. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para58"></a><a name="para58_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">58</span>. Kilesehi āmasīyatīti āmisaṃ, lokepariyāpannaṃ āmisanti idha pañca kāmaguṇā adhippetāti tesu vaṭṭāmisabhāvepi labhite kāmāmisabhāvo siddhoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vaṭṭāmisakāmāmisalokāmisabhūtesū’’</span>ti. Kāmaguṇā hi vaṭṭassa vaḍḍhanato vaṭṭāmisaṃ, kāmetabbato kāmataṇhāya āmasitabbato kāmāmisaṃ, yebhūyyato sattalokassa āmisabhāvato <a name="M2.0248"></a> lokāmisaṃ. <span class="bld">Kāmaguṇasabhāgā</span>ti kāmaguṇānulomā kāmaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttā. <span class="bld">Āneñjasamāpattipaṭisaṃyuttāyā</span>ti kilesiñjanarahitatāya idha āneñjāti adhippetāhi heṭṭhimāhi arūpasamāpattīhi paṭisaṃyuttāya. <span class="bld">Evarūpo</span>ti lokāmisabhūtesu paccayesu adhimutto tanninno taggaruko tappabbhāro. <span class="bld">Ettāvatā</span>ti evaṃ saddhānaṃ manussānaṃ dassanena tesaṃ pavattitāsayena ca. <span class="bld">Sīsaṃ nikkhantaṃ hotī</span>ti lābhāsāya sīsaṃ bahi nikkhantaṃ viya hoti. <span class="bld">Udaraṃ phalita</span>nti atibahubhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipiyamānaṃ pasibbakaṃ viya laddhabbassa atipahūtabhāvena udaraṃ phītaṃ hoti.</p>
    118. 

  118. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para59"></a><a name="para59_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">59</span>. Yathā <a name="V2.0034"></a> purimā dve arūpasamāpattiyo attano paccanīkakilesehi aniñjanato ‘‘aniñjā’’ti vuccanti, evaṃ itarāpi. <span class="bld">Taṃ pavutta</span>nti lokāmisasaṃyojanaṃ vigataṃ.</p>
    119. 

  119. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para60"></a><a name="para60_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">60</span>. <span class="bld">Nighaṃsa</span>nti ‘‘ettako aya’’nti paricchedanti attho. <span class="bld">Silesenā</span>ti cammakārasilesādisilesena, vajiralepasilese vattabbameva natthi. <span class="bld">Taṃ bhinna</span>nti āneñjasaṃyojanaṃ bhinnaṃ vidhamitaṃ samatikkantaṃ tāsu samāpattīsu apekkhābhāvato. Ajjhāsayena asambaddhattā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘dvedhābhinnā selā viya hotī’’</span>ti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ samāpajjissāmīti cittaṃ na uppajjatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    120. 

  120. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para61"></a><a name="para61_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">61</span>. <span class="bld">Vanta</span>nti chaḍḍitaṃ, vissaṭṭhanti attho.</p>
    121. 

  121. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para62"></a><a name="para62_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">62</span>. <span class="bld">Uparisamāpattilābhino</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">uparisamāpattī</span>ti arahattaphalasamāpatti adhippetā, arahato ca maggādhigameneva anāgāmiphalasamāpatti, sekkhānaṃ visayā heṭṭhimā phalasamāpattiyo paṭippassaddhā. Lokiyā pana nikantippahānena paṭinissaṭṭhāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhā…pe… na uppajjatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    122. 

  122. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para63"></a><a name="para63_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">63</span>. ‘‘Pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā’’tiādinā āraddhadesanā, ‘‘sammā nibbānādhimutto purisapuggalo’’ti arahattakittanena niṭṭhāpitāti tato paraṃ, ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panā’’tiādikā desanā, <span class="bld">‘‘pāṭiyekko anusandhī’’</span>ti <a name="M2.0249"></a> vuttā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhā hī’’</span>tiādi. Tattha yathā khīṇāsavassa samāpattilābhinoti yojanā, evaṃ vā khīṇāsavassa sukkhavipassakassāti yojetabbā. <span class="bld">Paṭikkhittaṃ</span> aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Tassa paṭikkhepassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘samāpattilābhino hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā sukkhavipassako adhimāniko samāpattilābhino samānayogakkhamo appatte pattasaññitāya bhedābhāvato, evaṃ sukkhavipassako khīṇāsavo samānayogakkhamo khīṇāsavabhāvena visesābhāvato, tasmā ‘‘samāpattilābhimhi kathite itaropi kathitova hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Dvinnaṃ bhikkhūna</span>nti samāpattilābhino adhimānikassa khīṇāsavassa ca. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘puthujjanassa tāvā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    123. 

  123. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yadaggenā</span>ti yena bhāgena. Yadipi khīṇāsavassa asappāyārammaṇaṃ kilesānaṃ uppattiyā paccayo na hoti tesaṃ sabbaso samucchinnattā. Santavihāraparipantho pana siyā visabhāgatoti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘khīṇāsavassapi asappāyamevā’’</span>ti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘visaṃ nāma…pe… visamevā’’</span>ti. Etena <a name="V2.0035"></a> ‘‘yathā visajānanaṃ appamāṇaṃ, vikāruppādanato pana taṃ pariharitabbaṃ, evaṃ pariññātampi vattu atthavisesābhāvena ekarūpamevāti taṃ pariharitabbamevā’’ti dasseti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Na hi asaṃvutena bhavitabbaṃ</span> asāruppabhāvato. <span class="bld">Yuttapayuttenevā</span>ti sabhāgārammaṇassa ālokanādīsu yutteneva <span class="bld">bhavituṃ vaṭṭati</span>.</p>
    124. 

  124. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para64"></a><a name="para64_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">64</span>. Yattha sayaṃ nipatati uppajjati, tassa santānassa vippasannavasena ruppanato, visasaṅkhātassa dukkhassa mūlabhāvato ca <span class="bld">‘‘avijjāsaṅkhāto visadoso’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ruppatī</span>ti kattabbādimucchāpādanena vikāraṃ uppādeti. <span class="bld">Anuddhaṃseyyā</span>ti vibādheyya. Rāgo hi uppajjamānova kusalacittappavattiyā okāsaṃ adento taṃ vibādhati; tathābhūto saddhāsinehassa samathavipassanābhivuḍḍhiyā vamanena ca taṃ visoseti milāpeti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘soseyya milāpeyyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sagahaṇasesa</span>nti gahetabbavisaṃ sāvasesaṃ katvāti attho. Na alaṃ na samatthanti <span class="bld">analaṃ</span>. Sūkapariyāyo pāḷiyaṃ vutto <span class="bld">suka</span>-saddoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vīhisukādi ca sūka’’</span>nti.</p>
    125. 

  125. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saupādānasalluddhāro</span> <a name="M2.0250"></a> <span class="bld">viya appahīno avijjāvisadoso daṭṭhabbo</span> mahānatthuppādanato. <span class="bld">Asappāya…pe… asaṃvutakālo daṭṭhabbo</span> attabhāvassa apariharaṇabhāvato. <span class="bld">Maraṇaṃ viya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattanaṃ</span> adhisīlasaṅkhātassa āyuno apetattā. <span class="bld">Maraṇamattaṃ dukkhaṃ viya āpattiyā āpajjanaṃ</span> yathāvuttassa āyuno upapīḷanakabhāvato. <span class="bld">Imināva nayena opammasaṃsandana</span>nti ettha anupādisesasalluddhāro viya pahīno avijjāvisadoso; sappāya…pe… susaṃvutakālo, tadubhayena vaṇe puthuttaṃ na gate maraṇābhāvo viya sikkhāya apaccakkhānaṃ, maraṇamattadukkhābhāvo viya aññatarāya saṃkiliṭṭhāya āpattiyā anāpajjananti yojanā veditabbā.</p>
    126. 

  126. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para65"></a><a name="para65_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">65</span>. <span class="bld">Satiyā</span>ti ettha yasmā ‘‘ariyāyā’’ti na visesitanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sati paññāgatikā’’</span>tiādi. Paññā cettha lokiyā adhippetā, na lokuttarāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘parisuddhāya vipassanāpaññāyā’’</span>ti.</p>
    127. 

  127. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khīṇāsavassa bala</span>nti uḷāratamesu dibbasadisesupi ārammaṇesu manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ anupanamanahetubhūtaṃ susaṃvutakārisaṅkhātaṃ khīṇāsavabalaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘saṃvutakārī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, ukkaṃsagatasativepullattā yathā asaṃvarassa asaṃvaro hoti, evaṃ satisampajaññabalena cakkhādidvārāni <a name="V2.0036"></a> saṃvaritvā dassanādikiccakārī. <span class="bld">Evaṃ jānitvā</span>ti ‘‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’’nti evaṃ vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya jānitvā. Upadhīyati dukkhaṃ etehīti upadhī, kilesāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kilesupadhipahānā nirupadhī’’</span>ti. Tato eva upādīyati dukkhaṃ etehīti kilesā ‘‘upādānā’’tipi vuccantīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘nirupādānoti attho’’</span>ti. Upadhī sammadeva khīyanti ettāti <span class="bld">upadhisaṅkhayo,</span> nibbānanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘upadhīnaṃ saṅkhayabhūte nibbāne’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇato</span>ti ārammaṇaṃ katvā tadārammaṇāya phalavimuttiyā <span class="bld">vimutto. Kāmupadhismiṃ kāyaṃ upasaṃharissatī</span>ti ‘‘kāmesevissāmī’’ti tattha kāyaṃ upanāmessati; kāyūpasaṃhāro tāva tiṭṭhatu, tathā cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti etaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    128. 

  128. <p class="centered">Sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    129. 

  129. <p class="subhead">6. Āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    130. 

  130. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para66"></a><a name="para66_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">66</span>. Khaṇapabhaṅgutāya <a name="V2.0037"></a><a name="M2.0251"></a> na niccā na dhuvāti <span class="bld">aniccā</span>. Tato eva paṇḍitehi na iccā na upagantabbātipi <span class="bld">aniccā</span>. So cāyaṃ aniccattho udayavayaparicchinnatāya veditabboti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccā’’</span>ti āha; uppajjitvā vinassanatoti attho. Ayañca aniccatā vakkhamānā ca tucchāditā dvinnampi kāmānaṃ sādhāraṇoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vatthukāmāpi kilesakāmāpī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Rittā</span> vivittā, tesaṃ niccasārādīnaṃ attani abhāvato tehi visuṃbhūtā. Yathā pana sabbaso sabhāvarahitamākāsaṃ ‘‘tucchaṃ ritta’’nti vuccati, na evamete. Ete pana kevalaṃ niccasārādivirahato eva tucchā rittāti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘na panā’’</span>tiādimāha. ‘‘Na hi tucchamuṭṭhi nāma natthī’’ti idaṃ lokasamaññāvasena vuttaṃ, lokasamaññā lokiyakathā na laṅghitabbā.</p>
    131. 

  131. <p class="bodytext">Musāti ittarapaccupaṭṭhānatāya na dissatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘musāti nāsanakā’’</span>ti. Visaṃvādanaṭṭhena vā <span class="bld">musā</span>. Ete hi asubhādisabhāvāpi bālānaṃ subhādibhāvena upaṭṭhahantā subhādiggahaṇassa paccakkhabhāvena satte visaṃvādenti. <span class="bld">Nassanasabhāvā</span>ti khaṇabhaṅgattā ittarapaccupaṭṭhānatāya dissamānā viyapi hutvā apaññāyanakapakatikā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘khettaṃ viyā’’</span>tiādi. Dhammasaddo cettha ‘‘jātidhammāna’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.398) viya pakatipariyāyo, tathā sabhāvasaddo cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Mosadhammā</span>ti mosanapakatikā, kusalabhaṇḍaharaṇasabhāvāti attho. <span class="bld">Māyākata</span>nti māyāya kataṃ udakādimaṇiādiākārena māyādinā upaṭṭhāpitaṃ; māyākataṃ viya māyākataṃ aññasabhāvā hutvā atathā upaṭṭhahanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi. Cakkhupathe eva katavijjāya, na tato paranti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘dassanūpacāre ṭhitasseva tathā paññāyatī’’</span>ti. Tayidaṃ sambaravijjāvasena vuttaṃ.</p>
    132. 

  132. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ tāvakālikabhāvena kāmānaṃ māyākatabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni tato aññenapi pakārena dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā cā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Aniccādisabhāvānaṃ kāmānaṃ niccādisabhāvadassanaṃ vipallāsasahagatatāya veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Bālānaṃ lāpanato</span>ti apariññātavatthukānaṃ andhabālānaṃ puggalānaṃ vipallāsahetuto. Manussaloke ṭhatvā <a name="M2.0252"></a> manussānaṃ vā vasena bhagavatā bhāsitattā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhadhammikā kāmāti mānusakā pañca kāmaguṇā’’</span>ti<a name="V2.0038"></a>. Tato eva ca <span class="bld">‘‘samparāyikāti te ṭhapetvā avasesā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha diṭṭhadhammā paccakkhasabhāvā ārammaṇabhūtā etāsaṃ atthīti <span class="bld">diṭṭhadhammikā</span>. Samparāyike kāme ārabbha uppannasaññā <span class="bld">samparāyikā</span>. Te samecca dhīyati ettha āṇāti dheyyaṃ, āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ. Mārassa dheyyanti <span class="bld">māradheyyaṃ</span> tassa issariyapavattanattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yehī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Gahita</span>nti visayavisayībhāvena gahitaṃ, ārammaṇavasena ārammaṇakaraṇavasena ca gahitanti attho. Tattha ārammaṇakaraṇavasena gahaṇaṃ nāma ‘‘idaṃ mayha’’nti avibhāgena pariggahakaraṇaṃ; ārammaṇavasena pana gahaṇaṃ bhāgaso ārammaṇānubhavananti vadanti. Ubhayassapi pana taṇhārāgavasena gahaṇaṃ sandhāya, <span class="bld">‘‘ubhayametaṃ gahita’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Māro</span>ti kilesamāro. Yadaggena kilesamāro, tadaggena devaputtamāropi te attano vasaṃ vatteti. <span class="bld">Taṃ sandhāyā</span>ti dhammamukhena puggalaggahaṇaṃ sandhāya.</p>
    133. 

  133. <p class="bodytext">Appahīnavipallāsā hi puggalā kāmādhimuttā mārassa issariyavattanaṭṭhānatāya ‘‘māradheyya’’nti vuttā, tathā mārassa nivāpagocarapariyāyehipi te evaṃ vuttāti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā coḷassā’’</span>tiādimāha. Nivapatīti nivāpo, so eva bījanti <span class="bld">nivāpabījaṃ. Te</span>ti kāmaguṇā. <span class="bld">Yatthā</span>ti yasmiṃ padese.</p>
    134. 

  134. <p class="bodytext">Manasi bhavāti <span class="bld">mānasā</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘cittasambhūtā’’</span>ti. Te pana avijjādayo pāḷiyaṃ āgatā. Evañhi lohitasannissayo pubbo viya anurodhūpanissayo virodhoti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘mamāyite vatthusmi’’</span>ntiādimāha. <span class="bld">Tedhā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">idhā</span>ti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assa’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.30) viya. <span class="bld">Kāmaloka</span>nti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṃ saṅkhāralokaṃ, yattha vā loke kāmaguṇavantaṃ lokaṃ. <span class="bld">Cittena adhiṭṭhahitvā</span>ti jhānārammaṇaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ bhāvanācittena uppādetvā. <span class="bld">Parittaṃ nāma</span> vikkhambhanaasamatthattā kilesehi parito khaṇḍitaṃ viya hoti. <span class="bld">Tassa paṭikkhepenā</span>ti parittabhāvapaṭikkhepena. <span class="bld">Pamāṇantipi kāmāvacarameva</span> <a name="M2.0253"></a> pāpakānaṃ pamāṇakaraṇadhammānaṃ vikkhambhanavasena appajahanato. Tappaṭikkhepavasena <span class="bld">appamāṇaṃ</span> nāma mahaggatanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacara’’</span>nti. Samucchedavasena kilesānaṃ appahānena mahaggatajjhānampi subhāvitaṃ nāma na hoti, pageva parittajjhānanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘subhāvitanti…pe… lokuttarassevetaṃ nāma’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Etassa vasenā</span>ti ‘‘subhāvita’’nti padassa vasena.</p>
    135. 

  135. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tameva paṭipada</span>nti tameva abhijjhādipahānāvahaṃ jhānapaṭipadaṃ. Arahatte tassa upāyabhūtāya <a name="V2.0039"></a> vipassanāya vā catutthajjhāne tassa upāyabhūte upacāre vā sati cittaṃ pasannameva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘arahattaṃ vā…pe… upacāraṃ vā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Adhimokkhasampasādo</span>ti ‘‘ajjeva arahattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti vā vipassanāya vīthipaṭipannattā; ‘‘ajjeva catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmī’’ti vā upacārasamādhinā cittassa samāhitattā adhimuccanabhūto sampasādo. <span class="bld">Paṭilābhasampasādo</span>ti arahattassa catutthajjhānassa vā adhigamasaṅkhāto sampasādo. Paṭilābhopi hi kilesakālusiyābhibhavanato cittassa suppasannabhāvāvahattā ‘‘sampasādo’’ti vutto. <span class="bld">Paccayā</span>ti nāmarūpapaccayā avijjādayo. <span class="bld">Sabbathā</span>ti samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇatoti sabbappakārena. <span class="bld">Āsā</span>ti adhimuccanavasena āsīsanā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘āsā santiṭṭhati, adhimokkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    136. 

  136. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pādaka</span>nti padaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Kilesā sannisīdantī</span>ti nīvaraṇasahagatā eva kilesā vikkhambhanavasena vūpasamanti. <span class="bld">Satī</span>ti upacārajjhānāvahā sati <span class="bld">santiṭṭhati. Saṅkhāragata</span>nti bhāvanāya samatāya pavattamānattā, ime dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo ekarasā hutvā pavattantīti, bhāvanācittuppādapariyāpannaṃ saṅkhāragataṃ <span class="bld">vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Cittuppādo</span>ti bhāvanācittuppādo. <span class="bld">Lepapiṇḍe</span>ti silesapiṇḍe <span class="bld">laggamāno viya</span> appito viya hoti. <span class="bld">Upacārena samādhiyati</span> upacārajjhānena samādhiyati. <span class="bld">Aya</span>nti ayaṃ duvidhopi adhimuccanākāro adhimokkhasampasādo nāma. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ sampasāde satī</span>ti etasmiṃ vipassanālakkhaṇe, upacārajjhāne vā adhimokkhasampasāde sati. <span class="bld">Yo pana arahattaṃ vā paṭilabhati catutthajjhānaṃ vā, tassa cittaṃ vippasannaṃ hotiyeva,</span> ayaṃ nippariyāyato <span class="bld">paṭilābhasampasādo,</span> evaṃ santepi idhāmippetameva dassetuṃ<a name="M2.0254"></a>, <span class="bld">‘‘idha panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Vipassanā hī</span>tiādi vuttassa samatthanaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">paññāyā</span>ti arahattapaññāya. <span class="bld">Adhimuccanassā</span>ti saddahanaṃ ussukkāpajjanassa. <span class="bld">Upacāra</span>nti upacārajjhānaṃ. Āneñjasamāpattiyā adhimuccanassa kāraṇanti yojanā.</p>
    137. 

  137. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etarahi vā</span>ti idānimeva. <span class="bld">Āneñjaṃ vā</span>ti catutthajjhānaṃ vā. <span class="bld">Samāpajjatī</span>ti adhigacchati. <span class="bld">Idaṃ hī</span>tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarati. Arahattasacchikiriyā nāma aggamaggabhāvanāya sati atthato āpannā hoti, aggamaggapaññā eva tadatthaṃ adhimuccitabbāti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘atha vā’’</span>ti vikappantaramāha. Tattha yathā nāma pāsādassa atthāya samānītadabbasambhārāvayave appahonte kūṭāgāraṃ kātuṃ na pahontiyeva, evaṃsampadamidanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ anabhisambhuṇanto āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjatī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Catusaccaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0040"></a> <span class="bld">vā sacchikaroti</span> heṭṭhimamaggādhigamanavasena āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjati ubhayassapi hetupariggahitattā.</p>
    138. 

  138. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ ‘‘paññāya vā adhimuccati, āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjatī’’ti yathāvutte visesādhigame ayaṃ idāni vuccamāno yojanānayo. <span class="bld">Evaṃ hotī</span>ti idāni vuccamānākārena cittābhinīhāro hoti. <span class="bld">Kicca</span>nti pabbajitakiccaṃ. <span class="bld">Tato</span>ti arahattādhigamanato. <span class="bld">Osakkitamānaso</span>ti saṃkucitacitto. <span class="bld">Antarā na tiṭṭhatī</span>ti asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ na tiṭṭhati. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yathā tassa purisassa vanamahiṃsaṃ gahetuṃ ussāhavato osakkantassa sasagodhādiggahaṇe vattabbameva natthi, evaṃ imassapi bhikkhuno arahattaṃ gahetuṃ ussāhavato tato osakkitvā catutthajjhānasamāpajjane vattabbameva natthīti. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti yathāvuttaṃ upamaṃ upamāsaṃsandanañca maggabhāvanāyojanāyaṃ catusaccasacchikiriyāyojanāyañca atidisati.</p>
    139. 

  139. <p class="bodytext">Hetuatthajotano <span class="bld">ya</span>nti nipāto, karaṇe vā etaṃ paccattavacananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’</span>ti. Tassa saṃvattanaṃ arahati, taṃ vā payojanaṃ etassāti <span class="bld">taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ. Viññāṇa</span>nti vipākaviññāṇaṃ. Āneñjasabhāvaṃ upagacchatīti <span class="bld">āneñjūpagaṃ</span>. Yathā kusalaṃ āneñjasabhāvaṃ, evaṃ taṃ vipākaviññāṇampi āneñjasabhāvaṃ upagataṃ assa bhaveyya. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kādisameva bhaveyyāti attho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kecī</span>ti abhayagirivāsino. <span class="bld">Kusalaviññāṇa</span>nti <a name="M2.0255"></a> vipākaviññāṇampi taṃ kusalaṃ viya vadanti. <span class="bld">Tannāmakamevā</span>ti kusalaṃ viya āneñjanāmakameva siyā. Ettha ca purimavikappe ‘‘āneñjūpaga’’nti taṃsadisatā vuttā, dutiyavikappe tato eva taṃsamaññatā. <span class="bld">So panāyamattho</span>ti āneñjasadisatāya vipākakālepi taṃnāmakameva assāti yathāvutto attho. <span class="bld">Iminā nayenā</span>ti iminā vuttanayena. Ettha hi āneñjābhisaṅkhārahetuvipākaviññāṇaṃ ‘‘āneñjūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’nti vuttattā taṃnāmakameva katvā dīpitaṃ. <span class="bld">Arahattassāpī</span>ti <span class="bld">api</span>saddena aggamaggabhāvanāyapi heṭṭhimamaggabhāvanāyapīti attho saṅgahitoti daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā</span>ti ‘‘vipulena mahaggatena cetasā vihareyya’’nti samathanayaṃ dassetvā desanā kathitā.</p>
    140. 

  140. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para67"></a><a name="para67_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">67</span>. <span class="bld">Ayañhi bhikkhū</span>ti yaṃ uddissa ayaṃ dutiyāneñjasappāyadesanāya bhikkhu vutto. <span class="bld">Paññavantataro</span>ti vatvā taṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘dvinnampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā sammasatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Heṭṭhimassa hi ‘‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā’’tiādinā rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāneva rūpamukhena vipassanābhiniveso <a name="V2.0041"></a> kato, imassa pana ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpa’’ntiādinā sakalarūpadhammavasena. Bhagavā hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathento kammaṭṭhānikassa bhikkhuno kāraṇabalānurūpameva paṭhamaṃ bhāvanābhinivesaṃ dasseti; so pacchā ñāṇe vipulaṃ gacchante anavasesato dhammaṃ pariggaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Rūpapaṭibāhanenā</span>ti rūpavirāgabhāvanāya sabbaso samatikkamena. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti sabbesu tatiyāneñjādīsu.</p>
    141. 

  141. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paññavantataro</span>ti paññuttaro. <span class="bld">Tiṇṇampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā</span>ti kāmaguṇā sabbarūpadhammā kāmasaññāti evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ kammaṭṭhānavasena tidhā vutte sammasanūpagadhamme ekato katvā, ‘‘sabbametaṃ anicca’’nti ekajjhaṃ gahetvā, sammasati yathā – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti (dī. ni. 1.298; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 4, 7, 8; tissametteyyamāṇavapucchāniddesa 10, 11; paṭi. ma. 2.30). Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘ubhayametaṃ anicca’’</span>ntiādi. Kāmarūpasaññāvasena diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhedato aṭṭha ekekakoṭṭhāsāti evaṃ kataṃ ubhayanti vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘diṭṭhadhammika…pe… vasena saṅkhipitvā ubhayanti vutta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā</span>ti taṇhābhinandanāvasena ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’ti, diṭṭhābhinandanāvasena <a name="M2.0256"></a> ‘‘eso me attā’’ti evaṃ <span class="bld">abhinandituṃ. Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā taṇhādiṭṭhivasena ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti abhinandituṃ ajjhosāya gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā ṭhātunti imamatthaṃ atidisati. <span class="bld">Kāmapaṭibāhanenā</span>ti idaṃ āgamanapaṭipadādassanatthaṃ, vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañca vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Rūpapaṭibāhanaṃ</span> hissa āsannaṃ, tatopi ākāsānañcāyatanasamatikkamo, taṃsamatikkamena saheva sabbe tā <span class="bld">vipassanāvasena osakkanā kathitā</span> ‘‘ubhayametaṃ anicca’’ntiādivacanato.</p>
    142. 

  142. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para68"></a><a name="para68_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">68</span>. Idha <span class="bld">attano cā</span>ti ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. <span class="bld">Nirujjhanti</span> tappaṭibaddhachandarāganirodhena, samāpajjanakkhaṇe pana anuppādanenapi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ patvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Atappakaṭṭhenā</span>ti uḷāratarabhāvena jhānasamāpattiyā atittikarabhāvena. <span class="bld">Tameva paṭipada</span>nti ākiñcaññāyatanabhāvanamāha. <span class="bld">Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā</span> tatiyāruppakammaṭṭhānassa vuttattā ‘‘yatthetā’’tiādinā.</p>
    143. 

  143. <p class="bodytext">Idha <span class="bld">attano</span>ti dvikoṭikasuññatāmanasikārasaṅkhātaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipada</span>nti anantaraṃ vuttaākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Sati samathabhāvanāyaṃ suññatāmanasikārassa <a name="V2.0042"></a> idha sātisayattā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Dutiyākiñcaññāyatane vipassanāvasena osakkanā kathitā’’</span>ti.</p>
    144. 

  144. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para70"></a><a name="para70_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">70</span>. Tatiyākiñcaññāyatane <span class="bld">attano</span>ti catukoṭikasuññatāmanasikārasaṅkhātaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etasmiṃ suññatānupassanādhikāre. <span class="bld">Kvacī</span>ti katthaci ṭhāne, kāle, dhamme vā. Atha vā <span class="bld">kvacī</span>ti ajjhattaṃ, bahiddhā vā. <span class="bld">Attano attāna</span>nti sakattānaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ kho, bho brahmā…pe… vasī pitā bhūtabhabyāna’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 1.42) paraparikappitaṃ attānañca kassaci kiñcanabhūtaṃ na passatīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘kassacī’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">parassā</span>ti ‘‘parā pajā’’ti ‘‘paro puriso’’ti ca evaṃ gahitassa. <span class="bld">Na ca mama kvacanī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">mama</span>-saddo aṭṭhānapayuttoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘mamasaddaṃ tāva ṭhapetvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Parassa cā</span>ti attato aññassa, ‘‘paro puriso nāma atthi mamatthāya sajito, tassa vasena mayhaṃ sabbaṃ <a name="M2.0257"></a> ijjhatī’’ti evaṃ ekaccadiṭṭhigatikaparikappitavasena paraṃ attānaṃ, tañca attano kiñcanabhūtaṃ na passatīti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘na ca kvacanī’’</span>tiādimāha. Ettha ca <span class="bld">nāhaṃ kvacanī</span>ti sakaattano abhāvaṃ passati. <span class="bld">Na kassaci kiñcanatasmi</span>nti sakaattano eva kassaci anattaniyataṃ passati. <span class="bld">Na ca, mamā</span>ti etaṃ dvayaṃ yathāsaṅkhyaṃ sambandhitabbaṃ, <span class="bld">atthī</span>ti paccekaṃ. ‘‘Na ca kvacani parassa attā atthī’’ti parassa attano abhāvaṃ passati, ‘‘tassa parassa attano mama kismiñci kiñcanatā na catthī’’ti parassa attano anattaniyataṃ passati. Evaṃ ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca khandhānaṃ attattaniyasuññatā suddhasaṅkhārapuñjatā catukoṭikasuññatāpariggaṇhanena diṭṭhā hoti. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipada</span>nti idhāpi ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānameva vadati. <span class="bld">Vipassanāvaseneva osakkanā kathitā</span> catukoṭikasuññatādassanavisesabhāvato, tappadhānattā cassa manasikārassa.</p>
    145. 

  145. <p class="bodytext">Idha <span class="bld">attano</span>ti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānamāha. <span class="bld">Sabbasaññā</span>ti rūpasaññā paṭighasaññā nānattasaññā heṭṭhimā tisso arūpasaññāti evaṃ sabbasaññā anavasesā nirujjhantīti vadanti. <span class="bld">‘‘Heṭṭhā vuttā’’</span>ti pana visesitattā imasmiṃ āgatā catutthajjhānasaññādayo api saññāti apare. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti sammutimattaṃ kāmasaññāpaṭibāhanavaseneva tesaṃ nānattasaññādinirodhassa atthasiddhattā. <span class="bld">Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā</span> nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhāvanāya samathakammaṭṭhānabhāvato.</p>
    146. 

  146. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para71"></a><a name="para71_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">71</span>. <span class="bld">Pubbe pañcavidhaṃ kammavaṭṭa</span>nti purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nikantitaṇhā <a name="V2.0043"></a> upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ cetanā bhavoti evamāgato saparikkhāro kammappabandho. <span class="bld">Na āyūhitaṃ assā</span>ti na cetitaṃ pakappitaṃ bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Etarahi evaṃ pañcavidhaṃ vipākavaṭṭa</span>nti viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanāsaṅkhāto paccuppanno vipākappabandho <span class="bld">nappavatteyya</span> kāraṇassa anipphannattā. <span class="bld">Sace āyūhitaṃ na bhavissatī</span>ti yadi cetitaṃ pakappitaṃ na siyā. <span class="bld">Yaṃ atthī</span>ti yaṃ paramatthato vijjamānakaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘bhūta’’</span>nti. Tañhi paccayanibbattatāya ‘‘bhūta’’nti vuccati. <span class="bld">Taṃ pajahāmī</span>ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānena tato eva āyatiṃ anuppattidhammatāpādanavasena pajahāmi pariccajāmi.</p>
    147. 

  147. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Parinibbāyī</span>ti <a name="M2.0258"></a> saha parikappanena atītattheti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parinibbāyeyyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Parinibbāyeyya nu kho</span>ti vā pāṭho, so evattho. <span class="bld">Na kiñci kathita</span>nti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena ñāṇuttarasseva visayabhāvato sarūpato na kiñci kathitaṃ, nayena panassa visesaṃ ñāpetukāmattā. Bhagavato kira etadahosi – ‘‘imissaṃyeva parisati nisinno ānando anusandhikusalatāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ṭhitassa bhikkhuno paṭisandhiṃ arahattañca sandhāya pañhaṃ pucchissati, iminā pucchānusandhinā tamatthaṃ desessāmī’’ti. Osakkanāya ca idhādhippetattā bhinnarasadesanā hotīti pucchānusandhi pucchitā. Tasmiñhi asati anusandhibhedabhinnesā desanā, na ca buddhāciṇṇā bhinnarasadesanāti. <span class="bld">Vipassanānissita</span>nti tannissitaṃ. <span class="bld">Tassa</span> bhikkhuno. Upādiyati etenāti ca <span class="bld">upādānaṃ. Na parinibbāyati</span> pahātabbassa appajahanato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘dhammāpi kho, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.240). <span class="bld">Upādānaseṭṭha</span>nti idaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhavassa sabbabhavaggatādassanaparaṃ, na pana ariyabhavaggassa upādānaseṭṭhatāpaṭisedhaparaṃ.</p>
    148. 

  148. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para73"></a><a name="para73_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">73</span>. <span class="bld">Nissāyā</span>ti bhavapariyāpannaṃ nāma dhammaṃ nissāya tappariyāpannaṃ nāma nissāya oghanittharaṇā bhagavatā akkhātā; aho acchariyametaṃ, aho abbhutametanti.</p>
    149. 

  149. <p class="bodytext">Navasupi ṭhānesu samathayānikasseva vasena desanāya āgatattā, idha ca kassacipi pādakajjhānassa anāmaṭṭhattā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘ariyasāvakoti sukkhavipassako ariyasāvako’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Navannampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā sammasatī</span>ti idaṃ jhānadhammepi anussavaladdhe gahetvā sammasanaṃ sambhavatīti katvā vuttaṃ; tebhūmakasaṅkhāragataṃ idha vuttanti anavasesato pariggahaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yāvatā sakkāyo’’</span>ti.</p>
    150. 

  150. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0044"></a> <span class="bld">amata</span>nti amataṃ nibbānaṃ ārabbha pavattiyā etaṃ arahattaṃ amatarasaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘etaṃ amataṃ santaṃ, etaṃ paṇīta’’</span>nti. ‘‘Anupādāya kiñcipi aggahetvā cittaṃ vimuccī’’ti vuttattāpi <span class="bld">anupādā cittassa vimokkho</span> nibbānaṃ aññattha sutte vuccati.</p>
    151. 

  151. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tiṇṇaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0259"></a> <span class="bld">bhikkhūna</span>nti abhinivesabhedena tividhānaṃ. Pādakaṃ katvā ṭhitassa osakkanāya abhāve kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Samodhānetvā</span>ti sammadeva odahitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne asaṅkarato vavatthapetvā. <span class="bld">Sukathitaṃ nāma hoti</span> kathetabbassa anavasesetvā kathitattā.</p>
    152. 

  152. <p class="centered">Āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    153. 

  153. <p class="subhead">7. Gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    154. 

  154. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para74"></a><a name="para74_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">74</span>. Yathā <a name="V2.0045"></a> heṭṭhimasopānaphalakaṃ orohantassa pacchimaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ ārohantassa paṭhamaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yāva pacchimasopānakaḷevarāti yāva paṭhamasopānaphalakā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vatthuṃ sodhetvā</span>ti vatthuvijjācariyena vuttavidhinā pāsādavatthuno sodhanavidhiṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti pāsādakaraṇe. Sattadhā bhinnassa vālaggassa aṃsukoṭivedhako <span class="bld">vālavedhi</span> nāma. <span class="bld">Ṭhānasampādana</span>nti vesākhamaṇḍalādīnaṃ sampādanaṃ. <span class="bld">Muṭṭhikaraṇādīhī</span>ti usumuṭṭhikaraṇajiyāgāhajiyāvijjhādīhi. <span class="bld">Evaṃ gaṇāpemā</span>ti ekaṃ nāma ekameva, dve dukā cattāri, tīṇi tikāni nava, cattāri catukkāni soḷasātiādinā evaṃ gaṇanaṃ sikkhāpema.</p>
    155. 

  155. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para75"></a><a name="para75_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">75</span>. <span class="bld">Kerāṭikā hontī</span>ti samayassa anupakkiliṭṭhakaraṇamāyāsāṭheyyena samannāgatā honti. <span class="bld">Taṃ</span> damanaṃ <span class="bld">jīvitahetupi nātikkamati,</span> ayamassa jātidosābhāvo.</p>
    156. 

  156. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para76"></a><a name="para76_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">76</span>. <span class="bld">Satisampajaññāhi samaṅgibhāvatthāyā</span>ti satatavihāribhāvasādhanehi satisampajaññehi samannāgamatthāya. Nanu ca khīṇāsavā sativepullappattā paññāvepullappattā ca, kathaṃ tassa satisampajaññaṃ payogasādhanīyaṃ pavattanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dve hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Satatavihārī</span>ti satataṃ samāpattivihāribahulā, tasmā te icchiticchitakkhaṇe phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjanti. Vuttavipariyāyena nosatatavihārino daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Appetuṃ na sakkoti</span> anāciṇṇabhāvato.</p>
    157. 

  157. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Taṃ vitakkento</span>ti ‘‘sāmaṇerassa senāsanaṃ natthi, araññañca sīhādīhi saparissayaṃ, kiṃ nu kho tassa bhavissatī’’ti taṃ vitakkento. <span class="bld">Evarūpo</span>ti <a name="M2.0260"></a> ediso yathāvuttasāmaṇerasadiso khīṇāsavo. <span class="bld">Ime dhamme</span>ti imasmiṃ sutte āgate sīlādidhamme. <span class="bld">Āvajjitvāvā</span>ti attano parisuddhasīlatādiāvajjanahetu eva samāpajjituṃ sakkhissati.</p>
    158. 

  158. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para78"></a><a name="para78_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">78</span>. <span class="bld">‘‘Yeme, bho gotamā’’</span>ti vacanassa sambandhaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tathāgate kirā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti ‘‘yeme, bho gotamā’’tiādiākārehi <span class="bld">vattumāraddho.</span></p>
    159. 

  159. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ajjadhammesū</span>ti <a name="V2.0046"></a> apurātanadhammesu. Takkanamattāni hi tehi kappetvā sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ viracitāni. Purātanatāya paripuṇṇatāya ekantaniyyānikatāya ca paramo uttamo. Tenāha – ‘‘tesu…pe… uttamoti attho’’ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    160. 

  160. <p class="centered">Gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    161. 

  161. <p class="subhead">8. Gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    162. 

  162. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para79"></a><a name="para79_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">79</span>. Kammaṃyeva <a name="V2.0047"></a> kammanto, so ettha atthīti kammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kammanto’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kammantaṭṭhāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Tehi dhammehī</span>ti buddhaguṇehi. Te pana sabbaññutaññāṇappamukhāti katvā āha <span class="bld">‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇadhammehī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sabbena sabba</span>nti sabbappakārena anavasesaṃ, ettako guṇānaṃ pakārabhedo, tesu kiñcipi pakāraṃ anavasesetvā. <span class="bld">Sabbakoṭṭhāsehi sabba</span>nti yattakā guṇabhāgā, tehi sabbehi anavasesaṃ nissesameva katvā. <span class="bld">Yopi ahosī</span>ti yopi kosambivāsīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasena kosambiyaṃ kalaho ahosi. <span class="bld">Sopi tattheva</span> uppannaṭṭhāneyeva uppannamatto vūpasamito. <span class="bld">Parinibbutakāle panassā</span>ti assa sammāsambuddhassa parinibbutakāle pana. Bhiyyosomattāya bhikkhū samaggā jātā, kathañca saṃvego jātoti dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘aṭṭhasaṭṭhī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Sātisayaṃ abhiṇhañca upasamappattiyā <span class="bld">ativiya upasantupasantā. Anusaṃyāyamāno</span>ti anu anu sammadeva jānanto vicārento vosāsamāno. ‘‘Anusaññāyamāno’’ti vā pāṭho. Tattha ya-kārassa ña-kāraṃ katvā niddesoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anuvicaramāno’’</span>ti.</p>
    163. 

  163. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para80"></a><a name="para80_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">80</span>. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhimapucchamevā</span>ti <a name="M2.0261"></a> gopakamoggallānena pucchitapucchameva. So hi ‘‘tehi dhammehī’’tiādinā, ‘‘atthi koci tumhākaṃ sāsanassa sārabhūto bhikkhū’’ti pucchi. Ayañca tameva ‘‘paṭisaraṇo’’ti pariyāyena pucchi. <span class="bld">Appaṭisaraṇe</span>ti yaṃ tumhe bhikkhuṃ paṭibodheyyātha, tādisassa abhāvena appaṭisaraṇe. Tathāgatena pavedito dhammo paṭisaraṇaṃ etesanti <span class="bld">dhammapaṭisaraṇā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dhammo avassayo’’</span>ti.</p>
    164. 

  164. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para81"></a><a name="para81_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">81</span>. <span class="bld">Āgacchatī</span>ti vācuggatabhāvena āgacchati. Vatthuvītikkamasaṅkhāte garugarutaralahulahutarādibhede ajjhācāre āpattisamaññāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘āpatti…pe… āṇātikkamanamevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Yathādhamma</span>nti dhammānurūpaṃ. <span class="bld">Yathāsiṭṭha</span>nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammo no</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">no</span>-saddo avadhāraṇe ‘‘na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatenā’’tiādīsu (khu. pā. 6.3; su. ni. 226) viya. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘dhammova kāretī’’</span>ti.</p>
    165. 

  165. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para83"></a><a name="para83_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">83</span>. ‘‘Yathā taṃ tumhādisehi rakkhakehi gopakehī’’ti evaṃ pasannavesena attānaṃ ukkaṃsāpetukāmo<a name="V2.0048"></a>. Ariyūpavādapāpaṃ khamāpane sati antarāyāya na hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iccetaṃ kusala’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Gonaṅgalamakkaṭo</span>ti gonaṅguṭṭhamakkaṭo.</p>
    166. 

  166. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para84"></a><a name="para84_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">84</span>. Ayaṃ ukkaṃsāpetuṃ icchitaṃ yathāraddhamatthaṃ visaṃvādeti avaṇṇitampi vaṇṇitaṃ katvā kathento; imassa vacanassa paṭikkhepena iminā dātabbapiṇḍapātassa antarāyo mā hotūti evaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ rakkhituṃ na kho pana sakkāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Ida</span>nti ‘‘na kho, brāhmaṇa, so bhagavā’’tiādidesanaṃ. <span class="bld">Abbhantaraṃ karitvā</span>ti nibbānantogadhaṃ katvā, antaraṃ vā tassa nijjhānassa kāraṇaṃ katvā. Kāmarāgavasena hi taṃ nijjhānaṃ hotīti. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti imasmiṃ suttapadese. <span class="bld">Sabbasaṅgāhikajjhāna</span>nti lokiyalokuttarassa antarāyo mā hotūti evaṃ katvāpi rūpāvacarassa maggajhānassa phalajhānassāti sabbassapi saṅgaṇhanavasena desitattā sabbasaṅgāhakajjhānaṃ nāma kathitaṃ.</p>
    167. 

  167. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yaṃ no maya</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">no</span>ti nipātamattaṃ. <span class="bld">Taṃ no</span>ti ettha pana <span class="bld">no</span>ti amhākanti attho. <span class="bld">Usūyati</span> rājakiccapasutatādhīnatāya ekatthābhinivesabhāvato<a name="M2.0262"></a>. Mandapaññatāya vassakāragataissābhibhūtacittatāya paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vuttampi atthaṃ anupadhārento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekadesameva kathesī’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    168. 

  168. <p class="centered">Gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    169. 

  169. <p class="subhead">9. Mahāpuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    170. 

  170. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para85"></a><a name="para85_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">85</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ</span> <a name="V2.0049"></a> <span class="bld">ahū</span>ti tasmiṃ ahanīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ divase’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anasanenā</span>ti sabbaso āhārassa abhuñjanena sāsanikasīlena bāhirakaanasanena upetā hutvāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Vā</span>-saddena khīrapānamadhusāyanādividhiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Upecca vasitabbato <span class="bld">uposatho,</span> pātimokkhuddeso. Upetena samannāgatena hutvā vasitabbato santāne vāsetabbato <span class="bld">uposatho,</span> sīlaṃ. Anasanādidhammādiṃ vā upecca vasanaṃ upavāso <span class="bld">uposatho</span>. Tathārūpe hatthijātivisese uposathoti samaññāmattanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘uposatho nāma nāgarājātiādīsu paññattī’’</span>ti. Vuttanayena upavasanti etthāti <span class="bld">uposatho,</span> divaso. <span class="bld">So panesa</span> uposatho. <span class="bld">Māsapuṇṇatāyā</span>ti māsassa pūritabhāvena. <span class="bld">Sampuṇṇā</span>ti sabbaso puṇṇā. Tāya hi rattiyā vasena māso anavasesato puṇṇo hoti. Māsaddhamāsādibhedaṃ kālaṃ māti minanto viya hotīti ca <span class="bld">‘‘mā’’iti cando vuccati. Etthā</span>ti etissā rattiyā. Puṇṇo paripuṇṇakalo jātoti <span class="bld">puṇṇamā</span>. Tañhi candapāripūriyā māsapāripūriyā evamāha. Etena tassa uposathabhāvaṃ dasseti.</p>
    171. 

  171. <p class="bodytext">Dissati phalaṃ sandissatīti <span class="bld">deso,</span> hetūti āha <span class="bld">‘‘desanti kāraṇa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sabbaṃ kathenti</span> sabbaṃ attanā pariggahitappakāraṃ kathenti. <span class="bld">Kathetuṃ na sakkonti</span> avisayattā. <span class="bld">Pāsādapariveṇe</span>ti pāsādassa purato vivaṭaṅgaṇe. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā vuttanayenā</span>ti sekhasutte (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.22) vuttanayena vitthāretabbaṃ.</p>
    172. 

  172. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para86"></a><a name="para86_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">86</span>. <span class="bld">Ime nu kho</span>ti ettha nūti saṃsayajotanoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vimatipucchā viya kathitā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Jānantenā</span>tiādi pucchāvattadassanaparaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na <a name="M2.0263"></a> pucchakassa satthu attano ajānanabhāvadīpanaparaṃ. Jānāti hi bhagavā. <span class="bld">Ajānantena viya hutvā</span> pucchite. Yathābhūtasabhāvaṃ <span class="bld">jānanto viya pucchati</span> kohaññe ṭhatvā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘thero evarūpaṃ vacanaṃ kiṃ karissatī’’</span>ti kāraṇassa suppahīnattāti adhippāyo.</p>
    173. 

  173. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Chandamūlakā</span>ti taṇhāchandamūlakā. Taṇhā hi dukkhasamudayo. Kusalasañño vā thiravisadanipuṇasañño vā, kusalasaṅkhāro vā tikhiṇathiravisadasaṅkhāro vā; suvisuddhavipulodāraviññāṇo <a name="V2.0050"></a> vāti imamatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘saññādīsupi eseva nayo’’</span>ti iminā atidisati. Kasmā panettha anāgatakālavaseneva desanā āgatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    174. 

  174. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khandhānaṃ khandhapaṇṇattī</span>ti khandhasaddābhidheyyānaṃ ruppanānubhavanasañjānanābhisaṅkharavijānanasabhāvānaṃ atthānaṃ ‘‘khandho’’ti ayaṃ samaññā. <span class="bld">Kittakenā</span>ti kiṃparimāṇena atthena, rāsatthabhāgatthādīsu kīdisenāti adhippāyo.</p>
    175. 

  175. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Hetuhetū</span>ti hetupaccayabhūto hetu. Yo hi lobhādīnaṃ sahajātadhammesu mūlaṭṭhenupakārakabhāvo nippariyāyena hetuttho; so pathavīādīsupi paccayabhāvamattena hetupariyāyadassanato dutiyena hetu-saddena visesetvā vutto <span class="bld">‘‘hetuhetū’’</span>ti. Avijjā puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ sādhāraṇapaccayattā sādhāraṇahetu, ‘‘atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ ṭhānaso hetuso vipāka’’nti ettha vijjamānesupi aññesu paccayesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākaniyāmakattā kammaṃ tassa padhānakāraṇanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kusalākusalaṃ attano attano vipākadāne uttamahetū’’</span>ti. ‘‘Mahābhūtā hetū’’ti ayamevattho ‘‘mahābhūtā paccayo’’ti imināpi vuttoti hetusaddapaccayasaddānaṃ samānatthattā paccayo eva hetu <span class="bld">paccayahetu,</span> yo ca rūpakkhandhassa hetu, so eva tassa paññāpanāya paccayoti vuttoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘idha paccayahetu adhippeto’’</span>ti. Yadaggena paccayadhammo attano paccayuppannassa uppādāya ṭhitiyā ca paccayo, tadaggena tassa bhāvato samaññāto paññāpanāyapi so paccayoti vattabbataṃ arahatīti. Pāḷiyaṃ avibhāgena vuttamatthaṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tattha pathavīdhātū’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">paññāpanāyā</span>ti sahetuahetukantiādiākārehi bodhanāya<a name="M2.0264"></a>. Taṃ pana sabbodhanaṃ ñāṇena dassanaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘dassanatthāyā’’</span>ti.</p>
    176. 

  176. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Phasso</span>ti phassasamaṅgībhāvo. So cettha sakiccanipphādanasamatthassa phassassa nibbatti. Nibbatto hi phasso tathārūpāya vedanāya paccayo hotīti. Etadatthamevettha bhagavatā puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā, tasmā paccuppannātītakālavasena dvikāliko phassasaddo veditabbo. Phasse sati vedeti phassapaccayā vedanāicceva vuttaṃ hoti. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Yatheva hi vedanāya evaṃ saññāya saṅkhārānampi phasso visesapaccayo tasmiṃ asati abhāvato. Cetanāggahaṇena āyūhanānurūpatāya tappadhānattā saṅkhārakkhandhadhammā gahitā. Tathā hi suttantabhājanīye saṅkhārakkhandhabhājanīye (vibha. 21, 22) ca ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā cetanā’’tiādinā <a name="V2.0051"></a> cetanāva niddiṭṭhā. <span class="bld">Viññāṇakkhandhassā</span>ti ettha ekasmiṃ bhave ādibhūtaviññāṇassa nāmarūpapaccayataṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisandhiviññāṇena tāvā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha gabbhaseyyakassa sabhāvakassa rūpapavattiṃ sandhāya <span class="bld">‘‘uparimaparicchedenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ samatiṃsato upari paṭisandhikkhaṇe tassa rūpānaṃ asambhavato. Idāni pavattiviññāṇassa nāmarūpapaccayaṃ dvāravasena dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhudvāre’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Nanu ca viññāṇassapi phasso paccayo, kasmā tayo eva khandhā phassapaccayā vuttāti? Saccametaṃ, yathā pana viññāṇasahito phasso vedanādīnaṃ paccayo, na evaṃ viññāṇassa. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204; ma. ni. 3.421, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.44, 45; 2.4.60) phasso viya nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇassa visesapaccayo yathā nāmarūpapaccayāpi viññāṇanti. Tasmā imaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ nāmarūpasseva viññāṇapaccayatā vuttā, na phassassa.</p>
    177. 

  177. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para87"></a><a name="para87_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">87</span>. Yāva sakkāyadiṭṭhi samuppajjati, tāva vaṭṭassa pariyanto natthevāti appahīnasakkāyadiṭṭhiko vaṭṭe paribbhamatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kathaṃ pana, bhanteti vaṭṭaṃ pucchanto’’</span>ti. Yathā ca sakkāyadiṭṭhijotanā vaṭṭapucchā, evaṃ tabbhedanajotanā vivaṭṭapucchāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti vivaṭṭaṃ pucchanto’’</span>ti.</p>
    178. 

  178. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para88"></a><a name="para88_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">88</span>. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0265"></a> <span class="bld">rūpe assādo</span>ti yāthāvato dassanaṃ pariññābhisamayo, dukkhasaccapariyāpannañca rūpanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā pariññāpaṭivedho ceva dukkhasaccañca kathita’’</span>nti. ‘‘Yaṃ rūpaṃ anicca’’ntiādivacanato aniccādibhāvo tattha ādīnavo, so cassa paccayādhīnavuttitāya paccayo samudayasaccanti samudayappahānena ādīnavasamatikkamoti ādīnavaggahaṇena siddhamatthamāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pahānapaṭivedho ceva samudayasaccañcā’’</span>ti. Sabbasaṅkhatanissaraṇaṃ nibbānañca sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhitabbanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā sacchikiriyāpaṭivedho ceva nirodhasaccañcā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Imesu tīsu ṭhānesū</span>ti yathāvuttesu dukkhādīsu tīsu abhisamayaṭṭhānesu. <span class="bld">Ye sammādiṭṭhiādayo dhammā</span>ti ye ariyamaggasaññitā sammādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha, satta vā dhammā. <span class="bld">Bhāvanāpaṭivedho maggasacca</span>nti bhāvanābhisamayavasena pavattaṃ maggasaccaṃ. <span class="bld">Sesapadesupī</span>ti, ‘‘ayaṃ vedanāya assādo’’tiādipadesupi.</p>
    179. 

  179. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para89"></a><a name="para89_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">89</span>. <span class="bld">Imasmi</span>nti āsannapaccakkhatāya sakaattabhāvo gahito, tadeva ajjhattā khandhāti tappaṭiyogitāya, <span class="bld">‘‘bahiddhāti parassa saviññāṇake kāye’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbanimittesū</span>ti sabbesu rūpanimittādīsupi<a name="V2.0052"></a>. Tāni pana indriyabaddhānipi anindriyabaddhānipi taṃsabhāvānīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anindriyabaddhampi saṅgaṇhātī’’</span>ti. Viññāṇaggahaṇenevettha vedanādayopi gahitā avinābhāvatoti, <span class="bld">‘‘saviññāṇake kāye’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Kāyo’’</span>ti vā khandhasamūhoti attho.</p>
    180. 

  180. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para90"></a><a name="para90_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">90</span>. <span class="bld">Anattani ṭhatvā</span>ti attarahite anattasabhāve khandhakoṭṭhāse ṭhatvā taṃ ādhāraṃ katvā <span class="bld">katāni</span> kammāni. <span class="bld">Katarasmiṃ attani ṭhatvā</span>ti kīdise attani nissayavipākaṃ dassanti vipaccissanti. Etena kārakavedakarahitattā attapakkhakammakāni na yujjantīti dasseti, khandhānaṃ khaṇikattā ca katanāsaakatabbhāgamadoso ca āpajjatīti.</p>
    181. 

  181. <p class="bodytext">Tatrāyaṃ (itivu. aṭṭha. 74; sārattha. ṭī. 1.5) codanāsodhanāvidhi – pāṇātipātavasena tāva kammapathasambandhavibhāvanā, khaṇe khaṇe hi nirujjhanasabhāvesu saṅkhāresu ko hanti, ko vā haññati, yadi cittacetasikasantāno, so arūpattā <a name="M2.0266"></a> na chedanabhedanādivasena vikopanasamattho, napi vikopanīyo. Atha rūpasantāno, so acetanattā kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamoti na tattha chedanādinā pāṇātipātāpuññaṃ pasavati yathā matasarīre. Payogopi pāṇātipātassa paharaṇappahārādiko atītesu vā saṅkhāresu bhaveyya, anāgatesu, paccuppannesu vā, tattha na tāva atītānāgatesu sambhavati tesaṃ abhāvato, paccuppannesu ca saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikattā saraseneva nirujjhanasabhāvatāya vināsābhimukhesu nippayojano payogo siyā, vināsassa ca kāraṇarahitattā na paharaṇappahārādippayogahetukaṃ maraṇaṃ, nirīhakatāya ca saṅkhārānaṃ kassa so payogo? Khaṇikattā vadhādhippāyasamakālabhijjanakassa kiriyāpariyosānakālānavaṭṭhānato kassa pāṇātipātakammabaddhoti?</p>
    182. 

  182. <p class="bodytext">Vuccateyathāvuttavadhakacetanāsahito saṅkhārapuñjo sattasaṅkhāto hanti. Tena pavattitavadhappayoganimittaṃ apagatausmāviññāṇajīvitindriyo matavohārapavattinibandhano yathāvuttavappayogakaraṇe uppajjanāraho rūpārūpadhammasamūho haññati, kevalo vā cittacetasikasantāno. Vadhappayogāvisayabhāvepi tassa pañcavokārabhave rūpasantānādhīnavuttitāya rūpasantāne parena payojitajīvitindriyupacchedakapayogavasena tannibbattitavibandhakavisadirūpuppattiyā vigate vicchedo hotīti na pāṇātipātassa asambhavo; nāpi ahetuko pāṇātipāto, na ca payogo nippayojano paccuppannesu saṅkhāresu katappayogavasena tadanantaraṃ uppajjanārahassa saṅkhārakalāpassa tathā anuppattito. Khaṇikānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikamaraṇassa idha maraṇabhāvena anadhippetattā santatimaraṇassa ca yathāvuttanayena sahetukabhāvato na ahetukaṃ maraṇaṃ<a name="V2.0053"></a>; na ca katturahito pāṇātipātappayogo nirīhakesupi saṅkhāresu sannihitatāmattena upakārakesu attano attano anurūpaphaluppādane niyatesu kāraṇesu kattuvohārasiddhito yathā – ‘‘padīpo pakāseti, nisākaro candimā’’ti. Na ca kevalassa vacādhippāyasahabhuno cittacetasikakalāpassa pāṇātipāto icchito santānavasena avaṭṭhitasseva paṭijānanato; santānavasena pavattamānānañca <a name="M2.0267"></a> padīpādīnaṃ atthakiriyasiddhi dissatīti attheva pāṇātipātena kammunā baddho; tato eva yasmiṃ santāne pāṇātipātacetanā pavattā; tattheva santāne paccayantarasamavāyena bhavantare nirayādīsu tassā phalappavattīti nattheva katavināso akatabbhāgamo ca. Iminā nayena adinnādānādīnañca vasena yathārahaṃ kammapathasambandhavibhāvanā veditabbāti.</p>
    183. 

  183. <p class="bodytext">Sabbo diṭṭhiggāho taṇhāvasagatasseva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhādhipateyyenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tesu tesu dhammesū</span>ti mayā desiyamānadassanadhammesu. <span class="bld">Pakatikammaṭṭhāna</span>nti tassa therassa santike gahetvā parihariyamānakammaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Aññaṃ navakammaṭṭhāna</span>nti bhagavato desanānusārena gahitaṃ aññaṃ navaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    184. 

  184. <p class="centered">Mahāpuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    185. 

  185. <p class="subhead">10. Cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    186. 

  186. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para91"></a><a name="para91_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">91</span>. <span class="bld">Tuṇhībhūtaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0054"></a> <span class="bld">tuṇhībhūta</span>nti āmeḍitavacanaṃ byāpanicchāvasena vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘yaṃ yaṃ disa’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Anuviloketvā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">anu</span>saddopi byāpanicchāyamevāti anu anu viloketvāti attho. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tato tato viloketvā’’</span>ti. Asanto nīco purisoti <span class="bld">asappuriso</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāpapuriso lāmakapuriso’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">So</span>ti asappuriso. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti asappurisaṃ <span class="bld">jānituṃ na sakkoti</span> asappurisadhammānaṃ yāthāvato ajānanato. <span class="bld">Pāpadhammasamannāgato</span>ti kāyaduccaritādiasantuṭṭhitādilāmakadhammasamannāgato. Asappurise bhatti etassāti <span class="bld">asappurisabhatti</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘asappurisasevano’’</span>ti. Asappurisadhammo asappuriso uttarapadalopena, tesaṃ cintanasīloti <span class="bld">asappurisacintī</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘asappurisacintāya cintako’’</span>ti, duccintitacintīti attho. <span class="bld">Asappurisamantana</span>nti asādhujanavicāraṃ asappurisavīmaṃsaṃ. <span class="bld">Asappurisavāca</span>nti catubbidhaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ. <span class="bld">Asappurisakammaṃ</span> nāma tividhampi kāyaduccaritaṃ. <span class="bld">Asappurisadiṭṭhi</span> nāma visesato dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, tāya samannāgato <span class="bld">asappurisadiṭṭhiyā samannāgato, asappurisadānaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0268"></a> nāma asakkaccadānādi. Sabbopāyamattho pāḷito eva viññāyati.</p>
    187. 

  187. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Pāṇaṃ hanissāmī’’tiādikā cetanā kāmaṃ parabyābādhāyapi hotiyeva, yathā pana sā attano balavataradukkhatthāya hoti, tathā na parassāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘attano dukkhatthāya cinteti’’</span>icceva vutto. <span class="bld">Yathā asuko asuka</span>ntiādīhi pāpako pāpavipākekadesaṃ balavaṃ garutaraṃ vā paccanubhontopi yathā paro paccanubhoti, na tathā sayanti dasseti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘parabyābādhāyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Gahetvā</span>ti pāpakiriyāya sahāyabhāvena gahetvā.</p>
    188. 

  188. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asakkacca</span>nti anādaraṃ katvā. Deyyadhammassa asakkaraṇaṃ appasannākāro, puggalassa asakkaraṇaṃ agarukaraṇanti imamatthaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘deyyadhammaṃ na sakkaroti nāmā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Acittīkatvā</span>ti na citte katvā, na pūjetvāti attho. Pūjento hi pūjetabbavatthuṃ citte ṭhapeti, tato na bahi karoti. Cittaṃ vā acchariyaṃ katvā paṭipatti <span class="bld">cittīkaraṇaṃ,</span> sambhāvanakiriyā. Tappaṭikkhepato <span class="bld">acittīkaraṇaṃ,</span> asambhāvanakiriyā. <span class="bld">Apaviddha</span>nti ucchiṭṭhādichaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ viya avakhittakaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘chaḍḍetukāmo viyā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Rogaṃ pakkhipanto</span> <a name="V2.0055"></a> <span class="bld">viyā</span>ti rogikasarīraṃ odanādīhi pamajjitvā vammike rogaṃ pakkhipanto viya. Addhā imassa dānassa phalaṃ mameva āgacchatīti evaṃ yassa tathā diṭṭhi atthi, so āgamanadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ pana na tādisoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anāgamanadiṭṭhiko’’</span>ti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘no phalapāṭikaṅkhī hutvā detī’’</span>ti.</p>
    189. 

  189. <p class="bodytext">Kāmañcāyaṃ yathāvuttapuggalo asaddhammādīhi pāpadhammehi samannāgato, tehi pana sabbehipi micchādassanaṃ mahāsāvajjanti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tāya micchādiṭṭhiyā niraye upapajjatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Vuttapaṭipakkhanayenā</span>ti kaṇhapakkhe vuttassa atthassa vipariyāyena sukkapakkhe attho veditabbo. ‘‘Sadevakaṃ loka’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 1) devasaddo chakāmāvacaradevesu, evamidhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘chakāmāvacaradevā’’</span>ti. Tattha brahmānaṃ visuṃ gahitattā kāmāvacaradevaggahaṇanti ce? Idha dānaphalassa adhippetattā kāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ<a name="M2.0269"></a>, tatthāpi chakāmāvacaraggahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ devamahattatādivacanato. <span class="bld">Tiṇṇaṃ kulānaṃ sampattī</span>ti khattiyamahattādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kulānaṃ sampatti, na kevalaṃ kulasampadā eva adhippetā, atha kho tattha āyuvaṇṇayasabhogaissariyādisampadāpi adhippetāti daṭṭhabbaṃ uḷārassa dānamayapuññassa vasena tesampi samijjhanato. <span class="bld">Suddhavaṭṭavaseneva kathitaṃ</span> sukkapakkhepi sabbaso vivaṭṭassa anāmaṭṭhattā. Saddhādayo hi lokiyakusalasambhārā evettha adhippetāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    190. 

  190. <p class="centered">Cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    191. 

  191. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca devadahavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    192. 

  192. <a name="mn3_2"></a>
    193. 

  193. <p class="chapter">2. Anupadavaggo</p>
    194. 

  194. <p class="subhead">1. Anupadasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    195. 

  195. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para93"></a><a name="para93_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">93</span>. <span class="bld">Iddhimāti</span> <a name="V2.0056"></a><a name="M2.0270"></a> <span class="bld">guṇo pākaṭo</span> paratoghosena vinā pāsādakampanadevacārikādīhi sayameva pakāsabhāvato; dhutavādādiguṇānampi tathābhāve eteneva nayena tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pākaṭayogato ca paresaṃ nicchitabhāvato ca. <span class="bld">Paññavato guṇā</span>ti paññāpabhedapabhāvite guṇavisese sandhāya vadati. Te hi yebhuyyena paresaṃ avisayā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘na sakkā akathitā jānitu’’</span>nti. Visabhāgā sabhāgā nāma ayonisomanasikārabahulesu puthujjanesu, te pana appahīnarāgadosatāya parassa vijjamānampi guṇaṃ makkhetvā avijjamānaṃ avaṇṇameva ghosentīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘visabhāga…pe… kathentī’’</span>ti.</p>
    196. 

  196. <p class="bodytext">Yā aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanā, ayaṃ <span class="bld">dhātukusalatā. Āyatanakusalatāya</span>pi eseva nayo. Avijjādīsu dvādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu kosallaṃ <span class="bld">paṭiccasamuppādakusalatā</span>. Idaṃ imassa phalassa ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ, idaṃ aṭṭhānaṃ akāraṇanti evaṃ ṭhānañca ṭhānato, aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanā, ayaṃ <span class="bld">ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalatā</span>. Yo pana imesu dhātuādīsu pariññābhisamayādivasena nissaṅgagatiyā paṇḍāti laddhanāmena ñāṇena ito gato pavatto, ayaṃ <span class="bld">paṇḍito</span> nāmāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘imehi catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍito’’</span>ti. Mahantānaṃ atthānaṃ pariggaṇhanato mahatī paññā etassāti <span class="bld">mahāpañño</span>. Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatoti attho’’</span>ti.</p>
    197. 

  197. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nānatta</span>nti yāhi mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatattā thero ‘‘mahāpañño’’tiādinā kittīyati, tāsaṃ mahāpaññādīnaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ ayaṃ vemattatā. Yassa kassaci (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.216; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.110; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.584) visesato arūpadhammassa mahattaṃ nāma kiccasiddhiyā veditabbanti tadassa kiccasiddhiyā dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘mahante</span> <a name="V2.0057"></a> <span class="bld">sīlakkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha hetumahantatāya paccayamahantatāya nissayamahantatāya pabhedamahantatāya kiccamahantatāya <a name="M2.0271"></a> phalamahantatāya ānisaṃsamahantatāya ca sīlakkhandhassa mahantabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha <span class="bld">hetū</span> alobhādayo, <span class="bld">paccayā</span> hirottappasaddhāsativīriyādayo. <span class="bld">Nissayā</span> sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhiniyatatā taṃsamaṅgino ca purisavisesā. <span class="bld">Pabhedo</span> cārittādivibhāgo. <span class="bld">Kiccaṃ</span> tadaṅgādivasena paṭipakkhassa vidhamanaṃ. <span class="bld">Phalaṃ</span> saggasampadā nibbānasampadā ca. <span class="bld">Ānisaṃso</span> piyamanāpatādi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.9) ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) ca āgatanayena veditabbo. Iminā nayena <span class="bld">samādhikkhandhā</span>dīnampi mahantatā yathārahaṃ niddhāretvā veditabbā, <span class="bld">ṭhānāṭṭhānā</span>dīnaṃ pana mahantabhāvo mahāvisayatāya veditabbo. Tattha ṭhānāṭṭhānānaṃ mahāvisayatā bahudhātukasutte (ma. ni. 3.124 ādayo) sayameva āgamissati. <span class="bld">Vihārasamāpattīnaṃ</span> samādhikkhandhe niddhāritanayena veditabbā, <span class="bld">ariyasaccānaṃ</span> sakalasāsanasaṅgahaṇato saccavibhaṅge (vibha. 189 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 189 ādayo) āgatanayena. <span class="bld">Satipaṭṭhānā</span>dīnaṃ vibhaṅgādīsu (vibha. 355 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanādīsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 355 ādayo) ca āgatanayena. <span class="bld">Sāmaññaphalānaṃ</span> mahato hitassa mahato sukhassa mahato atthassa mahato yogakkhemassa nipphattibhāvato santapaṇītanipuṇaatakkāvacarapaṇḍitavedanīyabhāvato ca. <span class="bld">Abhiññānaṃ</span> mahāsambhārato mahāvisayato mahākiccato mahānubhāvato mahānipphattito ca. <span class="bld">Nibbānassa</span> madanimmadanādimahatthasiddhito mahantatā veditabbā.</p>
    198. 

  198. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Puthupaññā</span>ti etthāpi vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – <span class="bld">nānākhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatī</span>ti, ‘‘ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāmā’’ti, evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tesupi ‘‘ekavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekavidhena vedanākkhandho, bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho, ekavidhena saññākkhandho…pe… ekavidhena viññāṇakkhandho, bahuvidhena viññāṇakkhandho’’ti evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa ekavidhādivasena atītādibhedavasenapi nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tathā ‘‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe… idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’’ti evaṃ āyatananānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.</p>
    199. 

  199. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nānādhātūsū</span>ti <a name="M2.0272"></a> ‘‘ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’’ti evaṃ nānādhātūsu paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tayidaṃ <a name="V2.0058"></a> upādiṇṇakadhātuvasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Paccekabuddhānañhi dvinnañca aggasāvakānaṃ upādiṇṇakadhātūsuyeva nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tañca kho ekadesatova, no nippadesato, anupādiṇṇakadhātūnaṃ pana nānākaraṇaṃ na jānantiyeva. Sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva pana, ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imassa rukkhassa khandho seto hoti, imassa kaṇho, imassa bahalattaco, imassa tanuttaco, imassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ, imassa pupphaṃ nīlaṃ pītaṃ lohitaṃ odātaṃ sugandhaṃ duggandhaṃ, phalaṃ khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ dīghaṃ vaṭṭaṃ susaṇṭhānaṃ maṭṭhaṃ pharusaṃ sugandhaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ ambilaṃ kaṭukaṃ kasāvaṃ, kaṇṭako tikhiṇo atikhiṇo ujuko kuṭilo lohito odāto hotī’’ti dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.</p>
    200. 

  200. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Atthesū</span>ti rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu. <span class="bld">Nānāpaṭiccasamuppādesū</span>ti ajjhattabahiddhābhedato santānabhedato ca nānappabhedesu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu. Avijjādiaṅgānañhi paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasaññitāti. Tenāha – saṅkhārapiṭake ‘‘dvādasa paccayā dvādasa paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti. <span class="bld">Nānāsuññatamanupalabbhesū</span>ti nānāsabhāvesu niccasārādivirahato suññasabhāvesu, tato eva itthipurisaattaattaniyādivasena anupalabbhesu sabhāvesu. Ma-kāro hettha padasandhikaro. <span class="bld">Nānāatthesū</span>ti atthapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayuppannādinānāatthesu. <span class="bld">Dhammesū</span>ti dhammapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayādinānādhammesu. <span class="bld">Niruttīsū</span>ti tesaṃyeva atthadhammānaṃ niddhāraṇavacanasaṅkhātāsu nānāniruttīsu. <span class="bld">Paṭibhānesū</span>ti ettha atthapaṭisambhidādīsu visayabhūtesu, ‘‘imāni idamatthajotakānī’’ti (vibha. 725-745) tathā tathā paṭibhānato paṭibhānānīti laddhanāmesu ñāṇesu. <span class="bld">Puthu nānāsīlakkhandhesū</span>tiādīsu sīlassa puthuttaṃ nānattañca vuttameva. Itaresaṃ pana vuttanayānusārena suviññeyyattā pākaṭameva. Yaṃ pana abhinnaṃ ekameva nibbānaṃ, tattha upacāravasena puthuttaṃ gahetabbanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘puthu nānājanasādhāraṇe dhamme samatikkammā’’</span>ti. Tenassa madanimmadanādipariyāyena puthuttaṃ paridīpitaṃ hoti.</p>
    201. 

  201. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ <a name="M2.0273"></a> visayavasena paññāya mahattaṃ puthuttañca dassetvā idāni sampayuttadhammavasena hāsabhāvaṃ, pavattiākāravasena javanabhāvaṃ, kiccavasena tikkhādibhāvañca dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘katamā hāsapaññā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">hāsabahulo</span>ti pītibahulo. Sesapadāni tasseva vevacanāni. <span class="bld">Sīlaṃ paripūretī</span>ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā pītisahagatāya paññāya. Pītisomanassasahagatā hi paññā abhirativasena ārammaṇe phullā vikasitā viya pavattati; na upekkhāsahagatāti pātimokkhasīlaṃ ṭhapetvā hāsanīyaṃ paraṃ tividhampi sīlaṃ paripūretīti attho. Visuṃ vuttattā puna <span class="bld">sīlakkhandha</span>māha. <span class="bld">Samādhikkhandha</span>ntiādīsupi eseva nayo.</p>
    202. 

  202. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rūpaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0059"></a> <span class="bld">aniccato khippaṃ javatī</span>ti rūpakkhandhaṃ aniccanti sīghaṃ vegena pavattiyā paṭipakkhadūrībhāvena pubbābhisaṅkhārassa sātisayattā indena vissaṭṭhavajiraṃ viya lakkhaṇaṃ paṭivijjhantī adandhāyantī rūpakkhandhe aniccalakkhaṇaṃ vegasā paṭivijjhati, tasmā sā <span class="bld">javanapaññā</span> nāmāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetvā balavavipassanāvasena dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘rūpa’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">khayaṭṭhenā</span>ti yattha yattha uppajjati, tattha tattheva bhijjanato khayasabhāvattā. <span class="bld">Bhayaṭṭhenā</span>ti bhayānakabhāvato. <span class="bld">Asārakaṭṭhenā</span>ti attasāravirahato niccasārādivirahato ca. <span class="bld">Tulayitvā</span>ti tulābhūtāya vipassanāpaññāya tuletvā. <span class="bld">Tīrayitvā</span>ti tāya eva tīraṇabhūtāya tīretvā. <span class="bld">Vibhāvayitvā</span>ti yāthāvato pakāsetvā pañcakkhandhaṃ <span class="bld">vibhūtaṃ katvā. Rūpanirodhe</span>ti rūpakkhandhassa nirodhabhūte <span class="bld">nibbāne</span> ninnapoṇapabbhāravasena. Idāni sikhāppattavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetuṃ, puna <span class="bld">‘‘rūpa’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāvasenāti keci.</p>
    203. 

  203. <p class="bodytext">Ñāṇassa tikkhabhāvo nāma savisesaṃ paṭipakkhasamucchindanena veditabboti, <span class="bld">‘‘khippaṃ kilese chindatīti tikkhapaññā’’</span>ti vatvā te pana kilese vibhāgena dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’</span>ntiādimāha. Tikkhapañño hi khippābhiñño hoti, paṭipadā cassa na calatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekasmiṃ āsane cattāro ariyamaggā adhigatā hontī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    204. 

  204. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā nirodhadhammā’’ti yāthāvato dassanena saccasampaṭivedho ijjhati, na aññathāti kāraṇamukhena nibbedhikapaññaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘sabbasaṅkhāresu</span> <a name="M2.0274"></a> <span class="bld">ubbegabahulo hotī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">ubbegabahulo</span>ti vuttanayena sabbasaṅkhāresu abhiṇhaṃ pavattasaṃvego. <span class="bld">Uttāsabahulo</span>ti ñāṇutrāsavasena sabbasaṅkhāresu bahuso utrastamānaso. Tena ādīnavānupassanamāha. <span class="bld">Ukkaṇṭhanabahulo</span>ti pana iminā nibbidānupassanaṃ āha – <span class="bld">aratibahulo</span>tiādinā tassā eva aparāparuppattiṃ. <span class="bld">Bahimukho</span>ti sabbasaṅkhārato bahibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ uddissa pavattañāṇamukho, tathā vā pavattitavimokkhamukho. Nibbijjhanaṃ nibbedho, so etissā atthi, nibbijjhatīti vā nibbedhā, sāva paññā <span class="bld">nibbedhikā</span>. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    205. 

  205. <p class="bodytext">Pajjati etena vipassanādikoti <span class="bld">padaṃ,</span> samāpatti, tasmā <span class="bld">anupada</span>nti anusamāpattiyoti attho. <span class="bld">Padaṃ</span> vā sammasanupagā dhammā vipassanāya pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samāpattivasena vā’’</span>ti<a name="V2.0060"></a>. <span class="bld">Jhānaṅgavasena vā</span>ti jhānaṅgavasenāti ca attho. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kamattho idha padasaddo, tasmā anupadaṃ anukkamenāti ayamettha atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anupaṭipāṭiyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dhammavipassana</span>nti taṃtaṃsamāpatticittuppādapariyāpannānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vipassatī</span>ti samāpattiyo jhānamukhena te te dhamme yāthāvato pariggahetvā, ‘‘itipi dukkhā’’tiādinā sammasati. <span class="bld">Addhamāsena arahattaṃ patto</span> ukkaṃsagatassa sāvakānaṃ sammasanacārassa nippadesena pavattiyamānattā, sāvakapāramīñāṇassa ca tathā paṭipādetabbattā. <span class="bld">Evaṃ santepī</span>ti yadipi mahāmoggallānatthero na cirasseva arahattaṃ patto; dhammasenāpati pana tato cirena, evaṃ santepi yasmā moggallānattheropi mahāpaññova, tasmā sāriputtattherova mahāpaññataroti. Idāni tamatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Sammasanaṃ carati etthāti sammasanacāro, vipassanābhūmi, taṃ <span class="bld">sammasanacāraṃ. Ekadesamevā</span>ti sakaattabhāve saṅkhāre anavasesato pariggahetuñca sammasituñca asakkontaṃ attano abhinīhārasamudāgatañāṇabalānurūpaṃ ekadesameva pariggahetvā sammasanto. Nanu ca ‘‘sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.26) vacanato vaṭṭadukkhato muccitukāmena sabbaṃ pariññeyyaṃ parijānitabbameva? Saccametaṃ, tañca kho sammasanupagadhammavasena vuttaṃ. Tasmā sasantānagate sabbadhamme<a name="M2.0275"></a>, parasantānagate ca tesaṃ santānavibhāgaṃ akatvā bahiddhābhāvasāmaññato sammasanaṃ, ayaṃ sāvakānaṃ sammasanacāro. Thero pana bahiddhādhammepi santānavibhāgena keci keci uddharitvā sammasi, tañca kho ñāṇena phuṭṭhamattaṃ katvā. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷento viya ekadesameva sammasanto’’</span>ti. Tattha ñāṇena nāma yāvatā neyyaṃ pavattitabbaṃ, tathā apavattanato <span class="bld">‘‘yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷento viyā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Anupadadhammavipassanāya abhāvato <span class="bld">‘‘ekadesameva sammasanto’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    206. 

  206. <p class="bodytext">Buddhānaṃ sammasanacāro dasasahassilokadhātuyaṃ sattasantānagatā, anindriyabaddhā ca saṅkhārāti vadanti, koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesūti apare. Tathā hi addhattayavasena paṭiccasamuppādanayaṃ osaritvā chattiṃsakoṭisatasahassamukhena buddhānaṃ mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pavattaṃ. Paccekabuddhānaṃ sasantānagatehi saddhiṃ majjhimadesavāsisattasantānagatā anindriyabaddhā ca sammasanacāroti vadanti, jambudīpavāsisattasantānagatāti keci. Dhammasenāpatinopi yathāvuttasāvakānaṃ vipassanābhūmiyeva sammasanacāro. Tattha pana thero sātisayaṃ niravasesaṃ anupadadhammaṃ vipassi. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘sāvakānaṃ sammasanacāraṃ nippadesaṃ sammasī’’</span>ti.</p>
    207. 

  207. <p class="bodytext">Tattha ‘‘sāvakānaṃ vipassanābhūmī’’ti ettha sukkhavipassakā lokiyābhiññappattā pakatisāvakā <a name="V2.0061"></a> aggasāvakā paccekabuddhā sammāsambuddhāti chasu janesu sukkhavipassakānaṃ jhānābhiññāhi anadhigatapaññānepuññattā andhānaṃ viya icchitapadesokkamanaṃ vipassanākāle icchikicchitadhammavipassanā natthi. Te yathāpariggahitadhammamatteyeva ṭhatvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Lokiyābhiññappattā pana pakatisāvakā yena mukhena vipassanaṃ ārabhanti; tato aññena vipassanaṃ vitthārikaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti vipulañāṇattā. Mahāsāvakā abhinīhārasampannattā tato sātisayaṃ vipassanaṃ vitthārikaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti. Aggasāvakesu dutiyo abhinīhārasampattiyā samādhānassa sātisayattā vipassanaṃ tatopi vitthārikaṃ karoti. Paṭhamo pana tato mahāpaññatāya sāvakehi asādhāraṇaṃ vitthārikaṃ karoti. Paccekabuddho tehipi mahābhinīhāratāya attano abhinīhārānurūpaṃ tatopi vitthārikavipassanaṃ karonti. Buddhānaṃ, sammadeva, paripūritapaññāpāramipabhāvita-sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamanassa anurūpāyāti. Yathā <a name="M2.0276"></a> nāma katavālavedhaparicayena sarabhaṅgasadisena dhanuggahena khitto saro antarā rukkhalatādīsu asajjamāno lakkhaṇeyeva patati; na sajjati na virajjhati, evaṃ antarā asajjamānā avirajjhamānā vipassanā sammasanīyadhammesu yāthāvato nānānayehi pavattati. Yaṃ mahāñāṇanti vuccati, tassa pavattiākārabhedo gaṇato vuttoyeva.</p>
    208. 

  208. <p class="bodytext">Etesu ca sukkhavipassakānaṃ vipassanācāro khajjotapabhāsadiso, abhiññappattapakatisāvakānaṃ dīpapabhāsadiso, mahāsāvakānaṃ okkāpabhāsadiso, aggasāvakānaṃ osadhitārakāpabhāsadiso, paccekabuddhānaṃ candapabhāsadiso, sammāsambuddhānaṃ rasmisahassapaṭimaṇḍitasaradasūriyamaṇḍalasadiso upaṭṭhāsi. Tathā sukkhavipassakānaṃ vipassanācāro andhānaṃ yaṭṭhikoṭiyā gamanasadiso, lokiyābhiññappattapakatisāvakānaṃ daṇḍakasetugamanasadiso, mahāsāvakānaṃ jaṅghasetugamanasadiso, aggasāvakānaṃ sakaṭasetugamanasadiso, paccekabuddhānaṃ mahājaṅghamaggagamanasadiso, sammāsambuddhānaṃ mahāsakamaggagamanasadisoti veditabbo.</p>
    209. 

  209. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Arahattañca kira patvā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">kira</span>-saddo anussavaladdhoyamatthoti dīpetuṃ vutto. <span class="bld">Patvā aññāsi</span> attano vipassanācārassa mahāvisayattā tikkhavisadasūrabhāvassa ca sallakkhaṇena. Kathaṃ panāyaṃ mahāthero dandhaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto sīghaṃ arahattaṃ pattato paññāya attānaṃ sātisayaṃ katvā aññāsīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Mahājaṭa</span>nti mahājālasākhaṃ ativiya sibbitajālaṃ. <span class="bld">Yaṭṭhiṃ pana sāraṃ vā ujuṃ vā na labhati</span> veṇuggahaṇe anuccinitvā veṇussa gahitattā. <span class="bld">Evaṃsampada</span>nti yathā tesu purisesu eko veḷuggahaṇe anuccinitvā veḷuyaṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, eko uccinitvā, evaṃ nipphattikaṃ. <span class="bld">Padhāna</span>nti bhāvanānuyuñjanaṃ.</p>
    210. 

  210. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sattasaṭṭhi</span> <a name="V2.0062"></a> <span class="bld">ñāṇānī</span>ti paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.73 mātikā) āgatesu tesattatiyā ñāṇesu ṭhapetvā cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni sutamayañāṇādīni paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāñāṇapariyosānāni sattasaṭṭhi ñāṇāni. Tāni hi sāvakehi pavicitabbāni, na itarāni. <span class="bld">Soḷasavidhaṃ pañña</span>nti (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.379; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 3.5.379) mahāpaññādikā, navānupubbavihārasamāpattipaññāti idaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ paññaṃ.</p>
    211. 

  211. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti <a name="M2.0277"></a> tassa. <span class="bld">Idaṃ hotī</span>ti idaṃ dāni vuccamānaṃ anupubbasammasanaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Vipassanākoṭṭhāsa</span>nti vitakkādisammasitabbadhammavibhāgena vibhattavipassanābhāgaṃ.</p>
    212. 

  212. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para94"></a><a name="para94_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">94</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭhame jhāne</span>ti upasilese bhummaṃ, tasmā <span class="bld">ye paṭhame jhāne dhammā</span>ti ye paṭhamajjhānasaṃsaṭṭhā dhammāti attho. <span class="bld">Antosamāpattiya</span>nti ca samāpattisahagate cittuppāde samāpattisamaññaṃ āropetvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Vavatthitā</span>ti katavavatthanā nicchitā. <span class="bld">Paricchinnā</span>ti ñāṇena paricchinnā salakkhaṇato paricchijja ñātā. <span class="bld">Olokento</span>ti ñāṇacakkhunā paccakkhato passanto. <span class="bld">Abhiniropanaṃ</span> ārammaṇe cittassa āropanaṃ. <span class="bld">Anumajjanaṃ</span> ārammaṇe cittassa anuvicāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Pharaṇaṃ</span> paṇītarūpehi kāyassa byāpanaṃ, vipphārikabhāvo vā. <span class="bld">Sāta</span>nti sātamadhuratā. <span class="bld">Adhikkhepo</span> vikkhepassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ samādhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Phusanaṃ</span> indriyavisayaviññāṇassa tato uppajjitvā ārammaṇe phusanākārena viya pavatti. <span class="bld">Vedayitaṃ</span> ārammaṇānubhavanaṃ. <span class="bld">Sañjānanaṃ</span> nīlādivasena ārammaṇassa sallakkhaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Cetayitaṃ</span> cetaso byāpāro. <span class="bld">Vijānanaṃ</span> ārammaṇūpaladdhi. <span class="bld">Kattukamyatā</span> cittassa ārammaṇena atthikatā. Tasmiṃ ārammaṇe adhimuccanaṃ, sanniṭṭhānaṃ vā <span class="bld">adhimokkho</span>. Kosajjapakkhe patituṃ adatvā cittassa paggaṇhanaṃ <span class="bld">paggāho,</span> adhiggahoti attho. Ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhānaṃ, anissajjanaṃ vā <span class="bld">upaṭṭhānaṃ</span>. Samappavattesu assesu sārathi viya sakiccapasutesu sampayuttesu ajjhupekkhanaṃ <span class="bld">majjhattatā</span>. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ ārammaṇe anunayanaṃ saṃcaraṇaṃ <span class="bld">anunayo. Sabhāvato</span>ti yathābhūtasabhāvato. Soḷasannaṃ eva cettha dhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ tesaṃyeva therena vavatthāpitabhāvato, te evassa tadā upaṭṭhahiṃsu, na itareti vadanti. Vīriyasatiggahaṇena cettha indriyabhāvasāmaññato saddhāpaññā; satiggahaṇeneva ekantānavajjabhāvasāmaññato passaddhiādayo cha yugaḷā; alobhādosā ca saṅgahitā jhānacittuppādapariyāpannattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Therena ca dhammā vavatthānasāmaññato āraddhā. Te na upaṭṭhahiṃsūti na sakkā vattunti apare.</p>
    213. 

  213. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Viditā uppajjantī</span>ti uppādepi nesaṃ vedanānaṃ pajānanaṃ hotiyevāti attho. Sesapadadvayepi <a name="V2.0063"></a> eseva nayo. Taṃ jānātīti taṃñāṇo, tassa <a name="M2.0278"></a> bhāvo <span class="bld">taṃñāṇatā,</span> ñāṇassa attasaṃvedananti attho. Taṃsamānayogakkhamāhi sampayuttadhammā. <span class="bld">Ñāṇabahutā</span>ti ñāṇassa bahubhāvo, ekacittuppāde anekañāṇatāti attho. Idāni tamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Na sakkā jānituṃ</span> ārammaṇakaraṇassa abhāvato. Asammohāvabodho ca īdisassa ñāṇassa natthi. <span class="bld">Ekekameva</span> ñāṇaṃ <span class="bld">uppajjati</span> tasmiṃ khaṇe ekasseva āvajjanassa uppajjanato, na ca āvajjanena vinā cittuppatti atthi. Vuttañhetaṃ –</p>
    214. 

  214. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, kappā tiṭṭhanti ye marū;</p>
    215. 

  215. <p class="gathalast">Na tveva tepi jīvanti, dvīhi cittehi saṃyutā’’ti. (mahāni. 10, 39) ca,</p>
    216. 

  216. <p class="indent">‘‘Natthi citte yugā gahī’’ti ca –</p>
    217. 

  217. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vatthārammaṇānaṃ pariggahitatāyā</span>ti yasmiñca ārammaṇe ye jhānadhammā pavattanti, tesaṃ vatthārammaṇānaṃ pageva ñāṇena paricchijja gahitattā. Yathā nāma migasūkarādīnaṃ āsayepariggahite tatra ṭhitā migā vā sūkarā vā tato uṭṭhānatopi āgamanatopi nesādassa sukhaggahaṇā honti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘therena hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti vatthārammaṇānaṃ pariggahitabhāvena. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti therassa. <span class="bld">Tesaṃ dhammāna</span>nti jhānacittuppādapariyāpannānaṃ dhammānaṃ. <span class="bld">Uppādaṃ āvajjantassā</span>tiādinā uppādādīsu yaṃ yadeva ārabbha ñāṇaṃ uppajjati; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ khaṇe tassa tasseva cassa pākaṭabhāvo dīpito. Na hi āvajjanena vinā ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. <span class="bld">Ahutvā sambhontī</span>ti pubbe avijjamānā hutvā sambhavanti, anuppannā uppajjantīti attho. <span class="bld">Udayaṃ passati</span> tesaṃ dhammānaṃ, ‘‘ahutvā sambhontī’’ti uppādakkhaṇasamaṅgibhāvadassanato. Pubbe abhāvabodhako hi attalābho dhammānaṃ udayo. <span class="bld">Hutvā</span>ti uppajjitvā. <span class="bld">Paṭiventī</span>ti paṭi khaṇe khaṇe vinassanti. <span class="bld">Vayaṃ passati,</span> ‘‘hutvā paṭiventī’’ti tesaṃ dhammānaṃ bhaṅgakkhaṇasamaṅgibhāvadassanato. Viddhaṃsabhāvabodhako hi dhammānaṃ vijjamānato vayo.</p>
    218. 

  218. <p class="bodytext">Tesu dhammesu natthi etassa upayo rāgavasena upagamananti <span class="bld">anupayo,</span> ananurodho. Hutvā viharatīti yojanā. Tathā natthi etassa apāyo paṭighavasena apagamananti <span class="bld">anapāyo,</span> avirodho. ‘‘Etaṃ mama, <a name="M2.0279"></a> eso me atthā’’ti tassa taṇhādiṭṭhiabhinivesābhāvato taṇhādiṭṭhinissayehi <a name="V2.0064"></a> <span class="bld">anissito. Appaṭibaddho</span>ti anupayānissitabhāvato vipassanāya paribandhavasena chandarāgena na paṭibaddho na vibandhito. <span class="bld">Vippamutto</span>ti tato eva vikkhambhanavimuttivasena kāmarāgato vimutto. <span class="bld">Visaṃyutto</span> vikkhambhanavaseneva paṭipakkhadhammehi visaṃyutto.</p>
    219. 

  219. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kilesamariyādā tena katā bhaveyyā</span>ti antosamāpattiyaṃ pavatte soḷasa dhamme ārabbha pavattamānaṃ vipassanāvīthiṃ bhinditvā sace rāgādayo uppajjeyyuṃ; tassa vipassanāvīthiyā kilesamariyādā tena cittena, cittasamaṅginā vā katā bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Tesū</span>ti tesu dhammesu. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti therassa. <span class="bld">Ekopī</span>ti rāgādīsu ekopīti ca vadanti. Vuttākārena ekaccānaṃ anāpāthagamane sati vipassanā na tesu dhammesu nirantarappavattāti <span class="bld">ārammaṇamariyādā bhaveyya. Vikkhambhitapaccanīkattā</span>ti vipassanāya paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ pageva vikkhambhitattā idānipi vikkhambhetabbā kilesā natthīti vuttaṃ.</p>
    220. 

  220. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ito</span>ti paṭhamajjhānato. <span class="bld">Anantaro</span>ti uparimo jhānādiviseso. <span class="bld">Tassa pajānanassā</span>ti, ‘‘atthi uttari nissaraṇa’’nti evaṃ pavattajānanassa. <span class="bld">Bahulīkaraṇenā</span>ti punappunaṃ uppādanena.</p>
    221. 

  221. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sampasādanaṭṭhenā</span>ti kilesakālusiyāpagamanena, tassa vicārakkhobhavigamena vā cetaso sammadeva pāsādikabhāvena.</p>
    222. 

  222. <p class="bodytext">Vīriyaṃ sati upekkhāti āgataṭṭhāne pārisuddhiupekkhā, adukkhamasukhāvedanāti ettha jhānupekkhāti, <span class="bld">‘‘sukhaṭṭhāne vedanupekkhāvā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sukhaṭṭhāne</span>ti ca paṭhamajjhānādīsu sukhassa vuttaṭṭhāne. <span class="bld">Passaddhattā</span>ti samadhuracetayitabhāvena ārammaṇe visaṭavitthatabhāvato yo so cetaso ābhogo vutto. Sāmaññaphalādīsu satiyā pārisuddhi, sā thana atthato sativinimuttā natthīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parisuddhāsatiyevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pārisuddhiupekkhā,</span> na jhānupekkhādayo.</p>
    223. 

  223. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para95"></a><a name="para95_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">95</span>. Īdisesu ṭhānesu satiyā na kadācipi ñāṇaviraho atthīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ñāṇena sampajāno hutvā’’</span>ti. Tathā hi tatiyajjhāne, ‘‘satimā sukhavihārī’’ti ettha sampajānoti ayamattho vutto eva hoti<a name="M2.0280"></a>. <span class="bld">Na sāvakānaṃ anupadadhammavipassanā hoti</span> saṅkhārāvasesasukhumappavattiyā duviññeyyattā vinibbhujitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kalāpavipassanaṃ dassento evamāhā’’</span>ti.</p>
    224. 

  224. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para96"></a><a name="para96_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">96</span>. <span class="bld">Paññāya</span> <a name="V2.0065"></a> <span class="bld">cassadisvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī</span>ti dassanasamakālaṃ khīyamānā āsavā, ‘‘disvā parikkhīṇā hontī’’ti vuttā. Samānakālepi hi ediso saddappayogo dissati –</p>
    225. 

  225. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; 2.4.60; kathā. 465, 467).</p>
    226. 

  226. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Nihantvā timiraṃ sabbaṃ, uggatejo samuggato;</p>
    227. 

  227. <p class="gathalast">Verocano rasmimālī, lokacakkhupabhaṅkaro’’ti. (paṭṭhā. anuṭī. 1.25-34; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.580) ca –</p>
    228. 

  228. <p class="bodytext">Evamādīsu. Hetuattho vā ayaṃ <span class="bld">disvā</span>saddo asamānakattuko yathā – ‘‘ghataṃ pivitvā balaṃ hoti, sīhaṃ disvā bhayaṃ hotī’’ti (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.802). Dassanahetuko hi āsavānaṃ parikkhayo pariññāsacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamaye sati pahānābhisamayassa labbhanato. <span class="bld">Yuganaddhaṃ āharitvā</span>ti paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha jhānadhamme sammasanto samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ bhāveti. Evaṃ yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha sammasanto samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ katvā yathā thero arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘arahattaṃ pattavāro idha gahito’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti imasmiṃ sutte. Dīghanakhasuttadesanāya (ma. ni. 2.205-206) hi thero arahattaṃ patto. Tadā ca anāgāmī hutvā nirodhaṃ samāpajjatīti vacanaavasaro natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘arahattaṃ pattavāro idha gahito’’ti. Yadi evaṃ – ‘‘sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti? There vijjamāne paṇḍitaguṇe anavasesato dassetvā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpetuṃ. Nirodhasamāpajjanaṃ pana therassa āciṇṇasamāciṇṇaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nirodhaṃ pana…pe… vadantī’’</span>ti. Tena phalasamāpattimpi antarā samāpajjatiyevāti dasseti.</p>
    229. 

  229. <p class="bodytext">Vomissaṃ <a name="M2.0281"></a> vivarituṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tatthassā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘nirodhaṃ samāpajjissāmī’’ti ābhogena samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ āharitvā ṭhitassa <span class="bld">nirodhasamāpatti sīsaṃ</span> nāma hoti, tassa ābhogavasena <span class="bld">nirodhassa vāro āgacchati. Phalasamāpatti gūḷho hoti,</span> ‘‘phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjissāmī’’ti ābhogassa abhāvato. <span class="bld">Phalasamāpatti sīsaṃ hotī</span>ti etthāpi vuttanayena attho <a name="V2.0066"></a> veditabbo. Etena ābhogapaṭibaddhametesaṃ āgamananti dīpitanti veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Jambudīpavāsino therā panā</span>tiādi aṭṭhakathāruḷhameva taṃ vacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Antosamāpattiya</span>nti nirodhaṃ samāpannakāle. <span class="bld">Tisamuṭṭhānikarūpadhamme</span>ti utukammāhāravasena tisamuṭṭhānikarūpadhamme.</p>
    230. 

  230. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para97"></a><a name="para97_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">97</span>. <span class="bld">Ciṇṇavasita</span>nti paṭipakkhadūribhāvena subhāvitavasībhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Nipphattiṃ patto</span>ti ukkaṃsaparinipphattiṃ patto. Ure vāyāmajanitāya <span class="bld">oraso. Pabhāvita</span>nti uppāditaṃ. <span class="bld">Dhammenā</span>ti ariyamaggadhammena. Tassa hi adhigamena ariyāya jātiyā jāto nibbattoti katvā, <span class="bld">‘‘dhammajo dhammanimmito’’</span>ti vuccati. <span class="bld">Dhammadāyassā</span>ti navavidhassa lokuttaradhammadāyassa. <span class="bld">Ādiyanato</span>ti gaṇhanato, sasantāne uppādanatoti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    231. 

  231. <p class="centered">Anupadasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    232. 

  232. <p class="subhead">2. Chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    233. 

  233. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para98"></a><a name="para98_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">98</span>. <span class="bld">Khīṇā</span> <a name="V2.0067"></a> <span class="bld">jātī</span>ti attano jātikkhayaṃ paṭijānantena arahattaṃ byākataṃ hoti arahato tadabhāvato. Tathā <span class="bld">vusitaṃ brahmacariya</span>nti maggabrahmacariyavāso me pariyositoti paṭijānantenapi. <span class="bld">Kataṃ karaṇīya</span>nti catūhi maggehi catūsu saccesu pariññādivasena soḷasavidhassapi kiccassa attanā niṭṭhāpitabhāvaṃ paṭijānantenapi. <span class="bld">Nāparaṃ itthattāyā</span>ti āyatiṃ punabbhavābhāvaṃ, āyatiṃ vā pariññādikaraṇīyābhāvaṃ paṭijānantenapīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekenapi padena aññā byākatāva hotī’’</span>ti. Dvikkhattuṃ baddhaṃ pana subaddhaṃ viyāti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Idha pana aññābyākaraṇaṃ catūhi padehi āgataṃ,</span> tasmā vattabbameva cettha natthīti <a name="M2.0282"></a> adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Cetanāya diṭṭhavāditā nāma</span> ariyavohāro. <span class="bld">Sabhāvo</span>ti pakatiattho hi ayaṃ dhammasaddo, ‘‘jātidhammā jarādhammā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.274-275) viya tasmā, <span class="bld">anudhammo</span>ti ariyabhāvaṃ anugatā pakatīti attho. Paramappicchatāya ariyā attano guṇe anāvikarontāpi sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvapavedanatthañceva sabrahmacārīnaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ ussāhajananatthañca tādisānaṃ parinibbānasamayeyeva āvikarontīti adhippāyenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘parinibbutassa…pe… kātabbo’’</span>ti.</p>
    234. 

  234. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para99"></a><a name="para99_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">99</span>. <span class="bld">Dubbala</span>nti pheggu viya subhejjanīyaṃ balavirahitaṃ, asāranti attho. <span class="bld">Virāguta</span>nti palujjanasabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Vigacchanasabhāva</span>nti vināsagamanasabhāvaṃ. Aniccadukkhavipariṇāmattā assāsalesassapi abhāvato <span class="bld">assāsavirahitaṃ</span>. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena samannāgamanavasena ca yathārahaṃ upenti upagacchantīti <span class="bld">upayā,</span> ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti upādiyanti daḷhaggāhaṃ gaṇhantīti <span class="bld">upādānā</span>. Adhitiṭṭhati cetaso abhinandanabhūtāti <span class="bld">cetaso adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tāhī</span>ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti cittaṃ. <span class="bld">Abhinivisatī</span>ti abhirativasena nivisati, ayañhettha attho – sakkāyadhammesu cittaṃ abhinivisati ‘‘etaṃ mamaṃ, eso me attā’’ti ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati etāhi abhinivesāhi, tathā sakkāyadhammesu cittaṃ anuseti etāhīti <span class="bld">anusayā,</span> taṇhādiṭṭhiyo. Yadaggena hi tebhūmakadhammesu rāgādayo anusenti, tadaggena taṃsahagatadhammā tattha anusentīti pariyāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ anusetī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Khayā virāgā</span>ti hetumhi nissakkavacananti <span class="bld">‘‘khayena virāgenā’’</span>ti hetumhi karaṇavasena attho vutto. <span class="bld">Virāgenā</span>ti ca <span class="bld">iti</span>saddo ādi attho<a name="V2.0068"></a>. Tena ‘‘nirodhenā’’ti evamādikaṃ gahitaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Aññamaññavevacanāneva</span> upayādīnaṃ samucchedasseva bodhanato.</p>
    235. 

  235. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para100"></a><a name="para100_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">100</span>. Patiṭṭhāti ettha sesabhūtattayaṃ upādārūpañcāti patiṭṭhānā, nijjīvaṭṭhena dhātucāti <span class="bld">patiṭṭhānadhātu</span>. Nhānīyacuṇṇaṃ bāhiraudakaṃ viya sesabhūtattayaṃ ābandhatīti <span class="bld">ābandhanaṃ</span>. Pacanīyabhattaṃ bāhiratejo viya sesabhūtattayaṃ paripācetīti <span class="bld">paripācanaṃ</span>. Bāhiravāto viya sesabhūtattayaṃ vitthambhetīti <span class="bld">vitthambhanaṃ</span>. Dhātusaddattho vuttoyeva. <span class="bld">Asamphuṭṭhadhātū</span>ti <a name="M2.0283"></a> asamphusitabhāvo tesaṃ viparimaṭṭhatābhāvato. <span class="bld">Vijānanaṃ</span> ārammaṇūpaladdhi. <span class="bld">Ahaṃ attā</span>ti ahaṃ, ‘‘rūpadhammo me attā’’ti <span class="bld">attakoṭṭhāsena</span> attabhāvena <span class="bld">na upagamiṃ</span> na gaṇhiṃ. Nissitanissitāpi nissitā eva nāmāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pathavīdhātunissitāvā’’</span>ti. Attanā vā pana tannissitāti <span class="bld">‘‘ekena pariyāyenā’’</span>ti. Upādārupampi kāmaṃ nissitampi hoti. Tathāpi taṃ nissitaṃ hotiyevāti taṃ na uddhaṭaṃ. Paricchedakarattā paricchedākāsassa <span class="bld">‘‘avinibbhogavasenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tena ca tathā paricchinnattā <span class="bld">sabbampi bhūtupādārūpaṃ ākāsadhātunissitaṃ nāma</span>. Taṃ nissāya pavattiyā upādārūpaṃ viya bhūtarūpāni, arūpakkhandhā viya ca vatthurūpāni, <span class="bld">‘‘taṃnissitarūpavatthukā arūpakkhandhā’’</span>ti vuttanayena ākāsadhātunissitacakkhādirūpadhammavatthukā vedanādayo arūpakkhandhā ākāsadhātunissitā nāmāti imamatthaṃ <span class="bld">tathā</span>-saddena upasaṃharati. <span class="bld">Idhāpī</span>ti ākāsadhātunissitapadepi, na pathavīdhātunissitapadādīsu eva. <span class="bld">Rūpārūpa</span>nti sabbampi rūpārūpaṃ <span class="bld">gahitameva hoti,</span> aggahitaṃ natthi. <span class="bld">Sahajātā…pe… nissita</span>nti idaṃ nippariyāyasiddhaṃ nissayattaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttanayena pariyāyasiddhe nissayatte gayhamāne – ‘‘pacchājātapaccayoti pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.11) vacanato sabbaṃ catusamuṭṭhānikarūpaṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘viññāṇadhātunissita’’</span>nti vattabbaṃ. Tathā anantaraviññāṇadhātupaccayā pavattanato, ‘‘viññāṇadhātunissita’’nti vattabbaṃ.</p>
    236. 

  236. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para101"></a><a name="para101_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">101</span>. Ruppati vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti <span class="bld">rūpa</span>nti ayamattho cakkhudvāre āpāthagate rūpāyatane nippariyāyato labbhati, na āpāthamanāgate. Cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbabhāvo pana āpāthamanāgatepi tasmiṃ labbhateva taṃsabhāvānativatthanato. Rūpāyatanaṃ <span class="bld">dvidhā</span> vibhajitvā. Thero pana āpāthaṃ anāgatassāpi rūpāyatanassa rūpabhāvaṃ na sakkā paṭikkhipitunti dvidhākaraṇaṃ nānujānanto channovādaṃ nidasseti, <span class="bld">‘‘upari channovāde kinti karissathā’’</span>ti. Tattha hi ‘‘cakkhuṃ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe <a name="V2.0069"></a> dhamme’’ti (ma. ni. 3.391) āgataṃ, na cettha cakkhudvāre āpāthaṃ āgatameva rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbapadena gahitaṃ, na āpāthaṃ anāgatanti sakkā viññātuṃ <a name="M2.0284"></a> aviseseneva rūpāyatanena taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhābhāvassa jotitattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na yidaṃ labbhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Rūpamevā</span>ti rūpāyatanameva. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesū’’ti padaṃ kathaṃ netabbanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttā panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ viññātabbesū</span>ti yena manoviññāṇena cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aniccantiādinā cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ tena viññātabbesu taṃsampayuttadhammesūti attho. <span class="bld">Taṇhāchando</span>ti tassanasabhāvo chando, na kattukamyatā chandoyevāti taṇhāchando. <span class="bld">Rajjanavasenā</span>ti vatthaṃ viya raṅgajātaṃ cittassa anurañjanavasena. <span class="bld">Abhinandanavasenā</span>ti ārammaṇe abhiramitvā nandanavasena. Sappītikataṇhā hi <span class="bld">nandī</span>ti vuccati. Taṇhāyanavasena <span class="bld">taṇhā</span>.</p>
    237. 

  237. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para102"></a><a name="para102_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">102</span>. <span class="bld">Ahaṅkāro</span>ti ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1121, 1239; vibha. 832, 866; saṃ. ni. 4.108; mahāni. 21, 178) ahaṃkaraṇaṃ. Yena hi mamaṃ karoti, etaṃ <span class="bld">mamaṅkāro. Svevā</span>ti ‘‘ahaṅkāro’’ti vuttamāno. Evaṃ catutthajjhāne niddiṭṭhe sabbāsu lokiyābhiññāsu vuccamānāsu heṭṭhā vijjādvayaṃ vattabbanti adhippāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘pubbenivāsaṃ dibbacakkhuñca avatvā kasmā vutta’’</span>nti āha? Itaro idha sabbavāresupi lokuttaradhammapucchā adhikatā tasmā ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite’’tiādinā tatiyā vijjā kathitāti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘bhikkhū lokiyadhammaṃ na pucchantī’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Ekavissajjitasuttaṃ nāmetaṃ</span> tatiyavijjāya eva āgatattā. Ariyadhammavasenapissa samaññā atthevāti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘chabbisodhanantipissa nāma’’</span>nti vatvā tesu dhammesu bhedaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ettha hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Visuddhā</span>ti tassā codanāya sodhanavasena visodhitā. <span class="bld">Ekameva katvā</span>ti ekavāravaseneva pāḷiyaṃ ekajjhaṃ āgatattā ekameva koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ vā chabbisodhanatāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘catūhi āhārehi saddhi’’</span>nti kathaṃ panettha cattāro āhārā gahetabbāti? Keci tāva āhu – ‘‘sādhūti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uttari pañho pucchitabbo’’ti heṭṭhā āgatena nayena āhāravāro āharitvā vattabboti. ‘‘Bahiddhā sabbanimittesū’’ti ettha āhārānampi saṅgahitattā āhārā atthato āgatā evāti aññe. Apare pana rūpakkhandhaggahaṇena kabaḷīkāro āhāro<a name="M2.0285"></a>, saṅkhārakkhandhaggahaṇena phassāhāro, manosañcetanāhāraggahaṇena viññāṇāhāro sarūpatopi gahitoti vadanti.</p>
    238. 

  238. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Chabbisodhana’’nti imassa suttassa samaññāya anvatthataṃ dassetvā āyatimpi tādisena byākaraṇena <a name="V2.0070"></a> bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipattimpi dassanatthaṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ime panā’’</span>tiādi āraddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Vinayaniddesapariyāyenā</span>ti vinayaniddese āgatena kāraṇena. <span class="bld">Vinaye</span> vā āgataniddesānukkamena.</p>
    239. 

  239. <p class="bodytext">Adhigantabbato <span class="bld">adhigamo,</span> jhānādiadhigamapucchā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘jhānavimokkhādīsū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Upāyapucchā</span>ti adhigamopāyapucchā. <span class="bld">Kintī</span>ti kena pakārena vidhināti attho.</p>
    240. 

  240. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī</span>ti idaṃ pana pubbe ‘‘kiṃ te adhigata’’nti aniddhāritabhedā jhānādivisesā pucchitāti idāni tesaṃ niddhāretvā pucchanākāradassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā yathāvuttehi ākārehi adhigamabyākaraṇaṃ sodhetabbaṃ, tasmā. <span class="bld">Ettāvatāvā</span>ti ettakena byākaraṇamatteneva na sakkāro kātabbo. Byākaraṇañhi ekaccassa ayāthāvatopi hoti, yathā nāma jātarūpapatirūpaṃ jātarūpaṃ viya khāyatīti jātarūpaṃ nighaṃsanatāpanachedanehi sodhetabbaṃ evamevaṃ <span class="bld">imesu</span> idāneva vuttesu <span class="bld">chasu ṭhānesu</span> pakkhipitvā <span class="bld">sodhanatthaṃ vattabbo vimokkhādīsū</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena samādhi-samāpatti-ñāṇadassana-maggabhāvanā-phalasacchikiriyā saṅgaṇhāti.</p>
    241. 

  241. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pākaṭo hoti</span> adhigatavisesassa satisammosābhāvato. Sesapucchāsupi ‘‘pākaṭo hotī’’ti pade eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Uggahaparipucchākusalā</span>ti sajjhāyamaggasaṃvaṇṇanāsu nipuṇā. Yāya paṭipadāya yassa ariyamaggo āgacchati, sā pubbabhāgapaṭipatti <span class="bld">āgamanapaṭipadā. Sodhetabbā</span>ti suddhā udāhu asuddhāti vicāraṇavasena sodhetabbā. <span class="bld">Na sujjhatī</span>ti tattha tattha pamādapaṭipattibhāvato. <span class="bld">Apanetabbo</span> attano paṭiññāya. <span class="bld">‘‘Sujjhatī’’</span>ti vatvā sujjhanākāraṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘dīgharatta’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Paññāyatī</span>ti ettha ‘‘yadī’’ti padaṃ ānetvā yadi so bhikkhu tāya paṭipadāya yadi paññāyatīti sambandho. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavapaṭipattisadisā paṭipadā hoti</span> dīgharattaṃ vikkhambhitakilesattā.</p>
    242. 

  242. <p class="bodytext">Nadiyā <a name="M2.0286"></a> samuddaṃ pakkhandanaṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">nadīmukhadvāraṃ. Maddamāno</span>ti badarasāḷavaṃ sarasaṃ patte pakkhitto hutvā maddamāno. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    243. 

  243. <p class="centered">Chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    244. 

  244. <p class="subhead">3. Sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    245. 

  245. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para105"></a><a name="para105_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">105</span>. <span class="bld">Sappurisadhamma</span>nti <a name="V2.0071"></a> sappurisabhāvakaraṃ dhammaṃ. So pana yasmā sappurisānaṃ paveṇiko dhammo hoti. Tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sappurisānaṃ dhamma’’</span>nti, esa nayo <span class="bld">asappurisadhamma</span>nti etthāpi. Evaṃ padhānaṃ anuṭṭhātabbañca sappurisadhammaṃ ādiṃ katvā mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ayathānupubbiyā niddisanto <span class="bld">‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo’’</span>tiādimāha. Tathā pana niddisanto udāharaṇapubbakaṃ hetuṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā nāmā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena icchitabbapariccāgapubbakaṃ gahetabbaggahaṇaṃ nāma ñāyapaṭipatti, tasmā sappurisadhammā sampādetabbāti dīpento satthā ayathānupubbiyā niddhārīyatīti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Tathā aññatthāpi ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti. <span class="bld">Etadeva hi kuladvayaṃ ‘‘uccakula’’nti vuccati</span> nippariyāyato. Tathāhi antimabhavikā bodhisattā tattheva paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. <span class="bld">So</span>ti sāmīcippaṭipanno bhikkhu. <span class="bld">Antaraṃ karitvā</span>ti taṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā. Paṭipadā hi viññūnaṃ pūjāya kāraṇaṃ, na uccakulīnatā. <span class="bld">Mahākulā</span>ti vipulakulā upāditoditakulasampavattikāti attho.</p>
    246. 

  246. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para106"></a><a name="para106_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">106</span>. <span class="bld">Yasa</span>saddo parivāravācako. <span class="bld">Yasassī</span>ti ca sātisayaparivāravantatā vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parivārasampanno’’</span>ti. Ādhipateyyābhāvato paresaṃ uparinatti etesaṃ īso īsanaṃ issariyanti akkhātabbāti <span class="bld">appesakkhā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘appaparivārā’’</span>ti. Abhāvattho hi idha <span class="bld">appa</span>-saddo.</p>
    247. 

  247. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para107"></a><a name="para107_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">107</span>. <span class="bld">Naveva dhutaṅgāni āgatānī</span>ti ettha yathā ukkaṭṭhapaṃsukūlikassa tecīvarikatā sukarā. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikassa sapadānacārikatā sukarā. Ekāsanikassa ca pattapiṇḍikakhalupacchābhattikatā sukarā evāti – ‘‘paṃsukūliko hotī’’tiādivacaneneva pāḷiyā anāgatānampi āgatabhāvo veditabbo pariharaṇasukaratāya tesampi samādānasambhavato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘terasa hontī’’</span>ti.</p>
    248. 

  248. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para108"></a><a name="para108_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">108</span>. Kāmataṇhādikāya <a name="V2.0072"></a><a name="M2.0287"></a> tāya taṇhāya nibbattāti tammayā, puthujjanā, pakatibhāvūpagamanena tesaṃ bhāvo tammayatā, tappaṭikkhepato <span class="bld">atammayatā,</span> nittaṇhatā. <span class="bld">Taṃyeva kāraṇaṃ katvā</span>ti paṭhamajjhānepi taṇhāpahānaṃyeva kāraṇaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Citte uppādetvā</span>ti atammayatāpariyāyena vutte taṇhāya paṭipakkhadhamme sampādetvā. <span class="bld">Na maññatī</span>ti maññanānaṃ ariyamaggena sabbaso samucchinnattā kismiñci okāse kāmabhavādike kenaci vatthunā hatthiassakhettavatthādinā pattacīvaravihārapariveṇādinā ca puggalaṃ na maññati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    249. 

  249. <p class="centered">Sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    250. 

  250. <p class="subhead">4. Sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    251. 

  251. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para109"></a><a name="para109_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">109</span>. <span class="bld">Aññamañña</span>nti <a name="V2.0073"></a> aññaṃ aññaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘aññaṃ sevitabba’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Sattahi padehī</span>ti sattahi vākyehi. Pajjati etena yathādhippeto atthoti padaṃ, vākyaṃ. <span class="bld">Sāriputtattherassa okāsakaraṇaṃ</span> dhammadāyāde (ma. ni. 1.31) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.</p>
    252. 

  252. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para113"></a><a name="para113_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">113</span>. Diṭṭhiyeva paccayavasena paṭiladdhatāya <span class="bld">diṭṭhipaṭilābho. Saññāpaṭilābhepi</span> eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Micchādiṭṭhisammādiṭṭhiyo…pe… na gahitā</span> kammapathappattānaṃ tesaṃ manosamācārabhāvena gahitattā. Yadi evaṃ kasmā diṭṭhi cittuppādavāre na gahitāti? Kāmaṃ micchādiṭṭhiyā avayavibhāvo labbhati, tathāpi cittuppādakkhaṇe lokiyalokuttaracittuppādesu kammapathakoṭṭhāso na uddhaṭo.</p>
    253. 

  253. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para115"></a><a name="para115_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">115</span>. <span class="bld">Kāmasaññādīna</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena yathā byāpādavihiṃsāsaññā saṅgahitā, evaṃ anabhijjhāabyāpādaavihiṃsāsaññā saṅgahitā paṭhamena ādisaddena ‘‘anabhijjhāsahagatāya saññāyā’’tiādipāṭhassa saṅgahitattā.</p>
    254. 

  254. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para117"></a><a name="para117_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">117</span>. Ti kāmabhavādīnaṃ apariyosānāya pariyosānaṃ icchatopi tādisassa bhavānaṃ apariyosānameva hoti<a name="M2.0288"></a>. <span class="bld">Cattāro honti</span> puggalavasena. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘puthujjanopi hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Akusalā dhammā vaḍḍhantī</span>ti tesaṃ pahānāya appaṭipajjamānassāti adhippāyo, tato eva <span class="bld">kusalā dhammā parihāyanti</span>. Tenassa kilesadukkhena vipākadukkhena ca <span class="bld">sadukkhameva attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti</span>. Orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni pahāya suddhāvāsesu nibbattanāraho <span class="bld">anāgāmī kathaṃ…pe… abhivaḍḍhantī</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anāgāmīpī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sadukkhameva attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti,</span> yāya labbhamānaakusalābhivuddhiṃ kusalaparihāniñca gahetvā anāgāminopi sabyābajjhaattabhāvābhinibbattanaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ yathālabbhamānaṃ akusalaparihāniṃ kusalābhivuddhiñca gahetvā puthujjanassapi antimabhavikassa abyābajjhaattabhāvābhinibbattanaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘puthujjanopī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Akusalameva hāyati,</span>na kusalaṃ tassa buddhipakkhe ṭhitattā. Tatthāpi <span class="bld">vipassanameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpeti,</span> na vaṭṭagabbhaṃ antimabhavikatāya vivaṭṭūpanissitattā ajjhāsayassa, ñāṇassa ca pākagamanato.</p>
    255. 

  255. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para119"></a><a name="para119_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">119</span>. <span class="bld">Ekaccassā</span>ti <a name="V2.0074"></a> sāmivacanaṃ ‘‘abhinandatī’’tiādīsu paccattavasena pariṇāmetabbaṃ, tathā ‘‘nibbindatī’’tiādīsupi. <span class="bld">Uggaṇhitvāpī</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho. Bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ ajānantā tāva dīgharattaṃ hitasukhato paribāhirā hontu jānantānampi sabbesaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotīti anekaṃsikataṃ codento <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ santepī’’</span>tiādimāha. Itaro sabbesampi dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotiyevāti, <span class="bld">‘‘appaṭisandhikā’’</span>tiādinā anekaṃsikataṃ pariharati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    256. 

  256. <p class="centered">Sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    257. 

  257. <p class="subhead">5. Bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    258. 

  258. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para124"></a><a name="para124_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">124</span>. <span class="bld">Bhaya</span>nti <a name="V2.0075"></a> (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.1) cittasaṃsappatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘cittutrāso’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upaddavo</span>ti antarāyo. Tassa pana vikkhepakāraṇattā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘anekaggatākāro’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upasaggo</span>ti upasajjanaṃ. Tato appatīkāravighātāpatti <a name="M2.0289"></a> yasmā patīkārābhāvena vihaññamānassa kiñci kātuṃ asamatthassa osīdanakāraṇaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘tattha tattha lagganākāro’’</span>ti. Vañcetvā āgantuṃ <span class="bld">yathāvutte divase anāgacchantesu</span>. Bahi anikkhamanatthāya <span class="bld">dvāre aggiṃ datvā</span>.</p>
    259. 

  259. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Naḷehī</span>ti naḷacchannasaṅkhepena upari chādetvā tehiyeva dārukacchadananiyāmena paritopi chāditā. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā tiṇehi channataṃ, sesasambhārānaṃ rukkhamayatañca atidisati. <span class="bld">Vidhavāputte</span>ti adantabhāvopalakkhaṇaṃ. Te hi nippitikā avinītā asaṃyatā akiccakārino honti.</p>
    260. 

  260. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Matthakaṃ apāpetvāva niṭṭhāpitā</span>ti kasmā bhagavā evamakāsīti? Ānandattherassa pucchākosalladīpanatthameva, tattha nisinnānaṃ sannipatitabhikkhūnaṃ desanāya jānanatthañca. Te kira saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ ajānantā andhakāraṃ paviṭṭhā viya ṭhitā. Pucchānusandhivasena pariggayha jānissantīti.</p>
    261. 

  261. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para125"></a><a name="para125_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">125</span>. <span class="bld">Rūpapariggahova kathito,</span> na aññaṃ kiñcīti attho. Idāni tato saccāni niddhāretvā catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘sabbāpī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Pañcakkhandhā hontī</span>ti addhekādasa dhātuyo rūpakkhandho, addhaṭṭhamā dhātuyo yathārahaṃ vedanādayo cattāro arūpino khandhāti evaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo pañcakkhandhā honti. <span class="bld">Pañcapi khandhā</span> taṇhāvajjā <span class="bld">dukkhasaccaṃ. Appavattī</span>ti appavattinimittaṃ. <span class="bld">Nirodhapajānanā</span>ti paññāsīsena maggakiccamāha. Sammādiṭṭhipamukho hi ariyamaggo. <span class="bld">Matthakaṃ pāpetvā kathitaṃ hoti</span> sammasanassa bhūmiyā nipphattiyā ca kathitattā. <span class="bld">Jānāti passatī</span>ti iminā ñāṇadassanaṃ kathitaṃ taṃ pana lokiyaṃ lokuttaranti duvidhanti tadubhayampi dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘saha vipassanāya maggo vutto’’</span>ti.</p>
    262. 

  262. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ettāvatāpi kho</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddaggahaṇena aññena pariyāyena satthā dhātukosallaṃ desetukāmoti thero<a name="V2.0076"></a>, ‘‘siyā pana, bhante’’ti pucchatīti bhagavā pathavīdhātuādivasenapi dhātukosallaṃ vibhāveti. Tattha pathavīdhātuādisaddena desanākāraṇaṃ vibhāvento, <span class="bld">‘‘pathavīdhātu…pe… vuttā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Tāpi</span> hi ādito cha dhātuyo. <span class="bld">‘‘Viññāṇadhātuto</span> <a name="M2.0290"></a> <span class="bld">nīharitvā pūretabbā’’</span>ti vatvā kathaṃ rūpadhātuyo nīharīyantīti codanaṃ sandhāya taṃ nayaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘viññāṇadhātū’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāmañcettha kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇaṃ phoṭṭhabbadhātupathavīdhātu ādivasena desanāruḷameva, kāyadhātu pana nīharitabbāti ekaṃsameva nīharaṇavidhiṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘esa nayo sabbatthā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Purimapacchimavasena manodhātū</span>ti pacchimabhāgavasena kiriyāmanodhātu gahetabbā tassānurūpabhāvato. Nanu cettha manodhātu nāmāyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā asaṃsaṭṭhā, visuṃyeva cesā dhātūti? Saccametaṃ aṭṭhārasadhātudesanāya, cittavibhattiniddese chaviññāṇakāyadesanāyaṃ pana sā manoviññāṇakāyasaṅgahitāvāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.517) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Atha vā <span class="bld">purimapacchimavasenā</span>ti purecarānucaravasena. <span class="bld">Manodhātū</span>ti vipākamanodhātu gahetabbā purecaraṇato, parato uppajjanakiriyāmanoviññāṇadhātuyā anantaraṃ manodhātuyā, kiriyāmanodhātuyā anantaraṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā anuppajjanato ca.</p>
    263. 

  263. <p class="bodytext">Dhammānaṃ yāvadeva nissattanijjīvavibhāvanatthāya satthu dhātudesanāti aññesu sabhāvadhāraṇādiatthesu labbhamānesupi ayamettha attho padhānoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘esanayo sabbatthā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sappaṭipakkhavasenā</span>ti sappaṭibhāgavasena sukhaṃ dukkhena sappaṭibhāgaṃ, dukkhaṃ sukhena, evaṃ somanassadomanassāti. Yathā sukhādīnaṃyeva samudācāro vibhūto, na upekkhāya, evaṃ rāgādīnaṃyeva samudācāro vibhūto, na mohassa, tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘avibhūtabhāvenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kāyaviññāṇadhātu pariggahitāva hoti</span> tadavinābhāvato. <span class="bld">Sesāsu</span> somanassadhātuādīsu, <span class="bld">pariggahitāva hoti</span> avinābhāvato eva. Na hi somanassādayo manodhātuyā vinā vattanti. <span class="bld">Upekkhādhātuto nīharitvā</span>ti ettha cakkhuviññāṇadhātuādayo catasso viññāṇadhātuyo tāsaṃ vatthārammaṇabhūtā cakkhudhātuādayo cāti aṭṭha rūpadhātuyo, manodhātu, upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu, upekkhāsahagatā eva dhammadhātūti evaṃ pannarasa dhātuyo upekkhādhātuto nīharitabbā. Somanassadhātuādayo pana catasso dhātuyo dhammadhātuantogadhā<a name="M2.0291"></a>, evaṃ sukhadhātuto kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā tassā vatthārammaṇabhūtānaṃ kāyadhātuphoṭṭhabbadhātūnañca nīharaṇā heṭṭhā dassitanayāti, <span class="bld">‘‘upekkhādhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā’’</span>icceva vuttaṃ.</p>
    264. 

  264. <p class="bodytext">Kāmavitakkādayo idha kāmadhātuādipariyāyena vuttāti <span class="bld">‘‘kāmadhātuādīnaṃ dvedhāvitakke kāmavitakkādīsu <a name="V2.0077"></a> vuttanayena attho veditabbo’’</span>ti āha. Tattha hi ‘‘kāmavitakkoti kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, byāpādavitakkoti byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, vihiṃsāvitakkoti vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nekkhammavitakko, so yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko abyāpādavitakko, so mettāpubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko avihiṃsāvitakko, so karuṇāya pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panattho abhidhamme vitthārato āgato evāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘abhidhamme’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Kāmadhātuto nīharitvā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">kāma</span>ggahaṇena gahitā rūpadhātuādayo cha, taṃvisayā sattaviññāṇadhātuyo, tattha pañcannaṃ viññāṇadhātūnaṃ cakkhudhātuādayo pañcāti aṭṭhārasa. Nekkhammadhātuādayo pana dhammadhātuantogadhā eva.</p>
    265. 

  265. <p class="bodytext">Kāmataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā kāmadhātūti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pañca kāmāvacarakkhandhā kāmadhātū’’</span>ti. Tathā rūpataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā rūpadhātu, arūpataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā arūpadhātūti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cattāro arūpāvacarakkhandhā’’</span>tiādi. Kāmataṇhā kāmo uttarapadalopena, evaṃ rūpārūpataṇhā rūpārūpaṃ. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena tā yattha avacaranti, te kāmāvacarādayoti evaṃ kāmāvacarakkhandhādīnaṃ kāmataṇhādibhāvo veditabbo. <span class="bld">Ādinā nayenā</span>ti etena ‘‘uparito paranimmitavasavattideve antokaritvā etthāvacarā’’tiādipāḷiṃ (vibha. 1020) saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Etthāvacarā</span>ti avīciparanimmitaparicchinnokāsāya kāmataṇhāya visayabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tadokāsatā ca taṇhāya tanninnattā veditabbā. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Paripuṇṇaaṭṭhārasadhātukattā kāmāvacaradhammānaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kāmadhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā’’</span>ti <a name="M2.0292"></a> vuttaṃ. Manoviññāṇadhātudhammadhātu ekadesamattameva hi rūpārūpāvacaradhammāti.</p>
    266. 

  266. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samāgantvā</span>ti sahitā hutvā. Yattakañhi paccayadhammā attano phalassa kāraṇaṃ, tattha tannibbattane samāgatā viya hoti vekalle tadanibbattanato. <span class="bld">Saṅkhatadhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā</span> asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā dhammadhātuekadesabhāvato.</p>
    267. 

  267. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para126"></a><a name="para126_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">126</span>. Evaṃ pavattamānā mayaṃ attāti gahaṇaṃ gamissāmāti iminā viya adhippāyena attānaṃ adhikicca uddissa pavattā ajjhattā, tesu bhavā tappariyāpannattāti <span class="bld">ajjhattikāni</span>. Tato bahibhūtāni <span class="bld">bāhirāni</span>. Āyatanakathā paṭiccasamuppādakathā ca <span class="bld">visuddhimagge</span> (visuddhi. 2.510, 570, 571) vuttanayeneva veditabbāti na vitthāritā.</p>
    268. 

  268. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para127"></a><a name="para127_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">127</span>. Avijjamānaṃ <a name="V2.0078"></a> ṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">aṭṭhānaṃ</span> (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.268; vibha. mūlaṭī. 809), natthi ṭhānanti vā <span class="bld">aṭṭhānaṃ. Anavakāso</span>ti ettha eseva nayo. Tadatthanigamanameva hi ‘‘netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti vacananti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ubhayenapī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ya</span>nti kāraṇe paccattavacanaṃ, hetuattho ca kāraṇatthoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘yanti yena kāraṇenā’’</span>ti. Ukkaṭṭhaniddesena ettha diṭṭhisampatti veditabbāti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘maggadiṭṭhiyā sampanno’’</span>ti. Kuto panāyamattho labbhatīti? Liṅgato. Liṅgañhetaṃ, yadidaṃ niccato upagamanapaṭikkhepo. <span class="bld">Catubhūmakesū</span>ti idaṃ catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārānaṃ ariyasāvakassa visayabhāvūpagamanato vuttaṃ; na pana te ārabbha niccato upagamanasabbhāvato. Vakkhati ca ‘‘catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārā panā’’tiādinā. Abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhāraabhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhārānaṃ sappadesattā nippadesasaṅkhāraggahaṇatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘saṅkhatasaṅkhāresū’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Lokuttarasaṅkhārānaṃ pana nivattane kāraṇaṃ sayameva vakkhati. <span class="bld">Etaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthi</span> setughātattā. <span class="bld">Tejussadattā</span>ti saṃkilesavidhamanatejassa adhikabhāvato. Tathā hi te gambhīrabhāvena duddasā. <span class="bld">Akusalānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ na hontī</span>ti idaṃ pakaraṇavasena vuttaṃ. Appahīnavipallāsānaṃ sattānaṃ kusaladhammānampi te ārammaṇaṃ na honti.</p>
    269. 

  269. <p class="bodytext">Asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallāso ca idha sukhato upagamanassa ṭhānanti adhippetanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘ekanta…pe… vutta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Attadiṭṭhivasenā</span>ti padhānadiṭṭhimāha<a name="M2.0293"></a>. Diṭṭhiyā nibbānassa avisayabhāvo heṭṭhā vutto evāti <span class="bld">‘‘kasiṇādipaṇṇattisaṅgahattha’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Paricchedo</span>ti saṅkhārānaṃ paricchedo saṅkhārānaṃ paricchijjagahaṇaṃ. Svāyaṃ yesaṃ niccādito upagamanaṃ bhavati tesaṃyeva vasena kātabboti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘sabbavāresū’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Sabbavāresū</span>ti niccādisabbavāresu. <span class="bld">Puthujjano hī</span>ti <span class="bld">hi</span>-saddo hetuattho. Yasmā yaṃ yaṃ saṅkhāraṃ niccādivasena puthujjanakāle upagacchati, taṃ taṃ ariyamaggādhigamena aniccādivasena gaṇhanto yāthāvato jānanto taṃ gāhaṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ viniveṭheti vissajjeti. Tasmā yattha gāho tattha vissajjanāti catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārā idha saṅkhāraggahaṇena na gayhatīti attho.</p>
    270. 

  270. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para128"></a><a name="para128_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">128</span>. Puttasambandhena mātāpitusamaññā, dattakittimādivasenapi puttavohāro loke dissati, so ca kho pariyāyato nippariyāyasiddhaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘janikā va mātā janako pitā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tathā ānantariyakammassa adhippetattā <span class="bld">‘‘manussabhūtova khīṇāsavo arahāti adhippeto’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhānameta’’ntiādinā mātuādīnaṃyeva jīvitā voropane ariyasāvakassa abhabbabhāvadassanato tadaññaṃ ariyasāvako jīvitā voropetīti idaṃ atthato āpannamevāti maññamāno vadati – <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ pana ariyasāvako aññaṃ jīvitā voropeyyā’’</span>ti<a name="V2.0079"></a>? ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti vacanato, <span class="bld">‘‘etampi aṭṭhāna’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sacepi hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Baladīpanattha</span>nti saddhādibalasamannāgamadīpanatthaṃ. Ariyamaggenāgatasaddhādibalavasena hi ariyasāvako tādisaṃ sāvajjaṃ na karoti.</p>
    271. 

  271. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pañcahi kāraṇehī</span>ti idaṃ atthanipphādakāni tesaṃ pubbabhāgiyāni ca kāraṇāni kāraṇabhāvasāmaññena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, na pana sabbesaṃ pañcannaṃ sahayogakkhamato. <span class="bld">Ākārehī</span>ti kāraṇehi. <span class="bld">Anussāvanenā</span>ti anurūpaṃ sāvanena. Bhedassa anurūpaṃ yathā bhedo hoti, evaṃ bhinditabbānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ attano vacanassa sāvanena viññāpanena. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nanu tumhe’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Kaṇṇamūle vacībhedaṃ katvā</span>ti etena <a name="M2.0294"></a> ‘‘pākaṭaṃ katvā bhedakaravatthudīpanaṃ <span class="bld">vohāro,</span> tattha attano nicchitamatthaṃ rahassavasena viññāpanaṃ <span class="bld">anussāvana’’</span>nti dasseti.</p>
    272. 

  272. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kammameva uddeso vā pamāṇa</span>nti tehi saṅghabhedasiddhito vuttaṃ, itare pana tesaṃ pubbabhāgabhūtā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vohārā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti vohāre. Cutianantaraṃ phalaṃ anantaraṃ nāma, tasmiṃ anantare niyuttāni tannibbattanena anantarakaraṇasīlāni, anantarappayojanāni cāti ānantariyāni, tāni eva <span class="bld">‘‘ānantariyakammānī’’</span>ti vuttāni.</p>
    273. 

  273. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kammato</span>ti ‘‘evaṃ ānantariyakammaṃ hoti, evaṃ anantariyakammasadisa’’nti evaṃ kammavibhāgato. <span class="bld">Dvārato</span>ti kāyādidvārato. <span class="bld">Kappaṭṭhitiyato</span>ti ‘‘idaṃ kappaṭṭhitikavipākaṃ, idaṃ na kappaṭṭhitikavipāka’’nti evaṃ kappaṭṭhitiyavibhāgato. <span class="bld">Pākā</span>ti ‘‘idamettha vipaccati, idaṃ na vipaccatī’’ti vipaccanavibhāgato. <span class="bld">Sādhāraṇādīhī</span>ti gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇato, <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena vedanādivibhāgato ca.</p>
    274. 

  274. <p class="bodytext">Yasmā manussattabhāve ṭhitasseva ca kusaladhammānaṃ tikkhavisadasūrabhāvāpatti, yathā taṃ tiṇṇampi bodhisattānaṃ bodhittayanibbattiyaṃ, evaṃ manussabhāve ṭhitasseva akusaladhammānampi tikkhavisadasūrabhāvāpattīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘manussabhūtassevā’’</span>ti. Pākatikamanussānampi ca kusaladhammānaṃ visesappatti <span class="bld">vimānavatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ</span> (vi. va. aṭṭha. 3) vuttanayena veditabbā. Yathā vutto ca attho samānajātiyassa vikopane kammaṃ garutaraṃ, na tathā vijātiyassāti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘manussabhūtaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā’’</span>ti. Liṅge parivatte ca so eva ekakammanibbatto bhavaṅgappabandho, jīvitindriyappabandho ca, na aññoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘api parivattaliṅga’’</span>nti. Arahantepi <a name="V2.0080"></a> eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Tassa vipāka</span>ntiādi kammassa ānantariyabhāvasamatthanaṃ, catukoṭikañcettha sambhavati. Tattha paṭhamā koṭi dassitā, itarāsu visaṅketaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yo panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadipi tattha visaṅketo, kammaṃ pana garutaraṃ ānantariyasadisaṃ bhāyitabbanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ānantariyaṃ āhacceva tiṭṭhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ pañho</span>ti ñāpanicchānibbattā kathā.</p>
    275. 

  275. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ānantariyaṃ phusati</span> maraṇādhippāyeneva ānantariyavatthuno vikopitattā. <span class="bld">Ānantariyaṃ na phusati</span> ānantariyavatthuabhāvato. Sabbattha <a name="M2.0295"></a> hi purimaṃ abhisandhicittaṃ appamāṇaṃ, vadhakacittaṃ pana tadārammaṇaṃ jīvitindriyañca ānantariyanānantariyabhāve pamāṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Saṅgāmacatukkaṃ sampattavasena yojetabbaṃ.</p>
    276. 

  276. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tenevā</span>ti teneva payogena. <span class="bld">Arahantaghāto hotiyeva</span> arahato māritattā. <span class="bld">Puthujjanasseva dinnaṃ hotī</span>ti yasmā yathā vadhakacittaṃ paccuppannārammaṇampi pabandhavicchedavasena ca jīvitindriyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattati, na evaṃ cāgacetanā, sā hi cajitabbavatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cajanamattameva hoti, aññasantakabhāvakaraṇañca tassa cajanaṃ, tasmā yassa taṃ santakaṃ kataṃ. Tasseva dinnaṃ hotīti.</p>
    277. 

  277. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Lohitaṃ samo saratī</span>ti abhighātena pakuppamānaṃ sañcitaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Mahantatara</span>nti garutaraṃ. <span class="bld">Sarīrapaṭijaggane viyā</span>ti satthurūpakāyapaṭijaggane viya.</p>
    278. 

  278. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asannipatite</span>ti idaṃ sāmaggiyadīpanaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhedo ca hotī</span>ti saṅghassa bhedo hoti. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭatīti saññāyā</span>ti īdisakaraṇaṃ saṅghassa bhedāya na hotīti saññāya. <span class="bld">Navato ūnaparisāyaṃ</span> karontassa tathāti yojetabbaṃ, <span class="bld">tathā</span>ti iminā ‘‘na ānantariyakammanti’’ imaṃ ākaḍḍhati, na pana ‘‘bhedo hotī’’ti idaṃ. Heṭṭhimantena hi navannameva vasena saṅghabhedo. <span class="bld">Dhammavādino anavajjā</span> yathādhammaṃ avaṭṭhānato. Saṅghabhedassa pubbabhāgo <span class="bld">saṅgharāji</span>.</p>
    279. 

  279. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāyadvārameva pūrenti</span> kāyakammabhāveneva lakkhitabbato.</p>
    280. 

  280. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">‘‘Saṇṭhahante hi…pe… muccatī’’</span>ti idaṃ kappaṭṭhakathāya na sameti. Tathā hi kappaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kathā. aṭṭha. 654-657) vuttaṃ – ‘‘āpāyikoti idaṃ suttaṃ yaṃ so ekaṃ kappaṃ <a name="V2.0081"></a> asītibhāge katvā tato ekabhāgamattaṃ kālaṃ tiṭṭheyya, taṃ āyukappaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti. <span class="bld">Kappavināseyevā</span>ti pana āyukappavināseyevāti atthe sati natthi virodho. Ettha ca <span class="bld">saṇṭhahante</span>ti idampi ‘‘svevavinassissatī’’ti viya abhūtaparikappavasena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekadivasameva niraye paccati</span> tato paraṃ kappābhāve āyukappassapi abhāvatoti avirodhato <a name="M2.0296"></a> atthayojanā daṭṭhabbā. <span class="bld">Sesānī</span>ti saṅghabhedato aññāni ānantariyakammāni.</p>
    281. 

  281. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ahosikammaṃ…pe… saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti,</span> evaṃ sati kathaṃ nesaṃ ānantariyatā cutianantaraṃ vipākadānābhāvato. Atha sati phaladāne cutianantaro eva etesaṃ phalakālo, na aññoti phalakālaniyamena niyatatā nicchitā, na phaladānaniyamena, evampi niyataphalakālānaṃ aññesampi upapajjavedanīyānaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyānañca niyatatā āpajjeyya. Tasmā vipākadhammadhammānaṃ paccayantaravikalatādīhi avipaccamānānampi attano sabhāvena vipākadhammatā viya balavatā ānantariyena vipāke dinne avipaccamānānampi ānantariyānaṃ phaladāne niyatasabhāvā ānantariyasabhāvā ca pavattīti attano sabhāvena phaladānaniyameneva niyatatā ānantariyatā ca veditabbā. Avassañca ānantariyasabhāvā tato eva niyatasabhāvā ca tesaṃ pavattīti sampaṭicchitabbametaṃ aññassa balavato ānantariyassa abhāve cutianantaraṃ ekantena phaladānato.</p>
    282. 

  282. <p class="bodytext">Nanu evaṃ aññesampi upapajjavedanīyānaṃ aññasmiṃ vipākadāyake asati cutianantaramekantena phaladānato niyatasabhāvā anantariyasabhāvā ca pavatti āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati. Asamānajātikena cetopaṇidhivasena upaghātakena ca nivattetabbavipākattā anantare ekantaphaladāyakattābhāvā. Na pana ānantariyakānaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ dutiyajjhānādīni viya asamānajātikaṃ phalanivattakaṃ atthi sabbānantariyānaṃ avīciphalattā. Na ca heṭṭhūpapattiṃ icchato sīlavato cetopaṇidhi viya uparūpapattijanakakammaphalaṃ ānantariyaphalaṃ nivattetuṃ samattho cetopaṇidhi atthi anicchantasseva avīcipātanato, na ca ānantariyopaghātakaṃ kiñci kammaṃ atthi, tasmā tesaṃyeva anantare ekantavipākajanakasabhāvā pavattīti. Anekāni ca ānantariyāni katāni ekanteneva vipāke niyatasabhāvattā uparatāvipaccanasabhāvāsaṅkattā nicchitāni sabhāvato niyatāneva. Tesu pana samānasabhāvesu ekena vipāke dinne itarāni attanā kātabbakiccassa teneva katattā na dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ karonti. Na samatthatāvighātattāti natthi tesaṃ ānantariyakatā nivatti; garutarabhāvo pana tesu labbhatevāti saṅghabhedassa <a name="V2.0082"></a> siyā <a name="M2.0297"></a> garutarabhāvoti, <span class="bld">‘‘yena…pe… vipaccatī’’</span>ti āha. Ekassa pana aññāni upatthambhakāni hontīti daṭṭhabbāni. <span class="bld">Paṭisandhivasena vipaccatī</span>ti vacanena itaresaṃ pavattivipākadāyitā anuññātā viya dissati. <span class="bld">No vā tathā sīlavatī</span>ti yathā pitā sīlavā, tathā sīlavatī no vā hotīti yojanā. Sace mātā sīlavatī, mātughāto paṭisandhivasena vipaccatīti yojanā.</p>
    283. 

  283. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pakatatto</span>ti anukkhitto. <span class="bld">Samānasaṃvāsako</span>ti apārājiko. <span class="bld">Samānasīmāya</span>nti ekasīmāyaṃ.</p>
    284. 

  284. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satthukiccaṃ kātuṃ asamattho</span>ti yaṃ satthārā kātabbakiccaṃ anusāsanādi, taṃ kātuṃ asamatthoti bhagavantaṃ paccakkhāya. <span class="bld">Aññaṃ titthakara</span>nti aññaṃ satthāraṃ.</p>
    285. 

  285. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para129"></a><a name="para129_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">129</span>. Abhijātiādisu (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.277) pakappanena devatūpasaṅkamanādinā jātacakkavāḷena samānayogakkhemaṃ dasasahassaparimāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">jātikhettaṃ,</span> saraseneva āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">āṇākhettaṃ,</span> visayabhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ <span class="bld">visayakhettaṃ. Dasasahassī lokadhātū</span>ti imāya lokadhātuyā saddhiṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā dasasahassī lokadhātu. Tattakānaṃyeva jātikhettabhāvo dhammatāvasena veditabbo. ‘‘Pariggahavasenā’’ti keci. ‘‘Sabbesampi buddhānaṃ tattakaṃ eva jātikhettaṃ tannivāsīnaṃyeva ca devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo’’ti ca vadanti. Mātukucchiokkamanakālādīnaṃ channaṃ eva gahaṇaṃ nidassanamattaṃ mahābhinīhārādikālepi tassa pakampanassa labbhamānato. <span class="bld">Āṇākhettaṃ nāma</span> yaṃ ekajjhaṃ saṃvaṭṭati ca vivaṭṭati ca. <span class="bld">Āṇā vattati</span> āṇāya tannivāsīnaṃ devatānaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchanena, tañca kho kevalaṃ buddhānaṃ ānubhāveneva, na adhippāyavasena, adhippāyavasena pana ‘‘yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyā’’ti (a. ni. 3.81) vacanato tato parampi āṇā pavatteyya.</p>
    286. 

  286. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na uppajjantīti pana atthī</span>ti, ‘‘na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjatī’’tiādiṃ (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; mi. pa. 4.5.11) imissaṃ lokadhātuyaṃ ṭhatvā vadantena bhagavatā, ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā <a name="M2.0298"></a> bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyanti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, noti vadeyya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.161), vatvā tassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ, ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti imaṃ suttaṃ (dī. ni. 3.161; mi. pa. 5.1.1) dassentena <a name="V2.0083"></a> dhammasenāpatinā ca buddhakhettabhūtaṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ ṭhapetvā aññattha anuppatti vuttā hotīti adhippāyo.</p>
    287. 

  287. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ekato</span>ti saha, ekasmiṃ kāleti attho. So pana kālo kathaṃ paricchinnoti carimabhave paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya yāva dhātuparinibbānāti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Nisinnakālato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti paṭilomakkamena vadati. <span class="bld">Parinibbānato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānato paṭṭhāya. <span class="bld">Etthantare</span>ti carimabhave bodhisattassa paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ dhātuparinibbānanti etesaṃ antare.</p>
    288. 

  288. <p class="bodytext">Aññassa buddhassa uppatti na nivāritā, tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tīṇi hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭipattiantaradhānena hi sāsanassa osakkitattā aparassa buddhassa uppatti laddhāvasarā hoti. <span class="bld">Paṭipadā</span>ti paṭivedhāvahā pubbabhāgapaṭipadā. <span class="bld">‘‘Pariyatti pamāṇa’’</span>nti vatvā tamatthaṃ bodhisattaṃ nidassanaṃ katvā dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ tayidaṃ hīnaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Niyyānikadhammassa ṭhitiñhi dassento aniyyānikadhammaṃ nidasseti.</p>
    289. 

  289. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mātikāya antarahitāyā</span>ti, ‘‘yo pana bhikkhū’’tiādinayappattā sikkhāpadapāḷi mātikā, tāya antarahitāya nidānuddesasaṅkhāte pātimokkhuddese pabbajjāyupasampadākammesu ca sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhatīti attho. Atha vā pātimokkhe dharanteyeva pabbajjā upasampadā ca, evaṃ sati tadubhayaṃ pātimokkhe antogadhaṃ tadubhayābhāve pātimokkhābhāvato, tasmā tayidaṃ tayaṃ sāsanassa ṭhitihetūti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pātimokkhapabbajjāupasampadāsu ṭhitāsu sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’</span>ti. Yasmā vā upasampadādhīnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ, upasampadā ca pabbajjādhīnā, tasmā pātimokkhe siddhe, siddhāsu pabbajjāupasampadāsu ca sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati. Pacchimapaṭivedhato hi paraṃ paṭivedhasāsanaṃ, pacchimasīlato ca paraṃ paṭipattisāsanaṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti. <span class="bld">Osakkitaṃ nāmā</span>ti pacchimakapaṭivedhasīlabhedadvayaṃ ekato katvā tato paraṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti attho.</p>
    290. 

  290. <p class="bodytext">Tena <a name="M2.0299"></a> kāmaṃ ‘‘sāsanaṭṭhitiyā pariyatti pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ, pariyatti pana paṭipattihetukāti paṭipattiyā asati appatiṭṭhā hoti, tasmā paṭipattiantaradhānaṃ sāsanosakkanassa visesakāraṇanti dassetvā tayidaṃ sāsanosakkanaṃ dhātuparinibbānosānanti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tīṇi parinibbānānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    291. 

  291. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāruñña</span>nti <a name="V2.0084"></a> paridevanakāruññaṃ. Jambudīpe dīpantaresu devanāgabrahmalokesu ca vippakiritvā ṭhitānaṃ dhātūnaṃ mahābodhipallaṅke ekajjhaṃ sannipatanaṃ, rasmivissajjanaṃ, tattha tejodhātuyā uṭṭhānaṃ, ekajālībhāvo cāti sabbametaṃ satthu adhiṭṭhānavaseneva veditabbaṃ.</p>
    292. 

  292. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anacchariyattā</span>ti dvīsupi uppajjamānesu acchariyattābhāvadosatoti attho. Buddhā nāma majjhe bhinnaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ viya ekasadisāti tesaṃ desanāpi ekarasā evāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘desanāya ca visesābhāvato’’</span>ti. Etenapi anacchariyattameva sādheti. <span class="bld">Vivādabhāvato</span>ti etena vivādābhāvatthaṃ dve ekato na uppajjantīti dasseti.</p>
    293. 

  293. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti milindapañhe. Ekaṃ buddhaṃ dhāretīti <span class="bld">ekabuddhadhāraṇī</span>. Etena evaṃ sabhāvā ete buddhaguṇā, yena dutiyabuddhaguṇe dhāretuṃ asamatthā ayaṃ lokadhātūti dasseti. Paccayavisesanipphannānañhi guṇadhammānaṃ bhāriyo viseso na sakkā dhāretunti, <span class="bld">‘‘na dhāreyyā’’</span>ti vatvā tameva adhāraṇaṃ pariyāyantarenapi pakāsento <span class="bld">‘‘caleyyā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">caleyyā</span>ti paripphandeyya. <span class="bld">Kampeyyā</span>ti pavedheyya. <span class="bld">Nameyyā</span>ti ekapassena nameyya. <span class="bld">Onameyyā</span>ti osīdeyya. <span class="bld">Vinameyyā</span>ti vividhaṃ itocito ca nameyya. <span class="bld">Vikireyyā</span>ti vātena thusamuṭṭhi viya vippakireyya. <span class="bld">Vidhameyyā</span>ti vinasseyya. <span class="bld">Viddhaṃseyyā</span>ti sabbaso viddhastā bhaveyya. Tathābhūtā ca katthaci na tiṭṭheyyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na ṭhānamupagaccheyyā’’</span>ti.</p>
    294. 

  294. <p class="bodytext">Idāni tattha nidassanaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā, mahārājā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">samupādikā</span>ti samaṃ uddhaṃ pajjati pavattatīti samupādikā, udakassa upari samaṃ gāminīti attho. <span class="bld">Vaṇṇenā</span>ti saṇṭhānena. <span class="bld">Pamāṇenā</span>ti ārohena<a name="M2.0300"></a>. <span class="bld">Kisathūlenā</span>ti kisathūlabhāvena, pariṇāhenāti attho.</p>
    295. 

  295. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Chādenta</span>nti rocentaṃ ruciṃ uppādentaṃ. <span class="bld">Tandīkato</span>ti tena bhojanena tandībhūto. <span class="bld">Anonamitadaṇḍajāto</span>ti yāvadatthaṃ bhojanena onamituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya anonamitadaṇḍo viya jāto. <span class="bld">Sakiṃ bhutto vameyyā</span>ti ekampi ālopaṃ ajjhoharitvā vameyyāti attho.</p>
    296. 

  296. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Atidhammabhārena pathavī calatī</span>ti dhammena nāma pathavī tiṭṭheyya. Sā kiṃ teneva calati vinassatīti adhippāyena pucchati. Puna thero ‘‘ratanaṃ nāma loke kuṭumbaṃ sandhārentaṃ abhimatañca lokena attano garusabhāvatāya sakaṭabhaṅgassa kāraṇaṃ atibhārabhūtaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Evaṃdhammo <a name="V2.0085"></a> ca hitasukhavisesehi taṃsamaṅginaṃ dhārento abhimato ca viññūnaṃ gambhīrappameyyabhāvena garusabhāvattā atibhārabhūto pathavīcalanassa kāraṇaṃ hotī’’ti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘idha, mahārāja, dve sakaṭā’’</span>tiādimāha. Eteneva tathāgatassa mātukucchiokkamanādikāle pathavīkampanakāraṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekasakaṭato ratana</span>nti ekasmā, ekassa vā sakaṭassa ratanaṃ, tasmā sakaṭato gahetvāti attho.</p>
    297. 

  297. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Osārita</span>nti uccāritaṃ, vuttanti attho. <span class="bld">Aggo</span>ti sabbasattehi aggo.</p>
    298. 

  298. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabhāvapakatī</span>ti sabhāvabhūtā akittimā pakati. <span class="bld">Kāraṇamahantatāyā</span>ti mahantehi buddhakārakadhammehi pāramitāsaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi buddhaguṇānaṃ nibbattitoti vuttaṃ hoti. Pathaviādīni mahantāni vatthūni, mahantā ca sakkabhāvādayo attano attano visaye ekekā eva, sammāsambuddhopi mahanto attano visaye ekova, ko ca tassa visayo? Buddhabhūmi, yāvatakaṃ vā ñeyyaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘ākāso viya anantavisayo bhagavā ekova hotī’’ti vadanto paracakkavāḷesu dutiyassa buddhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti.</p>
    299. 

  299. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Imināva</span> <a name="M2.0301"></a> <span class="bld">padenā</span>ti ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti iminā eva padena. <span class="bld">Dasacakkavāḷasahassāni gahitāni</span> jātikhettattā. <span class="bld">Ekacakkavāḷenevā</span>ti iminā ekacakkavāḷeneva. Yathā – <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe uppajjantī’’</span>ti vutte imasmimpi cakkavāḷe jambudīpeyeva, tatthapi majjhimapadese evāti paricchindituṃ vaṭṭati; evaṃ ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti jātikhette adhippetepi imināva cakkavāḷena paricchindituṃ vaṭṭati.</p>
    300. 

  300. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vivādūpacchedato</span>ti vivādūpacchedakāraṇā. Dvīsu uppannesu yo vivādo bhaveyya, tassa anuppādoyevettha vivādupacchedo. <span class="bld">Ekasmiṃ dīpe</span>tiādinā dīpantarepi ekajjhaṃ na uppajjanti, pageva ekadīpeti dasseti. <span class="bld">So parihāyethā</span>ti cakkavāḷassa padese eva vattitabbattā parihāyeyya.</p>
    301. 

  301. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para130"></a><a name="para130_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">130</span>. <span class="bld">Manussatta</span>nti manussabhāvo tasseva pabbajjādiguṇasampattiādīnaṃ yoggabhāvato. <span class="bld">Liṅgasampattī</span>ti purisabhāvo. <span class="bld">Hetū</span>ti manovacīpaṇidhānapubbikā hetusampadā. <span class="bld">Satthāradassana</span>nti satthusammukhībhāvo. <span class="bld">Pabbajjā</span>ti kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu, bhikkhūsu vā pabbajjā. <span class="bld">Guṇasampattī</span>ti abhiññādiguṇasampadā. <span class="bld">Adhikāro</span>ti buddhaṃ uddissa adhiko sakkāro. <span class="bld">Chandatā</span>ti <a name="V2.0086"></a> sammāsambodhiṃ uddissa sātisayo kattukamyatākusalacchando. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā</span>ti etesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ dhammānaṃ samāyogena. <span class="bld">Abhinīhāro</span>ti kāyapaṇidhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Samijjhatī</span>ti nipphajjatīti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana paramatthadīpaniyā <span class="bld">cariyāpiṭakavaṇṇanāya</span> (cariyā. aṭṭha. pakiṇṇakakathā) vuttanayeneva veditabbo.</p>
    302. 

  302. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbākāraparipūramevā</span>ti paripuṇṇalakkhaṇatāya sattussadādīhi sabbākārehi sampannameva. Na hi itthiyā kosohitavatthaguyhatā sambhavati, dutiyapakati ca nāma paṭhamapakatito nihīnā eva. Tenevāha anantaravāre <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    303. 

  303. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Idha purisassa tattha nibbattanato</span>ti imasmiṃ manussaloke purisabhūtassa tattha brahmaloke brahmattabhāvena nibbattanato. Tena asatipi purisaliṅge purisākārā brahmāno hontīti dasseti. Taṃyeva hi purisākāraṃ <a name="M2.0302"></a> sandhāya vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yaṃ puriso brahmattaṃ kareyyā’’</span>ti. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘samānepī’’</span>tiādi. Yadi evaṃ itthiyo brahmaloke na uppajjantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘brahmatta’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    304. 

  304. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para131"></a><a name="para131_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">131</span>. <span class="bld">Kāyaduccaritassā</span>tiādipāḷiyā kammaniyāmo nāma kathito. Samañjanaṃ samaṅgo, so etassa atthīti <span class="bld">samaṅgī,</span> samannāgato. Samañjanasīlo vā <span class="bld">samaṅgī</span>. Pubbabhāge <span class="bld">āyūhanasamaṅgitā,</span> sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena <span class="bld">cetanāsamaṅgitā</span>. Cetanāsantativasena vā <span class="bld">āyūhanasamaṅgitā,</span> taṃtaṃcetanākhaṇavasena <span class="bld">cetanāsamaṅgitā</span>. Katūpacitassa avipakkavipākassa kammassa vasena <span class="bld">kammasamaṅgitā,</span> kamme pana vipaccituṃ āraddhe vipākappavattivasena <span class="bld">vipākasamaṅgitā</span>. Kammādīnaṃ upaṭṭhānakālavasena <span class="bld">upaṭṭhānasamaṅgitā. Kusalākusalakammāyūhanakkhaṇe</span>ti kusalakammassa ca akusalakammassa ca samīhanakkhaṇe. <span class="bld">Tathā</span>ti iminā kusalākusalakammapadaṃ ākaḍḍhati. Yathā kataṃ kammaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ hoti, tathā kataṃ <span class="bld">upacitaṃ. Vipākāraha</span>nti dutiyabhavādīsu vipaccanārahaṃ. Uppajjamānānaṃ upapattinimittaṃ upaṭṭhātīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Calatī</span>ti parivattati. Ekena hi kammunā tajje nimitte upaṭṭhāpite paccayavisesavasena tato aññena kammunā aññassa nimittassa upaṭṭhānaṃ parivattanaṃ.</p>
    305. 

  305. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sunakhajīviko</span>ti sunakhehi jīvanasīlo. <span class="bld">Talasantharaṇapūja</span>nti bhūmitalassa pupphehi santaraṇapūjaṃ. <span class="bld">Āyūhanacetanākammasamaṅgitāvasenā</span>ti kāyaduccaritassa aparāparaṃ āyūhanena sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāya <a name="V2.0087"></a> tasseva pakappane kammakkhayakarañāṇena akhepitattā yathūpacitakammunā ca samaṅgibhāvassa vasena.</p>
    306. 

  306. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para132"></a><a name="para132_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">132</span>. <span class="bld">Evaṃ sassirika</span>nti vuttappakārena anekadhātuvibhajanādinā nānānayavicittatāya paramanipuṇagambhīratāya ca atthato byañjanato ca sasobhaṃ katvā.</p>
    307. 

  307. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Naṃ dhārehī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">na</span>nti nipātamattaṃ. Dhātuādivasena parivaṭṭīyanti atthā etehīti parivaṭṭā, desanābhedā. Cattāro parivaṭṭā etassa, etasmiṃ vāti <span class="bld">catuparivaṭṭo,</span> dhammapariyāyo. Dhammo ca so pariyattibhāvato yathāvuttenatthena ādāsoti <span class="bld">dhammādāso</span>. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena yathādhammānaṃ ādāsotipi <span class="bld">dhammādāso</span>. Yathā hi ādāsena <a name="M2.0303"></a> sattānaṃ mukhe maladosaharaṇaṃ, evaṃ imināpi suttena yogīnaṃ mukhe maladosaharaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā iminā suttena kilese madditvā samathādhigamena yogino jayappattā; tasmā amatapurappavesane ugghosanamahābheritāya ca <span class="bld">amatadundubhi. Idha vutta</span>nti imasmiṃ sutte vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Anuttaro saṅgāmavijayo</span>ti anuttarabhāvato kilesasaṅgāmavijayo, ‘‘vijeti etenā’’ti katvā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    308. 

  308. <p class="centered">Bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    309. 

  309. <p class="subhead">6. Isigilisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    310. 

  310. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para133"></a><a name="para133_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">133</span>. Samaññāyati <a name="V2.0088"></a> etāyāti <span class="bld">samaññā,</span> nāmanti attho. Ayamayaṃ nāmāti paññāpenti etāya, tathāpaññāpanamattanti vā <span class="bld">paññatti,</span> nāmameva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘purimapadasseva vevacana’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sesesupī</span>ti ‘‘paṇḍavassa pabbatassā’’tiādīsu tīsu vāresupi.</p>
    311. 

  311. <p class="bodytext">Samuṭṭhānaṃ tāva suttassa kathetvā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ kātuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘tadā kirā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Na pabbatehi attho</span>ti na bhagavato pabbatehi kathitehi attho atthi. <span class="bld">Isigilibhāvo</span>ti isigilināmatā. <span class="bld">Itī</span>ti iminā kāraṇena, imaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ avekkhantoti attho.</p>
    312. 

  312. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cetiyagabbhe</span>ti cetiyaghare cetiyassa abbhantare. <span class="bld">Yamakamahādvāra</span>nti yamakakavāṭayuttaṃ mahantaṃ dvāraṃ. <span class="bld">Dvedhā katvā</span>ti pabbatassa abbhantare maṇḍapasaṅkhepena leṇaṃ nimminitvā dvedhā katvā tadā te tattha vasiṃsu.</p>
    313. 

  313. <p class="bodytext">Vasitakālañca kathento tesaṃ mātuyā yāva tatiyabhavato paṭṭhāya samudāgamaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘atīte kirā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Patthesī</span>ti tassā kira khettakuṭiyā vīhayo bhajjantiyā tattha mahākarañjapupphappamāṇā mahantā manoharā pañcasatamattā lājā jāyiṃsu. Sā tā gahetvā mahante paduminipatte ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye eko paccekabuddho tassā anuggahatthaṃ avidūre khettapāḷiyā gacchati. Sā taṃ disvā <a name="M2.0304"></a> pasannamānasā supupphitaṃ mahantaṃ ekaṃ padumaṃ gahetvā tattha lāje pakkhipitvā paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā, ‘‘imassa, bhante, puññassa ānubhāvena ānubhāvasampanne pañcasataputte labheyya’’nti pañca puttasatāni patthesi. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃyeva khaṇe</span>ti yadā sā yathāvuttaṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapesi; tasmiṃyeva khaṇe pañcasatā migaluddakā sambhatasambhārā paripakkapaccekabodhiñāṇā tasseva paccekabuddhassa madhuramaṃsaṃ datvā, ‘‘etissā puttā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthayiṃsu. Atītāsu anekajātīsu tassā puttabhāvena āgatattā tathā tesaṃ ahosīti vadanti. <span class="bld">Pāduddhāre</span>ti pāduddhāre pāduddhāre. Pāduddhārasīsena cettha nikkhipanaṃ āha.</p>
    314. 

  314. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gabbhamalaṃ nissāyā</span>ti bahi nikkhantaṃ gabbhamalaṃ nissayaṃ katvā saṃsedajabhāvena nibbattā<a name="V2.0089"></a>. Opapātikabhāvenāti keci. <span class="bld">Khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapetvā</span>ti vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā. <span class="bld">Vipassanā</span>ti aniccānupassanāpubbikā sappaccayanāmarūpadassanapubbikā ca, saṅkhāre sammasantassa aniccalakkhaṇe diṭṭhe, ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti sesalakkhaṇāni suviññeyyāneva honti. <span class="bld">Paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ nibbattayiṃsū</span>ti dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappānaṃ satasahassañca paccekabodhipāramitāya parinipphannattā ñāṇassa paripākattā vuttanayena sayameva vipassanaṃ pavattetvā matthakaṃ pāpetvā paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigacchiṃsu. Sabbepi te taṃyeva gāthaṃ abhāsiṃsūti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ tesaṃ byākaraṇagāthā ahosī’’</span>ti.</p>
    315. 

  315. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saroruha</span>nti sarasi jātaṃ. <span class="bld">Padumapalāsapattaja</span>nti khuddakamahantehi kamaladalehi sahajātaṃ. Khuddakamahantakamaladalasaṅkhātāni vā padumapalāsapattāni ettha santīti padumapalāsapattaṃ, padumagacchaṃ. Tattha jātanti <span class="bld">padumapalāsapattajaṃ. Supupphita</span>nti suṭṭhu pupphitaṃ sammā vikasitaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhamaragaṇānuciṇṇa</span>nti bhamaragaṇehi anukulañceva anuparibbhamitañca. <span class="bld">Aniccatāyupagata</span>nti khaṇe khaṇe vaṇṇabhedādivasena aniccatāya upagataṃ. <span class="bld">Viditvā</span>ti vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya jānitvā. <span class="bld">Eko care</span>ti tasmā aññopi mādiso hotukāmo evaṃ paṭipajjitvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.</p>
    316. 

  316. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para135"></a><a name="para135_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">135</span>. Satisārasīlasārādisamannāgamanena <a name="M2.0305"></a> sattesu <span class="bld">sārabhūtā</span>. Sabbaso vaṭṭadukkhassa vigatattā <span class="bld">niddukkhā</span>. Samucchinnataṇhatāya <span class="bld">nittaṇhā. Mānacchidoti</span> thutivacanaṃ.</p>
    317. 

  317. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etesaṃ ekanāmakāyevā</span>ti etesaṃ āgatānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ anāgatā aññe paccekabuddhā samānanāmakā eva. Vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘imesu hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Visuṃ visuṃ avatvā</span>ti paccekaṃ sarūpato avatvā. <span class="bld">Aññe cā</span>ti asādhāraṇattā āha. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    318. 

  318. <p class="centered">Isigilisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    319. 

  319. <p class="subhead">7. Mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    320. 

  320. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para136"></a><a name="para136_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">136</span>. Dosehi <a name="V2.0090"></a> ārakāti <span class="bld">ariyaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘niddosa’’</span>nti. Sā pana niddosatā lokuttarabhāvena savisesāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘lokuttara’’</span>nti. Sammā sundaro pasattho niyyāniko samādhi <span class="bld">sammāsamādhī</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sammāsamādhinti maggasamādhi’’</span>nti. Upanisīdati ettha phalaṃ tappaṭibaddhavuttitāyāti <span class="bld">upanisaṃ,</span> kāraṇanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘saupanisanti sappaccaya’’</span>nti. Parikaroti parivāretīti <span class="bld">parikkhāro</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘saparikkhāranti saparivāra’’</span>nti.</p>
    321. 

  321. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Parivāritā</span>ti sahajātādipaccayabhāvena parivārantehi viya upagatā. <span class="bld">Purecārikā</span>ti vuṭṭhānagāminibhāvanā sahajātādipaccayavasena paccayattā purassarā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanāsammādiṭṭhi cā’’</span>ti. Idāni tāni kiccato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanāsammādiṭṭhī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">parivīmaṃsa</span>ggahaṇaṃ tattha tattha cittuppāde vīmaṃsādhipateyyena pavattiyā sammādiṭṭhiyā pubbaṅgamabhāvadassanatthaṃ. Tenassa maggasamādhissa nānākhaṇikaṃ pubbaṅgamabhāvaṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Vīmaṃsanapariyosāne</span>ti tathāpavattaanulomañāṇassa osāne. <span class="bld">Bhūmiladdhaṃ vaṭṭaṃ samugghāṭayamānā</span>ti attano santāne dīgharattaṃ anusayitaṃ kilesavaṭṭaṃ samucchindanti. <span class="bld">Vūpasamayamānā</span>ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Vūpasamayamānā</span>ti vā tato eva avasiṭṭhampi vaṭṭaṃ appavattikaraṇavasena vūpasamenti. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘maggasammādiṭṭhi…pe… uppajjatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sā</span>ti sammādiṭṭhi. <span class="bld">Duvidhāpī</span>ti <a name="M2.0306"></a> yathāvuttā duvidhāpi. <span class="bld">Idha adhippetā</span> vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya kiccassa dassitattā.</p>
    322. 

  322. <p class="bodytext">Lakkhaṇe paṭivijjhamāne lakkhaṇiko dhammo paṭividdho hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘micchādiṭṭhiṃ…pe… ārammaṇato pajānātī’’</span>ti. Vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiyampi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Kiccato</span>ti bhāvanākiccato. Sammādiṭṭhiyaṃ tadadhigataasammohatāya <span class="bld">asammohato pajānāti. Kiccato</span>ti paṭivedhakiccato. Taṃ pana sabbathā asammuyhanamevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘asammohato’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Evaṃ pajānanā</span>ti micchādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhīti yāthāvato avabodho. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti taṃsamaṅgino puggalassa.</p>
    323. 

  323. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dvāya</span>nti -kāro dīghaṃ katvā vutto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dvayaṃ vadāmī’’</span>ti. Dve avayavā etassāti dvayaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘duvidhakoṭṭhāsaṃ vadāmī’’</span>ti. Puññassa eko bhāgo so eva puññabhāgiko<a name="V2.0091"></a>, ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā itthiliṅgavasena <span class="bld">‘‘puññabhāgiyā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Upadhisaṅkhātassā</span>ti khandhapabandhasaṅkhātassa.</p>
    324. 

  324. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Amatadvāra</span>nti ariyamaggaṃ. <span class="bld">Paññapetī</span>ti niyyānādipakārato paññapeti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vibhajitvā dassetī’’</span>ti. Tattha sammohassa viddhaṃsanena asammohato dasseti. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ atthe</span>ti amatadvārapaññāpane atthe. <span class="bld">Bojjhaṅgappattā</span>ti bojjhaṅgabhāvappattā. Maggabhāvena niyyānabhāvena pavattiyā maggapaññāya aṭṭhannampi sādhāraṇattā samudāyassa ca avayavo aṅganti katvā sesadhamme aṅgikabhāvena dassento <span class="bld">‘‘ariyamaggassa aṅga’’</span>nti āha. <span class="bld">So bhikkhū</span>ti micchādiṭṭhiṃ ‘‘micchādiṭṭhī’’ti sammādiṭṭhiṃ ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti jānanto bhikkhu. <span class="bld">Pajahanatthāyā</span>ti samucchedavasena pajahanāya. <span class="bld">Paṭilābhatthāyā</span>ti maggasammādiṭṭhiyā adhigamāya. <span class="bld">Kusalavāyāmo</span>ti vipassanāsampayuttova kosallasambhūto vāyāmo. Saratīti <span class="bld">sato,</span> taṃ panassa saraṇaṃ satisamaṅgitāyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘satiyā samannāgato’’</span>ti. Kāmañcettha vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiṃ yathābhūtā sammāvāyāmasatiyo sahajātā ca purejātā ca hutvā parivārenti, ‘‘itiyime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattantī’’ti pana vacanato, ‘‘ettha hī’’tiādinā maggasammādiṭṭhiyā eva sesadhammānaṃ yathārahaṃ sahacaraṇabhāvena parivāraṇaṃ yojitaṃ. <span class="bld">Sammāsaṅkappādīna</span>nti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena sammāvācākammantājīvānaṃ gahaṇaṃ itaresaṃ parivārabhāvena gahitattā<a name="M2.0307"></a>. Na hi sakkā te eva parivāre parivāravante ca katvā vattuṃ saṅkarato sammohajananato ca. <span class="bld">Tayo</span>ti sammādiṭṭhivāyāmasatiyo <span class="bld">sahajātaparivārāva honti</span> maggakkhaṇikānaṃ tesaṃ adhippetattā vipassanākhaṇaviratīnaṃ asambhavato.</p>
    325. 

  325. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para137"></a><a name="para137_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">137</span>. <span class="bld">Takkanavasena</span> lokasiddhenāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Evañcevañca bhavitabba’’nti vividhaṃ takkanaṃ kūpe viya udakassa ārammaṇassa ākaḍḍhanaṃ vitakkanaṃ <span class="bld">vitakko. Saṅkappanavasenā</span>ti taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kappanavasena. Takkanaṃ kappananti ca ataṃsahajātānamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekaggo</span>ti iminā samādhinā laddhupakārasseva vitakkassa appanāpariyāyo hotīti dasseti. Visesena vā appanā vitakkassa vasena cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ abhiropeti, vitakke asati kathanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vitakke panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Attanoyeva dhammatāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ abhiruhatī</span>ti, etena ārammaṇadhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ nāma sabhāvasiddhaṃ, na dhammantaramapekkhati, vitakko pana pavattamāno ārammaṇābhiniropanavaseneva pavattatīti dasseti. Evaṃ santepi sabhāvāvitakkacittuppādato savitakkacittuppādassa ārammaṇaggahaṇaviseso vitakkena jātoti katvā vitakko cittassa ārammaṇaggahaṇe visesapaccayoti pākaṭoyamattho. Apare pana bhaṇanti <a name="V2.0092"></a> – yathā koci rājavallabhaṃ, taṃsambandhīnaṃ mittaṃ vā nissāya rājagehaṃ ārohati anupavisati, evaṃ vitakkaṃ nissāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati vitakkassa ārammaṇābhiniropanasabhāvattā, aññesaṃ dhammānañca avitakkasabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘cetaso abhiniropanā’’ti (dha. sa. 7).</p>
    326. 

  326. <p class="bodytext">Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ avitakkacittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohatīti? Vitakkabaleneva. Yathā hi so puriso paricayena tena vināpi nirāsaṅko rājagehaṃ pavisati, evaṃ paricayena vitakkena vināpi avitakkaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. <span class="bld">Paricayenā</span>ti ca santāne pavattavitakkabhāvanāsaṅkhātena paricayena. Vitakkassa hi santāne abhiṇhaṃ pavattassa vasena cittassa ārammaṇābhiruhanaṃ ciraparicitaṃ; tena taṃ kadāci vitakkena vināpi tattha pavattateva; yathā ñāṇasahagataṃ cittaṃ sammasanavasena ciraparicitaṃ kadāci <a name="M2.0308"></a> ñāṇarahitampi sammasanavasena pavattati; yathā vā kilesasahitaṃ hutvā pavattaṃ sabbaso kilesarahitampi paricayena kilesavāsanāvasena pavattati, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    327. 

  327. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vācaṃ saṅkharotī</span>ti vācaṃ uppādeti, vacīghosuppattiyā visesapaccayo hotīti attho. <span class="bld">Lokiyavitakko</span> dvattiṃsacittasahagato <span class="bld">vācaṃ saṅkharoti</span> vacīviññattijananato. <span class="bld">Vacīsaṅkhārotveva panassa nāmaṃ hoti</span> ruḷhito, taṃsamatthatānirodhato vā sambhavato pana saṅkhāroti. <span class="bld">‘‘Lokuttarasammāsaṅkappaṃ parivārentī’’</span>ti vatvā tividhe sammāsaṅkappe kadāci katamaṃ parivārentīti? Codanaṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘etthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Nānācittesu labbhanti</span> nānāsamannāhārahetukattā, pubbabhāgeyeva ca te uppajjantīti. <span class="bld">Tīṇi nāmāni labhati</span> tividhassapi paṭipakkhassa samucchindanena sātisayaṃ tiṇṇampi kiccakaraṇato. Esa nayo sammāvācādīsupi.</p>
    328. 

  328. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para138"></a><a name="para138_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">138</span>. Viramati etāyāti <span class="bld">veramaṇī</span> virati vuccati. Sā musāvādato viramaṇassa kāraṇabhāvato cetanāpi verassa maṇanato vināsanato viratipīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘viratipi cetanāpi vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ārakā ramatī</span>ti samucchinnehi dūrato samussāreti. <span class="bld">Vinā tehi ramatī</span>ti accantameva tehi vinā bhavati. <span class="bld">Tato tato</span>ti diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādādito musāvādā. Visesato anuppattidhammattā <span class="bld">paṭinivattā hutvā</span>.</p>
    329. 

  329. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para140"></a><a name="para140_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">140</span>. <span class="bld">Tividhena kuhanavatthunā</span>ti paccayapaṭisevana-sāmantajappana-iriyāpathapavattanasaṅkhātena pāpicchatā nibbattena tividhena kuhanavatthunā. <span class="bld">Etāya</span> kuhanāya karaṇabhūtāya paccayuppādanatthaṃ <span class="bld">nimittaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0093"></a> sīlaṃ etesanti yojanā. Attavisayalābhahetu akkosanakhuṃsanavambhanādivasena pisanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ viheṭhanaṃ <span class="bld">nippeso</span>. Ito laddhaṃ aññassa, tato laddhaṃ parassa datvā evaṃ lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīṃsatīti <span class="bld">lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīṃsanā. Pāḷiyaṃ āgato</span> kuhanādivasena <span class="bld">micchāājīvo</span>. Ko pana soti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ājīvahetū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tāsaṃyevā</span>ti avadhāraṇaṃ, ‘‘ājīvo kuppamāno kāyavacīdvāresu eva kuppatī’’ti katvā vuttaṃ.</p>
    330. 

  330. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para141"></a><a name="para141_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">141</span>. Sammā <a name="M2.0309"></a> pasatthā sobhanā niyyānikā diṭṭhi etassāti <span class="bld">sammādiṭṭhi,</span> puggalo. Tassa pana yasmā sammādiṭṭhi saccābhisamayassa nibbānasacchikiriyāya avassayo, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘maggasammādiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhitassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paho</span>ti bhavati tāya saheva uppajjati pavattati. Paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ yāthāvato jānanaṭṭhena sammāñāṇanti idhādhippetaṃ, tañca kho maggasamādhimhi ṭhite eva hotīti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ āha – <span class="bld">‘‘maggasammāsamādhimhi…pe… sammāñāṇaṃ pahotī’’</span>tiādi. Iminā kiṃ dassetīti? Yathā maggasammādiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhito puggalo, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vutto, evaṃ maggaphalapaccavekkhaṇañāṇe ṭhito, ‘‘sammāñāṇo’’ti vutto, tassa ca maggaphalasammāsamādhipavattiyā pahoti sammāñāṇassa sammāvimuttiyā pahotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Phalasamādhi tāva pavattatu, maggasamādhi pana kathanti? Tampi akuppabhāvatāya accantasamādhibhāvato kiccanipphattiyā pavattatevāti vattabbataṃ labhati. <span class="bld">Ṭhapetvā aṭṭhaphalaṅgānī</span>ti phalabhūtāni sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā visuṃ gahitattā ṭhapetvā. <span class="bld">Sammāñāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ katvā</span>ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ sammāñāṇaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Phalaṃ kātu</span>nti phaladhammasahacaritatāya vipākasabhāvatāya ca ‘‘phala’’nti laddhanāme phalasampayuttadhamme sammāvimuttiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. Tathā ca vuttaṃ <span class="bld">sallekhasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.83) ‘‘phalasampayuttāni pana sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni ṭhapetvā sesadhammā sammāvimuttīti veditabbā’’ti.</p>
    331. 

  331. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para142"></a><a name="para142_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">142</span>. <span class="bld">Nijjiṇṇā</span>ti nijjīritā, viddhastā vināsitāti attho. <span class="bld">Phalaṃ kathita</span>nti ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā hotī’’ti iminā vārena sāmaññaphalaṃ kathitanti vadanti, nijjīraṇaṃ paṭippassambhananti adhippāyo. Nijjīraṇaṃ pana samucchindananti katvā, <span class="bld">majjhimabhāṇakā…pe… maggo kathitoti vadanti. Dassanaṭṭhenā</span>ti pariññābhisamayādivasena catunnaṃ saccānaṃ paccakkhato dassanaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">Viditakaraṇaṭṭhenā</span>ti paccakkhena yathādiṭṭhānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ pākaṭakaraṇaṭṭhena. <span class="bld">Tadadhimuttaṭṭhenā</span>ti tasmiṃ yathāsacchikate nibbāne adhimuccanabhāvena.</p>
    332. 

  332. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kusalapakkhā</span>ti <a name="V2.0094"></a> anavajjakoṭṭhāsā. <span class="bld">Mahāvipākadānenā</span>ti mahato vipulassa lokuttarassa sukhavipākassa ceva kāyikādidukkhavipākassa ca dānena.</p>
    333. 

  333. <p class="bodytext">Yathā <a name="M2.0310"></a> mahāvipākassa dānena mahācattārīsakaṃ, tathā bahutāyapi mahācattārīsakoti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiñca pana sutte pañca sammādiṭṭhiyo kathitā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Bahuatthopi hi <span class="bld">mahā</span>-saddo hoti ‘‘mahājano’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.65). Ettha ca ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā vatthubhedena dasa micchādiṭṭhidhammā kathitā, vatthubhedeneva, ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinā dasa sammādiṭṭhidhammāti vīsati hoti. Yathā ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā maggavasena dasa sammattadhammā, tappaṭipakkhabhūtā ‘‘micchādiṭṭhissa micchāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā atthato dasa micchattadhammāti vīsati, tathā phalavasena tesu evaṃ vīsati. Kathaṃ vārepi sammādiṭṭhiādayo dasāti vīsati? Evamete dve cattārīsakāni purimena saddhiṃ tayo cattārīsakā vibhāvitāti veditabbā.</p>
    334. 

  334. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para143"></a><a name="para143_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">143</span>. Pasaṃsiyassa ujuvipaccanīkaṃ nindiyaṃ pasaṃsantopi atthato pasaṃsiyaṃ nindanto nāma hoti. Pasaṃsiyassa guṇaparidhaṃsanamukheneva hi nindiyassa pasaṃsāya pavattanatoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘micchādiṭṭhināmāyaṃ sobhanāti vadantopi sammādiṭṭhiṃ garahati nāmā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Evamādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>saddena ‘‘natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.227) evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti; tasmā <span class="bld">evaṃvādino</span>ti evaṃ hetu paṭikkhepavādinoti attho. <span class="bld">Okkantaniyāmā</span>ti ogāḷhamicchattaniyāmā. <span class="bld">Evarūpaṃ laddhiṃ gahetvā</span>tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> vuttanayameva tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ediso hi ‘‘buddhānampi atekiccho’’tiādi vuttasadiso.</p>
    335. 

  335. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Attano nindābhayenā</span>ti ‘‘sammādiṭṭhiñca nāmete garahantī’’ādinā upari parehi vattabbanindābhayena. <span class="bld">Ghaṭṭanabhayenā</span>ti tathā paresaṃ āsādanābhayena. Sahadhammena parena attano upari kātabbaniggaho upārambho, garahato parittāso upārambhabhayaṃ, taṃ pana atthato upavādabhayaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘upavādabhayenā’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    336. 

  336. <p class="centered">Mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    337. 

  337. <p class="subhead">8. Ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    338. 

  338. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para144"></a><a name="para144_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">144</span>. <span class="bld">Pubbenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0095"></a><a name="M2.0311"></a> nissakke karaṇavacanaṃ. ‘‘Aparaṃ visesa’’nti vuttattā visesavisayo ca pubbasaddoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sīlaparipūraṇādito pubbavisesato’’</span>ti.</p>
    339. 

  339. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para145"></a><a name="para145_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">145</span>. <span class="bld">Āraddho</span> yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattiyā ārādhito. Yadatthāya sāsane pabbajjā, visesāpatti ca, tadevettha appattanti adhippetaṃ, taṃ jhānavipassanānimittanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘appattassa arahattassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Komudī</span>ti kumudavatī. Tadā kira kumudāni supupphitāni honti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kumudānaṃ atthitāya komudī’’</span>ti. Kumudānaṃ samūho, kumudāni eva vā komudā, te ettha atthīti <span class="bld">komudī</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pavāraṇasaṅgaha</span>nti mahāpavāraṇaṃ akatvā āgamanīyasaṅgahaṇaṃ.</p>
    340. 

  340. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āraddhavipassakassā</span>ti ārabhitavipassanassa, vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ussukkāpetvā vipassissa. <span class="bld">Bhikkhū idha osarissanti</span> vutthavassā pavāritapavāraṇā ‘‘bhagavantaṃ vandissāma, kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhessāma, yathāladdhaṃ visesañca pavedissāmā’’ti ajjhāsayena. <span class="bld">Ime bhikkhū</span>ti ime taruṇasamathavipassanā bhikkhū. <span class="bld">Visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ na sakkhissanti</span> senāsanasappāyādialābhena. <span class="bld">Apalibuddha</span>nti aññehi anupaddutaṃ. <span class="bld">Senāsanaṃ gahetuṃ na labhanti</span> antovassabhāvato. <span class="bld">Ekassa dinnopi sabbesaṃ dinnoyeva hoti,</span> tasmā sutasutaṭṭhāneyeva ekamāsaṃ vasitvā osariṃsu.</p>
    341. 

  341. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para146"></a><a name="para146_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">146</span>. <span class="bld">Alanti yuttaṃ,</span> opāyikanti attho, ‘‘alameva nibbinditu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124, 128, 134, 143) viya. Puṭabaddhaṃ pariharitvā asitaṃ <span class="bld">puṭosaṃ</span> a-kārassa o-kāraṃ katvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pātheyya’’</span>nti.</p>
    342. 

  342. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para147"></a><a name="para147_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">147</span>. <span class="bld">Vipassanā kathitā</span>ti aniccasaññāmukheneva vipassanābhāvanā kathitā. Na hi kevalāya aniccānupassanāya vipassanākiccaṃ samijjhati. <span class="bld">Bahū bhikkhū</span> te ca vitthārarucikāti adhippāyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tasmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    343. 

  343. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para149"></a><a name="para149_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">149</span>. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti <a name="M2.0312"></a> sabbavāresu. ‘‘Tasmā tiha, bhikkhave, vedanānupassī’’tiādīsupi pītipaṭisaṃveditādivaseneva <a name="V2.0096"></a> vedanānupassanāya vuttattā, <span class="bld">‘‘sukhavedanaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vutta’’</span>nti āha. Satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāmanasikāratāya vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘sādhukaṃ manasikāra’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Saññānāmena paññā vuttā</span> tesaṃ payogattā. <span class="bld">Manasikāranāmena vedanā vuttā,</span> bhāvanāya paricitattā ārammaṇassa manasikāranti katvā. <span class="bld">Vitakkavicāre ṭhapetvā</span>ti vuttaṃ vacīsaṅkhārattā tesaṃ.</p>
    344. 

  344. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Evaṃ santepī</span>ti yadipi manasikārapariyāpannatāya ‘‘manasikāro’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ sante vedanānupassanābhāvo na yujjati, assāsapassāsā hissa ārammaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Vatthu</span>nti sukhādīnaṃ vedanānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ vatthuṃ <span class="bld">ārammaṇaṃ katvā vedanāva vediyati,</span> vedanāya ekantabhāvadassanena tassa vedanānupassanābhāvo yujjati evāti imamatthaṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Etassa</span> anuyogassa.</p>
    345. 

  345. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dvīhākārehī</span>ti ye sandhāya vuttaṃ, te dassento <span class="bld">‘‘ārammaṇato asammohato cā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Sappītike dve jhāne</span>ti pītisahagatāni paṭhamadutiyajjhānāni paṭipāṭiyā <span class="bld">samāpajjati. Samāpattikkhaṇe</span>ti samāpajjanakkhaṇe. <span class="bld">Jhānapaṭilābhenā</span>ti jhānena samaṅgībhāvena. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇato</span> ārammaṇamukhena tadārammaṇajhānapariyāpannā <span class="bld">pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti</span> ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā. Yathā nāma sappapariyesanaṃ carantena tassa āsaye paṭisaṃvidite sopi paṭisaṃviditova hoti mantāgadabalena tassa gahaṇassa sukarattā; evaṃ pītiyā āsayabhūte ārammaṇe paṭisaṃvidite sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā eva hoti salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca tassā gahaṇassa sukarattā. <span class="bld">Vipassanākkhaṇe</span>ti vipassanāpaññāpubbaṅgamāya maggapaññāya visesato dassanakkhaṇe. <span class="bld">Lakkhaṇapaṭivedhā</span>ti pītiyā salakkhaṇassa sāmaññalakkhaṇassa ca paṭivijjhanena. Yañhi pītiyā visesato sāmaññato ca lakkhaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ vidite sā yāthāvato viditā hoti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    346. 

  346. <p class="bodytext">Idāni tamatthaṃ pāḷiyā vibhāvetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘vuttampi ceta’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">dīghaṃ assāsavasenā</span>ti dīghassa assāsassa ārammaṇabhūtassa vasena. <span class="bld">Cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato</span>ti jhānapariyāpannaṃ avikkhepoti laddhanāmaṃ <a name="M2.0313"></a> cittassekaggataṃ taṃsampayuttāya paññāya pajānato. Yatheva hi ārammaṇamukhena pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, evaṃ taṃsampayuttadhammāpi ārammaṇamukhena paṭisaṃviditā eva honti. <span class="bld">Sati upaṭṭhitā hotī</span>ti dīghaṃ assāsavasena jhānasampayuttā sati tasmiṃ ārammaṇe upaṭṭhite ārammaṇamukhena jhānepi upaṭṭhitā eva nāma hoti. <span class="bld">Tāya satiyā</span>ti evaṃ upaṭṭhitāya tāya satiyā yathāvuttena <span class="bld">tena ñāṇena</span> suppaṭividitattā <a name="V2.0097"></a> ārammaṇassa tassa vasena tadārammaṇā <span class="bld">sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Avasesapadānipī</span>ti ‘‘dīghaṃ passāsavasenā’’tiādipadānipi.</p>
    347. 

  347. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ <span class="bld">paṭisambhidāmagge</span> vuttamatthaṃ imasmiṃ sutte yojetvā dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘itī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Imināpi yoginā manasikārena paṭilabhitabbato paṭilābhoti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘jhānasampayutte vedanāsaṅkhātamanasikārapaṭilābhenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    348. 

  348. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Assāsapassāsanimitta</span>nti assāsapassāse nissāya paṭiladdhapaṭibhāganimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kiñcāpi karoti; satiñca sampajaññañca upaṭṭhapetvā pavattanato ārammaṇamukhena tadārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā citte cittānupassīyeva nāmesa hoti. Evaṃ cittānupassanāpi satisampajaññabaleneva hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na hī’’</span>tiādi. Pajahati etena, sayaṃ vā pajahatīti <span class="bld">pahānaṃ,</span> ñāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Domanassavasena byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ</span> tadekaṭṭhabhāvato. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti nīvaraṇapabbassa. <span class="bld">Pahānakarañāṇa</span>nti pajahanañāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Vipassanāparampara</span>nti paṭipāṭiyā vipassanamāha. <span class="bld">Samathapaṭipanna</span>nti majjhimasamathanimittaṃ paṭipannacittaṃ ajjhupekkhati. <span class="bld">Ekato upaṭṭhāna</span>nti paṭipakkhavigamena ekabhāvena upaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Sahajātānaṃ ajjhupekkhanā hotī</span>ti paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu byāpārassa anāpajjitattā ārammaṇānaṃ ajjhupekkhanā, ‘‘yadatthi yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ pajahati upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti, evaṃ vuttaajjhupekkhanā pavattāti paṭipannā. <span class="bld">Kevalaṃ nīvaraṇādidhamme</span>ti nīvaraṇādidhamme eva pahīne disvā, atha kho tesaṃ pajahanañāṇampi yāthāvato paññāya disvā ajjhupekkhitā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘dhammāpi kho, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.240).</p>
    349. 

  349. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para150"></a><a name="para150_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">150</span>. <span class="bld">Aniccādivasena</span> <a name="M2.0314"></a> <span class="bld">pavicinatī</span>ti aniccādippakārehi vicinati passati. <span class="bld">Nirāmisā</span>ti kilesāmisarahitā. <span class="bld">Kāyikacetasikadarathapaṭippassaddhiyā</span>ti kāyacittānaṃ sādhubhāvūpagamanena vikkhambhitattā. Sahajātadhammānaṃ ekasabhāvena pavattiyā <span class="bld">sahajātaajjhupekkhanāya ajjhupekkhitā hoti</span>.</p>
    350. 

  350. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tasmiṃ kāye</span> pavattā kāyārammaṇā <span class="bld">sati,</span> pubbabhāgiyo <span class="bld">satisambojjhaṅgo</span>. Esa nayo sesesupi. Somanassasahagatacittuppādavasena cetaṃ okkamanaṃ oliyanaṃ kosajjaṃ, tato ativattanaṃ atidhāvanaṃ uddhaccaṃ, tadubhayavidhurā bojjhaṅgupekkhābhūtā anosakkanaanativattanasaṅkhātā majjhattākāratā. Idāni <span class="bld">yatheva</span> hītiādinā tameva majjhattākāraṃ <a name="V2.0098"></a> upamāya vibhāveti. <span class="bld">Tudanaṃ vā</span> patodena. <span class="bld">Ākaḍḍhanaṃ vā</span> rasminā. <span class="bld">Natthi</span> na kātabbaṃ atthi. <span class="bld">Ekacittakkhaṇikā</span>ti ekekasmiṃ citte vipassanāvasena saha uppajjanakā. <span class="bld">Nānārasalakkhaṇā</span>ti nānākiccā ceva nānāsabhāvā ca.</p>
    351. 

  351. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para152"></a><a name="para152_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">152</span>. <span class="bld">Vuttatthāneva</span> sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 27) ānāpānārammaṇā aparāparaṃ pavattasatiyo ārammaṇasīsena tadārammaṇā dhammā gahitā, tā panekasantāne lokiyacittasampayuttāti <span class="bld">lokiyā,</span> tā vaḍḍhamānā <span class="bld">lokiyaṃ</span> catubbidhampi <span class="bld">satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūrenti. Vijjāvimuttiphalanibbāna</span>nti vimuttīnaṃ phalabhūtaṃ tehiyeva veditabbaṃ kilesanibbānaṃ, amatamahānibbānameva vijjāvimuttīnaṃ adhigamena adhigantabbatāya tathā vuttaṃ. Paripūraṇañcassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā amatassānubhavanameva. Idha sutte lokiyāpi bojjhaṅgā kathitā lokuttarāpīti ettakaṃ gahetvā, <span class="bld">‘‘iti lokiyassa āgataṭṭhāne lokiyaṃ kathita’’</span>nti ca atthavaṇṇanāvasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kathitaṃ. <span class="bld">Thero</span>ti mahādhammarakkhitatthero. <span class="bld">Aññattha evaṃ hotī</span>ti aññasmiṃ lokiyalokuttaradhammānaṃ tattha tattha vomissakanayena āgatasutte evaṃ lokiyaṃ āgataṃ, idha lokuttaraṃ āgatanti kathetabbaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Lokuttaraṃ upari āgata</span>nti vijjāvimuttiṃ paripūrentīti evaṃ lokuttaraṃ upari desanāyaṃ āgataṃ; tasmā lokiyā eva bojjhaṅgā vijjāvimutti paripūrikā kathetabbā <a name="M2.0315"></a> lokuttarānaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ vijjāgahaṇena gahitattā, tasmā therena vuttoyevettha attho gahetabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    352. 

  352. <p class="centered">Ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    353. 

  353. <p class="subhead">9. Kāyagatāsatisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    354. 

  354. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para153-4"></a><a name="para153-4_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">153-4</span>. Tappaṭisaraṇānaṃ <a name="V2.0099"></a> kāmāvacarasattānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṭṭhena gehā kāmaguṇā, gehe sitā ārabbha pavattiyā allīnāti <span class="bld">gehassitā. Sarantī</span>ti vegasā pavattanti. Vegena hi pavatti dhāvatīti vuccati. <span class="bld">Saṅkappā</span>ti ye keci micchāsaṅkappā, byāpādavihiṃsāsaṅkappādayopi kāmaguṇasitā evāti. <span class="bld">Gocarajjhattasmiṃyevā</span>ti pariggahite kammaṭṭhāne eva vattanti. Tañhi dhammavasena upaṭṭhitāya bhāvanāya gocarabhāvato ‘‘gocarajjhatta’’nti vuttaṃ. Assāsapassāsakāye gatā pavattāti kāyagatā, taṃ <span class="bld">kāyagatāsatiṃ</span>. Satisīsena taṃsahagate bhāvanādhamme vadati assāsapassāsakāyādike taṃtaṃkoṭṭhāse samathavatthubhāvena pariggahetvā satiyā pariggahitattā; tathāpariggahite vā te ārabbha aniccādimanasikāravasena pavattā kāyārammaṇā satī satibhāvena vatvā ekajjhaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘kāyapariggāhika’’</span>ntiādimāha.</p>
    355. 

  355. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satipaṭṭhāne</span>ti mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutte (dī. ni. 2.378; ma. ni. 1.111), <span class="bld">cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanā kathitā,</span> cuṇṇakajātāni aṭṭhikāni pariyosānaṃ katvā kāyānupassanā niddiṭṭhā, idha pana kesādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇavasena nibbattitānaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena uparidesanāya vaḍḍhitattā aṭṭhārasavidhena kāyagatāsatibhāvanā.</p>
    356. 

  356. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para156"></a><a name="para156_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">156</span>. <span class="bld">Tassa bhikkhuno</span>ti yo kāyagatāsatibhāvanāya vasībhūto, tassa bhikkhuno. <span class="bld">Sampayogavasena vijjaṃ bhajantī</span>ti sahajāta-aññamañña-nissaya-sampayutta-atthi-avigatapaccayavasena vijjaṃ bhajanti, tāya saha ekībhāvamiva gacchantīti attho. <span class="bld">Vijjābhāge vijjākoṭṭhāse</span> <a name="M2.0316"></a> <span class="bld">vattantī</span>ti vijjāsabhāgatāya tadekadese vijjākoṭṭhāse vattanti. <span class="bld">Tāhi sampayuttadhammā</span> phassādayo. Nanu cettha vijjānaṃ vijjābhāgiyatā na sambhavatīti? No na sambhavati. Yāya hi vijjāya vijjāsampayuttānaṃ vijjābhāgiyatā, sā taṃnimittāya vijjāya upacarīyatīti. <span class="bld">Ekā vijjā vijjā, sesā vijjābhāgiyā</span>ti aṭṭhasu vijjāsu ekaṃ ‘‘vijjā’’ti gahetvā itarā tassā bhāgatāya ‘‘vijjābhāgiyā’’ti veditabbā. Saddhiṃ pavattanasabhāvāsu ayameva vijjāti vattabbāti niyamassa abhāvato vijjābhāgo viya vijjābhāgiyāpi pavattati evāti vattabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Āpopharaṇa</span>nti paṭibhāganimittabhūtena āpokasiṇena sabbaso mahāsamuddapharaṇaṃ āpopharaṇaṃ nāma. Dibbacakkhuñāṇassa kiccaṃ pharaṇanti katvā, dibbacakkhuatthaṃ vā ālokapharaṇaṃ <a name="V2.0100"></a> <span class="bld">dibbacakkhupharaṇa</span>nti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ubhayasmimpi pakkhe samuddaṅgamānaṃ kunnadīnaṃ samuddantogadhattā tesaṃ cetasā phuṭatā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Kunnadi</span>ggahaṇañcettha kañcimeva kālaṃ sanditvā tāsaṃ udakassa samuddapariyāpannabhāvūpagamanattā, na bahi mahānadiyo viya parittakālaṭṭhitikāti.</p>
    357. 

  357. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Otāra</span>nti kilesuppattiyā avasaraṃ, taṃ pana vivaraṃ chiddanti ca vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇa</span>nti kilesuppattiyā olambanaṃ. <span class="bld">Yāva pariyosānā</span>ti mattikāpuñjassa yāva pariyosānā.</p>
    358. 

  358. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para158"></a><a name="para158_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">158</span>. <span class="bld">Abhiññāyā</span>ti iddhividhādiabhiññāya. <span class="bld">Sacchikātabbassā</span>ti paccakkhato kātabbassa adhiṭṭhānavikubbanādidhammassa. <span class="bld">Abhiññāva kāraṇa</span>nti āha – ‘‘sacchikiriyāpekkhāya, abhiññākāraṇassa pana siddhiyā pākaṭā’’ti. <span class="bld">Mariyādabaddhā</span>ti udakamātikāmukhe katā.</p>
    359. 

  359. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yuttayānaṃ viya katāya</span> icchiticchite kāle sukhena paccavekkhitabbattā. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhākatāyā</span>ti sampattīnaṃ patiṭṭhābhāvaṃ pāpitāya. <span class="bld">Anuppavattitāyā</span>ti bhāvanābahulīkārehi anuppavattitāya. <span class="bld">Paricayakatāyā</span>ti āsevanadaḷhatāya suciraṃ paricayāya. <span class="bld">Susampaggahitāyā</span>ti sabbaso ukkaṃsaṃ pāpitāya. <span class="bld">Susamāraddhāyā</span>ti ativiya sammadeva nibbattikatāya. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    360. 

  360. <p class="centered">Kāyagatāsatisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    361. 

  361. <p class="subhead">10. Saṅkhārupapattisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    362. 

  362. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para160"></a><a name="para160_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">160</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅkhārupapatti</span>nti <a name="V2.0101"></a><a name="M2.0317"></a> vipākakkhandhasaññitānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ uppattiṃ, nibbattinti attho. Yasmā avadhāraṇaṃ etasmiṃ pade icchitabbanti, <span class="bld">‘‘saṅkhārānaṃyeva upapatti’’</span>nti vatvā tena nivattitaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘na sattassā’’</span>ti āha. Tena satto jīvo uppajjatīti micchāvādaṃ paṭikkhipati. Evaṃ uppajjanakadhammavasena uppattiṃ dassetvā idāni uppattijanakadhammavasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘puññābhisaṅkhārena vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kāmesu puññābhisaṅkhārenapi upapatti hoti, sā pana imasmiṃ sutte gahitāti. <span class="bld">Puññābhisaṅkhārena vā</span>ti <span class="bld">vā</span>-saddo avuttatthāpekkhaṇavikappattho, avuttatthāpekkhāya pana na āgato ‘‘āneñjābhisaṅkhārenā’’ti. Atha vā upapatti āgatā, evaṃ kiccaṃ āgataṃ, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro panettha sarūpena anāgatopi puññābhisaṅkhāraggahaṇeneva gahitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘puññāneñjābhisaṅkhārenā’’ti paṭhanti. <span class="bld">Bhavūpagakkhandhāna</span>nti sugatibhavūpagānaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ.</p>
    363. 

  363. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para161"></a><a name="para161_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">161</span>. <span class="bld">Lokikā vaṭṭanti</span> kammavaṭṭassa gahaṇato. Bhavūpapattihetubhūtā okappanīyasaddhā catupārisuddhisīlaṃ tādisaṃ buddhavacanabāhusaccaṃ āmisapariccāgo kammassakatāñāṇaṃ kammaphaladiṭṭhi ca ime <span class="bld">saddhādayo</span> veditabbā. <span class="bld">Ṭhapetī</span>ti paṇidahanavasena ṭhapeti. Paṇidahatīti hi ayamettha attho. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhāpetī</span>ti tattha suppatiṭṭhitaṃ katvā ṭhapeti. <span class="bld">Sahapatthanāyā</span>ti, ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ…pe… upapajjeyya’’nti evaṃ pavattapatthanāya saha. <span class="bld">Saddhādayovā</span>ti yathāvuttā saddhādayo eva <span class="bld">pañca dhammā</span> upapattiyā saṅkharaṇaṭṭhena saṅkhārā, tasmā eva aññehi visiṭṭhabhavūpaharaṇaṭṭhena vihārā nāmāti. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ ṭhāne</span>ti tasmiṃ upapattiṭṭhāne.</p>
    364. 

  364. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pañcadhammāva</span> taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo upapattiṃ maggati gavesati etenāti <span class="bld">maggo</span>. Paṭipajjati etāyāti <span class="bld">paṭipadā</span>. Cetanā panettha suddhasaṅkhāratāya saddhādiggahaṇeneva gahitā, tasmā avadhāraṇaṃ kataṃ. Upapattipakappanavaseneva pavattiyā patthanāgahaṇeneva tassā gahaṇanti keci. Cittakarayuttagatinibbattanadhammavasena avadhāraṇassa katattā. Cetanā hi nāma kammaṃ, tassā upapattinibbattane vattabbameva natthi, tassā pana kiccakaraṇā saddhādayo patthanā cāti ime dhammā sahakārino bhavūpapattiyā niyāmakā hontīti tatrūpapattiyā pavattantīti tesaṃ maggādibhāvo vutto. Tenāha <a name="M2.0318"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘yassa hī’’</span>tiādi. Tena saddhā patthanā cāti ubhaye dhammā sahitā <a name="V2.0102"></a> hutvā kammaṃ visesentā gatiṃ niyamentīti dasseti, paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ aniyataṃ kevalassa kammassa vasenāti adhippāyo. Kāmañcettha ‘‘kammaṃ katvā’’ti vuttaṃ, kammāyūhanato pana pageva patthanaṃ ṭhapetumpi vaṭṭatiyeva. <span class="bld">Kammaṃ katvā</span>ti cettha ‘‘tāpetvā bhuñjati, bhutvā sayatī’’tiādīsu viya na kālaniyamo, kammaṃ katvā yadā kadāci patthanaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti ca idaṃ cārittadassanaṃ viya vuttaṃ. Yathā hi bhavapatthanā yāva maggena na samucchijjati, tāva anuppannābhinavakatūpacitassa kammassa paccayo hotiyeva. Puna tathā visesapaccayo, yathā niyametvā uppāditā. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘yassa pañca dhammā atthi, na patthanā tassa gati anibaddhā’’</span>ti.</p>
    365. 

  365. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para165"></a><a name="para165_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">165</span>. <span class="bld">Sabbasovā</span>ti ‘‘idaṃ kāḷakaṃ sāmaṃ setaṃ haritaṃ maṇḍalaṃ aparimaṇḍalaṃ caturaṃsaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ khuddakaṃ mahanta’’ntiādinā sabbasova <span class="bld">pākaṭaṃ hoti</span>.</p>
    366. 

  366. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para167"></a><a name="para167_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">167</span>. <span class="bld">Sundaro</span>ti kāḷakādidosarahitatāya sobhano. <span class="bld">Ākarasampanno</span> sampannaākaruppattiyā. <span class="bld">Dhovanādīhī</span>ti dhovanatāpanamajjanādīhi.</p>
    367. 

  367. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para168"></a><a name="para168_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">168</span>. Lokadhātūnaṃ satasahassaṃ attano vase vattanato <span class="bld">satasahasso</span>. Tassa pana tattha obhāsakaraṇaṃ pākaṭanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ālokapharaṇabrahmā’’</span>ti. Ayameva nayo heṭṭhā ‘‘sahasso brahmā’’tiādīsupi. <span class="bld">Nikkhena kata</span>nti nikkhaparimāṇena jambonadena kataṃ. Nikkhaṃ pana vīsatisuvaṇṇanti keci. Pañcavīsatisuvaṇṇanti apare. Suvaṇṇaṃ nāma catudharaṇanti vadanti. <span class="bld">Ghaṭṭanamajjanakkhamaṃ na hoti</span> parittabhāvato. <span class="bld">Atirekenā</span>ti pañcasuvaṇṇaatirekena nikkhappamāṇaṃ asampattena. <span class="bld">Vaṇṇavantaṃ pana na hoti</span> avipulatāya uḷāraṃ hutvā anupaṭṭhānato. Avaṇṇavantatāya eva <span class="bld">pharusadhātukaṃ khāyati. Tāsū</span>ti tāsu bhūmīsu, yattha sākhā vaḍḍhitvā ṭhitā. <span class="bld">Te</span>ti suvaṇṇaṅkurā. <span class="bld">Pacitvā</span>ti tāpetvā. <span class="bld">Sampahaṭṭha</span>nti samujjalīkatanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘dhotaghaṭṭitapamajjita’’</span>nti, tambamattikalepaṃ katvā dhotañceva pāsāṇādinā ghaṭṭitañca eḷakalomādinā pamajjitañcāti attho.</p>
    368. 

  368. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etadevā</span>ti <a name="M2.0319"></a> ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ettha ālokapharaṇameva. Atha vā yaṃ dibbacakkhupharaṇaṃ, ālokapharaṇampi <span class="bld">etadeva</span>. Yattakañhi ṭhānaṃ yogī kasiṇālokena pharati; tattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ phusatīti dibbacakkhupharaṇe dassite ālokapharaṇaṃ dassitamevāti attho. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti sabbasmiṃ ‘‘pharitvā’’ti āgataṭṭhāne. <span class="bld">Avināsentenā</span>ti asambhinnena.</p>
    369. 

  369. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kasiṇapharaṇaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0103"></a> <span class="bld">viyā</span>ti kasiṇobhāsena pharaṇaṃ viya <span class="bld">dissati</span> upaṭṭhāti, maṇipabhāpharaṇassa viya brahmaloke dhātupharaṇassa dassitattāti adhippāyo. Sarīrapabhā pana nikkhapabhāsadisāti, <span class="bld">‘‘nikkhopamme sarīrapharaṇaṃ viya dissatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhakathā nāma natthī</span>ti pāḷipadassa atthavaṇṇanāya nāma nicchitāya bhavitabbaṃ, avinicchitāya pana natthi viyāti akathanaṃ nāma aṭṭhakathāya anāciṇṇanti tassa vādaṃ <span class="bld">paṭikkhipitvā</span>. Yathā hi vattabbaṃ, tathā avatvā ‘‘viyā’’ti vacanaṃ kimatthiyanti adhippāyo. Buddhānaṃ byāmappabhā byāmappadese sabbakālaṃ adhiṭṭhāti viya tassa brahmuno <span class="bld">sarīrapharaṇaṃ</span> sarīrābhāya pattharaṇaṃ <span class="bld">sabbakālikaṃ. Cattārimāni</span> itarāni pharaṇāni <span class="bld">avināsetvā</span> aññamaññamabhinditvā <span class="bld">kathetabbaṃ. Pharaṇapadasseva vevacanaṃ</span> ‘‘adhimuccaneneva pharaṇa’’nti. <span class="bld">Pattharatī</span>ti yathāvuttaṃ pharaṇavasena pattharati. <span class="bld">Jānātī</span>ti adhimuccanavasena jānāti.</p>
    370. 

  370. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para169"></a><a name="para169_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">169</span>. <span class="bld">Ādayo</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena subhe saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Ābhā</span>ti dutiyajjhānabhūmike deve ekajjhaṃ gahetvā sādhāraṇato vuttaṃ. Tato <span class="bld">subhā</span>ti tatiyajjhānabhūmike. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāṭiyekkā devā natthī’’</span>tiādi. Sādhāraṇato katāyapi patthanāya jhānaṅgaṃ parittaṃ bhāvitañce, parittābhesu upapatti hoti, majjhimañce, appamāṇābhesu, paṇītañce, ābhassaresu upapatti hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Subhā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva suviññeyyoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vehapphalādivārā pākaṭāyevā’’</span>ti.</p>
    371. 

  371. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kāmāvacaresu nibbattatū</span>tiādinā saddhādīnaṃ ajjhānavipassanānaṃ kathaṃ tadadhiṭṭhānaṃ hotīti āsaṅkati. Itaro saddhādīnaṃ ajjhānasabhāvattepi jhānavipassanānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ nissayapaccayādivasena sappaccayattā brahmalokūpapattiṃ nibbānañca āvahantīti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘ime pañca dhammā’’</span>tiādimāha<a name="M2.0320"></a>. Tattha <span class="bld">sīla</span>nti sambhārasīlaṃ. Anāgāmī samucchinnaorambhāgiyasaṃyojano samāno sace sabbaso upapattiyo atikkamituṃ na sakkoti, ariyabhūmīsu eva nibbattati yathūpacitajhānakammunāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘anāgāmi…pe… nibbattatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Uparimagga</span>nti aggamaggaṃ bhāvetvā. <span class="bld">Āsavakkhaya</span>nti sabbaso āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pahānaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    372. 

  372. <p class="centered">Saṅkhārupapattisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    373. 

  373. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca anupadavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    374. 

  374. <a name="mn3_3"></a>
    375. 

  375. <p class="chapter">3. Suññatavaggo</p>
    376. 

  376. <p class="subhead">1. Cūḷasuññatasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    377. 

  377. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para176"></a><a name="para176_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">176</span>. <span class="bld">Kālaparicchedaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0104"></a><a name="M2.0321"></a> <span class="bld">katvā</span>ti samāpajjantehi nāma kālaparicchedo kātabbo. Thero pana bhagavato vattakaraṇatthaṃ kālaparicchedaṃ karoti, ‘‘ettake kāle vītivatte idaṃ nāma bhagavato kātabba’’nti. So tatthakaṃyeva samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kālaparicchedaṃ katvā’’ti. <span class="bld">Suññatāphalasamāpattiṃ appetvā</span>ti etena itare, ‘‘na sotāpannasakadāgāmī phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjantī’’ti vadanti, taṃ vādaṃ paṭisedheti. <span class="bld">Suññato</span>ti attasuññato ca niccasuññato ca saṅkhārā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Sekkhānañhi suññatāpaṭivedho pādesiko subhasukhasaññānaṃ appahīnattā, tasmā so thero suññatākathaṃ sotukāmo jāto. <span class="bld">Dhurena dhuraṃ paharantena viyā</span>ti rathadhurena rathadhuraṃ paharantena viya katvā ujukameva suññatā…pe… vatthuṃ na sakkāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Ekaṃ pada</span>nti ekaṃ suññatāpadaṃ.</p>
    378. 

  378. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pubbepāha</span>ntiādinā bhagavā paṭhamabodhiyampi attano suññatāvihārabāhullaṃ pakāsetīti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamabodhiyampī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Eko</span>tiādi therassa suññatākathāya bhājanabhāvadassanatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Sotu</span>nti aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharitvā sotumpi. <span class="bld">Uggahetumpi</span>ti yathābhūtaṃ dhammaṃ dhāraṇaparipucchāparicayavasena hadayena uggahitaṃ suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasā viya avinaṭṭhe kātumpi. <span class="bld">Kathetumpī</span>ti vitthārena paresaṃ dassetumpi sakkā. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti migāramātupāsāde. <span class="bld">Kaṭṭharūpapotthakarūpacittarūpavasena katā</span>ti thambhādīsu uttiritvā katānaṃ kaṭṭharūpānaṃ, niyyūhādīsu paṭimāvasena racitānaṃ potthakarūpānaṃ, sittipasse cittakammavasena viracitānaṃ cittarūpānañca katā niṭṭhapitā. <span class="bld">Vessavaṇamandhātādīna</span>nti paṭimārūpena katānaṃ vessavaṇamandhātusakkādīnaṃ. <span class="bld">Cittakammavasenā</span>ti ārāmādicittakammavasena. <span class="bld">Saṇṭhitampī</span>ti avayavabhāvena saṇṭhitaṃ hutvā ṭhitampi. <span class="bld">Jiṇṇapaṭisaṅkharaṇattha</span>nti jiṇṇānaṃ niyyūhakūṭāgārapāsādāvayavānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇatthāya tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne <a name="V2.0105"></a> rahassasaññāṇena ṭhapitaṃ. ‘‘Paribhuñjissāmī’’ti tasmiṃ <a name="M2.0322"></a> tasmiṃ kicce viniyuñjanavasena <span class="bld">paribhuñjitabbassa. Etaṃ vutta</span>nti, ‘‘ayaṃ migāramātupāsādo suñño’’tiādikaṃ vuttaṃ.</p>
    379. 

  379. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nicca</span>nti sabbakālaṃ rattiñca divā ca. <span class="bld">Ekabhāvaṃ ekaṃ asuññata</span>nti paccatte upayogavacanaṃ, ekattaṃ eko asuññatoti attho. <span class="bld">Gāmoti pavattanavasenā</span>ti gehasannivesavīthicaccarasiṅghāṭakādike upādāya gāmoti lokuppattivasena. <span class="bld">Kilesavasenā</span>ti tattha anunayapaṭighavasena. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā ‘‘pavattavasena vā kilesavasena vā uppannaṃ manussasañña’’nti imamatthaṃ atidisati. Ettha ca yathā gāmaggahaṇena gharādisaññā saṅgahitā, evaṃ manussaggahaṇena itthipurisādisaññā saṅgahitā. Yasmā rukkhādike paṭicca araññasaññā tattha pabbatavanasaṇḍādayo antogadhā, tasmā tattha vijjamānampi taṃ vibhāgaṃ aggahetvā ekaṃ araññaṃyeva paṭicca araññasaññaṃ manasi karoti. <span class="bld">Otaratī</span>ti anuppavisati. <span class="bld">Adhimuccatī</span>ti nicchinoti. <span class="bld">Pavattadarathā</span>ti tathārūpāya passaddhiyā abhāvato oḷārikadhammappavattisiddhā darathā. <span class="bld">Kilesadarathā</span>ti anunayapaṭighasambhavā kilesadarathā. <span class="bld">Dutiyapade</span>ti ‘‘ye assu darathā manussasaññaṃ paṭiccā’’ti imasmiṃ pade. Manasikārasantatāya, – ‘‘nāyaṃ pubbe viya oḷārikā, dhammappavattī’’ti saṅkhāradassanadarathānaṃ sukhumatā sallahukatā ca caritatthāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pavattadarathamattā atthī’’</span>ti.</p>
    380. 

  380. <p class="bodytext">Yaṃ kilesadarathajātaṃ, taṃ imissā darathasaññāya na hotīti yojanā. Pavattadarathamattaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti, vijjamānameva atthi idanti pajānātīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Suññatā nibbattī</span>ti suññatanti pavatti. Suññatā sahacaritañhi suññaṃ, idha suññatāti vuttā.</p>
    381. 

  381. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para177"></a><a name="para177_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">177</span>. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti bhagavato <span class="bld">evaṃ</span> idāni vuccamānākārena cittappavatti ahosi. <span class="bld">Accantasuññata</span>nti ‘‘paramānuttara’’nti vuttaṃ arahattaṃ desessāmīti. <span class="bld">Araññasaññāya visesānadhigamanato</span>ti, ‘‘araññaṃ arañña’’nti manasikārena jhānādivisesassa adhigamābhāvato, ‘‘pathavī’’ti manasikārena visesādhigamanato. Idāni tamevatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Evaṃ sante</span>ti evaṃ vapite sāliādayo <span class="bld">sampajjanti. Dhuvasevana</span>nti niyatasevanaṃ pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭiccā</span>ti ettha ‘‘sambhūta’’nti vacanaseso icchitoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭicca sambhūta’’</span>nti. Pathaviṃ paṭicca sambhūtā hi saññāti.</p>
    382. 

  382. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pathavīkasiṇe</span> <a name="M2.0323"></a> <span class="bld">so pathavīsaññī hoti,</span> na pakatipathaviyaṃ. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti pathavīkasiṇassa. <span class="bld">Tehī</span>ti <a name="V2.0106"></a> gaṇḍādīhi. <span class="bld">Suṭṭhu vihata</span>nti yathā valīnaṃ lesopi na hoti, evaṃ sammadeva ākoṭitaṃ. Nadītaḷākādīnaṃ tīrappadeso udakassa ākaraṭṭhena kūlaṃ, unnatabhāvato uggataṃ kūlaṃ viyāti <span class="bld">ukkūlaṃ,</span> bhūmiyā uccaṭṭhānaṃ. Vigataṃ kūlanti <span class="bld">vikkūlaṃ,</span> nīcaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘uccanīca’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Ekaṃ sañña</span>nti ekaṃ pathavītisaññaṃyeva.</p>
    383. 

  383. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para182"></a><a name="para182_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">182</span>. Satipi saṅkhāranimittavirahe yādisānaṃ nimittānaṃ abhāvena ‘‘animitta’’nti vuccati, tāni dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘niccanimittādivirahito’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Catumahābhūtikaṃ</span> catumahābhūtanissitaṃ. <span class="bld">Saḷāyatanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ</span> cakkhāyatanādisaḷāyatanasahitaṃ.</p>
    384. 

  384. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para183"></a><a name="para183_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">183</span>. <span class="bld">Vipassanāya paṭivipassana</span>nti dhammānañca puna vipassanaṃ. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti attano paccakkhabhūtayathādhigatamaggaphalaṃ vadatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ariyamagge ceva ariyaphale cā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upādisesadarathadassanattha</span>nti sabbaso kilesupadhiyā pahīnāya khandhopadhi avisiṭṭhā, tappaccayā darathā upādisesadarathā, taṃ dassanatthaṃ. Yasmā visayato gāmasaññā oḷārikā, manussasaññā sukhumā, tasmā <span class="bld">manussasaññāya gāmasaññaṃ nivattetvā</span>. Yasmā pana manussasaññāpi sabhāgavatthupariggahato oḷārikā, sabhāgavatthuto araññasaññā sukhumā, tasmā <span class="bld">araññasaññāya manussasaññaṃ nivattetvā</span>. Pathavīsaññādinivattane kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā suttantaresu ca vuttameva. <span class="bld">Anupubbenā</span>ti maggappaṭipāṭiyā. Niccasārādīnaṃ sabbaso avatthutāya accantameva suññattā <span class="bld">accantasuññatā</span>.</p>
    385. 

  385. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para184"></a><a name="para184_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">184</span>. <span class="bld">Suññataphalasamāpatti</span>nti suññatavimokkhassa phalabhūtattā, suññatānupassanāya vasena samāpajjitabbattā ca suññataphalasamāpattinti laddhanāmaṃ arahattaphalasamāpattiṃ. Yasmā atīte paccekasambuddhā ahesuṃ, anāgate bhavissanti, idāni pana buddhasāsanassa dharamānattā paccekabuddhā na vattanti, tasmā paccekabuddhaggahaṇaṃ akatvā, <span class="bld">‘‘etarahipi buddhabuddhasāvakasaṅkhātā’’</span>icceva vuttaṃ. Na hi buddhasāsane dharante paccekabuddhā bhavanti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    386. 

  386. <p class="centered">Cūḷasuññatasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    387. 

  387. <p class="subhead">2. Mahāsuññatasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    388. 

  388. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para185"></a><a name="para185_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">185</span>. <span class="bld">Chavivaṇṇena</span> <a name="M2.0324"></a><a name="V2.0107"></a> <span class="bld">so kāḷo,</span> na nāmena. <span class="bld">Palālasanthāroti ādīnī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena kocchacimilikākaṭasārādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Gaṇabhikkhūna</span>nti gaṇabandhanavasena bhikkhūnaṃ.</p>
    389. 

  389. <p class="bodytext">Yadi saṃsayo nāma natthi, ‘‘sambahulā nu kho’’ti idaṃ kathanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vitakkapubbabhāgā’’</span>tiādi. Tattha vitakko pubbabhāgo etissāti <span class="bld">vitakkapubbabhāgā, pucchā</span>. Sā ‘‘sambahulā no ettha bhikkhūviharantī’’ti vacanaṃ, vitakko pana ‘‘sambahulā nu kho idha bhikkhū viharantī’’ti iminā ākārena tadā bhagavato uppanno cittasaṅkappo, tassa parivitakkassa tabbhāvajotanoyaṃ nu-kāro vuttoti dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vitakkapubbabhāge cāyaṃ nu-kāro nipātamatto’’</span>ti. Kiñcāpi gacchanto disvā, ‘‘sambahulā no ettha bhikkhū viharantī’’ti pucchāvasena bhagavatā vutto, atha kho ‘‘na kho, ānanda, bhikkhu sobhati saṅgaṇikārāmo’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.185) uparidesanāvasena matthakaṃ gacchante avinicchito nāma na hoti, atha kho visuṃ vinicchito eva hoti, disvā nicchinitvāva kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ tathā pucchati. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchantī’’ti (pārā. 16). Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ito kirā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    390. 

  390. <p class="bodytext">Yathā nadīotiṇṇaṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pakkhandati, evaṃ sattā dhātuso saṃsandanti, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘gaṇavāso nadīotiṇṇaudakasadiso’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘nirayatiracchānayonī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Kuruvindādinhānīyacuṇṇāni saṇhasukhumabhāvato nāḷiyaṃ pakkhittāni nirantarāneva tiṭṭhantīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cuṇṇabharitā nāḷi viyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sattapaṇṇāsa kulasatasahassānī</span>ti sattasatasahassādhikāni paññāsa kulānaṃyeva satasahassāni, manussānaṃ pana vasena satta koṭiyo tadā tattha vasiṃsu.</p>
    391. 

  391. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tato cintesi,</span> kathaṃ? Kāmañcāyaṃ lokapakati, mayhaṃ pana sāsane ayuttova soti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘mayā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Dhamma</span>nti sabhāvasiddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Saṃvego</span>ti sahottappañāṇaṃ vuccati. <span class="bld">Na kho panetaṃ sakkā</span> gilānupaṭṭhānaovādānusāsaniādivasena samāgamassa icchitabbattā. <span class="bld">Gaṇabhedana</span>nti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya vivecanaṃ.</p>
    392. 

  392. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para186"></a><a name="para186_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">186</span>. <span class="bld">Kataparibhaṇḍa</span>nti <a name="V2.0108"></a><a name="M2.0325"></a> pubbe katasaṃvidhānassa cīvarassa vuttākārena paṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ. <span class="bld">No</span>ti amhākaṃ. <span class="bld">Anattamano</span>ti anārādhitacitto.</p>
    393. 

  393. <p class="bodytext">Sakagaṇena sahabhāvato <span class="bld">saṅgaṇikā</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘sakaparisasamodhāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Gaṇo</span>ti pana idha janasamūhoti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘nānājanasamodhāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sobhati</span> yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānato. Kāmato nikkhamatīti <span class="bld">nikkhamo,</span> evaṃ nikkhamavasena uppannaṃ <span class="bld">sukhaṃ</span>. Gaṇasaṅgaṇikākilesasaṅgaṇikāhi pavivitti <span class="bld">paviveko</span>. Pavivekavasena uppannaṃ <span class="bld">sukhaṃ</span>. Rāgādīnaṃ upasamāvahaṃ sukhaṃ <span class="bld">upasamasukhaṃ</span>. Maggasambodhāvahaṃ sukhaṃ <span class="bld">sambodhisukhaṃ</span>. Nikāmetabbassa, nikāmaṃ vā lābhī <span class="bld">nikāmalābhī</span>. Nidukkhaṃ sukheneva labhatīti <span class="bld">adukkhalābhī</span>. Kasiraṃ vuccati appakanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘akasiralābhīti vipulalābhī’’</span>ti.</p>
    394. 

  394. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sāmāyika</span>nti samaye kilesavimuccanaṃ accantamevāti sāmāyikaṃ ma-kāre a-kārassa dīghaṃ katvā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘appitappitasamaye kilesehi vimutta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Kanta</span>nti aṅgasantatāya ārammaṇasantatāya ca kamanīyaṃ manorammaṃ. <span class="bld">Asāmāyikaṃ</span> accantavimuttaṃ.</p>
    395. 

  395. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ettāvatā</span>tiādinā saṅgaṇikārāmassa visesādhigamassa antarāyikabhāvaṃ anvayato byatirekato ca saha nidassanena dasseti. Tattha sā duvidhā antarāyikatā vodānadhammānaṃ anuppattihetukā, saṃkilesadhammānaṃ uppattihetukā ca.</p>
    396. 

  396. <p class="bodytext">Te paṭhamaṃ ‘‘saṅgaṇikārāmo’’tiādinā vibhāvetvā itaraṃ vibhāvetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘idāni dosuppattiṃ dassento’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhiñca paṭicca nhāruñca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca maṃsañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.306) viya idha <span class="bld">rūpa</span>saddo karajakāyapariyāyoti <span class="bld">‘‘rūpanti sarīra’’</span>nti āha. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, ānanda…pe… domanassupāyāsā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhacittānaṃ āraddhavipassakānampi asappāyavajjanasappāyasevanavasena kāyassa pariharaṇaṃ hotīti? Saccaṃ, taṃ pana yo kallasarīraṃ nissāya dhammasādhanāya anuyuñjitukāmo hoti, tasseva dhammasādhanatāvasena. Dhammasādhanabhāvañhi apekkhitvā asappāyaṃ vajjetvā sappāyavasena posetvā suṭṭhutaraṃ hutvā <a name="M2.0326"></a> anuyuñjanato kāyassa pariharaṇaṃ, na so kāye abhirato nāma hoti paccavekkhaṇāyattattā apekkhāya vinoditabbo tādisoti. <span class="bld">Upāligahapatino</span>ti etthāpi ‘‘dasabalasāvakattupagamanasaṅkhātenā’’ti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ.</p>
    397. 

  397. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para187"></a><a name="para187_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">187</span>. Mahākaruṇāvasena <a name="V2.0109"></a> parivutāya <span class="bld">parisāya majjhe nisinnopi</span> ekantavivekajjhāsayattā <span class="bld">ekakova</span>. Etena satthuno pavivittassa pavivekattena vivittataṃ dasseti. Rūpārūpapaṭibhāganimittehi nivattanatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘rūpādīnaṃ saṅkhatanimittāna’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Ativiya santatarapaṇītatamabhāvena visesato sinoti bandhatīti <span class="bld">visayo,</span> so eva sasantatipariyāpannatāya <span class="bld">ajjhattaṃ</span>. Kiṃ pana tanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘suññatanti suññataphalasamāpatti’’</span>nti. Upadhivivekatāya asaṅkhatā dhātu idha vivekoti adhippetoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vivekaninnenā’’</span>tiādi. Bhaṅgamattampi asesetvā āsavaṭṭhāniyānañca dhammānaṃ tattha vigatattā tesaṃ vasena <span class="bld">vigatantena,</span> evaṃbhūtaṃ tesaṃ byantibhāvaṃ pattanti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘byantibhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Uyyojanaṃ vissajjanaṃ, taṃ etassa atthi, uyyojeti vissajjetīti vā uyyojanikaṃ. Yasmā na sabbakathā uyyojanavaseneva pavattati, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘uyyojanikapaṭisaṃyutta’’</span>nti.</p>
    398. 

  398. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Telapākaṃ gaṇhanto viyā</span>ti yathā telapāko nāma paricchinnakālo na atikkamitabbo, evaṃ attano samāpattikālaṃ anatikkamitvā. Yathā hi kusalo vejjo telaṃ pacanto taṃ taṃ telakiccaṃ cintetvā yadi vā patthinnapāko, yadi vā majjhimapāko, yadi vā kharapāko icchitabbo, tassa kālaṃ upadhāretvā pacati, evaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ desento veneyyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ upadhāretvā taṃ taṃ kālaṃ anatikkamitvā dhammaṃ desetvā parisaṃ uyyojento ca <span class="bld">vivekaninneneva cittena uyyojeti. Dve pañcaviññāṇānipi</span> tadabhinīhatamanoviññāṇavasena <span class="bld">nibbānaninnāneva</span>. Buddhānañhi saṅkhārānaṃ suṭṭhu pariññātatāya paṇītānampi rūpādīnaṃ āpāthagamane pageva itaresaṃ paṭikūlatāva supākaṭā hutvā upaṭṭhāti, tasmā ghammābhitattassa viya sītajalaṭṭhānaninnatā nibbānaninnameva cittaṃ hoti, tassa ativiya santapaṇītabhāvato.</p>
    399. 

  399. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para188"></a><a name="para188_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">188</span>. <span class="bld">Ajjhattamevā</span>ti <a name="M2.0327"></a> idha jhānārammaṇaṃ adhippetanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘gocarajjhattamevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Idha niyakajjhattaṃ</span> suññataṃ. Apaguṇapādakajjhānañhi ettha ‘‘niyakajjhatta’’nti adhippetaṃ vipassanāvisesassa adhippetattā, <span class="bld">niyakajjhattaṃ</span> nijjīvanissattataṃ, anattatanti attho. <span class="bld">Asampajjanabhāvajānanenā</span>ti idāni me kammaṭṭhānaṃ vīthipaṭipannaṃ na hoti, uppathameva pavattatīti jānanena.</p>
    400. 

  400. <p class="bodytext">Kasmā panettha bhagavatā vipassanāya eva pādake jhāne avatvā pādakajjhānaṃ gahitanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘appaguṇapādakajjhānato’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Na pakkhandati</span> sammā na samāhitattā. So pana ‘‘ajjhattadhammā <a name="V2.0110"></a> mayhaṃ nijjaṭā nigumbā hutvā na upaṭṭhahanti, handāhaṃ bahiddhādhamme manasi kareyyaṃ ekaccesu saṅkhāresu upaṭṭhitesu itarepi upaṭṭhaheyyumevā’’ti <span class="bld">parassa…pe… manasi karoti</span>. Pādakajjhānavasena viya sammasitajjhānavasenapi ubhatobhāgavimutto hotiyevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘arūpasamāpattiyaṃ nu kho kathanti āneñjaṃ manasi karotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Na me cittaṃ pakkhandatī</span>ti mayhaṃ vipassanācittaṃ vīthipaṭipannaṃ hutvā na vahatīti. <span class="bld">Pādakajjhānamevā</span>ti vipassanāya pādakabhūtameva jhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Punappunaṃ manasi kātabba</span>nti punappunaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ vipassanāya tikkhavisadatāpādanāya. <span class="bld">Avahante</span> nipuṇābhāvena chedanakiriyāya appavattante. Samāpajjitvā vipassanāya tikkhakammakaraṇaṃ samathavipassanāvihārenāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṭṭhāne manasikāro vahatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    401. 

  401. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para189"></a><a name="para189_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">189</span>. <span class="bld">Sampajjati me</span>ti vīthipaṭipattiyā pubbenāparaṃ visesābhāvato sampajjati me kammaṭṭhānanti jānanena. <span class="bld">Iriyāpathaṃ ahāpetvā</span>ti yathā parissamo nāgacchati, evaṃ attano balānurūpaṃ tassa kālaṃ netvā pamāṇameva pavattanena iriyāpathaṃ ahopetvā. <span class="bld">Sabbavāresū</span>ti ṭhānanisajjāsayanavāresu. Kathāvāresu pana visesaṃ tattha tattha vadanti. <span class="bld">Idaṃ vutta</span>nti idaṃ, ‘‘iminā vihārenā’’tiādivacanaṃ vuttaṃ.</p>
    402. 

  402. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para190"></a><a name="para190_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">190</span>. Kāmavitakkādayo oḷārikakāmarāgabyāpādasabhāgāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vitakkapahānena dve magge kathetvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kāmaguṇesū</span>ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. <span class="bld">Kismiñcideva kilesuppattikāraṇe</span>ti tassa puggalassa kilesuppattikāraṇaṃ <a name="M2.0328"></a> sandhāya vuttaṃ, aññathā sabbepi pañca kāmaguṇā kilesuppattikāraṇameva. Samudācaratīti <span class="bld">samudācāro</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samudācaraṇato’’</span>ti. So pana yasmā cittassa, na sattassa, tasmā vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘cetaso’’ti. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro e-kārassa ca akāro katoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ sante eta</span>nti.</p>
    403. 

  403. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para191"></a><a name="para191_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">191</span>. <span class="bld">Anusayo</span>ti mānānusayo bhavarāgānusayo avijjānusayoti tividhopi anusayo <span class="bld">pahīyati</span> arahattamaggena. <span class="bld">Vuttanayenevā</span>ti, ‘‘tato maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ, phalato vuṭṭhāya paccavekkhamāno pahīnabhāvaṃ jānāti, tassa jānanena sampajāno hotī’’ti vuttanayena.</p>
    404. 

  404. <p class="bodytext">Kusalato āyātīti āyato, so etesanti <span class="bld">kusalāyatikā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kusalato āgatā’’</span>ti. Taṃ pana nesaṃ kusalāyatikattaṃ upanissayavasena hoti sahajātavasenapīti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘seyyathida’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    405. 

  405. <p class="bodytext">Yasmā <a name="V2.0111"></a> pana yathāvuttadhammesu keci lokiyā, keci lokuttarā; atha kasmā visesena ‘‘lokuttarā’’ti vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘loke uttarā visiṭṭhā’’</span>ti. Tena lokiyadhammesu uttamabhāvena jhānādayo lokuttarā vuttā, na lokassa uttaraṇatoti dasseti. Yaṃ kiñci mahaggatacittaṃ mārassa avisayo akāmāvacarattā, pageva taṃ vipassanāya pādakabhūtaṃ suvikkhālitamalanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘jānituṃ na sakkotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Eko ānisaṃso atthi</span> bhāvanānuyogassa sappāyadhammakathāpaṭilābho.</p>
    406. 

  406. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para192"></a><a name="para192_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">192</span>. <span class="bld">Etadattha</span>nti kevalassa sutassa atthāya. <span class="bld">Sappāyāsappāyavasenā</span>ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu sappāyavasena dasakathāvatthūni āgatānīti? Saccametaṃ, asappāyakathāvajjanapubbikāya sappāya kathāya vasena āgatattā <span class="bld">‘‘sappāyāsappāyavasena āgatānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sutapariyattivasenā</span>ti sarūpena tattha anāgatānipi dasakathāvatthūni suttageyyādiantogadhattā, <span class="bld">‘‘sutapariyattivasena āgatānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Paripūraṇavasena sarūpato āgatattā <span class="bld">imasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhatvā kathetabbāni. Attho</span>ti sāmaññattho.</p>
    407. 

  407. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para193"></a><a name="para193_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">193</span>. <span class="bld">Anuāvattantī</span>ti <a name="M2.0329"></a> anuanu abhimukhā hutvā vattanti, payirupāsanādivasena anukūlayanti. <span class="bld">Mucchanataṇha</span>nti paccayesu mucchanākāraṃ. Taṇhāya patthanā nāma tenākārena pavattīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pattheti pavattetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kilesūpaddavenā</span>ti kilesasaṅkhātena upaddavena. Kilesā hi sattānaṃ mahānatthakaraṇato ‘‘upaddavo’’ti vuccanti. Attano abbhantare uppannena kilesūpaddavena antevāsino, upaddavo <span class="bld">antevāsūpaddavo,</span> brahmacariyassa upaddavo <span class="bld">brahmacārupaddavo</span>ti imamatthaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sesupaddavesupi eseva nayo’’</span>ti iminā atidisati. <span class="bld">Guṇamaraṇaṃ kathitaṃ,</span> na jīvitamaraṇaṃ.</p>
    408. 

  408. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Appalābhā</span>ti appamattakalābhī visesānaṃ. <span class="bld">Evaṃ vutto</span>ti yathāvuttabrahmacārupaddavo dukkhavipākataro ceva kaṭukavipākataro cāti evaṃ vutto. Ācariyantevāsikūpaddavo hi bāhirakasamayavasena vutto, brahmacārupaddavo pana sāsanavasena. Durakkhāte hi dhammavinaye duppaṭipatti na mahāsāvajjā micchābhinivesassa sithilavāyāmabhāvato; svākhyāte pana dhammavinaye duppaṭipatti mahāsāvajjā mahato atthassa bāhirabhāvakaraṇato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sāsane panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    409. 

  409. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para196"></a><a name="para196_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">196</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti idaṃ pubbaparāpekkhaṃ purimassa ca atthassa kāraṇabhāvena paccāmasananti āha <a name="V2.0112"></a> <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā’’</span>tiādi. Mittaṃ etassa atthīti mittavā, tassa bhāvo <span class="bld">mittavatā,</span> tāya. Mittavasena paṭipajjananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘mittapaṭipattiyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sapattavatāyā</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo.</p>
    410. 

  410. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dukkaṭadubbhāsitamattampī</span>ti iminā pageva itaraṃ vītikkamantoti dasseti. Sāvakesu hitaparakkamanaṃ ovādānusāsanīhi paṭipajjananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tathā na paṭipajjissāmī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Āmakamatta</span>nti kulālabhājanaṃ vuccati. <span class="bld">Nāhaṃ tumhesu tathā paṭipajjissāmī</span>ti kumbhakāro viya āmakabhājanesu ahaṃ tumhesu kevalaṃ jānāpento na paṭipajjissāmi. <span class="bld">Niggaṇhitvā</span>ti nīharitvā. <span class="bld">Lokiyaguṇāpi idha sārotveva adhippetā</span> lokuttaraguṇānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvato. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    411. 

  411. <p class="centered">Mahāsuññatasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    412. 

  412. <p class="subhead">3. Acchariyabbhutasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    413. 

  413. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para197"></a><a name="para197_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">197</span>. Vibhattipatirūpakā <a name="V2.0113"></a><a name="M2.0330"></a> ca nipātā hontīti yathārahaṃ taṃtaṃvibhattiatthadīpakā, idha paccattavacano <span class="bld">yatra</span>saddo, <span class="bld">hi</span>saddo hetuattho, <span class="bld">nāma</span>saddo acchariyattho, padattayassa pana acchariyatthaniddiṭṭhatāya <span class="bld">‘‘acchariyatthe nipāto’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Ekaṃsato panetaṃ padattayaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati, ‘‘yatrāti nipātavasena anāgatavacana’’nti. <span class="bld">Papañca</span>saddo heṭṭhā vutto. <span class="bld">Chinnavaṭume</span>ti iminā sabbakilesavaṭṭassa akusalakammavaṭṭassa ca chinnattā vipākavaṭṭassa ca upari vakkhamānattā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vaṭumanti kusalākusalakammavaṭṭaṃ vuccatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Nipātavasena</span> yatrasaddayogena. <span class="bld">Anāgatavacana</span>nti idaṃ anāgatavacanasadisattā vuttaṃ. Anāgatatthavācī hi anāgatavacanaṃ, attho cettha atītoti. <span class="bld">Anussarī</span>ti idaṃ anussaritabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘na anussarissatī’’ti saddapayogassa atītavisayattā. Yadā pana tehi bhikkhūhi yā kathā pavattitā, tato pacchāpi bhagavato tesaṃ buddhānaṃ anussaraṇaṃ hotiyeva.</p>
    414. 

  414. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Khattiyajaccā</span>tiādikālato paṭṭhāya asambhinnāya khattiyajātiyā uditoditāya. <span class="bld">Brahmajaccā</span>ti brāhmaṇajaccā. <span class="bld">Evaṃgotte</span>pi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Lokiyalokuttarasīlenā</span>ti pāramitāsambhūtena buddhāveṇikattā anaññasādhāraṇena lokiyena lokuttarena ca sīlena. <span class="bld">Evaṃsīlā</span>ti anavasesasīlānaṃ visuṃ paccavekkhaṇakaraṇena evaṃsīlāti anussarissati. Esa nayo sesesu. Yathā vijjābhāgiyā vijjāsampayuttadhammā, evaṃ samādhipakkhā samādhisampayuttadhammāpi sativīriyādayoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhā samādhipakkhānaṃ dhammānaṃ gahitattā vihāro gahitovā’’</span>ti. Tasmā samādhipakkhadhammavinimutto eva idha vihāro adhippetoti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    415. 

  415. <p class="bodytext">Yathā vā aṭṭhasamāpattivipassanāmaggaphalasaṅgahitā lokiyalokuttarā samādhipaññā ‘‘evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā’’ti padehi heṭṭhā gahitāpi yathāsakaṃ paṭipakkhato muccanassa pavattivisesaṃ upādāya ‘‘evaṃvimuttā’’ti ettha puna gahitā, tathā ‘‘evaṃdhammā’’ti ettha gahitāpi samādhipakkhadhammā dibbabrahmaāneñjaariyavihārasaṅkhātaṃ attano pavattivisesaṃ upādāya, ‘‘evaṃvihārī’’ti ettha puna gahitāti vuccamāne na koci virodho. Phaladhammānaṃ pavattikālepi <a name="M2.0331"></a> kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhi na taṃānubhāvajātā, atha kho ariyamaggena kilesānaṃ samucchinnattāti <a name="V2.0114"></a> āha – <span class="bld">‘‘maggānubhāvena kilesānaṃ paṭipassaddhante uppannattā’’</span>ti. Yo yaṃ pajahati, so pahāyako pahātabbato vimuttoti vuccati visaṃsaṭṭhabhāvatoti pahānavibhāgena vuccamāne apahāyakassa nibbānassa kathaṃ vimuttatā? Visaṃsaṭṭhābhāvato eva. Tañhi pakatiyāva sabbaso kilesehi visaṃsaṭṭhaṃ vinissaṭaṃ suvidūravidūre ṭhitaṃ, tasmāssa tato nissaṭattā nissaraṇavimutti nissaraṇapahānanti vuccatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nibbāna’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    416. 

  416. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para199"></a><a name="para199_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">199</span>. Ime <span class="bld">tathāgatassa acchariyaabbhutadhammā,</span> na sāvakavisayā, mama pana desanā tayā sutā evāti te therasseva bhāraṃ karonto, <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ bhiyyosomattāya paṭibhantū’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Sato sampajāno</span>ti ettha kālabhedavasena labbhamānampi sampajānabhāvaṃ anāmasitvā gativibhāgena taṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘dve sampajaññānī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">aṭṭha vare gaṇhanto</span>ti ettha kathaṃ varaṃ devatā deti, parassa dīyamānañca taṃ kathaṃ parassa samijjhatīti? Kammabaleneva. Yadi hi taṃ kammaṃ katokāsaṃ yassa tadapadesena phalaṃ vipaccati, evaṃ devatāya tassa varaṃ dinnaṃ, itarena ca laddhanti vohāro hotīti. Apica parassa patthitavarāni nāma vipaccamānassa kammassa paccayabhūto payogavisesoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tāni vipaccane ekantikānipi appesakkhā devatā – ‘‘ayamassa patthanā samijjhissati, no’’ti na jānanti, sakko pana paññavā tāni ekaccaṃ jānātiyeva. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘sakkena pasīditvā dinne aṭṭha vare gaṇhanto’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    417. 

  417. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paṭhamajavanavāre</span>ti uppannassa sabbapaṭhamajavanavāre. So hi paṭisandhiyā āsannabhāvato avisado hoti, devabhāve nikantivasena uppajjanato na jānāti. <span class="bld">Aññāhi</span> devatāhi <span class="bld">asādhāraṇajānanaṃ hoti</span> dutiyajavanavārato paṭṭhāya pavattanato.</p>
    418. 

  418. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aññepi devā</span>tiādinā bodhisattassa tattha sampajaññeneva ṭhitabhāvaṃ byatirekamukhena vibhāveti. <span class="bld">Āhārūpacchedena kālaṅkarontī</span>ti idaṃ khiḍḍāpadosikavasena vuttaṃ. Itaresampi dibbabhogehi mucchitataṃ ajjhāpannānaṃ tiṭṭhantānaṃ sampajaññābhāvo hotiyeva. <span class="bld">Kiṃ tathārūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0332"></a> <span class="bld">natthī</span>ti yathārūpaṃ uḷāraṃ paṇītañca ārammaṇaṃ paṭicca te devā saṃmucchitā āhārūpacchedampi karonti, kiṃ tathārūpaṃ uḷāraṃ paṇītañca ārammaṇaṃ bodhisattassa natthīti bodhisattassa sampajaññānubhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti? Bodhisatto hi yattha yattha nibbattati, tattha tattha aññe satte dasahi visesehi adhiggaṇhāti, pageva tattha devabhūto, tathāpi ‘‘sato sampajāno’’ti ayamettha acchariyadhammo vutto.</p>
    419. 

  419. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para200"></a><a name="para200_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">200</span>. Sampattibhave <a name="V2.0115"></a> dīghāyukatā nāma paññābalena hoti, bodhisatto ca mahāpañño, tasmā tattha tattha bhave tena dīghāyukena bhavitabbanti adhippāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘sesattabhāvesu kiṃ yāvatāyukaṃ na tiṭṭhatī’’</span>ti codeti. Itaro <span class="bld">‘‘āma na tiṭṭhatī’’</span>ti paṭijānitvā, <span class="bld">‘‘aññadā hī’’</span>tiādinā tattha kāraṇamāha. ‘‘Idha na bhavissāmī’’ti adhimuccanavasena kālakiriyā <span class="bld">adhimuttikālakiriyā</span>. Pāramidhammānañhi ukkaṃsappattiyā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ attabhāve abhiññāsamāpattīhi santānassa visesitattā attasinehassa tanubhāvena sattesu ca mahākaruṇāya uḷārabhāvena adhiṭṭhānassa tikkhavisadabhāvāpattiyā bodhisattānaṃ adhippāyā samijjhanti, citte viya kammesu ca tesaṃ vasibhāvo, tasmā yatthupapannānaṃ pāramiyo sammadeva paribrūhenti, vuttanayena kālaṃ katvā tattha upapajjanti. Tathā hi ayaṃ mahāsatto imasmiṃyeva kappe nānājātīsu aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā brahmaloke nibbatto appakameva kālaṃ tattha ṭhatvā tato cavitvā idha nibbatto. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘ayaṃ kālakiriyā aññesaṃ na hotī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sabbapāramīnaṃ pūritattā</span>ti iminā payojanābhāvato tattha ṭhatvā adhimuttikālakiriyā nāma na hotīti dasseti. Apica carimabhave catumahānidhisamuṭṭhānapubbikāya dibbasampattisadisāya mahāsampattiyā nibbatti viya buddhabhūtassa asadisadānādivasena anaññasādhāraṇalābhuppatti viya ca ito paraṃ mahāpurisassa dibbasampattianubhavanaṃ nāma natthīti yāvatāyukaṭṭhānaṃ ussāhajātassa puññasambhārassa vasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ayañhettha dhammatā.</p>
    420. 

  420. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Manussagaṇanāvasena,</span> na devagaṇanāvasena. <span class="bld">Pubbanimittānī</span>ti cutiyā pubbanimittāni. <span class="bld">Amilāyitvā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">amilāta</span>ggahaṇeneva tāsaṃ mālānaṃ vaṇṇasampadāpi gandhasampadāpi sobhāsampadāpi dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Bāhirabbhantarānaṃ <a name="M2.0333"></a> rajojallānaṃ lesassapi abhāvato devānaṃ sarīragatāni vatthāni sabbakālaṃ parisuddhapabhassarāneva hutvā tiṭṭhantīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vatthesupi eseva nayo’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Neva sītaṃ na uṇha</span>nti yassa sītassa patīkāravasena adhikaṃ seviyamānaṃ uṇhaṃ, sayameva vā kharataraṃ hutvā adhibhavantaṃ sarīre sedaṃ uppādeyya, tādisaṃ neva sītaṃ na uṇhaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ kāle</span>ti yathāvutte maraṇāsannakāle. <span class="bld">Bindubinduvasenā</span>ti muttaguḷikā viya bindu bindu hutvā sedā muccanti. Dantānaṃ khaṇḍitabhāvo <span class="bld">khaṇḍiccaṃ</span>. Kesānaṃ palitabhāvo <span class="bld">pāliccaṃ. Ādi</span>-saddena valittacataṃ saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Kilantarūpo attabhāvo hoti,</span> na pana khaṇḍiccapāliccādīhīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Ukkaṇṭhitā</span>ti anabhirati, sā natthi uparūpari uḷāruḷārānameva bhogānaṃ visesato rucijanakānaṃ upatiṭṭhanato.</p>
    421. 

  421. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paṇḍitā evā</span>ti buddhisampannā eva devatā. Yathā devatā ‘‘sampati jātā kīdisena puññakammena <a name="V2.0116"></a> idha nibbattā’’ti cintetvā, ‘‘iminā nāma puññakammena idha nibbattā’’ti jānanti, evaṃ atītabhave attanā kataṃ ekaccaṃ aññampi puññaṃ jānantiyeva mahāpuññāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ye mahāpuññā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    422. 

  422. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na paññāyanti</span> ciratarakālattā paramāyuno. <span class="bld">Aniyyānika</span>nti na niyyānāvahaṃ sattānaṃ abhājanabhāvato. Sattā na paramāyuno honti nāma pāpussannatāyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tadā hi sattā ussannakilesā hontī’’</span>ti. Etthāha – ‘‘kasmā sambuddhā manussaloke eva uppajjanti, na devabrahmalokesū’’ti. Devaloke tāva nuppajjanti brahmacariyavāsassa anokāsabhāvato tathā anacchariyabhāvato. Acchariyadhammā hi buddhā bhagavanto, tesaṃ sā acchariyadhammatā devattabhāve ṭhitānaṃ na pākaṭā hoti yathā manussabhūtānaṃ. Devabhūte hi sammāsambuddhe dissamānaṃ buddhānubhāvaṃ devānubhāvatova loko dahati, na buddhānubhāvato, tathā sati sammāsambuddhe nādhimuccati na sampasīdati issarakuttaggāhaṃ na vissajjeti, devattabhāvassa ca cirakālapavattanato ekaccasassatavādato na parimuccati. ‘‘Brahmaloke nuppajjantī’’ti etthāpi eseva <a name="M2.0334"></a> nayo. Sattānaṃ tādisagāhavimocanatthañhi buddhā bhagavanto manussasugatiyaṃyeva uppajjanti; na devasugatiyaṃ, manussasugatiyaṃ uppajjantāpi opapātikā na honti, sati ca opapātikūpapattiyaṃ vuttadosānativattanato. Dhammaveneyyānaṃ atthāya dhammatantiyā ṭhapanassa viya dhātuveneyyānaṃ atthāya dhātūnaṃ ṭhapanassa icchitabbattā ca. Na hi opapātikānaṃ parinibbānato uddhaṃ sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhanti, tasmā na opapātikā honti, carimabhave ca mahābodhisattā, manussabhāvassa pākaṭakaraṇāya dārapariggahampi karontā yāva puttamukhadassanā agāramajjhe tiṭṭhanti. Paripākagatasīlanekkhammapaññādipāramikāpi na abhinikkhamanti, kiṃ vā etāya kāraṇacintāya? Sabbabuddhehi āciṇṇasamāciṇṇā, yadidaṃ manussabhūtānaṃyeva abhisambujjhanā, na devabhūtānanti ayamettha dhammatā. Tathā hi tadattho mahābhinīhāropi manussabhūtānaṃyeva ijjhati, na itaresaṃ.</p>
    423. 

  423. <p class="bodytext">Kasmā pana sammāsambuddhā jambudīpeyeva uppajjanti, na sesadīpesūti? Keci tāva āhu – ‘‘yasmā pathaviyā nābhibhūtā buddhānubhāvasahitā acalaṭṭhānabhūtā bodhimaṇḍabhūmi jambudīpeyeva uppajjati, tasmā jambudīpeyeva uppajjantī’’ti; ‘‘tathā itaresampi avijahitaṭṭhānānaṃ tattheva labbhamānato’’ti. Ayaṃ panettha amhākaṃ khanti – yasmā purimabuddhānaṃ mahābodhisattānaṃ paccekabuddhānañca nibbattiyā sāvakabodhisattānaṃ sāvakabodhiyā abhinīhāro sāvakapāramīnaṃ sambharaṇaṃ paripācanañca buddhakhettabhūte imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe jambudīpeyeva <a name="V2.0117"></a> ijjhati, na aññattha. Veneyyānaṃ vinayanattho ca buddhuppādoti aggasāvakādiveneyyavisesāpekkhāya ekasmiṃ jambudīpeyeva buddhā nibbattanti, na sesadīpesu. Ayañca nayo sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇoti tesaṃ uttamapurisānaṃ tattheva uppatti sampatticakkānaṃ viya aññamaññupanissayato aparāparaṃ vattatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tīsu dīpesu buddhā na nibbattanti, jambudīpeyeva nibbattantīti dīpaṃ passatī’’</span>ti. Iminā nayena desaniyamepi kāraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ.</p>
    424. 

  424. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Idāni ca khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ</span> brāhmaṇānampi pūjanīyabhāvato. <span class="bld">Rājā me pitā bhavissatīti kulaṃ passi</span> pituvasena kulassa niddisitabbato<a name="M2.0335"></a>. <span class="bld">Dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari satta divasānīti passi</span> tena attano antarāyābhāvaṃ aññāsi, tassā ca tusitabhave dibbasampattipaccanubhavanaṃ.</p>
    425. 

  425. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tā devatā</span>ti dasasahassicakkavāḷadevatā. Kathaṃ pana tā bodhisattassa pūritapāramibhāvaṃ bhāvinañca sambuddhabhāvaṃ jānantīti? Mahesakkhānaṃ devatānaṃ vasena, yebhuyyena ca tā devatā abhisamayabhāgino. Tathā hi bhagavato ca dhammadānasaṃvibhāge anekavāraṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷavāsidevatāsannipāto ahosi.</p>
    426. 

  426. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cavāmīti pajānāti</span> cutiāsannajavanehi ñāṇasahitehi cutiyā upaṭṭhitabhāvassa paṭisaṃviditattā. <span class="bld">Cuticittaṃ na jānāti</span> cuticittakkhaṇassa ittarabhāvato. Tathā hi taṃ cutūpapātañāṇassapi avisayo eva. <span class="bld">Paṭisandhicittepi</span> eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Āvajjanapariyāyo</span>ti āvajjanakkamo. Yasmā ekavāraṃ āvajjitamattena ārammaṇaṃ nicchinituṃ na sakkā, tasmā tamevārammaṇaṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyañca āvajjitvā nicchīyati, āvajjanasīsena cettha javanavāro gahito. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘dutiyatatiyacittavāreyeva jānissatī’’</span>ti. Cutiyā puretaraṃ katipayacittavārato paṭṭhāya maraṇaṃ me āsannanti jānanato, <span class="bld">‘‘cutikkhaṇepi cavāmīti pajānātī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Paṭisandhiyā pana apubbabhāvato <span class="bld">paṭisandhicittaṃ na jānāti</span>. Nikantiyā uppattito parato <span class="bld">asukasmiṃ ṭhāne mayā paṭisandhi gahitāti pajānāti,</span> dutiyajavanato paṭṭhāya jānātīti vuttovāyamattho. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ kāle</span>ti paṭisandhiggahaṇakāle. <span class="bld">Dasasahassī kampatī</span>ti ettha kampanakāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Mahākāruṇikā buddhā bhagavanto sattānaṃ hitasukhavidhānatapparatāya bahulaṃ somanassikāva hontīti tesaṃ paṭhamamahāvipākacittena paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.17; dha. sa. 498; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.199) vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Mahāsīvatthero pana</span> <a name="V2.0118"></a> yadipi mahākāruṇikā buddhā bhagavanto sattānaṃ hitasukhavidhānatapparā, vivekajjhāsayā pana visaṅkhāraninnā sabbasaṅkhāresu ajjhupekkhaṇabahulāti pañcamena mahāvipākacittena paṭisandhiggahaṇamāha.</p>
    427. 

  427. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pure puṇṇamāya sattamadivasato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti puṇṇamāya pure sattamadivasato paṭṭhāya, sukkapakkhe navamito paṭṭhāyāti attho. <span class="bld">Sattame divase</span>ti <a name="M2.0336"></a> āsāḷhīpuṇṇamāya. <span class="bld">Idaṃ supina</span>nti idāni vuccamānākāraṃ supinaṃ. <span class="bld">Nesaṃ deviyo</span>ti mahārājūnaṃ deviyo.</p>
    428. 

  428. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">So ca kho purisagabbho, na itthigabbho, putto te bhavissatī</span>ti ettakameva te brāhmaṇā attano supinasatthanayena kathesuṃ. <span class="bld">Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasissatī</span>tiādi pana devatāviggahena bhāvinamatthaṃ yāthāvato pavedesuṃ.</p>
    429. 

  429. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gabbhāvakkantiyo</span>ti ettha gabbho vuccati mātukucchi, tattha uppatti avakkanti, tāva gabbhāvakkanti, yāva na nikkhamati. <span class="bld">Ṭhitakāva nikkhamanti</span> dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya.</p>
    430. 

  430. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para201"></a><a name="para201_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">201</span>. Vattamānasamīpe vattamāne viya voharīyatīti <span class="bld">okkamatī</span>ti vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘okkanto hotīti attho’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Evaṃ hotī</span>ti evaṃ vuttappakārenassa sampajānanā hoti. <span class="bld">Na okkamamāne</span> paṭisandhikkhaṇassa duviññeyyattā. Tathā ca vuttaṃ – ‘‘paṭisandhicittaṃ na jānātī’’ti. Dasasahassacakkavāḷapattharaṇena vā <span class="bld">appamāṇo</span>. Ativiya samujjalabhāvena <span class="bld">uḷāro. Devānubhāva</span>nti devānaṃ pabhānubhāvaṃ. Devānañhi pabhaṃso obhāso adhibhavati, na tesaṃ ādhipaccaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘devāna’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    431. 

  431. <p class="bodytext">Rukkhagacchādinā kenaci na haññatīti <span class="bld">aghā,</span> abādhā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘niccavivaṭā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Asaṃvutā</span>ti heṭṭhā upari ca kena ci na pihitā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhāpi appatiṭṭhā’’</span>ti. Tattha <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddena yathā heṭṭhā udakassa pidhāyikā pathavī natthīti asaṃvutā lokantarikā, evaṃ uparipi cakkavāḷesu viya devavimānānaṃ abhāvato asaṃvutā appatiṭṭhāti dasseti. Andhakāro ettha atthīti <span class="bld">andhakārā. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na jāyati</span> ālokassābhāvato, na cakkhuno. Tathā hi ‘‘tena obhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Jambudīpe ṭhitamajjhanhikavelāyaṃ pubbavidehavāsīnaṃ atthaṅgamanavasena upaḍḍhaṃ sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāyati, aparagoyānavāsīnaṃ <a name="V2.0119"></a> uggamanavasena, evaṃ sesadīpesupīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekappahāreneva tīsu dīpesu paññāyantī’’</span>ti. Ito aññathā pana dvīsu eva dīpesu ekappahāreneva paññāyatīti. <span class="bld">Ekekāya disāya nava nava yojanasatasahassāni andhakāravidhamanampi</span> iminā nayena daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Pabhāya nappahontī</span>ti <a name="M2.0337"></a> attano pabhāya obhāsituṃ na abhisambhuṇanti. Yugandharapabbatamatthakappamāṇe ākāse vicaraṇato, <span class="bld">‘‘cakkavāḷapabbatassa vemajjhena carantī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    432. 

  432. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vāvaṭā</span>ti khādanatthaṃ gaṇhituṃ upakkamantā. <span class="bld">Viparivattitvā</span>ti vivaṭṭitvā. <span class="bld">Chijjitvā</span>ti mucchāpattiyā ṭhitaṭṭhānato muccitvā, aṅgapaccaṅgacchedanavasena vā <span class="bld">chijjitvā. Accantakhāre</span>ti ātapasantāpābhāvena atisītabhāvaṃ sandhāya accantakhāratā vuttā siyā. Na hi taṃ kappasaṇṭhānaudakaṃ sampattikaramahāmeghavuṭṭhaṃ pathavīsandhārakaṃ kappavināsakaudakaṃ viya khāraṃ bhavitumarahati. Tathā hi sati pathavīpi vilīyeyya. Tesaṃ vā pāpakammabalena petānaṃ pakatiudakassa pubbakheḷabhāvāpatti viya tassa udakassa tadā khārabhāvāpatti hotīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘accantakhāre udake’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samantato</span>ti sabbabhāgato chappakārampi.</p>
    433. 

  433. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para202"></a><a name="para202_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">202</span>. <span class="bld">Catunnaṃ mahārājūnaṃ vasenā</span>ti vessavaṇādicatumahārājabhāvasāmaññena.</p>
    434. 

  434. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para203"></a><a name="para203_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">203</span>. <span class="bld">Sabhāvenevā</span>ti parassa santike gahaṇena vinā attano sabhāveneva sayameva adhiṭṭhahitvā sīlasampannā.</p>
    435. 

  435. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Manussesū</span>ti idaṃ pakaticārittavasena vuttaṃ – ‘‘manussitthiyā nāma manussapurisesu purisādhippāyacittaṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti, bodhisattamātu pana devesūpi tādisaṃ cittaṃ nuppajjateva. Yathā bodhisattassa ānubhāvena bodhisattassa mātu purisādhippāyacittaṃ nuppajjati, evaṃ tassa ānubhāveneva sā kenaci purisena anatikkamanīyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pādā na vahanti, dibbasaṅkhalikā viya bajjhantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    436. 

  436. <p class="bodytext">Pubbe ‘‘kāmaguṇūpasaṃhitaṃ cittaṃ nuppajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ, puna ‘‘pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricāretī’’ti vuttaṃ, kathamidaṃ aññamaññaṃ na virujjhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pubbe’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vatthupaṭikkhepo</span>ti abrahmacariyavatthupaṭisedho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘purisādhippāyavasenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇapaṭilābho</span>ti rūpādipañcakāmaguṇārammaṇasseva paṭilābho.</p>
    437. 

  437. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para204"></a><a name="para204_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">204</span>. <span class="bld">Kilamatho</span>ti <a name="V2.0120"></a> khedo. Kāyassa hi garubhāvakaṭhinabhāvādayopi tassā tadā na honti eva. <span class="bld">‘‘Tirokucchigataṃ passatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, kadā <a name="M2.0338"></a> paṭṭhāya passatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kalalādikālaṃ atikkamitvā’’</span>tiādi. Dassane payojanaṃ sayameva vadati, tassa abhāvato kalalādikāle na passati. <span class="bld">Puttenā</span>ti daharena mandena uttānaseyyakena. <span class="bld">Yaṃ taṃ mātū</span>tiādi pakaticārittavasena vuttaṃ. Cakkavattigabbhatopi hi savisesaṃ bodhisattagabbho parihāraṃ labhati puññasambhārassa sātisayattā, tasmā bodhisattamātā ativiya sappāyāhārācārā ca hutvā sakkaccaṃ pariharati. <span class="bld">Puratthābhimukho</span>ti mātu puratthābhimukho. Idāni tirokucchigatassa dissamānatāya abbhantaraṃ bāhirañca kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘pubbe katakamma’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti deviyā. <span class="bld">Vatthu</span>nti kucchiṃ. Phalikaabbhapaṭalādino viya bodhisattamātukucchitacassa paṭalabhāvena ālokassa vibandhābhāvato yathā bodhisattamātā kucchigataṃ bodhisattaṃ passati, kimevaṃ bodhisattopi mātaraṃ aññañca purato rūpagataṃ passati, noti āha, <span class="bld">‘‘bodhisatto panā’’</span>tiādi. Kasmā pana sati cakkhumhi āloke ca na passatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘na hi antokucchiyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjatī’’</span>ti. Assāsapassāsā viya hi tattha cakkhuviññāṇampi na uppajjati tajjāsamannāhārassābhāvato.</p>
    438. 

  438. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para205"></a><a name="para205_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">205</span>. Yathā aññā itthiyo vijātapaccayā tādisena rogena abhibhūtāpi hutvā maranti, bodhisattamātu pana bodhisatte kucchigate na koci rogo uppajjati; kevalaṃ āyuparikkhayeneva kālaṃ karoti, svāyamattho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. <span class="bld">Bodhisattena vasitaṭṭhānaṃ hī</span>tiādinā tattha kāraṇamāha. <span class="bld">Apanetvā</span>ti aggamahesiṭṭhānato nīharitvā. <span class="bld">Anurakkhituṃ na sakkotī</span>ti sammā gabbhaparihāraṃ nānuyuñjati, tena <span class="bld">gabbho bahvābādho hoti. Vatthuvisadaṃ hotī</span>ti gabbhāsayo parisuddho hoti. Mātu <span class="bld">majjhimavayassa tatiyakoṭṭhāse</span> bodhisattassa gabbhokkamanampi tassā āyuparimāṇavilokaneneva saṅgahitaṃ vayovasena uppajjanakavikārassa parivajjanato, itthisabhāvena uppajjanakavikāro pana bodhisattassa ānubhāveneva vūpasammati.</p>
    439. 

  439. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sattamāsajāto</span>ti paṭisandhiggahaṇato sattame māse jāto. So <span class="bld">sītuṇhakkhamo na hoti</span> ativiya sukhumālatāya. Aṭṭhamāsajāto kāmaṃ sattamāsajātato buddhiavayavo, ekacce pana cammapadesā <a name="M2.0339"></a> buddhiṃ pāpuṇantā ghaṭṭanaṃ na sahanti, tena <span class="bld">so na jīvati</span>. Sattamāsajātassa pana na tāva te jātāti vadanti.</p>
    440. 

  440. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ṭhitāva hutvā</span>ti niddukkhatāya ṭhitā eva hutvā. Dukkhassa hi balavabhāvato taṃ dukkhaṃ asahamānā <a name="V2.0121"></a> aññā itthiyo nisinnā vā nipannā vā vijāyanti. <span class="bld">Upavijaññā</span>ti upagatavijāyanakālā. <span class="bld">Sakalanagaravāsino</span>ti kapilavatthuṃ parivāretvā ṭhitesu devadahādīsu chasu nagaresu vasantā.</p>
    441. 

  441. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Devā naṃ paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantī</span>ti lokanāthaṃ mahāpurisaṃ mayameva paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmāti sañjātagāravabahumānā attano pītiṃ pavedentā <span class="bld">khīṇāsavā suddhāvāsabrahmāno</span> ādito paṭiggaṇhanti. <span class="bld">Sūtivesa</span>nti sūtijagganadhātivesaṃ. <span class="bld">Eke</span>ti uttaravihāravāsino. <span class="bld">Macchakkhisadisaṃ</span> chavivasena.</p>
    442. 

  442. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para206"></a><a name="para206_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">206</span>. <span class="bld">Ajinappaveṇiyā</span>ti ajinacammehi sibbetvā katapaveṇiyā. <span class="bld">Mahātejo</span>ti mahānubhāvo. <span class="bld">Mahāyaso</span>ti mahāparivāro vipulakittighoso ca.</p>
    443. 

  443. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Bhaggavibhaggā</span>ti sambādhaṭṭhānato nikkhamanena vibhāvitattā bhaggā vibhaggā viya ca hutvā. Tena nesaṃ avisadabhāvameva dasseti. <span class="bld">Alaggo hutvā</span>ti gabbhāsaye yonipadese ca katthaci alaggo asatto hutvā. <span class="bld">Udakenā</span>ti gabbhāsayagatena udakena <span class="bld">amakkhito nikkhamati</span> sammakkhitassa tādisassa udakasemhādikasseva tattha abhāvato. Bodhisattassa hi puññānubhāvena paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya taṃ ṭhānaṃ visuddhaṃ paramasugandhagandhakuṭi viya candanagandhaṃ vāyantaṃ tiṭṭhati. <span class="bld">Udakavaṭṭiyo</span>ti udakakkhandhā.</p>
    444. 

  444. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para207"></a><a name="para207_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">207</span>. <span class="bld">Muhuttajāto</span>ti muhuttena jāto hutvā muhuttamattova. <span class="bld">Anudhāriyamāne</span>ti anukūlavasena nīyamāne. <span class="bld">Āgatānevā</span>ti taṃ ṭhānaṃ upagatāni eva.</p>
    445. 

  445. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anekasākha</span>nti ratanamayānekasatapatiṭṭhānahīrakaṃ. <span class="bld">Sahassamaṇḍala</span>nti tesaṃ upari patiṭṭhitaṃ anekasahassamaṇḍalahīrakaṃ. <span class="bld">Marū</span>ti devā.</p>
    446. 

  446. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na</span> <a name="M2.0340"></a> <span class="bld">kho panevaṃ daṭṭhabba</span>nti sattapadavītihārato pageva disāvilokanassa katattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mahāsatto hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Ekaṅgaṇānī</span>ti vivaṭabhāvena vihāraṅgaṇapariveṇaṅgaṇāni viya ekaṅgaṇasadisāni ahesuṃ. <span class="bld">Sadisopi natthī</span>ti tumhākaṃ idaṃ vilokanaṃ visiṭṭhe passituṃ idha tumhehi sadisopi natthi, kuto uttaritaroti āhaṃsu. <span class="bld">Sabbapaṭhamo</span>ti sabbappadhāno. Padhānapariyāyo hi idha paṭhamasaddo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘itarānī’’</span>tiādi. Ettha ca mahesakkhā tāva devā <a name="V2.0122"></a> tathā vadanti, itare pana kathanti? Mahāsattassa ānubhāvadassaneneva. Mahesakkhānañhi devānaṃ mahāsattassa ānubhāvo viya tena sadisānampi ānubhāvo paccakkho ahosi. Itare pana tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā saddahantā anuminantā tathā āhaṃsu.</p>
    447. 

  447. <p class="bodytext">Jātamattasseva bodhisattassa ṭhānādīni yesaṃ visesādhigamānaṃ pubbanimittabhūtānīti te niddhāretvā dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘ettha cā’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha <span class="bld">patiṭṭhānaṃ catuiddhipādapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ</span> iddhipādavasena lokuttaradhammesu suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasamijjhanato. <span class="bld">Uttarābhimukhabhāvo</span> lokassa uttaraṇavasena <span class="bld">gamanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Sattapadagamanaṃ</span> sattabojjhaṅgādigamanassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ,</span> visuddhachattadhāraṇaṃ suvisuddhavimuttichattadhāraṇassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ, pañcarājakakudhabhaṇḍāni</span> pañcavidhavimuttiguṇaparivāratāya <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ, anāvaṭadisānuvilokanaṃ</span> anāvaṭañāṇatāya <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ,</span> ‘‘aggohamasmī’’tiādivacanaṃ <span class="bld">appaṭivattiyadhammacakkapavattanassa pubbanimittaṃ; ayamantimā jātī</span>ti āyatiṃ jātiyā abhāvakittanā <span class="bld">anupādi…pe… pubbanimittanti veditabbaṃ;</span> tassa tassa anāgate laddhabbavisesassa taṃ taṃ nimittaṃ abyabhicārīnimittanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Na āgato</span>ti imasmiṃ sutte aññattha ca vakkhamānāya anupubbiyā anāgatataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Āharitvā</span>ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sutte aṭṭhakathāsu ca āgatanayena āharitvā dīpetabbo.</p>
    448. 

  448. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dasasahassilokadhātu kampī</span>ti pana idaṃ satipi idha pāḷiyaṃ āgatatte vakkhamānānamacchariyānaṃ mūlabhūtaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ aññampīdisaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Tanti baddhā vīṇā, cammabaddhā bheriyo</span>ti pañcaṅgikatūriyassa nidassanamattaṃ, ca-saddena vā itaresampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Bhijjiṃsū</span>ti pādesu baddhaṭṭhānesuyeva <a name="M2.0341"></a> bhijjiṃsu. <span class="bld">Vigacchiṃsū</span>ti vūpasamiṃsu. <span class="bld">Sakatejobhāsitānī</span>ti ativiya samujjalāya attano pabhāya obhāsitāni ahesuṃ. <span class="bld">Na pavattī</span>ti na sandī. <span class="bld">Vāto na vāyī</span>ti kharo vāto na vāyi, mudusukho pana sattānaṃ sukhāvaho vāyi. <span class="bld">Pathavīgatā ahesuṃ</span> uccaṭṭhāne ṭhātuṃ avisahantā. <span class="bld">Utusampanno</span>ti anuṇhāsītatāsaṅkhātena utunā sampanno. Vāmahatthaṃ ure ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇena puthupāṇinā hatthatāḷanena saddakaraṇaṃ <span class="bld">apphoṭanaṃ</span>. Mukhena usseḷanaṃ saddamuñcanaṃ <span class="bld">seḷanaṃ. Ekaddhajamālā ahosī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho. Tena vicittapupphasugandhapupphavassadevā vassiṃsu, sūriye dibbamāne eva tārakā obhāsiṃsu, acchaṃ vippasannaṃ udakaṃ pathavito ubbhijji, bilāsayā darisayā tiracchānā āsayato nikkhamiṃsu; rāgadosamohāpi tanu bhaviṃsu, pathaviyaṃ rajo vūpasami, aniṭṭhagandho vigacchi, dibbagandho vāyi, rūpino devā sarūpeneva manussānaṃ āpāthamagamaṃsu<a name="V2.0123"></a>, sattānaṃ cutupapātā nāhesunti imesaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Yāni mahābhinīhārasamaye uppannāni dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni, tāni anavasesāni tadā ahesunti.</p>
    449. 

  449. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatrāpī</span>ti tesupi pathavikampādīsu evaṃ pubbanimittabhāvo veditabbo, na kevalaṃ sampatijātassa ṭhānādīsu evāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ</span> sabbassa ñeyyassa titthakaramatassa ca cālanato. Kenaci anussāhitānaṃyeva imasmiṃyeva ekacakkavāḷe sannipāto, kenaci anussāhitānaṃyeva ekappahāreneva sannipatitvā <span class="bld">dhammapaṭiggaṇhanassa pubbanimittaṃ, paṭhamaṃ devatānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ</span> dibbavihārapaṭilābhassa, pacchā manussānaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ tattheva ṭhānassa niccalasabhāvato <span class="bld">āneñjavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ</span>. Vīṇānaṃ sayaṃ vajjanaṃ parūpadesena vinā sayameva <span class="bld">anupubbavihārapaṭilābhassa pubbanimittaṃ</span>. Bherīnaṃ vajjanaṃ cakkavāḷapariyantāya parisāya pavedanasamatthassa <span class="bld">dhammabheriyā anusāvanassa</span> amatadundubhighosanassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ. Andubandhanādīnaṃ chedo</span> mānavinibandhachedanassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ; supaṭṭanasampāpuṇanaṃ</span> atthādi anurūpaṃ atthādīsu ñāṇassa bhedādhigamassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ</span>.</p>
    450. 

  450. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nibbānarasenā</span>ti kilesānaṃ nibbāyanarasena. <span class="bld">Ekarasabhāvassā</span>ti sāsanassa sabbattha ekarasabhāvassa. Vātassa avāyanaṃ kissa pubbanimittanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatabhindanassā’’</span>ti. Ākāsādiappatiṭṭhavisamacañcalaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya <a name="M2.0342"></a> <span class="bld">sakuṇānaṃ pathavīgamanaṃ</span> tādisaṃ micchāgāhaṃ pahāya sattānaṃ <span class="bld">pāṇehi</span> ratanattaya<span class="bld">saraṇagamanassa pubbanimittaṃ. Devatānaṃ apphoṭanādīhi kīḷanaṃ</span> pamodanuppatti<span class="bld">udānassa</span> bhavavantagamanena dhammasabhāvabodhanena ca pamodavibhāvanassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ. Dhammavegavassanassā</span>ti desanāñāṇavegena dhammāmatassa vassanassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ</span>. Kāyagatāsativasena laddhajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppāditamaggaphalasukhānubhavo <span class="bld">kāyagatāsatiamatapaṭilābho,</span> tassa pana kāyassapi atappakasukhāvahattā <span class="bld">khudāpipāsāpīḷanābhāvo</span> pubbanimittaṃ vutto. <span class="bld">Ariyaddhajamālāmālitāyā</span>ti sadevakassa lokassa ariyamaggabojjhaṅgadhajamālāhi mālitabhāvassa <span class="bld">pubbanimittaṃ</span>. Yaṃ panettha anuddhaṭaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    451. 

  451. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti ‘‘sampatijāto’’tiādinā āgate imasmiṃ ṭhāne. <span class="bld">Vissajjitova,</span> tasmā amhehi idha apubbaṃ vattabbaṃ natthīti adhippāyo. Tadā pathaviyaṃ gacchantopi mahāsatto ākāsena gacchanto viya mahājanassa upaṭṭhāsīti ayamettha niyati dhammaniyāmo bodhisattānaṃ dhammatāti idaṃ <span class="bld">niyativādavasena</span> kathanaṃ. ‘‘Pubbe purimajātīsu tādisassa puññasambhārakammassa katattā <a name="V2.0124"></a> upacitattā mahājanassa tathā upaṭṭhāsī’’ti idaṃ <span class="bld">pubbekatakammavādavasena</span> kathanaṃ. Imesaṃ sattānaṃ upari īsanasīlatāya yathāsakaṃ kammameva issaro nāma, tassa nimmānaṃ attano phalassa nibbattanaṃ, mahāpurisopi sadevakaṃ lokaṃ abhibhavituṃ samatthena uḷārena puññakammunā nibbattito tena issarena nimmito nāma, tassa cāyaṃ nimmānaviseso, yadidaṃ mahānubhāvatā. Yāya mahājanassa tathā upaṭṭhāsīti idaṃ <span class="bld">issaranimmānavādavasena</span> kathanaṃ. <span class="bld">Evaṃ taṃ taṃ bahuṃ vatvā</span> kiṃ imāya pariyāyakathāyāti <span class="bld">avasāne</span> ujukameva evaṃ <span class="bld">byākāsi</span>. Sampatijāto pathaviyaṃ kathaṃ padasā gacchati, evaṃmahānubhāvo ākāsena maññe gacchatīti parikappanassa vasena <span class="bld">ākāsena gacchanto viya ahosi</span>. Sīghataraṃ pana sattapadavītihārena gatattā dissamānarūpopi <span class="bld">mahājanassa adissamāno viya ahosi</span>. Acelakabhāvo khuddakasarīratā ca tādisassa iriyāpathassa ananucchavikāti kammānubhāvasañjanitapāṭihāriyavasena <span class="bld">alaṅkārapaṭiyatto viya; soḷasavassuddesiko viya ca mahājanassa upaṭṭhāsī</span>ti veditabbaṃ; buddhabhāvānucchavikassa <a name="M2.0343"></a> bodhisattānubhāvassa yāthāvato paveditattā <span class="bld">buddhena viya…pe… attamanā ahosi</span>.</p>
    452. 

  452. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pākaṭā hutvā</span>ti vibhūtā hutvā. Buddhānaṃ ye ye saṅkhāre vavatthapetukāmā, te te uppādakkhaṇepi sabbaso suppaṭividitā supākaṭā hatthatale āmalakaṃ viya suṭṭhu vibhūtā eva hutvā upaṭṭhahanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Anokāsagate</span>ti pariggahassa anokāsakāle pavatte. <span class="bld">Nippadese</span>ti niravasese. <span class="bld">Okāsappatte</span>ti ṭhānagamanādikāle uppanne, te hi sammasanassa yogyakāle uppattiyā okāsappattāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Sattadivasabbhantare</span>ti idaṃ buddhānaṃ pākatikasammasanavasena vuttaṃ, ākaṅkhantā pana te yadā kadāci uppannasaṅkhāre sammasantiyeva. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    453. 

  453. <p class="centered">Acchariyabbhutasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    454. 

  454. <p class="subhead">4. Bākulasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    455. 

  455. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para209"></a><a name="para209_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">209</span>. Yathā <a name="V2.0125"></a> ‘‘dvattiṃsā’’ti vattabbe dvi-saddassa bā-ādesaṃ katvā <span class="bld">bāttiṃsā</span>ti vuccati, evaṃ ettha bā-kārādesaṃ katvā bākuloti samaññā ahosi, sāyaṃ tassa anvatthasaññāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tassa hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sīsaṃ nhāpetvā</span>ti maṅgalatthaṃ mahāgaṅgāya sīsaṃ nhāpetvā. <span class="bld">Nimujjanavasenā</span>ti jaṇṇupamāṇe udake thokaṃyeva nimujjanavasena. <span class="bld">Chaḍḍetvā palātā</span> maraṇabhayatajjitā. <span class="bld">Pahariyamānā maranti,</span> na jālena bandhitamattena. <span class="bld">Dārakassa tejenā</span>ti dārakassa puññatejena. <span class="bld">Nīhaṭamattova mato,</span> tassa maraṇatthaṃ upakkamo na kato, yena upakkamena dārakassa bādho siyā. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti macchaṃ. <span class="bld">Sakalamevā</span>ti paripuṇṇāvayavameva.</p>
    456. 

  456. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na kelāyatī</span>ti na mamāyati kismiñci na maññati. Dārakassa puññatejena <span class="bld">piṭṭhito phālentī. Dārakaṃ labhatī</span>ti ugghosanavasena bheriṃ carāpetvā. <span class="bld">Pavattiṃ ācikkhi,</span> attano puttabhāvaṃ kathesi. <span class="bld">Kucchiyā dhāritattā amātā kātuṃ na sakkā</span> jananībhāvato. <span class="bld">Macchaṃ gaṇhantāpī</span>ti macchaṃ kiṇitvā gaṇhantāpi. Tathā gaṇhantā ca tappariyāpannaṃ sabbaṃ gaṇhāti nāmāti <a name="M2.0344"></a> āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vakkayakanādīni bahi katvā gaṇhantā nāma natthī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ayampi amātā kātuṃ na sakkā</span> sāmikabhāvato. <span class="bld">Dārako ubhinnampi kulānaṃ dāyādo hotu</span> dvinnaṃ puttabhāvato.</p>
    457. 

  457. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asītime</span>ti jātiyā asītime vasse. Pabbajjāmattena kilesānaṃ asamucchijjanato vītikkamituṃ kāmasaññā uppannapubbāti pucchā pana pucchitabbā. Tenāha – ‘‘evañca kho maṃ, āvuso kassapa, pucchitabba’’nti.</p>
    458. 

  458. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para210"></a><a name="para210_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">210</span>. <span class="bld">Niyametvā</span>ti taṃ taṃvāre sesavārena niyametvā. <span class="bld">Kammapathabhedako</span>ti kammapathavisesakaro. Tattha kāmavitakko yathā kāyavacīdvāresu copanappatto kammapathappatto nāma hoti; manodvāre parabhaṇḍassa attano pariṇāmanavasena pavattaabhijjhāsahagato; evaṃ kāmasaññāti, tathā byāpādavihiṃsāvitakkasaññāti <span class="bld">thero, ‘‘ubhayampetaṃ kammapathabhedakamevā’’ti āha</span>. Kammapathaṃ appattaṃ saññaṃ sandhāya, ‘‘saññā uppannamattāvā’’ti vuccamāne vitakkitampi samānaṃ kammapathaṃ appattameva, ubhayassa pana vasena suttapadaṃ pavattanti therassa adhippāyo.</p>
    459. 

  459. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para211"></a><a name="para211_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">211</span>. <span class="bld">Āyūhanakamma</span>nti <a name="V2.0126"></a> attanā āyūhitabbakammaṃ. <span class="bld">Lomakiliṭṭhānī</span>ti kiliṭṭhalomāni, kiliṭṭhaṃsūnīti attho. Kimevaṃ bhogesu paranimmitabhave vasavattidevānaṃ viya sabbaso āyūhanakammena vinā aññassapi pabbajitassa paccayalābho diṭṭhapubbo sutapubboti āha <span class="bld">‘‘anacchariyañceta’’</span>nti. Kulūpakatherānametaṃ kammaṃ, thero pana kadācipi kulūpako nāhosi.</p>
    460. 

  460. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gadduhanamatta</span>nti goduhanamattakālaṃ. Idha pana sakalo goduhano adhippetoti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘gāviṃ…pe… kālamattampī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Nibandhī</span>ti nibaddhadātabbaṃ katvā ṭhapesi.</p>
    461. 

  461. <p class="bodytext">Sakilesapuggalassa aseribhāvakaraṇena raṇena sadisatāya <span class="bld">raṇo,</span> saṃkileso. <span class="bld">Aññā udapādīti panāha,</span> tasmā arahattaṃ na paṭiññātanti dasseti. Nanu tathā vacanaṃ paṭijānanaṃ viya hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    462. 

  462. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para212"></a><a name="para212_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">212</span>. Avāpurati <a name="M2.0345"></a> dvāraṃ etenāti <span class="bld">avāpuraṇaṃ</span>. Paṭhamasaṅgahato pacchā desitattā <span class="bld">dutiyasaṅgahe saṅgitaṃ</span>. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    463. 

  463. <p class="centered">Bākulasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    464. 

  464. <p class="subhead">5. Dantabhūmisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    465. 

  465. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para213"></a><a name="para213_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">213</span>. <span class="bld">Phuseyyā</span>ti <a name="V2.0127"></a> ñāṇaphusanā nāma adhippetā, tasmā <span class="bld">labheyyā</span>ti adhigaccheyya. <span class="bld">Evaṃ paṭipanno</span>ti, ‘‘appamatto ātāpī pahitatto’’ti vuttappakārena paṭipanno. <span class="bld">Ajānanakoṭṭhāseyevā</span>ti avadhāraṇena attani kataṃ dosāropanaṃ nivatteti.</p>
    466. 

  466. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para214"></a><a name="para214_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">214</span>. <span class="bld">Appanāupacāra</span>nti appanañceva upacārañca pāpetvā kathesīti atthaṃ vadanti, appanāsahito pana upacāro appanāupacāro, taṃ pāpetvā kathesīti attho.</p>
    467. 

  467. <p class="bodytext">Nikkhamatīti nikkhamo, avaggāhakāmato nikkhamanaṃ nikkhamo eva <span class="bld">nekkhammo,</span> paṭhamajjhānādi. Sati kilesakāme attano upahāraṃ upacāretvā assādetvā paribhuñjati nāmāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘duvidhepi kāme paribhuñjamāno’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Duvidhepī</span>ti hīnapaṇītādivasena duvidhe.</p>
    468. 

  468. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para215"></a><a name="para215_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">215</span>. <span class="bld">Kūṭākāra</span>nti gāḷhasāṭheyyaṃ appatirūpe ṭhāne khandhagatapātanādi. <span class="bld">Dantagamana</span>nti dantehi nibbisevanehi gandhabbagatiṃ. <span class="bld">Pattabbaṃ bhūmi</span>nti sammākiriyāya laddhabbasampattiṃ.</p>
    469. 

  469. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para216"></a><a name="para216_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">216</span>. Byatiharaṇavasena laṅghakaṃ <span class="bld">vilaṅghakaṃ,</span> aññamaññahatthaggahaṇaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘hatthena hatthaṃ gahetvā’’</span>ti.</p>
    470. 

  470. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para217"></a><a name="para217_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">217</span>. <span class="bld">Gahetuṃ samattho</span>ti gaṇikārahatthinīhi upalāpetvā araññahatthiṃ vacanavasena gahetuṃ samattho. <span class="bld">Atipassitvā</span> atiṭṭhānavasena passitvā. <span class="bld">Etthagedhā</span>ti etasmiṃ araññe nāgavane pavattagedhā. <span class="bld">Sukhāyatī</span>ti sukhaṃ ayati pavatteti, ‘‘sukhaṃ haratī’’ti vā pāṭho. <span class="bld">Ḍiṇḍimo</span> ānako. <span class="bld">Nihitasabbavaṅkadoso</span>ti apagatasabbasāṭheyyadoso. <span class="bld">Apanītakasāvo</span>ti apetasārambhakasāvo.</p>
    471. 

  471. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para219"></a><a name="para219_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">219</span>. <span class="bld">Pañcakāmaguṇanissitasīlāna</span>nti <a name="M2.0346"></a> akusalānaṃ. <span class="bld">Gehassitasīlāna</span>nti vā vaṭṭasannissitasīlānaṃ.</p>
    472. 

  472. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para222"></a><a name="para222_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">222</span>. <span class="bld">Esa</span> <a name="V2.0128"></a> <span class="bld">nayo sabbatthā</span>ti, ‘‘majjhimo, daharo’’ti āgatesu upamāvāresu, ‘‘thero’’tiādinā āgatesu upameyyavāresūti pañcasu saṃkilesapakkhiyesu vāresu esa yathāvuttova nayoti veditabbo. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    473. 

  473. <p class="centered">Dantabhūmisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    474. 

  474. <p class="subhead">6. Bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    475. 

  475. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para223"></a><a name="para223_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">223</span>. <span class="bld">Āsañcepi</span> <a name="V2.0129"></a> <span class="bld">karitvā</span>ti, ‘‘imināhaṃ brahmacariyena devo vā bhaveyyaṃ devaññataro vā, dukkhato vā mucceyya’’nti patthanaṃ katvā cepi caranti, <span class="bld">abhabbā phalassa adhigamāya</span> taṇhāya brahmacariyassa vidūsitattāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Anāsañcepi karitvā</span>ti vuttanayena patthanaṃ akatvā. <span class="bld">Abhabbā phalassa adhigamāya</span> aniyamitabhāvato. Paṇidhānavasena hi puññaphalaṃ niyataṃ nāma hoti, tadabhāvato kataṃ puññaṃ na labhatīti adhippāyo. Tatiyapakkhe ubhayaṭṭhānehi vuttaṃ, catutthapakkho sammāvatāro iti catukoṭiko pañho jālavasena āhaṭo, tattha āsā nāma patthanā, micchāgāhasmiṃ sati na vipaccati, sammāgāhasmiṃ sati vipaccati, ubhayathāpi ubhayāpekkhānāma, yo micchattadhamme purakkhatvā brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa yathādhippāyaphalaṃ samijjhatīti na vattabbaṃ ayoniso brahmacariyassa ciṇṇattā; yo pana sammattaṃ purakkhatvā brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa yathādhippāyaṃ brahmacariyaphalaṃ na samijjhatīti na vattabbaṃ yoniso brahmacariyassa ciṇṇattā. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘āsañcepi karitvā ayoniso brahmacariyaṃ carantī’’</span>tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    476. 

  476. <p class="centered">Bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    477. 

  477. <p class="subhead">7. Anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    478. 

  478. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para230"></a><a name="para230_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">230</span>. <span class="bld">Upasaṅkamitvā</span> <a name="V2.0130"></a><a name="M2.0347"></a> <span class="bld">evamāhaṃsū</span>ti vuttaṃ upasaṅkamanakāraṇaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘tassa upāsakassa aphāsukakālo ahosī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Avirādhita</span>nti avirajjhanakaṃ. Yadi vā te dhammā nānatthā, yadi vā ekatthā, yaṃ tattha avirajjhanakaṃ, taṃ taṃyeva paṭibhātūti yojanā. <span class="bld">Jhānamevā</span>ti appamāṇajjhānameva, ‘‘cetovimuttī’’ti pana vuttattā <span class="bld">cittekaggatāyeva evaṃ vuccatī</span>ti upāsakassa adhippāyo.</p>
    479. 

  479. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para231"></a><a name="para231_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">231</span>. Yāvatā majjhanhike kāle chāyā pharati, nivāte paṇṇāni patanti, ettāvatā <span class="bld">‘‘rukkhamūla’’</span>nti vuccatīti evaṃ vuttaṃ <span class="bld">ekarukkhamūlappamāṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Kasiṇanimittena ottharitvā</span>ti kasiṇārammaṇaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjanto <span class="bld">tasmiṃ kasiṇa…pe… viharatī</span>ti vutto. <span class="bld">Ābhogo natthi</span> jhānakkhaṇe. Kāmaṃ samāpattikkhaṇe ābhogo natthi tato pana pubbe vā siyā so ābhogo, tampi sandhāya mahaggatanti keci. Idāni tāsaṃ cetovimuttīnaṃ satipi kenaci visesena abhede visayādito labbhamānabhedaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘etthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Nimittaṃ na vaḍḍhati</span> vaḍḍhetabbassa nimittasseva abhāvato. Pathavīkasiṇādīnaṃ viya ākāsabhāvanāya <span class="bld">ugghāṭanaṃ na jāyati. Tāni jhānānī</span>ti brahmavihārajjhānāni. Cuddasavidhena paridamanābhāvato <span class="bld">abhiññānaṃ pādakāni na honti</span>. Nimittugghāṭasseva abhāvato arūpajjhānānaṃ anadhiṭṭhānatāya <span class="bld">nirodhassa pādakāni na hontī</span>ti. Kammavaṭṭabhāvena kilesavaṭṭavipākavaṭṭānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vaṭṭānaṃ paccayabhāvo <span class="bld">vaṭṭapādakatā</span>. Upapajjanavaseneva taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ okkamati etehīti <span class="bld">bhavokkamanāni</span>. Dutiyanayassa vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. Ugghāṭanassa labbhanato arūpajjhānopari samatikkamo hotīti ayameva viseso. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti yathāvuttena nimittāvaḍḍhananimittavaḍḍhanādippakārena. <span class="bld">Nānatthā</span>ti nānāsabhāvā. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti appamāṇamahaggatasaddavacanīyatāya <span class="bld">nānābyañjanā</span>. Kāmañcettha appamāṇasamāpattitopi nīharitvā vakkhamānabhavūpapattikāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ sakkā, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kasiṇajhānatova nīharitvā yojanā katāti tathā vuttaṃ. Atha vā mahaggatagahaṇenettha appamāṇāti vuttabrahmavihārānampi saṅgaho veditabbo tassā samaññāya ubhayesampi sādhāraṇabhāvato.</p>
    480. 

  480. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para232"></a><a name="para232_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">232</span>. <span class="bld">Evaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0348"></a> <span class="bld">vutto</span>ti asatipi tathārūpe ābhoge ‘‘parittābhāti pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharatī’’ti <a name="V2.0131"></a> vutto. Appamāṇaṃ katvā kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍhentassa kasiṇavaḍḍhanavasena bahulīkārasambhavato siyā jhānassa balavataratā, tadabhāve ca dubbalatā, āciṇṇavasitāya pana paccanīkadhammānaṃ sammā aparisodhane vattabbameva natthīti pañcahākārehi jhānassa appaguṇataṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘suppamatte vā’’</span>tiādimāha. Jhānassa appānubhāvatāya eva tannimittā pabhāpi appatarā aparisuddhāva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vaṇṇo…pe… saṃkiliṭṭho cā’’</span>ti. Dutiyanayo vuttavipariyāyena veditabbo. Tatthāpi kasiṇassa parittabhāvena vaṇṇassa parittatā, parittārammaṇāya anurūpatāya vā nimittaṃ pabhāmaṇḍalakampi parittameva siyāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Vipulaparikamma</span>nti vipulabhāvena parikammaṃ. Sesaṃ tatiyacatutthanayesu vattabbaṃ paṭhamadutiyanayesu vuttasadisameva.</p>
    481. 

  481. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vaṇṇanānatta</span>nti yadi pītaṃ yadi lohitaṃ yadi vā odātanti sarīravaṇṇanānattaṃ. <span class="bld">Ābhānānatta</span>nti parittavipulatāvasena pabhāya nānattaṃ. <span class="bld">Accinānatta</span>nti tejodhātussa dīghādivasena vemattatā. <span class="bld">Abhinivisantī</span>ti abhirativasena nivisanti nisīdanti tiṭṭhanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vasantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    482. 

  482. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para234"></a><a name="para234_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">234</span>. Ābhanti dibbantīti <span class="bld">ābhā</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ābhāsampannā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tadaṅgenā</span>ti vā tassā parittatāya appamāṇatāya ca ābhākāraṇaṃ, taṃ pana atthato bhavūpapattikāraṇamevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tassā bhavūpapattiyā aṅgenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kāyālasiyabhāvo</span> tandīādīnaṃ hetubhūtā kāyassa vitthāyitatā.</p>
    483. 

  483. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para235"></a><a name="para235_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">235</span>. <span class="bld">Pāramiyo</span>ti mahāsāvakasaṃvattanikā sāvakapāramiyo pūrento. <span class="bld">Brahmaloke</span>ti brahmattabhāve, brahmaloke vā uppattiṃ paṭilabhi, <span class="bld">vuttampi cetaṃ</span> theragāthāsu. <span class="bld">Avokiṇṇa</span>nti aññehi asammissanti attho. <span class="bld">Pubbe sañcarita</span>nti atītabhavesu jātivasena sañcaraṇaṃ mama, sañcaritanti taṃ mamassāti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    484. 

  484. <p class="centered">Anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    485. 

  485. <p class="subhead">8. Upakkilesasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    486. 

  486. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para236"></a><a name="para236_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">236</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti <a name="V2.0132"></a><a name="M2.0349"></a> atthakāmattā evamāha, na bhagavato vacanaṃ anādiyanto. Ye pana tadā satthuvacanaṃ na gaṇhiṃsu, te kiñci avatvā tuṇhībhūtā maṅkubhūtā aṭṭhaṃsu, tasmā ubhayesampi satthari agāravapaṭipatti nāhosi.</p>
    487. 

  487. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yenapi janena na diṭṭho</span>ti yena ubhayajanena aññavihitatāya kuḍḍakavāṭādiantarikatāya vā na diṭṭho. <span class="bld">Damanattha</span>nti tehi upāsakehi nimmadabhāvaṃ āpāditānaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ damanatthaṃ. <span class="bld">Ṭhapayiṃsū</span>ti yo imesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ deti, tassa sataṃ daṇḍoti, sahassanti ca vadanti.</p>
    488. 

  488. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para237"></a><a name="para237_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">237</span>. Vaggabhāveneva (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvaggo 3.464) nānāsaddo assāti <span class="bld">puthusaddo. Samajano</span>ti bhaṇḍane samajjhāsayo jano. Bālalakkhaṇe ṭhitopi ‘‘ahaṃ bālo’’ti na maññati. Bhiyyo cāti attano bālabhāvassa ajānanatopi bhiyyo ca bhaṇḍanassa upari phoṭo viya saṅghabhedassa attano kāraṇabhāvampi uppajjamānaṃ <span class="bld">na maññi</span> naññāsi.</p>
    489. 

  489. <p class="bodytext">Kalahavasena pavattavācāyeva gocaro etesanti <span class="bld">vācāgocarā</span> hutvā. <span class="bld">Mukhāyāma</span>nti vivādavasena mukhaṃ āyametvā bhāṇino. <span class="bld">Na taṃ jānantī</span>ti taṃ kalahaṃ na jānanti. Kalahaṃ karonto ca taṃ na jānanto nāma natthi. Yathā pana na jānanti, taṃ dassetuṃ āha – <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ sādīnavo aya’’</span>nti. Ayaṃ kalaho nāma attano paresañca atthajāpanato anatthuppādanato diṭṭheva dhamme samparāye ca <span class="bld">sādīnavo,</span> sadosoti attho.</p>
    490. 

  490. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upanayhantī</span>ti upanāhavasena anubandhanti. <span class="bld">Porāṇo</span>ti purimehi buddhādīhi āciṇṇasamāciṇṇatāya purātano.</p>
    491. 

  491. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Na jānantī</span>ti aniccasaññaṃ na paccupaṭṭhāpenti.</p>
    492. 

  492. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tathā pavattaverāna</span>nti aṭṭhichinnādibhāvaṃ nissāya upanayavasena cirakālaṃ pavattaverānaṃ.</p>
    493. 

  493. <p class="bodytext">Bālasahāyatāya <a name="V2.0133"></a><a name="M2.0350"></a> ime bhikkhū kalahapasutā, paṇḍitasahāyānaṃ pana idaṃ na siyāti <span class="bld">paṇḍitasahāyassa bālasahāyassa ca vaṇṇāvaṇṇadīpanatthaṃ</span> vuttā. Sīhabyagghādike <span class="bld">pākaṭaparissaye</span> rāgadosādike <span class="bld">paṭicchannaparissaye ca abhibhavitvā</span>.</p>
    494. 

  494. <p class="bodytext">Mātaṅgo araññe <span class="bld">mātaṅgaraññe</span>ti saralopena sandhi. Mātaṅgasaddeneva hatthibhāvassa vuttattā nāgavacanaṃ tassa mahattavibhāvanatthanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘nāgoti mahantādhivacanameta’’</span>nti. Mahantapariyāyopi hi nāga-saddo hoti ‘‘evaṃ nāgassa nāgena, īsādantassa hatthino’’tiādīsu (udā. 25; mahāva. 467).</p>
    495. 

  495. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para238"></a><a name="para238_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">238</span>. <span class="bld">Kira</span>saddo anussavasūcanattho nipāto. Tena ayamettha sutiparamparāti dasseti. Bhagavatā hi so ādīnavo pageva pariññāto, na tena satthā nibbiṇṇo hoti; tasmiṃ pana antovasse keci buddhaveneyyā nāhesuṃ; tena aññattha gamanaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ damanupāyoti pālileyyakaṃ uddissa gacchanto ekavihāriṃ āyasmantaṃ bhaguṃ, samaggavāsaṃ vasante ca anuruddhattherādike sampahaṃsetuṃ anuruddhattherassa ca. Imaṃ upakkilesovādaṃ dātuṃ tattha gato, tasmā <span class="bld">kalahakārake kirassā</span>ti etthāpi <span class="bld">kira</span>saddaggahaṇe eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Vuttanayameva</span> gosiṅgasālasutte (ma. ni. 1.325 ādayo).</p>
    496. 

  496. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para241"></a><a name="para241_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">241</span>. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ panā’’ti vuttapucchānaṃ pacchimabhāvato <span class="bld">‘‘atthi pana voti pacchimapucchāyā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, na puna ‘‘atthi pana vo’’ti pavattanassa pucchanassa atthibhāvato. <span class="bld">So pana</span> lokuttaradhammo. <span class="bld">Therāna</span>nti anuruddhattherādīnaṃ natthi. <span class="bld">Parikammobhāsaṃ pucchatī</span>ti dibbacakkhuñāṇe katādhikārattā tassa uppādanatthaṃ parikammobhāsaṃ pucchati. <span class="bld">Parikammobhāsa</span>nti parikammasamādhinibbattaṃ obhāsaṃ, upacārajjhānasañjanitaṃ obhāsanti attho. Catutthajjhānalābhī hi dibbacakkhuparikammatthaṃ obhāsakasiṇaṃ bhāvetvā upacāre ṭhapito samādhi parikammasamādhi, tattha obhāso parikammobhāsoti vutto. Taṃ sandhāyāha – <span class="bld">‘‘obhāsañceva sañjānāmāti parikammobhāsaṃ sañjānāmā’’</span>ti. Yattake hi ṭhāne dibbacakkhunā rūpagataṃ daṭṭhukāmo, tattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ obhāsakasiṇaṃ pharitvā ṭhito. Taṃ <a name="M2.0351"></a> obhāsaṃ tattha ca rūpagataṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇena passati, therā ca tathā paṭipajjiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘obhāsañceva sañjānāma dassanañca rūpāna’’</span>nti. Yasmā pana tesaṃ rūpagataṃ passantānaṃ parikammavāro atikkami, tato obhāso antaradhāyi, tasmiṃ antarahite rūpagatampi na paññāyati. Parikammanti hi yathāvuttakasiṇārammaṇaṃ upacārajjhānaṃ, rūpagataṃ passantānaṃ kasiṇobhāsavasena rūpagatadassanaṃ, kasiṇobhāso <a name="V2.0134"></a> ca parikammavasenāti tadubhayampi parikammassa appavattiyā nāhosi, tayidaṃ kāraṇaṃ ādikammikabhāvato therā na maññiṃsu, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘nappaṭivijjhāmā’’</span>ti.</p>
    497. 

  497. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nimittaṃ paṭivijjhitabba</span>nti kāraṇaṃ paccakkhato dassetvā suvisuddhadibbacakkhuñāṇe theraṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmo satthā vadati. <span class="bld">Kiṃ na āḷulessantī</span>ti kiṃ na byāmohessanti, byāmohessanti evāti attho. <span class="bld">Vicikicchā udapādī</span>ti dibbacakkhuno yathāupaṭṭhitesu rūpagatesu apubbatāya, ‘‘idaṃ nu kho rūpagataṃ kiṃ, idaṃ nu kho ki’’nti maggena asamucchinnattā vicikicchā saṃsayo uppajji. <span class="bld">Samādhi cavī</span>ti vicikicchāya uppannattā parikammasamādhi vigacchi. Tato eva hi parikammobhāsopi antaradhāyi, dibbacakkhunāpi rūpaṃ na passi. <span class="bld">Na manasi karissāmī</span>ti manasikāravasena me rūpāni upaṭṭhahiṃsu, rūpāni passato vicikicchā uppajjati, tasmā idāni kiñci na manasi karissāmīti tuṇhī ahosi taṃ pana tuṇhībhāvappattiṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘amanasikāro udapādī’’</span>ti.</p>
    498. 

  498. <p class="bodytext">Tathābhūtassa amanasikārassa abhāvaṃ āgamma <span class="bld">uppilaṃ udapādi. Vīriyaṃ gāḷhaṃ paggahita</span>nti thinamiddhachambhitattānaṃ vūpasamanatthaṃ accāraddhavīriyaṃ ahosi, tena citte samādhidūsikā gehassitā balavapīti uppannā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘uppilaṃ uppanna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Tato</span>ti sithilavīriyattā. <span class="bld">Patameyyā</span>ti ativiya khinnaṃ bhaveyya. Taṃ mamāti patthanāabhibhavanīyamanasīsena jappetīti <span class="bld">abhijappā,</span> taṇhā. Nānattā nānāsabhāvā saññā <span class="bld">nānattasaññā</span>. Ativiya upari katvā nijjhānaṃ pekkhanaṃ <span class="bld">atinijjhāyitattaṃ</span>.</p>
    499. 

  499. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para243"></a><a name="para243_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">243</span>. <span class="bld">Parikammobhāsamevā</span>ti parikammasamuṭṭhitaṃ obhāsameva. <span class="bld">Na ca rūpāni passāmī</span>ti obhāsamanasikārapasutatāya dibbacakkhunā rūpāni na passāmi. <span class="bld">Visayarūpamevā</span>ti tena pharitvā ṭhitaṭṭhāneva dibbacakkhuno visayabhūtaṃ rūpagatameva manasi karomi.</p>
    500. 

  500. <p class="bodytext">Kasiṇarūpānaṃ <a name="M2.0352"></a> vasenettha obhāsassa parittatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parittaṭṭhāne obhāsa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Parittāni rūpānī</span>ti katipayāni, sā ca nesaṃ parittatā ṭhānavasenevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘parittakaṭṭhāne rūpānī’’</span>ti. ‘‘Appamāṇañcevā’’tiādinā vutto <span class="bld">dutiyavāro</span>. Obhāsaparittataṃ sandhāya parikammasamādhi ‘‘paritto’’ti vutto tasseva obhāsassa appamāṇatāya appamāṇasamādhīti vacanato. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ samaye</span>ti tasmiṃ parittasamādhino uppannasamaye. <span class="bld">Dibbacakkhupi parittakaṃ hoti</span> parittarūpagatadassanato.</p>
    501. 

  501. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para245"></a><a name="para245_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">245</span>. <span class="bld">Dukatikajjhānasamādhi</span>nti <a name="V2.0135"></a> catukkanaye dukajjhānasamādhiṃ, pañcakanaye tikajjhānasamādhinti yojanā. <span class="bld">Dukajjhānasamādhi</span>nti catukkanaye tatiyacatutthavasena dukajjhānasamādhiṃ, pañcakanaye catutthapañcamavasena dukajjhānasamādhiṃ. <span class="bld">Tikacatukkajjhānasamādhi</span>nti catukkanaye tikajjhānasamādhiṃ, pañcakanaye catukkajjhānasamādhinti yojanā.</p>
    502. 

  502. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tividha</span>nti sappītikavasena tippakāraṃ samādhiṃ. <span class="bld">Tadantogadhā</span>ti sappītikādisabhāvā. Kāmaṃ bhagavā purimayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, pacchimayāme dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ nibbattentopi imāni ñāṇāni bhāvesiyeva. Vipassanāpādakāni pana ñāṇāni sandhāya, <span class="bld">‘‘pacchimayāme’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavato hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Pañcamajjhānassā</span>ti pañcamajjhānikassa vasena paṭhamajjhāniko <span class="bld">maggo natthi. So</span>ti pañcakanayo bhagavato lokiyo ahosi. <span class="bld">Eta</span>nti etaṃ, ‘‘savitakkampi savicāraṃ samādhiṃ bhāvemī’’tiādivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ,</span> na ‘‘lokiyaṃ vā lokuttarameva vā’’ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.</p>
    503. 

  503. <p class="centered">Upakkilesasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    504. 

  504. <p class="subhead">9. Bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    505. 

  505. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para246"></a><a name="para246_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">246</span>. <span class="bld">Etehī</span>ti <a name="V2.0136"></a> ducintitādīhi. Etena lakkhaṇasaddassa karaṇatthatamāha. <span class="bld">Tānevā</span>ti lakkhaṇāni eva. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti bālassa. ‘‘Ayaṃ bālo’’ti nimīyati sañcānīyati etehīti <span class="bld">bālanimittāni. Apadānaṃ</span> vuccati vikhyātaṃ kammaṃ. <span class="bld">Ducintitādīni</span> ca bāle vikhyātāni, avadhāraṇabhāve vā, tasmā bālassa apadānānīti <span class="bld">bālāpadānāni</span>. Abhijjhādīhi <a name="M2.0353"></a> duṭṭhaṃ dūsitaṃ cintetīti <span class="bld">ducintitacintī</span>. Lobhādīhi duṭṭhaṃ bhāsitaṃ musāvādādiṃ bhāsatīti <span class="bld">dubbhāsitabhāsī</span>. Tesaṃ tesaṃyeva vasena kattabbato dukkaṭakammaṃ pāṇātipātādiṃ karotīti <span class="bld">dukkaṭakammakārī</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘cintayanto’’</span>tiādi. Tāni upanissāya jātanti tajjaṃ. Tato eva tesaṃ sāruppaṃ anurūpanti <span class="bld">tassāruppaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tajjātika’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Kacchamānāyā</span>ti kathiyamānāya.</p>
    506. 

  506. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para248"></a><a name="para248_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">248</span>. Yasmā sattānaṃ yathūpacitāni kammāni katokāsāni tadupaṭṭhāpitāni kammanimittagatinimittāni maraṇassa āsannakāle cittassa āpāthaṃ āgacchantāni, tadā olambantāni viya abhibhavantāni viya ajjhottharantāni viya upaṭṭhahanti, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘olambanādiākārena hi tāni upaṭṭhahantī’’</span>ti. Upaṭṭhānākāro eva tadā cittassa gocarabhāvaṃ gacchatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ upaṭṭhānākāre āpāthagate’’</span>ti.</p>
    507. 

  507. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para249"></a><a name="para249_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">249</span>. <span class="bld">Na sakkāti na vadatī</span>ti etena dvepi paṭisedhā pakatiatthāti ayamattho vutto hoti. <span class="bld">Na sukarā</span>ti pana iminā dukkarabhāvo dīpito, dukkarañca tāva upāyena sakkā kātunti dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘na sukaraṃ panā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti vinivijjhitvā gamanena aññamaññaṃ saṃvijjhanena. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti corassa. <span class="bld">Ito uttaripī</span>ti majjhanhikasamayaṃ sāyanhasamayañca sattisatena.</p>
    508. 

  508. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para250"></a><a name="para250_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">250</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅkhampi na upetī</span>ti iminā saṅkhātabbamattaṃ natthīti dīpitaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘gaṇanāmattampi na gacchatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upanikkhepanamattampī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Kalabhāga</span>nti kalānaṃ saṅgaṇanakoṭṭhāsaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘satimaṃ kala’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Olokitamattampī</span>ti upanikkhepanavasena olokanamattakampi. <span class="bld">Taṃ kammakāraṇa</span>nti taṃ pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇaṃ catunnampi passānaṃ vasena samparivattetvā karontiyeva, pāḷiyaṃ pana ekapassavasena āgatā. <span class="bld">Gehassā</span>ti <a name="V2.0137"></a> mahato gehassa. <span class="bld">Sabbato</span>ti sabbāvayavato. <span class="bld">Sampajjalite</span> ekajālībhūte. <span class="bld">Supakkuthitāyā</span>ti suṭṭhu nipakkāya.</p>
    509. 

  509. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vibhatto</span>ti tattha nibbattakasattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammunā vibhatto viya nibbatto. Ayopākārena parito atto gahitoti <span class="bld">ayopākārapariyatto</span> parikkhitto.</p>
    510. 

  510. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yamakagoḷakā</span>ti <a name="M2.0354"></a> dārakānaṃ kīḷanayugaḷā. <span class="bld">Evampi dukkho</span>ti yathāvuttaussadanirayavasenapi sota-ghāna-jivhā-kāya-mano-gocaratāvasenapi iminā ākārena dukkhoti.</p>
    511. 

  511. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para251"></a><a name="para251_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">251</span>. <span class="bld">Dantehi ullehitvā</span>ti uttaradantehi añchitvā. Rasavasena atitto assādo <span class="bld">rasādo</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘rasagedhena paribhuttaraso’’</span>ti.</p>
    512. 

  512. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para252"></a><a name="para252_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">252</span>. <span class="bld">Durūpo</span>ti virūpo. <span class="bld">Duddaso</span>ti teneva virūpabhāvena aniṭṭhadassano. <span class="bld">Lakuṇṭhako</span>ti rasso. <span class="bld">Paviṭṭhagīvo</span>ti khandhantaraṃ anupaviṭṭhagīvo. <span class="bld">Mahodaro</span>ti vipulakucchi. Yebhuyyena hi lakuṇṭakā sattā rassagīvā puthulakucchikāva hontīti tathā vuttaṃ. Kāṇo nāma cakkhuvikaloti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘ekakkhikāṇo vā ubhayakkhikāṇo vā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kuṇī</span>ti hatthavikalo vuccatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekahatthakuṇī vā ubhayahatthakuṇī vā’’</span>ti. Vātādinā upahatakāyapakkho idha pakkhahatoti adhippeto, na pakkhihatoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pakkhahatoti pīṭhasappī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dukkhānupabandhadassanattha</span>nti aparāparajātīsu vipākadukkhassa anupabandhavasena pavattidassanatthaṃ.</p>
    513. 

  513. <p class="bodytext">Kalīyati khalīyati appahīyati sāsanaṃ etenāti <span class="bld">kali,</span> jutaparājayo. So eva gahasadisatāya <span class="bld">‘‘kaliggaho’’</span>ti vutto. <span class="bld">Adhibandha</span>nti kuṭumbassa adhivutthassa mūlabhūtassa attano bandhitabbataṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘attanāpi bandhaṃ nigaccheyyā’’</span>ti. Bālabhūmiyā bālabhāvassa matthakappatti nirayagāmikammakāritāti <span class="bld">‘‘niraye nibbattati’’</span>cceva vuttaṃ. Taggahaṇeneva pana tato mudumudutarādikammavasena sesāpāyesu aparāparanibbattādibālabhūmi vibhāvitā hotīti.</p>
    514. 

  514. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para253"></a><a name="para253_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">253</span>. <span class="bld">Vuttānusārenā</span>ti ‘‘bālo aya’’ntiādinā vuttassa atthavacanassa ‘‘paṇḍito aya’’nti etehi lakkhīyatītiādinā anusārena. <span class="bld">Manosucaritādīnaṃ vasenā</span>ti cintento anabhijjhā-abyāpāda-sammādassanaṃ sucintitameva cintetītiādinā manosucaritānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ vasena yojetabbāni.</p>
    515. 

  515. <p class="subhead">Cakkaratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    516. 

  516. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para256"></a><a name="para256_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">256</span>. Uposathaṃ <a name="V2.0138"></a><a name="M2.0355"></a> (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.243) vuccati aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ sabbadivasesu gahaṭṭhehi rakkhitabbasīlaṃ, samādānavasena taṃ etassa atthīti <span class="bld">uposathiko,</span> tassa. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samādinnauposathaṅgassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tadā</span>ti tasmiṃ kāle, yasmiṃ pana kāle cakkavattibhāvasaṃvattaniya-dāna-sīlādi-puññasambhārasamudāgamasampanno pūritacakkavattivatto kādīpadesavisesapaccājātiyā ceva kularūpabhogādhipateyyādiguṇavisesasampattiyā ca tadanurūpe attabhāve ṭhito hoti, tasmiṃ kāle. Tādise hi kāle cakkavattibhāvī purisuttamo yathāvuttaguṇasamannāgato rājā khattiyo hutvā muddhāvasitto visuddhasīlo anuposathaṃ satasahassavissajjanādinā sammāpaṭipattiṃ paṭipajjati, na yadā cakkaratanaṃ uppajjati, tadā eva. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāto…pe… dhammatā’’</span>ti. (Tattha <span class="bld">damo</span> indriyasaṃvaro, <span class="bld">saṃyamo</span> sīlasaṃvaro.)</p>
    517. 

  517. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vuttappakārapuññakammapaccaya</span>nti cakkavattibhāvāvahadānadamasaṃyamādipuññakammahetukaṃ. <span class="bld">Nīlamaṇisaṅghāṭasadisa</span>nti indanīlamaṇisañcayasamānaṃ. <span class="bld">Dibbānubhāvayuttattā</span>ti dassanīyatā manuññaghosatā ākāsagāmitā obhāsavissajjanā appaṭighātatā rañño icchitatthanipphattikāraṇatāti evamādīhi dibbasadisehi ānubhāvehi samannāgatattā. <span class="bld">Sabbehi ākārehī</span>ti sabbehi sundarehi ākārehi. <span class="bld">Paripūra</span>nti paripuṇṇaṃ. Sā cassa pāripūri idāneva vitthārīyati.</p>
    518. 

  518. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Panāḷī</span>ti chiddaṃ. <span class="bld">Suddhasiniddhadantapantiyā</span> nibbivarāyāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Nābhipanāḷi parikkhepapaṭṭesū</span>ti nābhiparikkhepapaṭṭe ceva nābhiyā panāḷiparikkhepapaṭṭe ca. <span class="bld">Suvibhattāvā</span>ti aññamaññaṃ asaṃkiṇṇattā suṭṭhu vibhattā. Paricchedalekhantaresu maṇikā suvibhattā hutvā paññāyantīti vadanti.</p>
    519. 

  519. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paricchedalekhādīnī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena mālākammādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Surattā</span>tiādīsu <span class="bld">suratta</span>ggahaṇena mahānāmavaṇṇataṃ paṭikkhipati, <span class="bld">suddha</span>ggahaṇena saṃkiliṭṭhataṃ, <span class="bld">siniddha</span>ggahaṇena lūkhataṃ. Kāmaṃ tassa cakkaratanassa nemimaṇḍalaṃ asandhikaṃva nibbattaṃ, sabbatthakameva pana kevalaṃ pavāḷavaṇṇova <a name="M2.0356"></a> na sobhatīti pakaticakkassa sandhiyuttesu ṭhānesu rattajambunadaparikkhataṃ ahosi, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘sandhīsu panassā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    520. 

  520. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nemimaṇḍalapiṭṭhiya</span>nti <a name="V2.0139"></a> nemimaṇḍalassa piṭṭhipadese. <span class="bld">Dasannaṃ dasannaṃ arānamantare</span>ti dasannaṃ dasannaṃ arānaṃ antarasamīpe padese. <span class="bld">Chiddamaṇḍalacitto</span>ti maṇḍalasaṇṭhānachiddavicitto. <span class="bld">Sukusalasamannāhatassā</span>ti suṭṭhu kusalena sippinā pahatassa, vāditassāti attho. <span class="bld">Vaggū</span>ti manoramo <span class="bld">rajanīyo</span>ti suṇantānaṃ rāguppādako. <span class="bld">Kamanīyo</span>ti kanto. <span class="bld">Samosaritakusumadāmā</span>ti olambitasugandhakusumadāmā. <span class="bld">Nemiparikkhepassā</span>ti nemipariyantaparikkhepassa. Nābhipanāḷiyā dvinnaṃ passānaṃ vasena <span class="bld">‘‘dvinnampi nābhipanāḷīna’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Ekā eva hi sā panāḷi. <span class="bld">Yehī</span>ti yehi dvīhi sīhamukhehi. Puna <span class="bld">yehī</span>ti muttākalāpehi.</p>
    521. 

  521. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Odhāpayamāna</span>nti sotuṃ avahitāni kurumānaṃ. Cando purato, cakkaratanaṃ pacchāti evaṃ <span class="bld">pubbāpariyena</span> pubbāparabhāgena.</p>
    522. 

  522. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ante purassā</span>ti anurādhapure rañño antepurassa <span class="bld">uttarasīhapañjaraāsanne</span> tadā rañño pāsāde tādisassa uttaradisāya sīhapañjarassa labbhamānattā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sukhena sakkā</span>ti kiñci anāruhitvā sarīrañca anullaṅghitvā yathāṭhiteneva hatthena pupphamuṭṭhiyo khipitvā sukhena sakkā hoti pūjetuṃ.</p>
    523. 

  523. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nānāvirāgaratanappabhāsamujjala</span>nti nānāvidhacittavaṇṇaratanobhāsapabhassaraṃ. <span class="bld">Ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pavatte</span>ti. Āgantvā ṭhitaṭṭhānato upari ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pavatte.</p>
    524. 

  524. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sannivesakkhamo</span>ti khandhavārasannivesayogyo. <span class="bld">Sulabhāhārūpakaraṇo</span>ti sukheneva laddhabbadhaññagorasadārutiṇādibhojanasādhano. <span class="bld">Paracakka</span>nti parassa rañño senā, āṇā vā.</p>
    525. 

  525. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Āgatanandano</span>ti āgato hutvā nandijanano. Āgataṃ vā āgamanaṃ, tena nandatīti <span class="bld">āgatanandano</span>. Gamanena socetīti <span class="bld">gamanasocano. Upakappethā</span>ti uparūpari kappetha saṃvidahatha, upanethāti <a name="M2.0357"></a> attho. <span class="bld">Upaparikkhitvā</span>ti hetutopi sabhāvatopi phalatopi diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaādīnavatopi vīmaṃsitvā.</p>
    526. 

  526. <p class="bodytext">Vibhāventi paññāya atthaṃ vibhūtaṃ karontīti <span class="bld">vibhāvino,</span> paññavanto. <span class="bld">Anuyantā</span>ti anuvattakā. <span class="bld">Ogacchamāna</span>nti osīdantaṃ. <span class="bld">Yojanamatta</span>nti vitthārato yojanamattaṃ padesaṃ. Gambhīrabhāvena <a name="V2.0140"></a> pana yathā bhūmi dissati, evaṃ ogacchati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘mahāsamuddatala’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Ante cakkaratanaṃ</span> udakena senāya anajjhottharaṇatthaṃ.</p>
    527. 

  527. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para257"></a><a name="para257_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">257</span>. Puratthimo samuddo pariyanto assāti <span class="bld">puratthimasamuddapariyanto,</span> puratthimasamuddaṃ pariyantaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Cāturantāyā</span>ti cātusamuddantāya pubbavidehādicatukoṭṭhāsantāya.</p>
    528. 

  528. <p class="subhead">Hatthiratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    529. 

  529. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para258"></a><a name="para258_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">258</span>. <span class="bld">Haricandanādīhī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena catujjātiyagandhādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Āgamanaṃ cintethāti vadanti</span> cakkavattivattassa pūritatāya paricitattā. Bhūmiphusanakehi vāladhi, varaṅgaṃ hatthoti imehi ca tīhi, catūhi pādehi cāti sattahi avayavehi ṭhitattā <span class="bld">sattapatiṭṭho. Itaresaṃ</span> amaccādīnaṃ cintayantānaṃ <span class="bld">na āgacchati. Apanetvā</span>ti attano ānubhāvena apanetvā. Gandhameva hi tassa itare hatthino na sahanti.</p>
    530. 

  530. <p class="subhead">Assaratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    531. 

  531. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sindhavakulato</span>ti sindhavassājānīyakulato.</p>
    532. 

  532. <p class="subhead">Maṇiratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    533. 

  533. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sakaṭanābhisamappamāṇa</span>nti pariṇāhato mahāsakaṭassa nābhiyā samappamāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Ubhosu antesū</span>ti heṭṭhā upari cāti dvīsu antesu. <span class="bld">Kaṇṇikapariyantato</span>ti dvinnaṃ kañcanapadumānaṃ kaṇṇikāya pariyantato. <span class="bld">Muttājālake ṭhapetvā</span>ti suvisuddhe muttāmaye jālake patiṭṭhapetvā.</p>
    534. 

  534. <p class="subhead">Itthiratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    535. 

  535. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">‘‘Itthiratanaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0358"></a> <span class="bld">pātubhavatī’’</span>ti vatvā assa pātubhavanākāraṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘maddarājakulato vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Maddaraṭṭhaṃ kira abhirūpānaṃ itthīnaṃ uppattiṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Saṇṭhānapāripūriyā</span>ti hatthapādādisarīrāvayavānaṃ susaṇṭhitatāya. Avayavapāripūriyā hi samudāyapāripūrisiddhi. <span class="bld">Rūpa</span>nti sarīraṃ. <span class="bld">Dassanīyā</span>ti surūpabhāvena passitabbayuttā. <span class="bld">Somanassavasena cittaṃ pasādeti</span> yoniso <a name="V2.0141"></a> cintentānaṃ kammaphalasaddhāya vasena. <span class="bld">Pasādāvahattā</span>ti kāraṇavacanena yathā pāsādikatāya vaṇṇapokkharatāsiddhi vuttā, evaṃ dassanīyatāya pāsādikatāsiddhi, abhirūpatāya ca dassanīyatāsiddhi vattabbāti nayaṃ dasseti. Paṭilomato vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya pāsādikatāsiddhi, pāsādikatāya dassanīyatāsiddhi, dassanīyatāya abhirūpatāsiddhi yojetabbā. Evaṃ sarīrasampattivasena abhirūpatādike dassetvā idāni sarīre dosābhāvavasenapi te dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘abhirūpā vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathā pamāṇayuttā, evaṃ ārohapariṇāhayogato ca pāsādikā nātidīghatādayo. Evaṃ manussānaṃ dibbarūpatāsampattipīti <span class="bld">‘‘appattā dibbavaṇṇa’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Kāyavipattiyā</span>ti sarīradosassa. <span class="bld">Abhāvo</span>ti accantameva dūrībhāvo.</p>
    536. 

  536. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satavihatassā</span>ti satakkhattuṃ vihatassa. <span class="bld">Satavihatassā</span>ti ca idaṃ kappāsapicuvasena vuttaṃ, tūlapicuno pana vihananameva natthi. Kuṅkumatagaraturukkhayavanapupphāni <span class="bld">catujjāti</span>. Tamālatagaraturukkhayavanapupphānīti apare.</p>
    537. 

  537. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aggidaḍḍhā viyā</span>ti āsanagatena agginā daḍḍhā viya. <span class="bld">Paṭhamamevā</span>ti aññakiccato paṭhamameva, dassanasamakālamevāti attho. Taṃ taṃ attanā rañño kātabbakiccaṃ kiṃ karomīti pucchitabbatāya kiṃ karaṇanti paṭissāvetīti <span class="bld">kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī</span>.</p>
    538. 

  538. <p class="bodytext">Mātugāmo nāma yebhuyyena saṭhajātiko, itthiratanassa pana taṃ natthīti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘svāssā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Guṇā</span>ti rūpaguṇā ceva ācāraguṇā ca. <span class="bld">Purimakammānubhāvenā</span>ti tassā purimakammānubhāvena. Itthiratanassa tabbhāvasaṃvattaniyapurimakammassa ānubhāvena, cakkavattinopi parivārasaṃvattaniyaṃ puññakammaṃ tādisassa phalavisesassa upanissayo hotiyeva. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘cakkavattino puññaṃ upanissāyā’’</span>ti. Etena sesaratanesupi <a name="M2.0359"></a> tesaṃ visesānaṃ tadupanissayatā vibhāvitā evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pubbe ekadesavasena labbhamānapāripūrī rañño <span class="bld">cakkavattibhāvūpagamanato paṭṭhāya sabbākārapāripūrā jātā</span>.</p>
    539. 

  539. <p class="subhead">Gahapatiratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    540. 

  540. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pakatiyāvā</span>ti sabhāveneva, cakkaratanapātubhāvato pubbepi.</p>
    541. 

  541. <p class="subhead">Pariṇāyakaratanavaṇṇanā</p>
    542. 

  542. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nissāyā</span>ti upanissāya.</p>
    543. 

  543. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para260"></a><a name="para260_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">260</span>. <span class="bld">Kaṭaggaho</span> <a name="V2.0142"></a> vuccati jayaggaho sakānaṃ paṇānaṃ kaṭabhāvena atthasiddhivasena saṅgaṇhananti katvā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘jayaggāhenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ekappahārenevā</span>ti ekappayogeneva satasahassāni adhigaccheyyāti yojanā. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    544. 

  544. <p class="centered">Bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    545. 

  545. <p class="subhead">10. Devadūtasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    546. 

  546. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para261"></a><a name="para261_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">261</span>. <span class="bld">Dve</span> <a name="V2.0143"></a> <span class="bld">agārātiādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena ‘‘sadvārā…pe… anuvicarantepī’’ti etamatthaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Ettakameva hi assapurasutte (ma. ni. 1.432; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.432) vitthāritaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Dibbena cakkhunā’’tiādi pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 2.397) tathā vitthāritampi suttasaṃvaṇṇanā hotīti katvā, <span class="bld">‘‘assapurasutte vitthāritamevā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    547. 

  547. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para262"></a><a name="para262_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">262</span>. <span class="bld">Nirayato paṭṭhāya desanaṃ devalokena osāpetī</span>ti saṃkilesadhammehi saṃvejetvā vodānadhammehi niṭṭhāpento. Dutiyaṃ pana vuttavipariyāyena veditabbaṃ, tadidaṃ veneyyajjhāsayavisiṭṭhanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni saṅkhipitvā vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘sace’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">So</span>ti bhagavā.</p>
    548. 

  548. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ekacce</span> <a name="M2.0360"></a> <span class="bld">therā</span>ti (kathā. anuṭī. 866-868; a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.36) andhakādike, viññāṇavādino ca sandhāya vadati. Nerayike niraye pālenti tato niggantumappadānavasena rakkhantīti <span class="bld">nirayapālā</span>. Nerayikānaṃ narakadukkhena pariyonaddhāya alaṃ samatthāti vā <span class="bld">nirayapālā. Ta</span>nti ‘‘natthi nirayapālā’’tivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭisedhitamevā</span>ti ‘‘atthi niraye nirayapālā, atthi ca kāraṇikā’’tiādinā nayena <span class="bld">abhidhamme</span> (kathā. 866) paṭisedhitameva. Yadi nirayapālā nāma na siyuṃ, kammakāraṇāpi na bhaveyya. Sati hi kāraṇike kammakāraṇāya bhavitabbanti adhippāyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi. Etthāha – ‘‘kiṃ panete nirayapālā nerayikā, udāhu anerayikā’’ti. Kiñcettha – yadi tāva nerayikā, ime nirayasaṃvattaniyena kammunā nibbattāti sayampi nirayadukkhaṃ anubhaveyyuṃ, tathā sati aññesaṃ nerayikānaṃ yātanāya asamatthā siyuṃ, ‘‘ime nerayikā, ime nirayapālā’’ti vavatthānañca na siyā, ye ca ye yātenti, tehi samānarūpabalappamāṇehi itaresaṃ bhayasantāsā na siyuṃ. Atha anerayikā, nesaṃ tattha kathaṃ sambhavoti vuccate – anerayikā nirayapālā anirayagatisaṃvattaniyakammanibbattito. Nirayūpapattisaṃvattaniyakammato hi aññeneva kammunā te nibbattanti rakkhasajātikattā. Tathā hi vadanti sabbatthivādino –</p>
    549. 

  549. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Kodhanā <a name="V2.0144"></a> kurūrakammantā, pāpābhirucino sadā;</p>
    550. 

  550. <p class="gathalast">Dukkhitesu ca nandanti, jāyanti yamarakkhasā’’ti. (kathā. anuṭī. 866-868; a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.36);</p>
    551. 

  551. <p class="bodytext">Tattha yadeke vadanti ‘‘yātanādukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyyuṃ, atha vā aññamaññaṃ yāteyyu’’ntiādi, tayidaṃ asāraṃ nirayapālānaṃ nerayikabhāvasseva abhāvato. Yadipi anerayikā nirayapālā, ayomayāya pana ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya nirayabhūmiyā parikkamamānā kathaṃ dāhadukkhaṃ nānubhavantīti? Kammānubhāvato. Yathā hi iddhimanto cetovasippattā mahāmoggallānādayo nerayike anukampantā iddhibalena nirayabhūmiṃ upagatā dāhadukkhena na bādhīyanti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    552. 

  552. <p class="bodytext">Iddhivisayassa <a name="M2.0361"></a> acinteyyabhāvatoti ce? Idampi taṃsamānaṃ kammavipākassa acinteyyabhāvato. Tathārūpena hi kammunā te nibbattā. Yathā nirayadukkhena abādhitā eva hutvā nerayike yātenti, na cettakena bāhiravisayābhāvo yujjati iṭṭhāniṭṭhatāya paccekaṃ dvārapurisesu vibhattasabhāvattā. Tathā hi ekaccassa dvārassa purisassa ca iṭṭhaṃ ekaccassa aniṭṭhaṃ, ekaccassa ca aniṭṭhaṃ ekaccassa iṭṭhaṃ hoti. Evañca katvā yadeke vadanti – ‘‘natthi kammavasena tejasā parūpatāpana’’ntiādi, tadapāhataṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana vadanti – ‘‘anerayikānaṃ nesaṃ kathaṃ tattha sambhavo’’ti niraye nerayikānaṃ yātanāsabbhāvato. Nerayikasattayātanāyogyañhi attabhāvaṃ nibbattentaṃ kammaṃ tādisanikantivināmitaṃ nirayaṭṭhāneyeva nibbatteti. Te ca nerayikehi adhikatarabalārohapariṇāhā ativiya bhayānakadassanā kurūratarapayogā ca honti. Eteneva tattha nerayikānaṃ vibādhakakākasunakhādīnampi nibbatti saṃvaṇṇitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    553. 

  553. <p class="bodytext">Kathaṃ aññagatikehi aññagatikabādhananti ca na vattabbaṃ aññatthāpi tathā dassanato. Yaṃ paneke vadanti – ‘‘asattasabhāvā eva nirayapālā nirayasunakhādayo cā’’ti tampi tesaṃ matimattaṃ aññattha tathā adassanato. Na hi kāci atthi tādisī dhammappavatti, yā asattasabhāvā, sampatisattehi appayojitā ca sattakiccaṃ sādhentī diṭṭhapubbā. Petānaṃ pānīyanivārakānaṃ daṇḍādihatthapurisānampi sabbhāve, asattabhāve ca visesakāraṇaṃ natthi. Supinopaghātopi atthi, kiccasamatthatā pana appamāṇaṃ dassanādimattenapi tadatthasiddhito. Tathā hi supine āhārūpabhogādinā na atthasiddhi, iddhinimmānarūpaṃ panettha laddhaparihāraṃ iddhivisayassa <a name="V2.0145"></a> acinteyyabhāvato. Idhāpi kammavipākassa acinteyyabhāvatoti ce? Taṃ na, asiddhattā. Nerayikānaṃ kammavipākato nirayapālāti asiddhametaṃ, vuttanayena pana pāḷito ca tesaṃ sattabhāvo eva siddhoti. Sakkā hi vattuṃ, ‘‘sattasaṅkhātā nirayapālasaññitā dhammappavatti sābhisandhikaparūpaghātī atthi kiccasabbhāvato ojāhārādirakkhasasantati <a name="M2.0362"></a> viyā’’ti. Abhisandhipubbakatā cettha na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ tathā tathā abhisandhiyā yātanato, tato eva na saṅghātapabbatādīhi anekantikatā. Ye pana vadanti – ‘‘bhūtavisesā eva ete vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivisesavanto bheravākārā ‘narakapālā’ti samaññaṃ labhantī’’ti. Tadasiddhaṃ ujukameva pāḷiyaṃ, – ‘‘atthi nirayesu nirayapālā’’ti (kathā. 866) vādassa patiṭṭhāpitattā.</p>
    554. 

  554. <p class="bodytext">Apica yathā ariyavinaye narakapālānaṃ bhūtamattatā asiddhā, tathā paññattimattavādinopi tesaṃ bhūtamattatā asiddhāva sabbaso rūpadhammānaṃ atthi bhāvasseva appaṭijānanato. Na hi tassa bhūtāni nāma paramatthato santi. Yadi paramatthaṃ gahetvā voharati, atha kasmā cakkhurūpādīni paṭikkhipatīti? Tiṭṭhatesā anavaṭṭhitatakkānaṃ appahīnasammohavipallāsānaṃ vādavīmaṃsā, evaṃ, ‘‘attheva niraye nirayapālā’’ti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ. Sati ca nesaṃ sabbhāve, asatipi bāhire visaye narake viya desādiniyamo hotīti vādo na sijjhati, sati eva pana bāhire visaye desādiniyamoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    555. 

  555. <p class="bodytext">Devadūtasarāpanavasena satte yathūpacite puññakamme yameti niyametīti yamo, tassa yamassa vemānikapetānaṃ rājabhāvato rañño. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘yamarājā nāma vemānikapetarājā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kammavipāka</span>nti akusalakammavipākaṃ. <span class="bld">Vemānikapetā</span>ti kaṇhasukkavasena missakakammaṃ katvā vinipātikadevatā viya sukkena kammunā paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. Tathā hi te maggaphalabhāginopi honti, pavattiyaṃ pana kammānurūpaṃ kadāci puññaphalaṃ, kadāci apuññaphalaṃ paccanubhavanti. Yesaṃ pana ariyamaggo uppajjati, tesaṃ maggādhigamato paṭṭhāya puññaphalameva uppajjatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Apuññaphalaṃ pubbe viya kaṭukaṃ na hoti. Manussattabhāve ṭhitānaṃ mudukameva hotīti apare. <span class="bld">Dhammiko rājā</span>ti ettha tassa dhammikabhāvo dhammadevaputtassa viya uppattiniyamitadhammavaseneva veditabbo. <span class="bld">Dvāresū</span>ti avīcimahānarakassa catūsu dvāresu.</p>
    556. 

  556. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Jātidhammo</span>ti kammakilesavasena jātipakatiko. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘jātisabhāvo’’</span>ti. Sabhāvo ca <a name="V2.0146"></a> nāma tejodhātuyā uṇhatā viya na kadācipi vigacchatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aparimutto jātiyā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    557. 

  557. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para263"></a><a name="para263_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">263</span>. Idāni <a name="M2.0363"></a> jātiyā devadūtabhāvaṃ niddhāretvā dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘daharakumāro’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Atthato evaṃ vadati nāmā</span>ti vācāya avadantopi atthāpattito evaṃ vadanto viya hoti viññūnanti attho. <span class="bld">Evaṃ tumhākampi jāti āgamissatī</span>ti evaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhajegucchaasamatthadaharāvatthā jāti tumhākaṃ āgamissati. Kāmañcāyaṃ āgatā eva, sā pana atītānāgatāya uparipi āgamanāya payogo icchitabbo, anāgatāya na icchitabboti āha <span class="bld">‘‘jāti āgamissatī’’</span>ti. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘iti tassā…pe… karothā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tenā</span>ti tena kāraṇena viññūnaṃ vedavatthubhāvenāti attho.</p>
    558. 

  558. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ūrubala</span>nti ūrubalī. Tena dūrepi gamanāgamanalaṅghanādisamatthataṃ dasseti, <span class="bld">bāhubala</span>nti pana iminā hatthehi kātabbakiccasamatthataṃ, javaggahaṇena vegassa pavattisamatthataṃ. <span class="bld">Antarahitā</span> naṭṭhā. Sesaṃ paṭhamadevadūte vuttanayameva.</p>
    559. 

  559. <p class="bodytext">Vividhaṃ dukkhaṃ ādahatīti byādhi, visesena vā ādhīyati etenāti byādhi, tena <span class="bld">byādhinā. Abhihato</span>ti bādhito, upaddutoti attho.</p>
    560. 

  560. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para265"></a><a name="para265_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">265</span>. Kāraṇā nāma ‘‘hatthacchedādibhedā adhikapīḷā karīyati etāyā’’ti katvā yātanā, sā eva kāraṇikehi kātabbaṭṭhena kammanti <span class="bld">kammakāraṇā</span> yātanākammanti attho.</p>
    561. 

  561. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para266"></a><a name="para266_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">266</span>. <span class="bld">Bahuṃ pāpaṃ kata</span>nti bahuso pāpaṃ kataṃ. Tena pāpassa bahulīkaraṇamāha. <span class="bld">Bahū</span>ti vā mahantaṃ. Mahatthopi hi bahusaddo dissati, ‘‘bahu vata kataṃ assā’’tiādīsu, garukanti vuttaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">So</span>ti garukaṃ bahulaṃ vā pāpaṃ katvā ṭhito <span class="bld">niraye nibbattatiyeva,</span> na yamapurisehi yamassa santikaṃ nīyati. <span class="bld">Paritta</span>nti pamāṇaparittatāya kālaparittatāya ca parittaṃ, purimasmiṃ pakkhe agarunti attho, dutiyasmiṃ abahulanti. Yathāvuttamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Kattabbamevā</span>ti daṇḍameva. <span class="bld">Anuvijjitvā</span> vīmaṃsitvā. <span class="bld">Vinicchayaṭṭhāna</span>nti aṭṭakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Parittapāpakammā</span>ti dubbalapāpakammā. Te hi pāpakammassa dubbalabhāvato katūpacitassa ca okāsārahakusalakammassa balavabhāvato attano dhammatāyapi saranti.</p>
    562. 

  562. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ākāsacetiya</span>nti <a name="V2.0147"></a><a name="M2.0364"></a> girisikhare vivaṭaṅgaṇe katacetiyaṃ. <span class="bld">Aggijālasadda</span>nti ‘‘paṭapaṭā’’ti pavattamānaṃ aggijālāya saddaṃ sutvā, ‘‘mayā tadā ākāsacetiye pūjitarattapaṭā viyā’’ti <span class="bld">attano pūjitapaṭaṃ anussari. Pañcahipi na saratī</span>ti balavatā pāpakammena byāmohito pañca saññāṇāni na gaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Tuṇhī hoti</span> kammāraho ayanti tattha patīkāraṃ apassanto.</p>
    563. 

  563. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para267"></a><a name="para267_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">267</span>. Avīcimahānirayo ubbedhenapi yojanasatamevāti vadanti. <span class="bld">Navanavayojanikā hoti</span> puthulato. Mahānirayassa mahantattā tathāpi bhittisataṃ yojanasahassaṃ hotīti ussadassa sabbassa parikkhepato <span class="bld">‘‘dasayojanasahassaṃ hotī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    564. 

  564. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para268"></a><a name="para268_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">268</span>. <span class="bld">Jhāyatī</span>ti paṭipākatikaṃ hoti. <span class="bld">Tādisamevā</span>ti purimasadisattā ‘‘ubbhataṃ sadisameva hotī’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Bahusampatto</span>ti vā bahuṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā puratthimadvāraṃ sampatto hoti.</p>
    565. 

  565. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Channaṃ jālāna</span>nti catūhi disāhi heṭṭhā upari ca ubbhatānaṃ channaṃ jālānaṃ. Sattānaṃ nirantaratā nirayasaṃvattaniyakammakatānañca bahubhāvato jālānaṃ tāva sattānañca nirantarattā avīci hotu; dukkhassa pana kathaṃ nirantaratāti taṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘kāyadvāre…pe… ekaṃ dukkhasahagata’’</span>ntiādimāha. Tattha āvajjanaṃ sampaṭicchanaṃ santīraṇaṃ voṭṭhabbanaṃ dve tadārammaṇacittānīti <span class="bld">cha upekkhāsahagatāni. Evaṃ santepī</span>ti yadipi tattha upekkhāsahagatacittānipi pavattanti upekkhāvedanāpi laddhāvasarā; dukkhavedanā pana balavatarā nisitanisitena tikhiṇena satthena nirantaraṃ sarīraṃ chindantī viya dukkhaṃ upanentī viya tā vedanā abhibhavantī ajjhottharantī uppajjantī nirantarā viya hoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anudahanabalavatāyā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Upekkhāvedanā</span>ti vā tattha ativiya aniṭṭhaphalatāya aniṭṭhārammaṇā upekkhāvedanā dukkhāti vuccati, yathā iṭṭhaphalabahutāya iṭṭhārammaṇā jhānādipariyāpanne ca sugatibhave ca upekkhāvedanā sukhāti vuccati, evaṃ dukkhassa nirantaratāya <span class="bld">avīcī</span>ti veditabbaṃ.</p>
    566. 

  566. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para269"></a><a name="para269_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">269</span>. <span class="bld">Eko</span> <a name="M2.0365"></a> <span class="bld">pādo mahāniraye hoti, eko gūthaniraye nipatati,</span> kammavegukkhitto antarā padamāvahati sesārambhatāya. <span class="bld">Hatthigīvappamāṇā</span> pariṇāhena. <span class="bld">Ekadoṇikanāvāppamāṇā</span> āyāmena.</p>
    567. 

  567. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Pokkharapattānī</span>ti <a name="V2.0148"></a> khuradhārāsadisāni tikhiṇaggāni ayosūlamayāneva padumapattāni. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā khuradhārā</span>ti heṭṭhābhūmiyaṃ nikkhittā, vettalatāyo ca tikhiṇadhārakaṇṭakā ayomayā eva. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘so tattha dukkhā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Kusatiṇānī</span>ti kusatiṇajātitāya tathā vuttāni. <span class="bld">Kharavālikā</span>ti kharā tikhiṇakoṭikā siṅghāṭakasaṇṭhānā vālikā.</p>
    568. 

  568. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para270"></a><a name="para270_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">270</span>. <span class="bld">Dante samphusetī</span>ti heṭṭhimadante yathā kiñci mukhe pakkhipituṃ na sakkā, evaṃ suphusite karoti. <span class="bld">Tambalohapānato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti vuttakāraṇato paṭilomatopi evaṃ kammakāraṇānaṃ kāraṇamāha. <span class="bld">Dutiyenā</span>ti kuṭhārīhi tacchanena. <span class="bld">Tatiyenā</span>ti vāsīhi tacchanena. <span class="bld">Avijahitameva</span> saṃvegahetutāya lokassa mahato atthassa saṃvattanato.</p>
    569. 

  569. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para271"></a><a name="para271_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">271</span>. <span class="bld">Hīnakāyaṃ</span> hīnaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ upagatā. <span class="bld">Upādāne</span>ti catubbidhepi upādāne. Taṃ atthato taṇhādiṭṭhiggāhoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhigahaṇe’’</span>ti. Sambhavati jarāmaraṇaṃ etenāti <span class="bld">sambhavo,</span> upādānanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘jātiyā maraṇassa ca kāraṇabhūte’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anupādā</span>ti anupādāya. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anupādiyitvā’’</span>ti.</p>
    570. 

  570. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabbadukkhātikkantā nāmā</span>ti sakalampi vaṭṭadukkhaṃ atikkantā eva honti carimacittanirodhena vaṭṭadukkhalesassapi asambhavato.</p>
    571. 

  571. <p class="centered">Devadūtasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    572. 

  572. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca suññatavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    573. 

  573. <a name="mn3_4"></a>
    574. 

  574. <p class="chapter">4. Vibhaṅgavaggo</p>
    575. 

  575. <p class="subhead">1. Bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    576. 

  576. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para272"></a><a name="para272_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">272</span>. Ekā <a name="V2.0149"></a><a name="M2.0366"></a> ratti ekaratto, bhaddo ekaratto etassāti <span class="bld">bhaddekarattaṃ,</span> vipassanaṃ paribrūhento puggalo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanānuyogasamannāgatattā’’</span>ti. Taṃ uddissa pavattiyā pana bhaddekarattasahacaraṇato bhaddekaratto. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘bhaddekarattassa vo, bhikkhave, uddesañca vibhaṅgañca desessāmī’’ti. Desetabbamatthaṃ uddisati etenāti <span class="bld">uddeso,</span> saṅkhepadesanā eva. Yasmā pana niddesapadānaṃ jananiṭṭhāne ṭhitattā mātā viyāti <span class="bld">mātikā</span>ti vuccati, tasmāha <span class="bld">‘‘uddesanti mātika’’</span>nti. Uddiṭṭhamatthaṃ vibhajati etenāti vibhaṅgo vitthāradesanā, tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘vitthārabhājaniya’’</span>nti ‘‘yathāuddiṭṭhamatthaṃ vitthārato bhājeti vibhajati etenā’’ti katvā.</p>
    577. 

  577. <p class="bodytext">Uppādādikhaṇattayaṃ patvā atikkamaṃ atikkantaṃ <span class="bld">atītaṃ</span>. Taṃ pana atthato vigataṃ khandhapañcakanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘atīte khandhapañcake’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nānugaccheyyā</span>ti taṇhādiṭṭhābhinandanāhi nānubhaveyya, nābhinandeyyāti attho. Yathā ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā viparītaggāhavasena atītesu rūpādīsu micchāabhinivisanaṃ parāmāso diṭṭhābhinandanā; evaṃ ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā viparītaggāhavasena anāgatesu rūpādīsu micchāabhinivisanaṃ parāmāso diṭṭhi kammasamādānaṃ diṭṭhipatthanāti taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhīhi na pattheyyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Yadatīta</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho. Tena ‘‘apatta’’nti padaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tampi hi kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā cā’’</span>ti. Tatthāyamadhippāyo, ‘‘atītaṃ taṇhādivasena nābhinanditabbaṃ sabbaso avijjamānattā sasavisāṇaṃ viya, tathā anāgatampi na patthetabba’’nti. Tattha siyā – atītaṃ nābhinanditabbaṃ abhinandanāya nippayojanattā, anāgatapatthanā pana saphalāpi siyāti na sabbaso paṭikkhipitabbāti? Na, tassāpi savighātabhāvena paṭikkhipitabbato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">pahīna</span>nti nissaṭṭhasabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Niruddha</span>nti <a name="V2.0150"></a> bhaggaṃ. <span class="bld">Atthaṅgata</span>nti vināsaṃ. <span class="bld">Appatta</span>nti sabhāvaṃ uppādādikaṃ asampattaṃ. <span class="bld">Ajāta</span>nti na jātaṃ. <span class="bld">Anibbatta</span>nti tasseva vevacanaṃ.</p>
    578. 

  578. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yattha yatthā</span>ti yasmiṃ yasmiṃ khaṇe, yasmiṃ yasmiṃ vā dhammapuñje uppannaṃ, taṃ sabbampi asesetvā. <span class="bld">Araññādīsu vā</span>ti <span class="bld">vā</span>-saddo aniyamattho. Tena <a name="M2.0367"></a> araññe vā rukkhamūle vā pabbatakandarādīsu vāti ṭhānaniyamābhāvā anupassanāya sātaccakāritaṃ dasseti. Yamakādivasena paribrūhiyamānā vipassanā viya paṭipakkhehi akopaniyāva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppanti idaṃ vipassanāpaṭivipassanādassanatthaṃ vutta’’</span>nti. Gāthāyamayamattho vipassanāvasena yujjatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanā hī’’</span>tiādi. Kiṃ etāya pariyāyakathāyāti nippariyāyatova asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘atha vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Kathaṃ pana niccassa nibbānassa anubrūhanā hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘punappuna’’</span>ntiādi. Etena tadārammaṇadhammā brūhanāya, tesaṃ ārammaṇampi atthato anubrūhitaṃ nāma hoti bahulaṃ manasikārenāti dasseti.</p>
    579. 

  579. <p class="bodytext">Ādito tāpanaṃ <span class="bld">ātāpanaṃ,</span> tena ārambhadhātumāha. Parito tāpanaṃ <span class="bld">paritāpanaṃ,</span> tena nikkamadhātuparakkamadhātuyo cāti. <span class="bld">Tassa senā</span>ti tassa maccuno sahakaraṇaṭṭhena senā viyāti senā. <span class="bld">Saṅgaro</span>tiādīsu mittākāraggahaṇena sāmapayogamāha. <span class="bld">Lañja</span>ggahaṇena lañjadānaṃ, tena dānappayogaṃ. <span class="bld">Balarāsī</span>ti hatthiassādibalakāyo. Tena daṇḍabhedāni vadati. Bhedopi hi balavato eva ijjhati, svāyaṃ catubbidhopi upāyayogena sampavattīyati. Tattha tattha ca saṅgaṃ āsattiṃ arati detīti <span class="bld">saṅgaro</span> pubbabhāge vā saṅgaraṇavasena tassa paṭijānanavasena pavattanato.</p>
    580. 

  580. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uṭṭhāhakaṃ</span> uṭṭhānavīriyasampannaṃ. Saparahitasīvanalakkhaṇena asādhubhāvaparammukhabhāvagamanena vā <span class="bld">santo</span>.</p>
    581. 

  581. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para273"></a><a name="para273_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">273</span>. <span class="bld">Manuññarūpavaseneva evaṃrūpo ahosī</span>nti atītaṃ anvāgameti tattha nandiyāsamanvānayanato. <span class="bld">Vedanā</span>dīsupi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Kusalasukhasomanassavedanāvasenā</span>ti kusalavedanāvasena sukhavedanāvasena somanassavedanāvasenāti paccekaṃ vedanāsaddo yojetabbo. Taṇhābhinandanāya sati diṭṭhābhinandanā siddhā evāti – <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhaṃ samanvāneti’’</span>icceva vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Hīnarūpādi…pe… na maññati</span> amanuññopi samāno samanuññabhāvasseva vasena maññanāya pavattanato. <span class="bld">Nānupavattayati</span> vikkhambhanavasena nandiyā dūrīkatattā.</p>
    582. 

  582. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para274"></a><a name="para274_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">274</span>. Uḷārasundarabhāvamukheneva <a name="V2.0151"></a><a name="M2.0368"></a> anāgatesupi rūpādīsu taṇhādiṭṭhikappanā pavattatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃrūpo…pe… veditabbā’’</span>ti.</p>
    583. 

  583. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para275"></a><a name="para275_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">275</span>. <span class="bld">Vattabbaṃ siyā</span>ti yathā nandiyā asamanvānayanajotanaṃ byatirekamukhena patiṭṭhapetuṃ, ‘‘atītaṃ na nvāgameyyā’’ti uddesassa, ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave, atītaṃ anvāgametī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.273) vibhaṅgo vutto, evaṃ ‘‘paccuppannañca yo dhamma’’ntiādikassa uddesassa byatirekamukhena vibhaṅge vuccamāne vipassanāpaṭikkhepavasena, ‘‘kathañca…pe… vattabbaṃ siyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ paramagambhīraṃ satthudesanānayaṃ anupadhāretvā coditaṃ, yasmā ‘‘paccuppannañca yo dhamma’’ntiādikassa uddesassa byatirekamukheneva vipassanāpaṭikkhepavasena, ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannesū’’ti vibhaṅgadesanā sampavattati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā panā’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">tassā evā</span>ti vipassanāya eva. <span class="bld">Abhāvaṃ dassetuṃ saṃhīratīti mātikaṃ uddharitvā</span>ti kathetukamyatāya mātikāvasena paduddhāraṃ katvā, ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, asutavā sutavā’’ti ca ādinā <span class="bld">vitthāro vutto. Vipassanāya abhāvato</span>ti vipassanāya abhāvitatāya avikkhambhitatāya taṇhādiṭṭhīhi sapattehi viya tattha tattha ṭhapanāya ākaḍḍhīyati, tattha tattha visaye tato eva apāyasamuddaṃ saṃsārasamuddaṃ ānīyati. Sukkapakkho vuttavipariyāyena veditabbo. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    584. 

  584. <p class="centered">Bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    585. 

  585. <p class="subhead">2. Ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    586. 

  586. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para276"></a><a name="para276_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">276</span>. Bahiddhā <a name="V2.0152"></a> puthuttārammaṇato nivattetvā ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe cittassa sammadeva layanaṃ appanaṃ paṭisallānaṃ, yo koci samāpattivihāro, idha pana ariyavihāro adhippetoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Jānantova</span> bhagavā <span class="bld">kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi</span>. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchantī’’tiādi (pārā. 16).</p>
    587. 

  587. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para278"></a><a name="para278_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">278</span>. <span class="bld">Sādhukāramadāsī</span>ti <a name="M2.0369"></a> sādhusaddaṃ sāvesi. Taṃ pana pasaṃsā hotīti pasaṃsattho sādhusaddo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘desanaṃ pasaṃsanto’’</span>ti. Vijjamānehi vaṇṇehi guṇavante udaggatākaraṇaṃ sampahaṃsanaṃ, kevalaṃ guṇasaṃkittanavasena thomanā pasaṃsāti ayametesaṃ viseso.</p>
    588. 

  588. <p class="centered">Ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    589. 

  589. <p class="subhead">3. Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    590. 

  590. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para279"></a><a name="para279_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">279</span>. Uṇhabhāvena <a name="V2.0153"></a> tapanato tapaṃ udakaṃ etassāti <span class="bld">tapodā,</span> rahado. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tattodakassa rahadassā’’</span>ti. Saṅkhepena vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘vebhārapabbatassā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Tato</span> udakarahadato, taṃ rahadaṃ upanissāyāti attho. Nāgabhavanāgatopi hi so rahado tato upari manussaloke jalāsayena sambaddho hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘tapodā nāma nadī sandatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Edisā</span>ti kuthitā uṇhā, anvatthanāmavasena tapodāti ca vuccatīti attho. <span class="bld">Petaloko</span>ti petānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ paccekanirayaṃ sandhāyāha. <span class="bld">Imassa pana ārāmassā</span>ti tapodārāmassa. <span class="bld">Tato</span>ti tapodāsaṅkhātanadito. <span class="bld">Mahāudakarahado</span>ti mahāudakabharitaṃ pallalaṃ.</p>
    591. 

  591. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para280"></a><a name="para280_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">280</span>. <span class="bld">Samiddho</span>ti uḷāro, paripuṇṇoyevāti attho. Ādimhi brahmacariyamassāti ādibrahmacariyo, so eva <span class="bld">ādibrahmacariyako</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘pubbabhāgappaṭipattibhūto’’</span>ti. ‘‘Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppanna’’nti addhabhedamukhena saṅkhatadhammabodhavacanaṃ.</p>
    592. 

  592. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para282"></a><a name="para282_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">282</span>. Kāmaṃ khandhādivasena vibhajanaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, paṭhamadutiyacatutthasuttesu pana khandhavasena vibhajanaṃ katvā idha tathā akatvā evaṃ desanāya ṭhapanaṃ tato aññathā āyatanavasena vibhajanatthaṃ. Evaṃ vibhinnā hi saṅkhepavitthārato anavasesā sammasanupagā dhammā vibhajitvā dassitā honti; ayaṃ kirettha bhagavato ajjhāsayo therena nayato gahitoti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ kirā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">dvādasāyatanavaseneva mātikaṃ ṭhapesī</span>ti lokiyāni dvādasāyatanāni eva sandhāya <a name="M2.0370"></a> mātikaṃ ṭhapesi, yathā tīsu suttesu khandhavasena vibhattaṃ, evaṃ yadi bhagavatā idhāpi vibhajanaṃ icchitaṃ siyā, tathā vibhajeyya, yasmā pana tathā avibhajitvāva gandhakuṭiṃ paviṭṭho, tasmā dvādasāyatanavasenevettha vibhajanaṃ bhagavatā ca adhippetanti nayaggāhe ṭhatvā thero vibhaji. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘nayaṃ paṭilabhitvā evamāhā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Bhāriyaṃ kata</span>nti dukkaraṃ kataṃ. <span class="bld">Apade padaṃ dassitaṃ</span> ākāse padaṃ kataṃ sādhāraṇassa atthassa visiṭṭhavisayatāya dassitattā. <span class="bld">Nikantiviññāṇa</span>nti nikantitaṇhāya sampayuttaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ‘‘chandarāgappaṭibaddhaṃ hotī’’ti vacanato. <span class="bld">Manoti bhavaṅgacittaṃ</span> manodvārikajavanānaṃ dvārabhūtaṃ.</p>
    593. 

  593. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para283"></a><a name="para283_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">283</span>. <span class="bld">Patthanāvasena ṭhapesī</span>ti patthanāvasena cittaṃ pavattesi.</p>
    594. 

  594. <p class="centered">Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā</p>
    595. 

  595. <p class="bodytext">Samattā.</p>
    596. 

  596. <p class="subhead">4. Lomasakakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    597. 

  597. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para286"></a><a name="para286_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">286</span>. Ghananicitalomo <a name="V2.0154"></a> lomaso, ayaṃ pana appatāya <span class="bld">lomasako</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘īsakalomasākāratāyā’’</span>ti, lomasako aṅgiko <span class="bld">lomasakakaṅgiyo,</span> paṭhamo ka-kāro appattho, dutiyaṃ pana padavaḍḍhanameva. <span class="bld">Rattakambalasilāya</span>nti rattakambalavaṇṇasilāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Oruyhā</span>ti ākāsato otaritvā. Pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā dinnalābhasakkārassa asādiyanato <span class="bld">manussapathe na vasanti</span>.</p>
    598. 

  598. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehī</span>ti nissakkavacanato āgantvāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Sannipatitāhi devatāhī</span>ti karaṇavacanaṃ. Paññāpayogamandatāya <span class="bld">paṭivijjhituṃ asakkontānaṃ devānaṃ</span> ñāṇassa tikkhavisadabhāvāpādanena samuttejetuṃ <span class="bld">saṃvegajananatthaṃ…pe… abhāsi. Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ devasannipāte, tissaṃ vā desanāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Devattassā</span>ti devabhāvassa, dibbasampattiyāti attho. Bhaddekarattassa suttassa etāti <span class="bld">bhaddekarattiyā</span>.</p>
    599. 

  599. <p class="bodytext">Savanamukhena byañjanaso atthaso ca upadhāraṇaṃ uggaṇhananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tuṇhībhūto nisīditvā suṇanto uggaṇhāti nāmā’’</span>ti. Vācuggatakaraṇaṃ pariyāpuṇananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vācāya sajjhāyaṃ karonto pariyāpuṇāti nāmā’’</span>ti. Ganthassa parihaṇaṃ dhāraṇaṃ, taṃ pana paresu patiṭṭhāpanaṃ <a name="M2.0371"></a> pākaṭaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘aññesaṃ vācento dhāreti nāmā’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.</p>
    600. 

  600. <p class="centered">Lomasakakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā</p>
    601. 

  601. <p class="bodytext">Samattā.</p>
    602. 

  602. <p class="subhead">5. Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    603. 

  603. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para289"></a><a name="para289_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">289</span>. <span class="bld">Aṅgasubhatāyā</span>ti <a name="V2.0155"></a> aṅgānaṃ hatthapādādisarīrāvayavānaṃ sundarabhāvena. Yaṃ apaccaṃ kucchitaṃ muddhaṃ vā, tattha loke māṇavavohāro, yebhuyyena sattā daharakāle suddhadhātukā hontīti vuttaṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘taruṇakāle vohariṃsū’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Adhipatittā</span>ti issarabhāvato.</p>
    604. 

  604. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Samāhāra</span>nti sannicayaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṇḍito gharamāvase</span>ti yasmā appatarepi byayamāne bhogā khīyanti, appatarepi sañcayamāne vaḍḍhanti, tasmā viññujātiko kiñci byayaṃ akatvā ayameva uppādento gharāvāsaṃ anutiṭṭheyyāti lobhādesitamatthaṃ vadati.</p>
    605. 

  605. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dhanalobhena…pe… nibbatto</span>. Lobhavasikassa hi gati nirayo vā tiracchānayoni vā. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘nimittassādagathitaṃ vā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ tiṭṭhati anubyañjanassādagathitaṃ vā. Tasmiṃ samaye kālaṅkareyya, dvinnaṃ gatīnaṃ aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmi – nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.235). <span class="bld">Niraye nibbattissati</span> katokāsassa kammassa paṭibāhituṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato.</p>
    606. 

  606. <p class="bodytext">Pattakkhandhaadhomukhabhāvaṃ sandhāya <span class="bld">‘‘onāmetvā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Brāhmaṇacārittassa bhāvitataṃ sandhāyāha <span class="bld">‘‘brahmaloke nibbatto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Taṃ pavattiṃ pucchī</span>ti sutametaṃ mayā, ‘‘mayhaṃ pitā sunakho hutvā nibbatto’’ti, etaṃ bhotā gotamena vuttanti. Kimidaṃ vuttanti imaṃ pavattiṃ pucchi.</p>
    607. 

  607. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatheva vatvā</span>ti yathā sunakhassa vuttaṃ, tatheva vatvā. <span class="bld">Avisaṃvādanattha</span>nti, ‘‘todeyyabrāhmaṇo sunakho jāto’’ti attano vacanassa avisaṃvādanatthaṃ, visaṃvādanābhāvadassanatthanti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Ñātomhi</span> <a name="M2.0372"></a> <span class="bld">iminā</span>ti iminā mama puttena mayhaṃ purimajātiyaṃ pitāti evaṃ ñāto amhīti jānitvā. Buddhānubhāvena kira sunakho tathā dasseti, na jātissaratāya. Bhagavantaṃ disvā bhukkaraṇaṃ pana purimajātisiddhavāsanāya. <span class="bld">Bhavapaṭicchanna</span>nti bhavantarabhāvena paṭicchannaṃ. <span class="bld">Nāma</span>-saddo sambhāvane. <span class="bld">Paṭisandhiantara</span>nti aññajātipaṭisandhiggahaṇena heṭṭhimajātaṃ gatiṃ. <span class="bld">Aṅgavijjāpāṭhako kiresa,</span> tena appāyukadīghāyukatādivasena cuddasa pañhe abhisaṅkhari; evaṃ kirassa ahosi, ‘‘imesaṃ sattānaṃ appāyukatādayo visesā aṅgapaccaṅgavasena sallakkhiyanti. Na <a name="V2.0156"></a> kho panetaṃ yuttaṃ ‘aṅgapaccaṅgāni yāva tesaṃ tesaṃ kāraṇa’nti; tasmā bhavitabbamettha aññeneva kāraṇena. Samaṇo gotamo taṃ kāraṇaṃ vibhajitvā kathessati, evāyaṃ sabbaññūti nicchayo me apaṇṇako bhavissatī’’ti. Apare pana bhaṇanti, ‘‘tiracchānagataṃ manussaṃ vā āvisitvā icchitatthakasāvanaṃ nāma mahāmantavijjāvasena hoti; tasmā na ettāvatā samaṇassa gotamassa sabbaññutā sunicchitā hoti. Yaṃ nūnāhaṃ kammaphalamassa uddissa pañhaṃ puccheyyaṃ, tattha ca me cittaṃ ārādhento pañhaṃ byākarissati. Evāyaṃ sabbaññūti vinicchayo me bhavissatīti te pañhe pucchatī’’ti.</p>
    608. 

  608. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Bhaṇḍaka</span>nti sāpateyyaṃ, santakanti attho. Kammunā dātabbaṃ ādiyantīti <span class="bld">kammadāyādā,</span> attanā katūpacitakammaphalabhāgīti attho. Taṃ pana kammadāyajjaṃ kāraṇopacārena vadanto, <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṃ etesaṃ dāyajjaṃ bhaṇḍakanti attho’’</span>ti āha – yathā ‘‘kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.80). Yavati phalaṃ sabhāvato bhinnampi abhinnaṃ viya missitaṃ hoti, etenāti <span class="bld">yonī</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṃ etesaṃ yoni kāraṇa’’</span>nti. Mamattavasena bajjhati saṃbajjhatīti <span class="bld">bandhu,</span> ñāti sālohito ca. Kammaṃ pana ekantasambandhamevāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kammaṃ etesaṃ bandhū’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhā</span>ti avassayo. Kammasadiso hi sattānaṃ avassayo natthi, añño koci issaro brahmā vā na karoti tādisaṃ kattuṃ sajjituṃ asamatthabhāvato. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ <span class="bld">visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ</span> vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Kammamevā</span>ti kasmā avadhāritaṃ, nanu kilesāpi sattānaṃ hīnapaṇītabhāvakāraṇaṃ, na kevalanti<a name="M2.0373"></a>? Saccametaṃ, kilesapayogena vipākavaṭṭaṃ nibbattaṃ kammapavattitamevāti katvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Kathitassa atthaṃ na sañjānāsī’’</span>ti saṅkhepato vatvā nanu bhagavā mahākāruṇiko paresaṃ ñāpanatthameva dhammaṃ desetīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘mānanissito kiresā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    609. 

  609. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para290"></a><a name="para290_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">290</span>. <span class="bld">Samattenā</span>ti pariyattena, yathā taṃ phalaṃ dātuṃ samatthaṃ hoti, evaṃ katena, upacitenāti attho. Tādisaṃ pana attano kicce anūnaṃ nāma hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘paripuṇṇenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samādinnenā</span>ti ettha samādānaṃ nāma taṇhādiṭṭhīhi gahaṇaṃ parāmasananti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘gahitena parāmaṭṭhenā’’</span>ti. Paṭipajjati etāya sugatiduggatīti <span class="bld">paṭipadā,</span> kammaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘kammapatho’’ti vuccati.</p>
    610. 

  610. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Esā</span>ti paṭipadā. Dubbalaṃ upaghātakameva siyāti upapīḷakassa visayaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘balavakammenā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Balavakammenā</span>ti puññakammena. <span class="bld">Vadati nāmā</span>ti vadanto viya hoti<a name="V2.0157"></a>. <span class="bld">Nibbattāpeyya</span>nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu upapīḷakasabhāvaṃ kammaṃ janakasabhāvaṃ na hotīti? Sabbametaṃ parikappanavacanaṃ, yathā manussā paccatthikaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ kiñci kātuṃ asamatthāpi keci ālambanavasena samatthā viya attānaṃ dassenti, evaṃsampadamidanti keci. Apare pana bhaṇanti – yassidaṃ kammassavipākaṃ pīḷeti, sace tasmiṃ anokāse eva sayaṃ vipaccituṃ okāsaṃ labheyya, apāyesu eva taṃsamaṅgipuggalaṃ nibbattāpeyya, yasmā taṃ kammaṃ balavaṃ hutvā avasesapaccayasamavāyena vipaccituṃ āraddhaṃ, tasmā itaraṃ tassa vipākaṃ vibādhentaṃ upapīḷakaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Etadatthameva cettha ‘‘balavakammena nibbatta’’nti balavaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Kiccavasena hi nesaṃ kammānaṃ etā samaññā, yadidaṃ upapīḷakaṃ upacchedakaṃ janakaṃ upatthambhakanti, na kusalāni viya upatthambhāni honti nibbattatthāya. <span class="bld">Pīḷetvā</span>ti viheṭhetvā paṭighāṭanādivasena ucchutelayantādayo viya ucchutilādike vibādhetvā. <span class="bld">Niroja</span>nti nittejaṃ. <span class="bld">Niyūsa</span>nti nirasaṃ. <span class="bld">Kasaṭa</span>nti nissāraṃ. <span class="bld">Parissaya</span>nti upaddavaṃ.</p>
    611. 

  611. <p class="bodytext">Idāni parissayassa upanayanākāraṃ dassentena tattha, <span class="bld">‘‘dārakassā’’</span>tiādiṃ vatvā bhogānaṃ vināsanākāraṃ dassetuṃ, puna <span class="bld">‘‘dārakassā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Kumbhadohanā</span>ti kumbhapūrakhīrā. <span class="bld">Gomaṇḍale</span>ti goyūthe.</p>
    612. 

  612. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aṭṭhusabhagamanaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0374"></a> <span class="bld">katvā</span>ti aṭṭhausabhappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ paccatthikaṃ uddissa dhanuggaho anuyāyiṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Ta</span>nti saraṃ. <span class="bld">Añño</span>ti paccatthiko. <span class="bld">Tattheva pāteyya</span> accāsannaṃ katvā sarassa khittattā. <span class="bld">Vāḷamacchodaka</span>nti makarādivāḷamacchavantaṃ udakaṃ.</p>
    613. 

  613. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paṭisandhinibbattakaṃ kammaṃ janakakammaṃ nāma</span> paripuṇṇavipākadāyibhāvato, na pavattivipākamattanibbattakaṃ. <span class="bld">Bhogasampadādī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena ārogyasampadādi-parivārasampadādīni gaṇhāti. Na dīghāyukatādīni hi appāyukatāsaṃvattanikena kammunā nibbattāni; aññaṃ dīghāyukatākaraṇena upatthambhetuṃ sakkoti; na atidubbaṇṇaṃ appesakkhaṃ nīcakulīnaṃ duppaññaṃ vā vaṇṇavantatādivasena. Tathā hi vakkhati, ‘‘imasmiṃ pana pañhavissajjane’’tiādi, taṃ pana nidassanavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.</p>
    614. 

  614. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Purimānī</span>ti upapīḷakopacchedakāni. Upapīḷakupaghātā nāma kusalavipākapaṭibāhakāti adhippāyena <span class="bld">‘‘dve akusalānevā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Upatthambhakaṃ kusalamevā</span>ti ettha yathā janakaṃ ubhayasabhāvaṃ, evaṃ itaresampi ubhayasabhāvatāya vuccamānāya na koci virodho. Devadattādīnañhi nāgādīnaṃ <a name="V2.0158"></a> ito anuppavacchitānaṃ petādīnañca narakādīsu akusalakammavipākassa upatthambhanupapīḷanupaghātanāni na na sambhavanti. Evañca katvā yā heṭṭhā bahūsu ānantariyesu ekena gahitapaṭisandhikassa itaresaṃ tassa anubalappadāyitā vuttā, sāpi samatthitā hoti. Yasmiñhi kamme kate janakanibbattaṃ kusalaphalaṃ vā akusalaphalaṃ vā byādhidhātusamatādinimittaṃ vibādhīyati, tamupatthambhakaṃ. Yasmiṃ pana kate jātisamatthassa paṭisandhiyaṃ pavattiyañca vipākakaṭattārūpānaṃ uppatti hoti, taṃ janakaṃ. Yasmiṃ pana kate aññena janitassa iṭṭhassa vā aniṭṭhassa vā phalassa vibādhāvicchedapaccayānuppattiyā upabrūhanapaccayuppattiyā ca janakasāmatthiyānurūpaṃ parivutticiratarapabandhā hoti, etaṃ upatthambhakaṃ. Tathā yasmiṃ kate janakanibbattaṃ kusalaphalaṃ akusalaphalaṃ vā byādhidhātusamatādinimittaṃ vibādhīyati, taṃ upapīḷakaṃ. Yasmiṃ pana kate janakasāmatthiyavasena ciratarapabandhārahampi samānaṃ phalaṃ vicchedakapaccayuppattiyā vicchijjati, taṃ upaghātakanti ayamettha sāro.</p>
    615. 

  615. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti <a name="M2.0375"></a> tesu kammesu. <span class="bld">Upacchedakakammenā</span>ti āyuno upaghātakakammena. Svāyamupaghātakabhāvo dvidhā icchitabboti taṃ dassetuṃ <span class="bld">‘‘pāṇātipātinā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Na sakkoti</span> pāṇātipātakammunā santānassa tathābhisaṅkhatattā. Yasmiñhi santāne nibbattaṃ, tassa tena abhisaṅkhatatā avassaṃ icchitabbā tattheva tassa vipākassa vinibandhanato. Etena kusalassa kammassa āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva pāṇātipāto tādisaṃ sāmatthiyupaghātaṃ karotīti dasseti, tato kammaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti. ‘‘Dīghāyukā’’tiādinā upaghātasāmatthiyena khette uppannasassaṃ viya upapattiniyāmakā dhammāti dasseti. Upapatti niyatavisese vipaccituṃ okāse karonte eva kusalakamme ākaḍḍhiyamānapaṭisandhikaṃ pāṇātipātakammaṃ appāyukatthāya niyametīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisandhimeva vā niyāmetvā appāyukaṃ karotī’’</span>ti. Pāṇātipātacetanāya accantakaṭukavipākattā sanniṭṭhānacetanāya niraye nibbattati tassā atthassa khīṇābhāvato; itare pana na tathā bhāriyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pubbā…pe… hotī’’</span>ti. Idha pana yaṃ heṭṭhā vuttasadisaṃ, taṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.</p>
    616. 

  616. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Manussāmanussaparissayā</span>ti mānusakā amānusakā ca upaddavā. <span class="bld">Purato</span>ti pubbadvārato. <span class="bld">Pacchato</span>ti pacchimavatthuto. <span class="bld">Pavaṭṭamānā</span>ti parijanassa, devatānaṃ vā desena pavaṭṭamānā. <span class="bld">Parehī</span>ti purātanehi parehi. <span class="bld">Sammukhībhāva</span>nti sāmibhāvavasena paccakkhattaṃ. <span class="bld">Āharitvā denti</span> iṇāyikā. <span class="bld">Kammantā</span>ti vaṇijjādikammāni. <span class="bld">Apāṇātipātakamma</span>nti pāṇātipātassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ kammaṃ; pāṇātipātā virativasena pavattitakammanti attho. <span class="bld">Dīghāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti</span> vipākassa kammasarikkhabhāvato<a name="V2.0159"></a>. <span class="bld">Iminā nayenā</span>ti iminā appāyukadīghāyukasaṃvattanikesu kammesu yathāvuttena taṃ saṃvattanikavibhāvananayena.</p>
    617. 

  617. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Viheṭhanakammādīnipī</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddena kodhaissāmanakamaccherathaddhaaviddasubhāvavasena pavattitakammāni saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Tathevā</span>ti yathā pāṇātipātakammaṃ atthato evaṃ vadati nāmāti vuttaṃ, tatheva <span class="bld">vadamānāni viya</span>. ‘‘Yaṃ yadevātipatthenti, sabbametena labbhatī’’ti (khu. pā. 8.10) vacanato yathā sabbakusalaṃ sabbāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ upanissayo, evaṃ sabbaṃ akusalaṃ sabbāsaṃ vipattīnaṃ upanissayoti, <span class="bld">‘‘upapīḷanena nibbhogataṃ āpādetvā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ<a name="M2.0376"></a>. Tathā hi pāṇātipātakammavasenapi ayaṃ nayo dassito. <span class="bld">Aviheṭhanādīnī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena akkodhana-anissāmana-dāna-anatimāna-viddasubhāvena pavattakammāni saṅgaṇhāti.</p>
    618. 

  618. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para293"></a><a name="para293_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">293</span>. Issā mano etassāti <span class="bld">issāmanako</span>ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘issāsampayuttacitto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upakkosanto</span>ti akkosavatthūhi akkosanto. <span class="bld">Issaṃ bandhatī</span>ti issaṃ anubandhati issāsahitameva cittaṃ anupavatteti. <span class="bld">Appesakkho</span>ti appānubhāvo appaññāto. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na paññāyatī’’</span>ti. Sā panassa appānubhāvatā parivārābhāvena pākaṭā hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘appaparivāro’’</span>ti.</p>
    619. 

  619. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para294"></a><a name="para294_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">294</span>. <span class="bld">Macchariyavasena na dātā hotī</span>ti sabbaso deyyadhammassa abhāvena na dātā na hoti. Amaccharī hi puggalo sati deyyadhamme yathārahaṃ detiyeva.</p>
    620. 

  620. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para295"></a><a name="para295_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">295</span>. Abhivādetabbaṃ khettavasena matthakappattaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘buddhaṃ vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Aññepi mātupitujeṭṭhabhātarādayo abhivādanādiarahā santi, tesu thaddhādivasena karaṇaṃ nīcakulasaṃvattanikameva. Na hi pavatte sakkā kātunti sambandho. Tena pavattivipākadāyino kammassa visayo esoti dasseti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisandhimeva panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    621. 

  621. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para296"></a><a name="para296_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">296</span>. <span class="bld">Aparipucchanenā</span>ti aparipucchāmattena niraye na nibbattati; aparipucchāhetu pana kattabbākaraṇādīhi siyā nirayanibbattīti pāḷiyaṃ, ‘‘na paripucchitā hotī’’tiādi vuttanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘aparipucchako panā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Yathānusandhiṃ pāpesī</span>ti desanaṃ yathānusandhiniṭṭhānaṃ pāpesi. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    622. 

  622. <p class="centered">Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    623. 

  623. <p class="subhead">6. Mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    624. 

  624. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para298"></a><a name="para298_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">298</span>. Kammassa <a name="V2.0160"></a> moghabhāvo nāma phalena tucchatā phalābhāvoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘moghanti tucchaṃ aphala’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Tathaṃ bhūta</span>nti saccasaddassa atthamāha. Paribbājako <a name="M2.0377"></a> pana ‘‘sacca’’nti iminā tameva saphalanti vadati. Saphalañhi kammaṃ satthu abhimatamanokammanti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Idañca</span> ‘‘moghaṃ kāyakamma’’ntiādivacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Taṃ gahetvā</span>ti paramparāya gahetvā. <span class="bld">Esā</span>ti potaliputto paribbājako. <span class="bld">Abhisaññānirodhakathaṃ sandhāya vadati</span>. Sāpi hi titthiyānaṃ antare pākaṭā jātāti. <span class="bld">Thero</span>ti samiddhitthero. Yathā bhagavatā vuttaṃ, tato ca aññathāva dosāropanabhayena gahetvā tato bhagavantaṃ thero rakkhatīti adhippāyena paribbājako, ‘‘parirakkhitabbaṃ maññissatī’’ti avocāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘parirakkhitabbanti garahato mocanena rakkhitabba’’</span>nti. Sañcetanā assa atthīti <span class="bld">sañcetanikaṃ. Kamma</span>nti sañcetanikassapi kammassa attano samaye icchitattā paribbājakena vuttaṃ.</p>
    625. 

  625. <p class="bodytext">Saṅkhatasaṅkhāratāya rūpameva <span class="bld">‘‘tilamattampi saṅkhāra’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘maṃsacakkhunāva passatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samāgamadassanaṃ sandhāyā</span>ti katthacipi tassa dassanaṃ sandhāya, na pariññādassanaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘kuto panevarūpaṃ kathāsallāpa’’nti.</p>
    626. 

  626. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para299"></a><a name="para299_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">299</span>. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭadukkha</span>nti saṃsāradukkhaṃ. <span class="bld">Kilesadukkha</span>nti kilesasambhavarāgapariḷāhadukkhaṃ. <span class="bld">Saṅkhāradukkha</span>nti yadaniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhanti evaṃ vuttadukkhaṃ. <span class="bld">Sace bhāsitaṃ bhaveyyā</span>ti imaṃ īdisaṃ dukkhaṃ sandhāya āyasmatā samiddhinā bhāsitaṃ siyā nu bhagavā, avibhajitvā byākaraṇaṃ yuttamevāti adhippāyo.</p>
    627. 

  627. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para300"></a><a name="para300_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">300</span>. <span class="bld">Ummaṅga</span>nti ummujjanaṃ, kathāmuḷhena antarā aññāṇavisayapañhā ummaṅgaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pañhāummaṅga’’</span>nti <span class="bld">neva dibbacakkhunā</span>ti kasmā vuttaṃ. Na hi taṃ ayoniso ummujjanaṃ dibbacakkhuvisayanti? Kāmañcetaṃ na dibbacakkhuvisayaṃ, dibbacakkhuparibhaṇḍañāvisayaṃ pana siyāti tathā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Adhippāyenevā</span>ti udāyittherassa adhippāyeneva gayhamānena taṃ ayoniyo ummujjanaṃ aññāsi. <span class="bld">Sannisīdituṃ</span> pubbe nisinnākārena sannisīdituṃ <span class="bld">na sakkoti</span>. Samiddhittherena anabhisaṅkhatasseva atthassa kathitattā, <span class="bld">‘‘yaṃ abhūtaṃ, tadeva kathessatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha <a name="V2.0161"></a> ‘‘ayoniso ummujjissatī’’ti. <span class="bld">Tisso vedanā pucchitā,</span> ‘‘kiṃ so vediyatī’’ti avibhāgena vediyamānassa jātitattā. Sukhāya vedanāya hitanti <span class="bld">sukhavedaniyaṃ</span>. Tenāha <a name="M2.0378"></a> – <span class="bld">‘‘sukhavedanāya paccayabhūta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sesesū</span>ti, ‘‘dukkhavedaniya’’ntiādīsu.</p>
    628. 

  628. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Heṭṭhā tikajjhānacetanā</span>ti ettha, ‘‘kusalato’’ti adhikārato rūpāvacarakusalato heṭṭhā tikajjhānacetanāti attho. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etesu kāmāvacararūpāvacarasukhavedaniyakammesu. <span class="bld">Adukkhamasukhampī</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddena iṭṭhārammaṇe sukhampīti imamatthaṃ sampiṇḍeti.</p>
    629. 

  629. <p class="bodytext">Yadi kāyadvāre pavattato aññattha adukkhamasukhaṃ janeti, atha kasmā, ‘‘dukkhasseva jananato’’ti vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sā pana vedanā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    630. 

  630. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Catutthajjhānacetanā</span>ti ettha arūpāvacarakusalacetanātipi vattabbaṃ. Yathā hi ‘‘kāyena vācāya manasā’’ti ettha yathālābhaggahaṇavasena manasā sukhavedaniyaṃ adukkhamasukhavedaniyanti ayamattho arūpāvacarakusalepi labbhatīti sukhampi janeti ukkaṭṭhassa ñāṇasampayuttakusalassa soḷasavipākacittanibbattanato, ayañca nayo heṭṭhā, ‘‘adukkhamasukhampī’’ti etthāpi vattabbo. Pubbe pariyāyato dukkhavedanā vuttā, suttantasaṃvaṇṇanā hesāti idāni nippariyāyato puna dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena ettha dukkhavedaniyaṃ pavattivaseneva vaṭṭatīti. <span class="bld">Etassā</span>ti dukkhavedaniyassa pavattivaseneva yujjamānattā etassa vasena sabbaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ adukkhamasukhavedaniyañca pavattivaseneva vattuṃ vaṭṭati.</p>
    631. 

  631. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ālayo</span>ti abhiruci. <span class="bld">Mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇa</span>nti mahati kammavibhajane ñāṇaṃ, mahantaṃ vā kammavibhajanañāṇaṃ. Bhājanaṃ nāma niddeso, ayaṃ pana uddesoti katvā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘katame cattāro…pe… mātikāṭṭhapana’’</span>nti.</p>
    632. 

  632. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para301"></a><a name="para301_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">301</span>. <span class="bld">Pāṭiyekko anusandhi</span> yathāuddiṭṭhassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇassa abhājanabhāvato, pucchānusandhiajjhāsayānusandhīsu ca anantogadhattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘idaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Idaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā</span>ti idha, ‘‘pāṇātipātiṃ adinnādāyi’’ntiādinā puggalādhiṭṭhānena vuttaṃ kammavibhaṅgaṃ ārabbha. <span class="bld">Imaṃ paccayaṃ labhitvā</span>ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Idaṃ dassanaṃ gaṇhantī</span>ti idaṃ, ‘‘atthi kira, bho, pāpakāni kammāni, natthi kira, bho, pāpakāni kammānī’’ti ca ādīni hatthidassakaandhāviya diṭṭhamatte eva ṭhatvā acittakadassanañca gaṇhanti. Vīriyaṃ kilesānaṃ ātāpanavasena <a name="V2.0162"></a> <span class="bld">ātappaṃ,</span> tadeva padahavasena <span class="bld">padhānaṃ,</span> <a name="M2.0379"></a> punappunaṃ yuñjanavasena <span class="bld">anuyogo,</span> tathā bhāvanāya nappamajjati etenāti <span class="bld">appamādo,</span> sammā yoniso manasi karoti etenāti <span class="bld">sammāmanasikāro</span>ti vuccatīti adhippāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘pañcapi vīriyasseva nāmānī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Appamādo</span> vā satiyā avippavāso. Yasmiṃ manasikāre sati tassa dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ ijjhati, ayamettha sammāmanasikāroti ettha attho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Cetosamādhi</span>nti dibbacakkhuñāṇasahagataṃ cittasamādhiṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dibbacakkhusamādhi’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Aññathā</span>ti akusalakammakaraṇato aññathā, taṃ pana kusalakammakaraṇaṃ hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ye dassannaṃ kusalānaṃ kammapathānaṃ pūritattā’’</span>ti <span class="bld">diṭṭhithāmenā</span>ti diṭṭhivasena diṭṭhibalena. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhiparāmāsenā</span>ti diṭṭhivasena dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parāmāsena. <span class="bld">Adhiṭṭhahitvā</span>ti, ‘‘idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’nti adhiṭṭhāya abhinivisitvā. <span class="bld">Ādiyitvā</span>ti daḷhaggāhaṃ gahetvā. <span class="bld">Voharatī</span>ti attano gahitaggahaṇaṃ paresaṃ dīpento voharati.</p>
    633. 

  633. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para302"></a><a name="para302_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">302</span>. <span class="bld">Tatrānandā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>-saddo ādiattho. <span class="bld">Idampī</span>ti idaṃ vacanaṃ. ‘‘Tatrānandā’’ti evamādivacanampīti attho. <span class="bld">Na mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇassa bhājanaṃ</span> tassa aniddesabhāvato. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇassa <span class="bld">mātikāṭṭhapanameva</span> dibbacakkhukānaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vasena anuññātabbassa ca dassanavasena uddesabhāvato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘ettha panā’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">ettha panā</span>ti ‘‘tatrānandā’’tiādipāṭhe. <span class="bld">Etesaṃ dibbacakkhukāna</span>nti etesaṃ heṭṭhā catūsupi vāresu āgatānaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ. <span class="bld">Ettakā</span>ti ekacciyā saccagirā. <span class="bld">Anuññātā</span>ti anujānitā. <span class="bld">Ananuññātā</span>ti paṭikkhepitā. Idha ananuññātamukhena dīpitaṃ ananuññātabhāvamattaṃ. <span class="bld">Tatrānandā</span>tiādike <span class="bld">tatrā</span>ti niddhāraṇe bhummanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘tesu catūsu samaṇabrāhmaṇesū’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Idaṃ vacanaṃ</span> ‘‘atthi kira, bho…pe… vipāko’’ti idaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti tathāvādino samaṇabrāhmaṇassa. <span class="bld">Aññenākārenā</span>ti ‘‘yo kira, bho’’tiādinā vuttakāraṇato aññena kāraṇena. <span class="bld">Dvīsu ṭhānesū</span>ti ‘‘atthi kira, bho…pe… vipāko’’ti ca, ‘‘apāyaṃ…pe… nirayaṃ upapanna’’nti ca imesu <a name="M2.0380"></a> dvīsu pāṭhapadesesu. <span class="bld">Anuññātā</span> tadatthassa atthibhāvato. <span class="bld">Tīsu ṭhānesū</span>ti ‘‘yo kira, bho…pe… nirayaṃ upapajjati’’, ‘‘yampi so…pe… te sañjānanti’’, ‘‘yampi so yadeva…pe… moghamañña’’nti imesu tīsu pāṭhapadesesu. <span class="bld">Ananuññātā</span> tadatthassānekantikattā micchābhinivesato ca. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘aññathā hi, ānanda, tathāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇa’’nti. Yathā te appahīnavipallāsā padesañāṇasamaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavibhaṅgaṃ sañjānanti, tato aññathāva sabbaso pahīnavipallāsassa tathā āgamanādiatthena tathāgatassa sammāsambuddhassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ hotīti attho.</p>
    634. 

  634. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para303"></a><a name="para303_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">303</span>. Iminā <a name="V2.0163"></a> dibbacakkhukena yaṃ kammaṃ karonto diṭṭho, tato pubbeti yojanā. <span class="bld">Tato</span>ti tato kariyamānakammato pubbe. <span class="bld">Khando</span>ti kumāro. <span class="bld">Sivo</span>ti issaro. <span class="bld">Pitāmaho</span>ti brahmā. <span class="bld">Issarādīhī</span>ti issarabrahmapajāpatiādīhi. <span class="bld">Visaṭṭho</span>ti nimmito. <span class="bld">Micchādassanenā</span>ti micchādassanavasena. <span class="bld">Ya</span>nti yaṃ kammaṃ. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti tesu pāṇātipātādivasena pavattakammesu. <span class="bld">Diṭṭheva dhamme</span>ti tasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedetīti yojanā. <span class="bld">Upapajjitvā</span>ti dutiyabhave nibbattitvā. <span class="bld">Aparasmiṃ pariyāye</span>ti aññasmiṃ yattha katthaci bhave.</p>
    635. 

  635. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ekaṃ kammarāsi</span>nti pāṇātipātādibhedena ekaṃ kammasamudāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekaṃ vipākarāsi</span>nti tasseva aṅgena ekaṃ vipākasamudāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Iminā</span>ti yathāvuttena dibbacakkhukena samaṇena brāhmaṇena vā adiṭṭhā. <span class="bld">Tayo</span>ti ‘‘pubbe vāssa taṃ kataṃ hotī’’tiādinā vuttā tayo. <span class="bld">Dve vipākarāsī</span>ti diṭṭhadhammavedaniyo aparāpariyāyavedaniyoti dve vipākarāsī. Upapajjavedaniyaṃ pana tena diṭṭhaṃ, tasmā ‘‘dve’’ti vuttaṃ. Diṭṭho eko, adiṭṭhā tayoti <span class="bld">diṭṭhe ca adiṭṭhe ca cattāro kammarāsī,</span> tathā diṭṭho eko, adiṭṭhā dveti <span class="bld">tayo vipākarāsī. Imāni satta ṭhānānī</span>ti yathāvuttāni satta ñāṇassa pavattanaṭṭhānāni. ‘‘Imassa nāma kammassa idaṃ phalaṃ nibbatta’’nti kammassa, phalassa vā adiṭṭhattā, <span class="bld">‘‘dutiyavāre dibbacakkhukena kiñci na diṭṭha’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ vuttanayena tayo kammarāsī veditabbā, idha dibbacakkhukena diṭṭhassa abhāvato, <span class="bld">‘‘paccattaṭṭhānānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    636. 

  636. <p class="bodytext">Bhavati vaḍḍhati etenāti bhabbaṃ, vaḍḍhinimittaṃ. Na bhabbaṃ <span class="bld">abhabba</span>nti āha <span class="bld">‘‘bhūtavirahita’’</span>nti. Attano phale bhāsanaṃ dibbanaṃ <span class="bld">ābhāsana</span>nti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ābhāsati abhibhavati paṭibāhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Balavakamma</span>nti mahāsāvajjaṃ kammaṃ garusamāsevitādibhedaṃ. <span class="bld">Āsanne</span>ti maraṇe, abhiṇhaṃ upaṭṭhānena vā <a name="M2.0381"></a> tassa maraṇacittassa <span class="bld">āsanne. Balavakamma</span>nti garusamāsevitatādivasena balavaṃ kusalakammaṃ. <span class="bld">Dubbalakammassā</span>ti attano dubbalassa. <span class="bld">Āsanne kusalaṃ kata</span>nti idhāpi āsannatā pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbā.</p>
    637. 

  637. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upaṭṭhānākārenā</span>ti maraṇassa āsannakāle kammassa upaṭṭhānākārena. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti tassa puggalassa. Nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti akusalanti yojanā. Titthiyā kammantaravipākantaresu akusalatāya yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ yassa kassaci vipākassa kāraṇaṃ katvā gaṇhanti hatthidassakaandhādayo viya diṭṭhamattābhinivesinoti, <span class="bld">‘‘aññatitthiyā…pe… upaṭṭhātī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Itarasmi</span>nti bhabbañceva bhabbābhāsañca, bhabbaṃ abhabbābhāsanti imasmiṃ dvaye<a name="V2.0164"></a>. <span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span> paṭhamadutiyapuggalavasena purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ kammānaṃ yojanānayo vutto upaṭṭhānākāravasena. Ayameva tatiyacatutthapuggalavasena pacchimānaṃ dvinnaṃ kammānaṃ yojanānayo. Tatiyassa hi kammassa kusalattā tassa ca sagge nibbattattā tattha kāraṇabhūtaṃ kusalaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti; tathā catutthassapi kammassa kusalattā, tassa pana niraye nibbattattā tattha nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ akusalaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhātīti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    638. 

  638. <p class="centered">Mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    639. 

  639. <p class="subhead">7. Saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    640. 

  640. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para304"></a><a name="para304_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">304</span>. <span class="bld">Veditabbānī</span>ti <a name="V2.0165"></a> ettha yathā viditāni cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vaṭṭadukkhasamatikkamāya honti, tathā vedanaṃ adhippetanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sahavipassanena maggena jānitabbānī’’</span>ti. Tattha vipassanāya ārammaṇato maggena asammohato jānanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Mano savisesaṃ upavicarati ārammaṇe pavattati etehīti <span class="bld">manopavicārā,</span> vitakkavicārā. Ārammaṇe hi abhiniropanānumajjanehi vitakkavicārehi saha cittaṃ pavattati, na tabbirahitaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vitakkavicārā’’</span>tiādi. Sattā pajjanti etehi yathārahaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vivaṭṭañcāti <span class="bld">sattapadā</span><a name="M2.0382"></a>, gehanissitā vaṭṭapadā. Yoggānaṃ damanaācariyā <span class="bld">yoggācariyā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘dametabbadamakāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sesa</span>nti vuttāvasesaṃ ekasattatividhaviññāṇaṃ saphassarūpakasseva adhippetattā.</p>
    641. 

  641. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para305"></a><a name="para305_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">305</span>. <span class="bld">Idhā</span>ti imissaṃ chaviññāṇakāyadesanāyaṃ. Manodhātuttayavinimuttameva manoviññāṇadhātūti veditabbaṃ.</p>
    642. 

  642. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cakkhumhi samphasso</span>ti cakkhuṃ nissāya uppanno samphasso. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhuviñāṇasampayuttasamphassassetaṃ adhivacana’’</span>nti.</p>
    643. 

  643. <p class="bodytext">Yathā kevalena viññāṇena rūpadassanaṃ na hoti, evaṃ kevalena cakkhupasādenapīti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhuviññāṇenā’’</span>ti. Tena pāḷiyaṃ <span class="bld">cakkhunā</span>ti nissayamukhena nissitakiccaṃ vuttanti dasseti. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇavasenā</span>ti ārammaṇapaccayabhāvena. ‘‘Upavicarati’’cceva kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu tattha vitakkabyāpāropi atthīti? Saccaṃ atthi. So panettha taggatikoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vitakko taṃsampayutto cā’’</span>ti. Sampayuttadhammānampi upavicaraṇaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃyevettha kiccanti <span class="bld">‘‘vitakkavicārasaṅkhātā manopavicārā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Somanassayutto upavicāro <span class="bld">somanassūpavicāro</span> yathā ‘‘ājaññaratho’’ti āha <span class="bld">‘‘somanassena saddhi’’</span>ntiādi.</p>
    644. 

  644. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para306"></a><a name="para306_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">306</span>. Upavicārānaṃ upassayaṭṭhena gehaṃ viyāti gehaṃ, rūpādayoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘gehassitānīti kāmaguṇanissitānī’’</span>ti. Niccasaññādinikkhamanato nekkhammaṃ vipassanāti, <span class="bld">‘‘nekkhammassitānīti</span> <a name="V2.0166"></a> <span class="bld">vipassanānissitānī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Iṭṭhāna</span>nti kasivaṇijjādivasena pariyiṭṭhānanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pariyesitāna’’</span>nti. Piyabhāvo pana kantasaddeneva kathitoti kāmitabbānaṃ mano rametīti <span class="bld">manoramānaṃ</span>. Lokena āmasīyatīti <span class="bld">lokāmisaṃ,</span> taṇhā. Tāya gahetabbatāya iṭṭhabhāvāpādanena paṭisaṅkhatatāya ca <span class="bld">paṭisaṃyuttānaṃ. Atīte kataṃ uppajjati</span> ārammaṇikaanubhavanassa asambhavatoti adhippāyo. Edisaṃ anussaraṇaṃ diṭṭhaggahaṇānussarena ca hotīti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathāha’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    645. 

  645. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aniccākāra</span>nti hutvā abhāvākāraṃ. <span class="bld">Vipariṇāmavirāganirodha</span>nti jarāya maraṇena cāti dvedhā vipariṇāmetabbañceva, tato eva palokitaṃ bhaṅgañca. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yasmā uppannaṃ rūpaṃ tenevākārena na tiṭṭhati<a name="M2.0383"></a>, atha kho uppādāvatthāsaṅkhātaṃ pakatiṃ vijahati, vijahitañca jarāvatthāya tato vigacchati, vigacchantañca bhaṅguppattiyā nirujjhatīti imaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘pakativijahanenā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāmañcettha ‘‘yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato’’ti vuttaṃ, anubodhañāṇaṃ pana adhippetaṃ vīthipaṭipannāya vipassanāya vasenāti <span class="bld">‘‘vipassanāpaññāyā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ upavicāraniddesabhāvato. Tathā hi vakkhati – ‘‘chasudvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate’’tiādi. <span class="bld">Saṅkhārānaṃ bhedaṃ passato</span>ti sabbesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvaṃ vīthipaṭipannena vipassanāñāṇena passato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘saṅkhāragatamhi tikkhe’’</span>tiādi. Tattha <span class="bld">saṅkhāgatamhī</span>ti saṅkhāragate visayabhūte. <span class="bld">Tikkhe</span>ti bhāvanābalena indriyānañca samatāya tibbe. <span class="bld">Sūre</span>ti paṭipakkhehi anabhibhūtatāya, tesañca abhibhavanasamatthatāya visade paṭubhūte pavattante.</p>
    646. 

  646. <p class="bodytext">Kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanavasena vūpasantatāya <span class="bld">santacittassa,</span> saṃsāre bhayassa ikkhanato <span class="bld">bhikkhuno,</span> uttarimanussadhammasannissitattā <span class="bld">amānusī ratī</span>ti vivekarati nekkhammarati. <span class="bld">Yato yato</span>ti yathā yathā nayavipassanādīsu yena yena sammasanākārenāti attho. <span class="bld">Khandhānaṃ udayabbaya</span>nti pañcupādānakkhandhānaṃ uppādañca bhaṅgañca. <span class="bld">Amatantaṃ vijānata</span>nti vijānantānaṃ viññūnaṃ āraddhavipassanānaṃ taṃ pītipāmojjaṃ amatādhigamahetutāya amatanti veditabbaṃ.</p>
    647. 

  647. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate</span>ti rūpādivasena chabbidhe iṭṭhārammaṇe yathārahaṃ chasu dvāresu āpāthagate. Visaye cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ.</p>
    648. 

  648. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para307"></a><a name="para307_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">307</span>. <span class="bld">Paccuppanna</span>nti santatipaccuppannaṃ. <span class="bld">Anuttaravimokkho nāma arahattaṃ</span> idha adhippetaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesena. Kathaṃ pana tattha pihaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, na hi adhigataṃ arahattaṃ ārammaṇaṃ hoti, na <a name="V2.0167"></a> ca taṃ ārabbha pihā pavattatīti? Ko vā evamāha – ‘‘arahattaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pihaṃ upaṭṭhapetī’’ti. Anussutiladdhaṃ pana parikappasiddhaṃ arahattaṃ uddissa patthanaṃ ṭhapeti, tattha cittaṃ paṇidahati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissāmī’’ti. <span class="bld">Āyatana</span>nti arahattameva chaḷaṅgasamannāgamādikāraṇabhāvato, manāyatanadhammāyatanabhāvato ca tathā vuttaṃ, taṃ panetaṃ domanassaṃ <a name="M2.0384"></a> patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa uppajjati patthanāya sahāvattanato. Na hi lobhadosānaṃ saha vutti atthi. <span class="bld">Patthanāmūlakattā</span>ti iminā upaṭṭhāpayato padassa hetuatthajotakatamāha. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti ‘‘kudāssunāmā’’tiādinā vuttākārena. <span class="bld">Ussukkāpetu</span>nti yathā maggena ghaṭeti, evaṃ ussukkāpetuṃ.</p>
    649. 

  649. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para308"></a><a name="para308_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">308</span>. <span class="bld">Aññāṇupekkhā</span>ti aññāṇasahitā upekkhā asamapekkhanapavattā. Tena tena maggodhinā tassa tassa apāyagamanīyakilesodhissa anavasesato jitattā khīṇāsavo nippariyāyato odhijino nāma; tadabhāvato puthujjano nippariyāyatova anodhijino nāma; sekho pana siyā pariyāyato odhijinoti. Tampi nivattento, <span class="bld">‘‘akhīṇāsavassāti attho’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Āyatiṃ vipākaṃ jinitvā</span>ti appavattikaraṇavasena sabbaso āyatiṃ vipākaṃ jinitvā ṭhitattā khīṇāsavova nippariyāyato vipākajino nāma; tadabhāvato puthujjano nippariyāyato avipākajino nāma; sekho pana siyā pariyāyato vipākajinoti. Tampi nivattento <span class="bld">‘‘akhīṇāsavassevāti attho’’</span>ti āha. Apassantassa rūpanti pāḷito padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pubbe ‘‘puthujjanassā’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘assutavato puthujjanassā’’ti vacanaṃ andhaputhujjanassāyaṃ upekkhā, na kalyāṇaputhujjanassāti dassanatthaṃ. Gehassitā upekkhā hi yaṃ kiñci ārammaṇavatthuṃ apekkhasseva, na nirapekkhassāti iṭṭhe, iṭṭhamajjhatte vā ārammaṇe siyāti vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate’’</span>ti. Aññāṇena pana tattha ajjhupekkhanākārappatti hoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘guḷapiṇḍake’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    650. 

  650. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Iṭṭhe arajjantassa aniṭṭhe adussantassā</span>ti idaṃ yebhuyyena sattānaṃ iṭṭhe rajjanaṃ, aniṭṭhe dussananti katvā vuttaṃ. Ayoniyomanasikāro hi taṃtaṃārammaṇavasena na katthacipi javananiyamaṃ karotīti vuttaviparītepi ārammaṇe rajjanadussanaṃ sambhavati, tathāpissa rajjanadussanaṃ atthato paṭikkhittamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Asamapekkhane</span>ti asamaṃ ayuttadassane ayoniso sammohapubbakaṃ ārammaṇassa gahaṇe.</p>
    651. 

  651. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para309"></a><a name="para309_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">309</span>. <span class="bld">Pavattanavasenā</span>ti uppādanavasena ceva bahulīkaraṇavasena ca. <span class="bld">Nissāya ceva āgamma</span> <a name="V2.0168"></a> <span class="bld">cā</span>ti āgamanaṭṭhānabhūte nissayapaccayabhūte ca <a name="M2.0385"></a> katvā. <span class="bld">Atikkantāni nāma honti</span> vikkhambhanena ussārentā samussārentā.</p>
    652. 

  652. <p class="bodytext">Somanassabhāvasāmaññaṃ gahetvā, <span class="bld">‘‘sarikkhakeneva sarikkhakaṃ jahāpetvā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Idhāpi pahāyakaṃ nāma pahātabbato balavameva, saṃkilesadhammānaṃ balavabhāvato sātisayaṃ pana balavabhāvaṃ sandhāya <span class="bld">‘‘idāni balavatā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Balavabhāvato vodānadhammānaṃ adhigamassa adhippetattā hettha nekkhammassitadomanassānampi pahānaṃ jotitaṃ.</p>
    653. 

  653. <p class="bodytext">Upekkhāya pahāyakabhāvena adhippetattā <span class="bld">‘‘upekkhākathā veditabbā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Jhānassa alābhino ca lābhino ca pakiṇṇakasaṅkhārasammasanaṃ sandhāya, <span class="bld">‘‘suddhasaṅkhāre ca pādake katvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upekkhāsahagatā</span>ti bhāvanāya paguṇabhāvaṃ āgamma kadāci ajjhupekkhanavasenapi hi sammasanaṃ hotīti. Pādakajjhānavasena, sammasitadhammavasena vā āgamanavipassanāya bahulaṃ somanassasahagatabhāvato <span class="bld">‘‘vuṭṭhānagāminī pana vipassanā somanassasahagatāvā’’</span>ti niyametvā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Upekkhāsahagatā hotī</span>ti etthāpi eseva nayo. <span class="bld">Catutthajjhānādīnī</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena arūpajjhānāni saṅgaṇhāti. <span class="bld">Purimasadisāvā</span>ti purimasadisā eva, upekkhāsahagatā vā hoti somanassasahagatā vāti attho. <span class="bld">Idaṃ sandhāyā</span>ti yaṃ catutthajjhānādipādakato eva upekkhāsahagataṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ nissāya somanassasahagatāya vipassanāya pahānaṃ, idaṃ sandhāya. <span class="bld">Pahāna</span>nti cettha samatikkamalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.</p>
    654. 

  654. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Etaṃ visesaṃ</span> vipassanāya āvajjanaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Vuṭṭhānagāminiyā āsanne samāpannajjhānavipassanā pādakajjhānavipassanā, sammasitadhammoti <span class="bld">vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā. Puggalajjhāsayo</span>ti pādakajjhānassa sammasitajjhānassa ca bhede sati paṭipajjanakassa puggalassa, ‘‘aho vata mayhaṃ pañcaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ bhaveyya caturaṅgika’’ntiādinā pubbe pavattaajjhāsayo. <span class="bld">Tesampi vāde</span>ti ettha paṭhamatheravāde. <span class="bld">Ayameva…pe… niyame</span>ti tato tato dutiyādipādakajjhānato uppannassa saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇassa pādakajjhānātikkantānaṃ <a name="M2.0386"></a> aṅgānaṃ asamāpajjitukāmatā virāgabhāvanābhāvato itarassa ca atabbhāvato. Eteneva hi paṭhamatheravāde apādakapaṭhamajjhānapādakamaggā paṭhamajjhānikāva honti, itare ca dutiyajjhānikādimaggā pādakajjhānavipassanāniyamehi taṃtaṃjhānikāva. Evaṃ sesavādesupi vipassanāniyamo yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tesampi vāde ayameva pubbabhāge vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāva niyametī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vuttāva,</span> tasmā na idha vattabbāti adhippāyo.</p>
    655. 

  655. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para310"></a><a name="para310_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">310</span>. <span class="bld">Nānattā</span>di <a name="V2.0169"></a> kāmāvacarādikusalādivibhāgato nānāvidhā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anekappakārā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Nānattasitā</span>ti rūpasaddādinānārammaṇanissayā. <span class="bld">Ekattā</span> ekasabhāvā jātibhūmiādivibhāgābhāvato. <span class="bld">Ekārammaṇanissitā</span>ti ekappakāreneva ārammaṇe pavattā. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā aññāṇupekkhā vuttā</span> ‘‘bālassa muḷhassā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.308). <span class="bld">Upari chaḷaṅgupekkhā vakkhati</span> ‘‘upekkhako viharatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.311). <span class="bld">Dve upekkhā gahitā</span> dvinnampi ekattā, ekajjhaṃ gahetabbato, nānattasitāya upekkhāya pakāsitabhāvato ca.</p>
    656. 

  656. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Aññāṇupekkhā aññā saddādīsu</span> tattha tattheva vijjamānattā. <span class="bld">Rūpesū</span>ti ca iminā na kevalaṃ rūpāyatanavisesā eva gahitā, atha kho kasiṇarūpānipīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘rūpe upekkhābhāvañca aññā’’</span>tiādi. Ekattasitabhāvopi idha ekattavisayasampayogavaseneva icchito, na ārammaṇavasena cāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yasmā panā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sampayuttavasenā</span>ti sampayogavasena. Ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nissayatīti <span class="bld">ākāsānañcāyatananissitā,</span> ākāsānañcāyatanakhandhanissitā. <span class="bld">Sesāsupī</span>ti viññāṇañcāyatananissitādīsupi.</p>
    657. 

  657. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Arūpāvacaravipassanupekkhāyā</span>ti arūpāvacaradhammārammaṇāya vipassanupekkhāya. <span class="bld">Rūpāvacaravipassanupekkha</span>nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tāya kāmarūpārūpabhedāya taṇhāya nibbattāti tammayā, tebhūmakadhammā, tesaṃ bhāvo <span class="bld">tammayatā,</span> taṇhā yassa guṇassa vasena atthe saddaniveso, tadabhidhānakoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tammayatā nāma taṇhā’’</span>ti<a name="M2.0387"></a>. <span class="bld">Atammayatā</span> tammayatāya paṭipakkhoti katvā. <span class="bld">Vipassanupekkha</span>nti, ‘‘yadatthi yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ pajahati upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.71; a. ni. 7.55) evamāgataṃ saṅkhāravicinane majjhattabhūtaṃ upekkhaṃ.</p>
    658. 

  658. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para311"></a><a name="para311_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">311</span>. <span class="bld">Yadariyo</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">da</span>-kāro padasandhikaro, upayogaputhuvacane ca <span class="bld">ya</span>-saddoti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘ye satipaṭṭhāne ariyo’’</span>ti āha. Kāmaṃ ‘‘ariyo’’ti padaṃ sabbesampi paṭividdhasaccānaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ, vakkhamānassa pana visesassa buddhāveṇikattā, <span class="bld">‘‘ariyo sammāsambuddho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Na hi paccekabuddhādīnaṃ ayamānubhāvo atthi. <span class="bld">Tīsu ṭhānesū</span>ti na sussūsantīti vā, ekacce na sussūsanti ekacce sussūsantīti vā, sussūsantīti vā, paṭipannāpaṭipannānaṃ sāvakānaṃ paṭipattisaṅkhātesu tīsu satipaṭṭhānesu. <span class="bld">Satiṃ paṭṭhapento</span>ti paṭighānunayehi anavassutattā tadubhayanivattattā sabbadā satiṃ upaṭṭhapento. Buddhānameva sā niccaṃ upaṭṭhitasatitā, na itaresaṃ āveṇikadhammabhāvato. Ādarena sotumicchā idha sussūsāti tadabhāvaṃ <a name="V2.0170"></a> dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘saddahitvā sotuṃ na icchantī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Na aññā</span>ti ‘‘na aññāyā’’ti vattabbe yakāralopena niddesoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na jānanatthāyā’’</span>ti. Satthu ovādassa anādiyanameva <span class="bld">vokkamana</span>nti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘atikkamitvā…pe… maññantī’’</span>ti.</p>
    659. 

  659. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gehassitadomanassavasenā</span>ti idaṃ idha paṭikkhipitabbamattadassanapadaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nekkhammassitadomanassassapi satthu pasaṅgavasena ‘‘na ceva attamano hotī’’ti attamanapaṭikkhepena anattamanatā vuttā viya hotīti taṃ paṭisedhento – <span class="bld">‘‘appatīto hotīti na evamattho daṭṭhabbo’’</span>ti. Tassa setughāto hi tathāgatānaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kasmā attamanatāpaṭikkhepoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘appaṭipannakesu pana anattamanatākāraṇassa abhāvenetaṃ vutta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Paṭighaavassavenā</span>ti chahi dvārehi paṭighavissandanena, paṭighappavattiyāti attho. <span class="bld">Uppilāvito</span>ti na evamattho daṭṭhabbo uppilāvitattassa bodhimūle eva pahīnattā. <span class="bld">Paṭipannakesū</span>ti idaṃ adhikāravasena vuttaṃ, appaṭipannakesupi tathāgatassa anattamanatākāraṇaṃ nattheva. <span class="bld">Etaṃ vutta</span>nti etaṃ ‘‘attamano ceva hotī’’tiādivacanaṃ vuttaṃ <a name="M2.0388"></a> sāvakānaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyā satthu anavajjāya cittārādhanāya sambhavato.</p>
    660. 

  660. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para312"></a><a name="para312_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">312</span>. <span class="bld">Damito</span>ti nibbisevanabhāvāpādanena sikkhāpito. Iriyāpathaparivattanavasena aparivattitvā ekadisāya eva sattadisāvidhāvanassa idhādhippetattā sāritānaṃ hatthidammādīnaṃ ekadisādhāvanampi anivattanavaseneva yuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘anivattitvā dhāvanto ekaṃyeva disaṃ dhāvatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kāyena anivattitvāvā</span>ti kāyena aparivattitvā eva. <span class="bld">Vimokkhavasena aṭṭha disā vidhāvati,</span> na puratthimādidisāvasena. <span class="bld">Ekappahārenevā</span>ti ekanīhāreneva, ekasmiṃyeva vā divase ekabhāgena. ‘‘Pahāro’’ti hi divasassa tatiyo bhāgo vuccati. Vidhāvanañcettha jhānasamāpajjanavasena akalaṅkamappatisātaṃ javanacittapavattanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘samāpajjatiyevā’’</span>ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    661. 

  661. <p class="centered">Saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    662. 

  662. <p class="subhead">8. Uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    663. 

  663. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para313"></a><a name="para313_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">313</span>. Desetabbassa <a name="V2.0171"></a> atthassa uddisanaṃ <span class="bld">uddeso,</span> vibhajanaṃ <span class="bld">vibhaṅgo</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘mātikañca vibhajanañcā’’</span>ti <span class="bld">tuleyyā</span>tiādīni cattāripi padāni paññāvevacanāni. Atha vā <span class="bld">tuleyyā</span>ti tulanabhūtāya paññāya tassa dhammassa paggahādividhinā parituleyya. <span class="bld">Tīreyyā</span>ti tīraṇabhūtāya paññāya tattha ñāṇakiriyāsamāpanavasena tīreyya. <span class="bld">Pariggaṇheyyā</span>ti tathāsamāpanno ānisaṃse assādaādīnave ca vicineyya. <span class="bld">Paricchindeyyā</span>ti paricchindabhūtena ñāṇena atthaṃ paricchinditvā jāneyya. <span class="bld">Ārammaṇesū</span>ti rūpādiputhuttārammaṇesu. <span class="bld">Nikantivasenā</span>ti nikāmanavasena apekkhāvasena. <span class="bld">Tiṭṭhamāna</span>nti pavattamānaṃ. <span class="bld">Gocarajjhatte</span>ti jhānārammaṇabhūte. Tañhi bhāvanācittenābhibhuyya avissajjitvā gayhamānaṃ ajjhattaṃ viya hotīti ‘‘gocarajjhatta’’nti vuccati. Bhāvanaṃ āraddhassa bhikkhuno yadi bhāvanārammaṇe nikanti uppajjeyya, tāya nikantiyā upari bhāvanaṃ vissajjetvā cittasaṃkocavasena saṇṭhitaṃ nāma, tadabhāvena <span class="bld">asaṇṭhitaṃ</span> nāma hotīti, ‘‘ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhita’’nti vuttanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘gocarajjhatte nikantivasena asaṇṭhita’’</span>nti <a name="M2.0389"></a> āha. Tathā hi vakkhati – ‘‘nikantivasena hi atiṭṭhamānaṃ hānabhāgiyaṃ na hoti, visesabhāgiyameva hotī’’ti. <span class="bld">Aggahetvā</span>ti rūpādīsu kiñci taṇhādiggāhavasena aggahetvā. Tathā aggahaṇeneva hi taṇhāparitāsādivasena na paritasseyya. <span class="bld">Avasesassa ca dukkhassā</span>ti sokādidukkhassa. <span class="bld">Avasesassa ca dukkhassā</span>ti vā jātijarāmaraṇasīsena vipākadukkhassa gahitattā kilesadukkhassa ceva saṃsāradukkhassa cāti attho.</p>
    664. 

  664. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para316"></a><a name="para316_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">316</span>. Rūpameva kilesuppattiyā kāraṇabhāvato <span class="bld">rūpanimittaṃ</span>. Rāgādivasena taṃ anudhāvatīti <span class="bld">rūpanimittānusārī</span>.</p>
    665. 

  665. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para318"></a><a name="para318_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">318</span>. <span class="bld">Nikantivasena asaṇṭhita</span>nti apekkhāvasena saṇṭhitaṃ nikantiṃ pahāya pavattamānaṃ upari visesāvahatoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nikantivasena hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    666. 

  666. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para320"></a><a name="para320_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">320</span>. <span class="bld">Aggahetvā aparitassanā</span>ti pañcupādānakkhandhe, ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā taṇhādiggāhavasena upādiyitvā taṇhāparitāsādivasena paritassanā, vuttavipariyāyena aggahetvā aparitassanā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Kathaṃ panesā anupādāparitassanā hotī</span>ti mahātherassa adhippāyaṃ <a name="V2.0172"></a> vivarituṃ codanaṃ samuṭṭhapeti? <span class="bld">Upādātabbassa abhāvato</span>ti tassa anupādāparitassanābhāve kāraṇavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Yadi hī</span>tiādi tassa samatthanaṃ. <span class="bld">Upādāparitassanāva assa</span> tathā upādātabbassa tatheva upādinnattā. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti niccādiākārena. <span class="bld">Upādinnāpī</span>ti gahitaparāmaṭṭhāpi. <span class="bld">Anupādinnāva honti</span> ayoniso gahitattā, viññūsu nissāya jānitabbattā ca. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhivasenā</span>ti micchādiṭṭhiyā gahaṇākāravasena, tassa pana ayathābhūtagāhitāya paramatthato ca abhāvato. <span class="bld">Atthato</span>ti paramatthato. <span class="bld">Anupādāparitassanāyeva nāma hoti</span> upādātabbākārassa abhāvena taṃ anupādiyitvā eva paritassanāti katvā.</p>
    667. 

  667. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Parivattatī</span>ti na tadeva rūpaṃ aññathā pavattaṃ parivattati, atha kho pakatijahanena sabhāvavigamena nassati bhijjati. <span class="bld">Vipariṇata</span>nti aññathattaṃ gataṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ. <span class="bld">Kammaviññāṇa</span>nti abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ. ‘‘Rūpaṃ attā’’tiādi micchāgāhavasena viññāṇassa rūpabhedena vuttassa <span class="bld">bhedānuparivatti hoti</span>. Vipariṇāmaṃ anugantvā viparivattanataṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ vipariṇāmānuparivattaṃ; tato <a name="M2.0390"></a> samuppannā paritassanā <span class="bld">vipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā</span>ti dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vipariṇāmassa…pe… paritassanā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Akusaladhammasamuppādā cā</span>ti, ‘‘yaṃ ahu vata me, taṃ vata me natthī’’tiādinā pavattā akusalacittuppādadhammā. <span class="bld">Khepetvā</span>ti pavattituṃ appadānavasena anuppattinimittatāya khepetvā. <span class="bld">Bhayatāsenā</span>ti bhāyanavasenapi cittutrāsena. <span class="bld">Taṇhātāsenā</span>ti tassanena. <span class="bld">Savighāto</span>ti cittavighātanavighātena savighāto. Tato eva cetodukkhena <span class="bld">sadukkho. Maṇikaraṇḍakasaññāyā</span>ti rittakaraṇḍaṃyeva maṇiparipuṇṇakaraṇḍoti uppannasaññāya. <span class="bld">Aggahetvā paritassanā</span>ti gahetabbassa abhāvena gahaṇampi avijjamānapakkhiyamevāti aggahetvā paritassanā nāma hoti.</p>
    668. 

  668. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para321"></a><a name="para321_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">321</span>. <span class="bld">Kammaviññāṇameva natthi</span> sati kammaviññāṇe rūpabhedānuparivatti siyāti kammaviññāṇābhāvadassanamukhena khīṇāsavassa sabbaso kilesābhāvaṃ dasseti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    669. 

  669. <p class="centered">Uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    670. 

  670. <p class="subhead">9. Araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    671. 

  671. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para323"></a><a name="para323_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">323</span>. <span class="bld">Gehassitavasenā</span>ti <a name="V2.0173"></a> kilesanissitavasena anurodhavasena. <span class="bld">Neva ukkhipeyyā</span>ti na anuggaṇheyya. <span class="bld">Na avakkhipeyyā</span>ti gehassitavasena virodhavasena na niggaṇheyya. Anurodhena vinā sampahaṃsanavasena yathābhūtaguṇakathanaṃ nevussādanā vajjābhāvato; tathā virodhena vinā vivecanavasena yathābhūtadosakathanaṃ na apasādanaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabhāvamevā</span>ti yathābhūtasabhāvameva kassaci puggalassa anādesakaraṇavasena <span class="bld">katheyya,</span> seyyathāpi āyasmā subhūtitthero. <span class="bld">Vinicchitasukha</span>nti, ‘‘ajjhattaṃ anavajja’’ntiādinā visesato vinicchitasukhāya hoti. <span class="bld">Parammukhā avaṇṇa</span>nti svāyaṃ rahovādo pesuññūpasaṃhāravasena pavatto idhādhippetoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pisuṇavācanti attho’’</span>ti. Khīṇātīti <span class="bld">khīṇo,</span> yo bhāsati, yañca uddissa bhāsati, dvepi hiṃsati vibādhatīti attho, taṃ khīṇavādaṃ. Svāyaṃ yasmā kilesehi ākiṇṇo saṃkiliṭṭho eva ca hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘ākiṇṇaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0391"></a> <span class="bld">saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vāca’’</span>nti. Tena avasiṭṭhaṃ tividhampi vacīduccaritamāha. <span class="bld">Adhiṭṭhahitvā</span>ti, ‘‘idameva sacca’’nti ajjhosāya. <span class="bld">Ādāyā</span>ti paggayha. <span class="bld">Vohareyyā</span>ti samudācareyya. <span class="bld">Lokasamañña</span>nti lokasaṅketaṃ.</p>
    672. 

  672. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para324"></a><a name="para324_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">324</span>. Ārammaṇato sampayogato kāmehi paṭisaṃhitattā <span class="bld">kāmapaṭisandhi,</span> kāmasukhaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kāmūpasaṃhitena sukhenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sadukkho</span>ti vipākadukkhena saṃkilesadukkhena sadukkho. <span class="bld">Tathā sapariḷāho</span>ti vipākapariḷāhena ceva kilesapariḷāhena ca sapariḷāho.</p>
    673. 

  673. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para326"></a><a name="para326_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">326</span>. Vaṭṭato nissarituṃ adatvā tattheva sīdāpanato micchāpaṭipadābhāvena satte saṃyojetīti saṃyojanaṃ, visesato bhavasaṃyojanaṃ taṇhāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhāyetaṃ nāma’’</span>nti. Na taṇhāyeva mānādayopi saṃyojanattaṃ sādhenti nāma sabbaso saṃyojanato suṭṭhu bandhanato. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.125-126).</p>
    674. 

  674. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Imaṃ catukka</span>nti, ‘‘ye kāmapaṭisandhisukhino somanassānuyogaṃ anuyuttā, ye attakilamathānuyogaṃ anuyuttā’’ti evamāgataṃ imaṃ catukkaṃ nissāya. ‘‘Etadagge ṭhapito’’ti, vatvā taṃ nissāya ṭhapitabhāvaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavato hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Ussādanāapasādanā</span> <a name="V2.0174"></a> <span class="bld">paññāyanti</span> tathāgatena vinetabbapuggalavasena dhammadesanāya pavattetabbato. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ puggalo…pe… ācārasampannoti vā natthi</span> paresaṃ anuddesakavasena dhammadesanāya pavattanato.</p>
    675. 

  675. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para329"></a><a name="para329_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">329</span>. <span class="bld">Parammukhā avaṇṇa</span>nti nindiyassa dosassa nindanaṃ. Na hi kadāci nindiyo pasaṃsiyo hoti, taṃ pana kālaṃ ñatvāva kathetabbanti āha, <span class="bld">‘‘yuttapattakālaṃ ñatvāvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Khīṇavādepi eseva nayo</span> tassa rahovādena samānayogakkhamattā.</p>
    676. 

  676. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para330"></a><a name="para330_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">330</span>. <span class="bld">Ghātīyatī</span>ti vadhīyati. <span class="bld">Saddopi bhijjati</span> nassati, bhedo hotīti attho. <span class="bld">Gelaññappatto</span>ti khedaṃ parissamaṃ patto. <span class="bld">Apalibuddha</span>nti dosehi ananupatitaṃ.</p>
    677. 

  677. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para331"></a><a name="para331_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">331</span>. <span class="bld">Abhinivissa</span> <a name="M2.0392"></a> <span class="bld">voharatī</span>ti evametaṃ, na ito aññathāti taṃ janapadaniruttiṃ abhinivisitvā samudācarati. <span class="bld">Atidhāvana</span>nti samaññaṃ nāmetaṃ lokasaṅketasiddhā paññattīti paññattimatte aṭṭhatvā paramatthato thāmasā parāmassa voharaṇaṃ.</p>
    678. 

  678. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para332"></a><a name="para332_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">332</span>. <span class="bld">Aparāmasanto</span>ti anabhinivisanto samaññāmattatova <span class="bld">voharati</span>.</p>
    679. 

  679. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para333"></a><a name="para333_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">333</span>. <span class="bld">Mariyādabhājanīya</span>nti yathāvuttasammāpaṭipadāya micchāpaṭipadāya ca aññamaññaṃ saṅkarabhāvavibhājanaṃ. Raṇanti sattā etehi kandanti akandantāpi kandanakāraṇabhāvatoti raṇā; rāgadosamohā, dasapi vā kilesā, sabbepi vā ekantākusalā, tehi nānappakāradukkhanibbattakehi abhibhūtā sattā kandanti; saha raṇehīti <span class="bld">saraṇo</span>. Raṇasaddo vā rāgādireṇūsu niruḷho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sarajo sakileso’’</span>ti. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘sadukkho eso dhammo’’tiādinā āgatattā kāmasukhānuyogādayopi ‘‘saraṇo’’ti vuttāti dukkhādīnaṃ raṇabhāvo tannibbattakasabhāvānaṃ akusalānaṃ saraṇatā ca veditabbā. <span class="bld">Araṇo</span>tiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.</p>
    680. 

  680. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vatthuṃ sodhetī</span>ti nirodhasamāpajjanena mahapphalabhāvakaraṇena dakkhiṇeyyavatthubhūtaṃ attānaṃ visodheti; nirodhasamāpattiyā vatthuvisodhanaṃ nirodhaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhitānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ mahākassapattherādīnaṃ dinnadakkhiṇāvisuddhiyā dīpetabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tathā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tathevā</span>ti iminā ‘‘piṇḍāya caranto’’tiādiṃ upasaṃharati. Mettābhāvanāya mudubhūtacittabahumānapubbakaṃ dentīti<a name="V2.0175"></a>, ‘‘subhūtitthero dakkhiṇaṃ visodhetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tena dāyakatopi dakkhiṇāvisuddhiṃ dasseti. Vatthusodhanaṃ pana paṭibhāgato. <span class="bld">Evaṃ pana kātuṃ sakkā</span>ti sāvakānampi kimevaṃ lahuvuṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānaṃ sāvakesu ciṇṇavasībhāvo sambhavatīti pucchati. Itaro aggasāvakamahāsāvakesu kiṃ vattabbaṃ, pakatisāvakesupi vasippattesu labbhatīti te dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘āma sakkā’’</span>tiādimāha. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    681. 

  681. <p class="centered">Araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    682. 

  682. <p class="subhead">10. Dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    683. 

  683. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para342"></a><a name="para342_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">342</span>. Aparikkhīṇāyukaṃ <a name="V2.0176"></a><a name="M2.0393"></a> pukkusātikulaputtaṃ uddissa gamananti katvā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘turitagamanacārika’’</span>nti. Mama vāsupagamanena tava cittassa aphāsukaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ <span class="bld">sace natthi. So</span>ti pubbupagato. <span class="bld">Dinnaṃ dinnameva vaṭṭatī</span>ti ekavāraṃ dinnaṃ dinnameva yuttaṃ, na puna dātabbanti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Kataṃ katamevā</span>ti saṅgahatthaṃ kataṃ anucchavikakammaṃ katameva, na taṃ puna viparivattetabbanti adhippāyo.</p>
    684. 

  684. <p class="bodytext">Pukkusātimhi ubhayathāpi kulaputtabhāvo paripuṇṇo evāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘jātikulaputtopi ācārakulaputtopī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Tatrā</span>ti tasmiṃ takkasīlato āgamane. <span class="bld">Aṅke nipannadārakaṃ viya janaṃ toseti</span> tuṭṭhiṃ pāpeti. <span class="bld">Ratanāni uppajjanti</span> pabbatasamuddādisannissitattā paccantadesassa. <span class="bld">Dassanīya</span>nti dassaneneva sukhāvahaṃ. <span class="bld">Evarūpa</span>nti dassanīyaṃ savanīyañca.</p>
    685. 

  685. <p class="bodytext">Anagghakambale mahagghakambale. <span class="bld">Sārakaraṇḍake</span>ti candanasārādisāramayakaraṇḍake. <span class="bld">Likhāpetvā</span> ukkirāpetvā. <span class="bld">Lākhāya vaṭṭāpetvā</span>ti mukhaṃ pidahitvā lākhāparikammaṃ kāretvā.</p>
    686. 

  686. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anto dussabhaṇḍikaṃ atthīti aññāsi</span> nātigarukabhāvato. <span class="bld">Anagghā ahesu</span>nti vaṇṇasampattiphassasampattipamāṇamahattadunnimmāpiyatāhi mahagghā ahesuṃ, mahāpuñño rājā tassa atthevāti adhippāyo.</p>
    687. 

  687. <p class="bodytext">Yadi evaṃ, ‘‘kinnu kho pesemī’’ti kasmā vīmaṃsaṃ āpajjīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘apica kho panā’’</span>tiādi. Soti bimbisāro rājā. <span class="bld">Vicinituṃ āraddho</span> ratanassa anekavidhattā uttaruttariñca paṇītatarādibhāvato. <span class="bld">Suvaṇṇarajatādī</span>ti suvaṇṇarajatapavāḷamaṇimuttāveḷuriyādi. <span class="bld">Indriyabaddha</span>nti cakkhādiindriyapaṭibaddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Padesa</span>nti guṇavasena ekadesaṃ na pāpuṇāti.</p>
    688. 

  688. <p class="bodytext">Sāmaṃ saccānaṃ abhisambuddhatāsāmaññena, <span class="bld">‘‘buddharatanampi duvidha’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Buddharatanasamaṃ ratanaṃ nāma natthi,</span> yasmā pana imasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana buddhena sadiso na vijjatīti. Paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva pavattatīti katvā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘ghosopī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    689. 

  689. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Rājā</span> <a name="V2.0177"></a> <span class="bld">tuṭṭho cintesi,</span> ‘‘tattha avijjamānaṃyeva pesetuṃ laddha’’nti. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā paripuṇṇaṃ ekadivasampi tasmiṃ padese buddhānaṃ āvāsapariggaho <a name="M2.0394"></a> natthi, tasmā. <span class="bld">Pubbadisāmukha</span>nti pubbadisābhimukhaṃ sīhapañjaraṃ. Tenassa suvibhūtālokataṃ dasseti.</p>
    690. 

  690. <p class="bodytext">Evaṃ anaññasādhāraṇassa bhagavato īdiso samudāgamoti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sampannasamudāgamassa tadanurūpā ayaṃ phalasampadāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tusitabhavanato’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ.</p>
    691. 

  691. <p class="bodytext">Ariyadhammo nāma ariyamaggappadhāno, ariyamaggo ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyasaṅgaho, te ca uddesamatteneva gahitāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiye ekadesena likhitvā’’</span>ti. Cūḷasīlādīni <span class="bld">brahmajāle</span> (dī. ni. 1.8-9) āgatanayena veditabbāni. <span class="bld">Chadvārasaṃvaraṃ satisampajañña</span>nti manacchaṭṭhānaṃ dvārānaṃ saṃvaraṇavasena sattaṭṭhānikaṃ satisampajaññaṃ. Dvādasappabhedaṃ cīvarādi<span class="bld">catuppaccayasantosaṃ</span>. Araññarukkhamūlādīnañca vibhaṅgaṃ bhāvanānukūlaṃ <span class="bld">senāsanaṃ</span>. ‘‘Abhijjhaṃ loke pahāyā’’tiādinā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">nīvaraṇappahānaṃ. Parikamma</span>nti kasiṇādiparikammaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayena <span class="bld">aṭṭhatiṃsa kammaṭṭhānāni</span>. Visuddhipaṭipāṭiyā <span class="bld">yāva āsavakkhayā</span> imaṃ paṭipattiṃ <span class="bld">ekadesena likhi. Soḷasavidha</span>nti soḷasavidhabhāvanāya payogaṃ.</p>
    692. 

  692. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kilañjamaye</span>ti nānāvidhabhittivibhatte saṇhasukhumaratanaparisibbite kilañjamayasamugge. <span class="bld">Bahi vatthena veṭhetvā</span>ti paṭhamaṃ sukhumakambalena veṭhetvā paṭipāṭiyā tettiṃsāya samuggesu pakkhipitvā tato bahi sukhumavatthena veṭhetvā chādetvā. Tiṇagacchapahānasammajjanādinā <span class="bld">sodhitamattakameva hotu,</span> kadalipuṇṇaghaṭaṭhapanadhajapaṭākussāpanādialaṅkaraṇena mā niṭṭhāpethāti attho. <span class="bld">Rājānubhāvena paṭiyādethā</span>ti mama rājānurūpaṃ sajjetha, alaṅkarothāti attho. <span class="bld">Antarabhogikāna</span>nti anuyuttarājamahāmattānaṃ. <span class="bld">Javanadūte</span>ti khippaṃ gacchantakadūtapurise. Tāḷehi saha avacarantīti <span class="bld">tāḷāvacarā</span>.</p>
    693. 

  693. <p class="bodytext">Raññā paṇṇākāraṃ uddissa katapūjāsakkārassa amaccato sutattā <span class="bld">paṇṇākāraṃ uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā sayaṃ nīcāsane nisinno. Nāyaṃ aññassa ratanassa bhavissatī</span>ti ayaṃ parihāro aññassa maṇimuttādibhedassa ratanassa na bhavissati maṇimuttādīhi abhisaṅkhatattā. <span class="bld">Balavasomanassaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0395"></a> <span class="bld">uppajji</span> ciratanakālaṃ buddhasāsane bhāvitabhāvanatāya vāsitavāsanatāya ghaṭe dīpo viya abbhantare eva samujjalamānaparipakkatihetukabhāvato.</p>
    694. 

  694. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dhāremī</span>ti <a name="V2.0178"></a> icchāmi, gaṇhāmīti attho. <span class="bld">Dvejjhavacana</span>nti dveḷhakabhāvo. <span class="bld">Antaraṃ karotī</span>ti dvinnaṃ pādānaṃ antaraṃ taṃ lekhaṃ karoti, ekena pādena atikkamīti attho. <span class="bld">Tassā gatamaggenā</span>ti tāya deviyā vivaṭṭamānāya nāsitāya gatamaggena. <span class="bld">Taṃ pana lekha</span>nti pukkusātinā katalekhaṃ. Paṇṇacchattakanti tālapattamuṭṭhiṃ.</p>
    695. 

  695. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satthugāravenā</span>ti satthari uppannapasādapemabahumānasambhavena. Tadā satthāraṃyeva manasi katvā tanninnabhāvena gacchanto, ‘‘pucchissāmī’’tipi cittaṃ na uppādesi, ‘‘ettha nu kho satthā vasatī’’ti parivitakkasseva abhāvato; rājagahaṃ pana patvā rañño pesitasāsanavasena tattha ca vihārassa bahubhāvato <span class="bld">satthā kahaṃ vasatīti pucchi</span>. Satthu ekakasseva nikkhamanaṃ pañcacattālīsa yojanāni padasā gamanañca dhammapūjāvasena katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dhammapūjāya ca buddhānaṃ āciṇṇabhāvo heṭṭhā vitthāritoyeva. Buddhasobhaṃ pana paṭicchādetvā aññātakavesena tattha gamanaṃ tassa kulaputtassa vissatthavasena maggadarathapaṭipassambhanatthaṃ. Appaṭipassaddhamaggadaratho hi dhammadesanāya bhājanaṃ na hotīti. Tathāhi vakkhati, ‘‘nanu ca bhagavā’’tiādi.</p>
    696. 

  696. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uruddha</span>nti visālanti keci. <span class="bld">Atirekatiyojanasata</span>ntiādinā anvayato byatirekato ca maccheravinayane sabrahmacārīnaṃ ovādadānaṃ. <span class="bld">Accantasukhumālo</span>tiādinā satthu dhammagāravena saddhiṃ kulaputtassapi dhammagāravaṃ saṃsandati sametīti dasseti. Tena bhagavato katassa paccuggamanassa ṭhānagatabhāvaṃ vibhāvento aññesampi bhabbarūpānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ yathārahaṃ saṅgaho kātabboti dasseti.</p>
    697. 

  697. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Brahmalokappamāṇa</span>nti uccabhāvena. <span class="bld">Ānubhāvenā</span>ti iddhānubhāvena yathā so sotapathaṃ na upagacchati, evaṃ vūpasametuṃ sakkoti. <span class="bld">Avibbhanta</span>nti vibbhamarahitaṃ nilloluppaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ paneta’’</span>nti vatvā tassa vivaraṇatthaṃ, ‘‘pāsādikena iriyāpathenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Itthambhūtalakkhaṇe etaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā iriyato’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Amanāpo</span> <a name="M2.0396"></a> <span class="bld">hoti</span> passantānaṃ. Sīhaseyyāya nipannassapi hi ekacce sarīrāvayavā adhokhittavikkhittā viya dissanti. Kaṭiyaṃ dvinnaṃ ūrusandhīnaṃ dvinnañca jāṇusandhīnaṃ vasena <span class="bld">catusandhikapallaṅkaṃ. Na patiṭṭhātī</span>ti nappavattati, ‘‘kaṃsi tva’’ntiādinā apucchite kathāpavatti eva na hoti. <span class="bld">Appatiṭṭhitāya kathāya na sañjāyatī</span>ti tathā pana pucchāvasena kathāya appavattitāya upari dhammakathā na sañjāyati na uppajjati. <span class="bld">Itī</span>ti tasmā. <span class="bld">Kathāpatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ</span> kathāpavattanatthaṃ kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vā pucchi.</p>
    698. 

  698. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Sabhāvameva</span> <a name="V2.0179"></a> <span class="bld">kathetī</span>ti attano bhagavato adiṭṭhapubbattā ‘‘adiṭṭhapubbakaṃ kathamahaṃ jāneyya’’nti sabhāvameva kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayameva katheti; na pana sadevakassa lokassa supākaṭaṃ sabhāvasiddhaṃ buddharūpakāyasabhāvaṃ. Atha vā <span class="bld">sabhāvameva kathetī</span>ti ‘‘idameva’’nti jānantopi tadā bhagavato ruciyā tathāpavattamānaṃ rūpakāyasabhāvameva katheti appavikkhambhanti adhippāyo. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tathā hi na’’</span>ntiādi, vipassanālakkhaṇameva paṭipadanti adhippāyo.</p>
    699. 

  699. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para343"></a><a name="para343_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">343</span>. <span class="bld">‘‘Pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ akathetvā’’</span>ti vatvā pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya akathane kāraṇaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadañca sarūpato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yassa hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Aparisuddhāyapi pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya vipassanā tathā na kiccakārī, pageva avijjamānāyāti, <span class="bld">‘‘yassa hi…pe… aparisuddhā hoti’’</span>cceva vuttaṃ. Pubbabhāgapaṭipadā ca nāma saṅkhepato pannarasa caraṇadhammāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sīlasaṃvaraṃ…pe… imaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ ācikkhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Yānakiccaṃ sādheti</span> maggagamanena akilantabhāvasādhanattā. Cirakālaṃ paribhāvitāya paripakkagatāya hetusampadāya upaṭṭhāpitaṃ <span class="bld">sāmaṇerasīlampi paripuṇṇaṃ</span> akhaṇḍādibhāvappattiyā, yaṃ pubbahetuttā ‘‘sīla’’nti vuccati.</p>
    700. 

  700. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dhātuyo paramatthato vijjamānā,</span> paññattimattho <span class="bld">puriso avijjamāno</span>. Atha kasmā bhagavā arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ vipassanaṃ kathento ‘‘chadhāturo’’ti avijjamānappadhānaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhagavā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Katthaci</span> ‘‘tevijjo chaḷabhiñño’’tiādīsu <span class="bld">vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dasseti. Katthaci</span> – ‘‘itthirūpaṃ, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 1.1) <span class="bld">avijjamānena vijjamānaṃ dasseti. Katthaci</span> ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaṃ <a name="M2.0397"></a> sotaviññāṇa’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 121) <span class="bld">vijjamānena vijjamānaṃ dasseti. Katthaci</span> – ‘‘khattiyakumāro brāhmaṇakaññāya saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappetī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.275) <span class="bld">avijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dasseti</span>. Idha pana vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Chadhāturo’’ti hi samāsattho avijjamāno puggalavisayattā, tassa padassa avayavattho pana appadhānattho vijjamāno, so saddakkamena appadhānopi atthakkamena padhānoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dassento’’</span>ti. Puggalādhiṭṭhānāyettha desanāya kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘sace hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Upaṭṭhāpeyyā</span>ti – ‘‘dhātuyo’’icceva kulaputtassa cittaṃ niveseyya tathā sañjāneyya, evaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyāti attho. <span class="bld">Sandehaṃ kareyyā</span>ti asati purise ko karoti? Ko paṭisaṃvedeti, dhātuyo evāti kiṃ nu kho idaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho idanti saṃsayaṃ uppādeyya? <span class="bld">Sammohaṃ āpajjeyyā</span>ti caturaṅgasamannāgate andhakāre vattamānaṃ viya desiyamāne atthe sammohaṃ āpajjeyya<a name="V2.0180"></a>. Tathābhūto ca desanāya abhājanabhūtattā <span class="bld">desanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Evamāhā</span>ti evaṃ ‘‘chadhāturo’’ti āha.</p>
    701. 

  701. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Yaṃ tvaṃ purisoti sañjānāsī</span>ti yaṃ rūpārūpadhammasamūhaṃ pabandhavasena pavattamānaṃ adhiṭṭhānavisesavisiṭṭhaṃ – ‘‘puriso satto itthī’’tiādinā tvaṃ sañjānāsi, <span class="bld">so chadhāturo</span>. Santesupi chadhātuvinimuttesu dhātvantaresu sukhāvaggahaṇatthaṃ tathā vuttaṃ taggahaṇeneva ca tesaṃ gahetabbato, svāyamattho heṭṭhā dassito eva. <span class="bld">Sesapadesū</span>ti ‘‘chaphassāyatano’’tiādipadesupi. Cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni catasso patiṭṭhā etassāti <span class="bld">caturādhiṭṭhāno,</span> adhitiṭṭhati patiṭṭhahati etenāti <span class="bld">adhiṭṭhānaṃ,</span> yesu patiṭṭhāya uttamatthaṃ arahattaṃ adhigacchati, tesaṃ paññādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘svāyaṃ bhikkhū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Etto</span>ti vaṭṭato. <span class="bld">Vivaṭṭitvā</span>ti vinivaṭṭitvā apasakkitvā. <span class="bld">Etto</span>ti vā etehi chadhātuādīhi. Ettha hi niviṭṭhassa āyattassa uttamāya siddhiyā asambhavoti. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhita</span>nti ariyamaggādhigamavasena suppatiṭṭhitaṃ. Evañhi sabbaso paṭipakkhasamucchindanena tattha patiṭṭhito hoti. <span class="bld">Maññassavā nappavattantī</span>ti chahipi dvārehi pavattamānasotāya maggena visositāya sabbaso vigatāya sabbaso vicchedappattiyā na sandanti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nappavattantī’’</span>ti. Yasmā māne <a name="M2.0398"></a> sabbaso samucchinne asamucchinno anupasanto kileso nāma natthi, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘muni santoti vuccatī’’</span>ti rāgaggiādīnaṃ nibbānena <span class="bld">nibbuto</span>.</p>
    702. 

  702. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paññaṃ nappamajjeyyā</span>ti, ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’tiādinayappavattāya (ma. ni. 1.423; 2.24; 3.75; saṃ. ni. 4.120; a. ni. 3.15; vibha. 519; mahāni. 161) appamādappaṭipattiyā samādhivipassanāpaññaṃ nappamajjeyya. Etena pubbabhāgiyaṃ samathavipassanābhāvanamāha. <span class="bld">Saccamanurakkheyyā</span>ti saccānurakkhanāpadesena sīlavisodhanamāha; sacce ṭhito samādinnasīlaṃ avikopetvā paripūrento samādhisaṃvattaniyataṃ karoti. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘vacīsaccaṃ rakkheyyā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kilesapariccāgaṃ brūheyyā</span>ti tadaṅgādivasena kilesānaṃ pariccajanavidhiṃ vaḍḍheyya. <span class="bld">Kilesavūpasamanaṃ sikkheyyā</span>ti yathā te kilesā tadaṅgādivasena pariccattā yathāsamudācārappavattiyā santāne pariḷāhaṃ na janenti; evaṃ kilesānaṃ vūpasamanavidhiṃ sikkheyya <span class="bld">paññādhiṭṭhānādīna</span>nti lokuttarānaṃ paññādhiṭṭhānādīnaṃ. <span class="bld">Adhigamatthāyā</span>ti paṭilābhatthāya.</p>
    703. 

  703. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para347"></a><a name="para347_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">347</span>. <span class="bld">Pubbe</span> <a name="V2.0181"></a> <span class="bld">vuttāna</span>nti, ‘‘caturādhiṭṭhāno, yattha ṭhitaṃ maññassavā nappavattantī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.343) evaṃ pubbe vuttānaṃ.</p>
    704. 

  704. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para348"></a><a name="para348_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">348</span>. <span class="bld">Vattabbaṃ bhaveyyā</span>ti niddesavasena vattabbaṃ bhaveyya. <span class="bld">Ādīhī</span>ti evamādīhi. <span class="bld">Kiccaṃ natthi</span> kiccābhāvato. <span class="bld">Uppaṭipāṭidhātuka</span>nti ayathānupubbikaṃ. <span class="bld">Yathādhammavasenevā</span>ti desetabbadhammānaṃ yathāsabhāveneva. <span class="bld">Sappāyaṃ dhutaṅga</span>nti attano kilesaniggaṇhanayoggaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ. <span class="bld">Cittarucita</span>nti attano cittapakatiyā ācariyehi virocetabbaṃ, cariyānukūlanti attho. <span class="bld">Hatthipadopamasuttādīsū</span>ti <span class="bld">ādi</span>-saddena visuddhimaggadhātuvibhaṅgādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.</p>
    705. 

  705. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para354"></a><a name="para354_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">354</span>. <span class="bld">Ayampetthā</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. Tena ‘‘athāparaṃ upekkhāyeva avasissatī’’ti uparidesanaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Sopi hi pāṭiyekko anusandhīti. Nanu cāyaṃ yathāuddiṭṭhāya viññāṇadhātuyā niddesopi <a name="M2.0399"></a> bhavissatīti yathānusandhinayo vijjatīti? Na, viññāṇadhātuniddesanayena desanāya appavattattā tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhato’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Yaṃ vā panā</span>tiādinā pana desanāya sānusandhitaṃ vibhāveti. Na hi buddhā bhagavanto ananusandhikaṃ desanaṃ desenti. <span class="bld">Āgamanīyavipassanāvasenā</span>ti yassā pubbe pavattattā āgamanīyaṭṭhāne ṭhitā vipassanā, tassā vasena. <span class="bld">Kammakārakaviññāṇa</span>nti ‘‘netaṃ mama nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti evaṃ vipassanākiccakārakaṃ vipassanāsahitaṃ viññāṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Viññāṇadhātuvasenā</span>ti yathāuddiṭṭhāya viññāṇadhātuyā bhājanavasena. <span class="bld">Satthu kathanatthāyā</span>ti satthārā uddesameva katvā ṭhapitattā niddesavasena kathanatthāya. Akathitabhāvo eva hissa avasiṭṭhatā kathanatthāya paṭivijjhanatthāya ca. Paṭipakkhavigamena tassa cittassa parisuddhatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘nirupakkilesa’’</span>nti. Upakkilesānaṃ pana pahīnabhāvato <span class="bld">pariyodātaṃ</span>. Samudayavasena <span class="bld">udayadassanatthañceva</span> paccayanirodhavasena <span class="bld">atthaṅgamadassanatthañca</span>. Kāraṇabhāvena sukhāya vedanāya hitanti <span class="bld">sukhavedaniyaṃ</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘sukhavedanāya paccayabhūta’’</span>nti.</p>
    706. 

  706. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para360"></a><a name="para360_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">360</span>. <span class="bld">Rūpakammaṭṭhāna</span>mpi catudhātuvavatthānavasena, <span class="bld">arūpakammaṭṭhānampi</span> sukhadukkhavedanāmukhena <span class="bld">paguṇaṃ jātaṃ</span>.</p>
    707. 

  707. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satthu kathanatthaṃyeva avasissatī</span>ti, ‘‘kulaputtassa paṭivijjhanattha’’nti vuttamevatthaṃ nisedheti, tasmā vuttamevatthaṃ samatthetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Kulaputtassa rūpāvacarajjhāne</span>ti kulaputtena adhigatarūpāvacarajjhāne. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhikkhu paguṇaṃ tava idaṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhāna’’</span>nti. Yaṃ kiñci suvaṇṇatāpanayogyaṃ <a name="V2.0182"></a> aṅgārabhājanaṃ idha ‘‘ukkā’’ti adhippetanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘aṅgārakapalla’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Sajjeyyā</span>ti yathā tattha pakkhittasuvaṇṇañca tappati, evaṃ paṭiyādiyeyya. <span class="bld">Nīhaṭadosa</span>nti vigatībhūtakāḷakaṃ. <span class="bld">Apanītakasāva</span>nti apagatasukhumakāḷakaṃ.</p>
    708. 

  708. <p class="bodytext">Ariyamagge patiṭṭhāpetukāmena nāma sabbasmimpi lokiyadhamme virajjanatthāya dhammo kathetabboti adhippāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘kasmā panā’’</span>tiādinā codanā katā. Vineyyadamanakusalena bhagavatā veneyyajjhāsayavasena tāva catutthajjhānupekkhāya vaṇṇo kathitoti tassa parihāraṃ vadanto, <span class="bld">‘‘kulaputtassā’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    709. 

  709. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para361"></a><a name="para361_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">361</span>. <span class="bld">Tadanudhamma</span>nti <a name="M2.0400"></a> tassa arūpāvacarassa kusalassa anurūpadhammaṃ, yāya paṭipadāya tassa adhigamo hoti, tassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadanti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘rūpāvacarajjhāna’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Taggahaṇā</span>ti tassa gahaṇena tassā paṭipattiyā paṭipajjamānena. <span class="bld">Ito uttari</span>nti ‘‘viññāṇañcāyatana’’ntiādīsu.</p>
    710. 

  710. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para362"></a><a name="para362_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">362</span>. <span class="bld">Tassevā</span>ti arūpāvacarajjhānassa. Etaṃ pana savipākaṃ arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katattā <span class="bld">saṅkhataṃ. Pakappita</span>nti paccayavasena savihitaṃ. <span class="bld">Āyūhita</span>nti sampiṇḍitaṃ. <span class="bld">Karontena karīyatī</span>ti paṭipajjanakena paṭipajjīyati saṅkharīyati. Nibbānaṃ viya na niccaṃ na sassataṃ. Atha kho khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvatāya <span class="bld">tāvakālikaṃ</span>. Tato eva cavanādisabhāvanti sabbametaṃ rūpāvacaradhammesu ādīnavavibhāvanaṃ. <span class="bld">Dukkhe patiṭṭhita</span>nti saṅkhāradukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ. <span class="bld">Atāṇa</span>nti cavanasabhāvāditāya tāṇarahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Aleṇa</span>nti tato arakkhattā līyanaṭṭhānarahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Asaraṇa</span>nti appaṭisaraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Asaraṇībhūta</span>nti sabbakālampi appaṭisaraṇaṃ.</p>
    711. 

  711. <p class="bodytext">Samattapattavise khandhādīsu gahite duttikicchā siyāti, <span class="bld">‘‘khandhaṃ vā sīsaṃ vā gahetuṃ adatvā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Evamevā</span>ti etthāyaṃ upamāsaṃsandanā – cheko bhisakko viya sammāsambuddho. Visavikāro viya kilesadukkhānubandho, bhisakkassa visaṃ ṭhānato cāvetvā upari āropanaṃ viya bhagavato desanānubhāvena kulaputtassa kāmabhave nikantiṃ pariyādāya arūpajjhāne bhavanaṃ. Bhisakkassa visaṃ otāretvā pathaviyaṃ pātanaṃ viya kulaputtassa orambhāgiyakilesadukkhāpanayanaṃ.</p>
    712. 

  712. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asampattassā</span>ti arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ anadhigatassa. <span class="bld">Appaṭiladdhassevā</span>ti tassa vevacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbameta</span>nti <a name="V2.0183"></a> ‘‘aniccaṃ adhuva’’ntiādinā vitthārato vuttaṃ sabbametaṃ <span class="bld">ādīnavaṃ. Ekapadeneva ‘‘saṅkhatameta’’nti kathesi</span> saṅkhatapadeneva tassa atthassa anavasesato pariyādinnattā.</p>
    713. 

  713. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nāyūhatī</span>ti bhavakāraṇacetanāvasena byāpāraṃ na samūheti na sampiṇḍeti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘na rāsiṃ karotī’’</span>ti. Abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ nāma cetanābyāpāroti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘na abhisañcetayatī’’</span>ti. Taṃ pana phaluppādanasamatthatāya phalena kappananti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na kappetī’’</span>ti. Sace abhisaṅkhāracetanā uḷārā, phalamahattasaṅkhātāya vuḍḍhiyā hoti, anuḷārā ca avuḍḍhiyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vuḍḍhiyā vā parihāniyā vā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Buddhavisaye ṭhatvā</span>ti bhagavā <a name="M2.0401"></a> attano buddhasubuddhatāya sīhasamānavuttitāya ca desanaṃ ukkaṃsato sāvakehi pattabbaṃ visesaṃ anavasesento tathā vadati, na sāvakavisayaṃ atikkamitvā attano buddhavisayameva desento. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhī’’</span>ti. Yadi kulaputto attano…pe… paṭivijjhi, atha kasmā bhagavā desanāya arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘yathā nāmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    714. 

  714. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ito pubbe</span>ti ito anāgāmiphalādhigamato uttari upari. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti kulaputtassa. <span class="bld">Kathentassa</span> bhagavato dhamme <span class="bld">neva kaṅkhā na vimati</span> paṭhamamaggeneva kaṅkhāya samucchinnattā. <span class="bld">Ekaccesu ṭhānesū</span>ti tathā vineyyaṭhānesu. Tathā hi ayampi kulaputto anāgāmiphalaṃ patvā bhagavantaṃ sañjāni. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘yato anenā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    715. 

  715. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para363"></a><a name="para363_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">363</span>. <span class="bld">Anajjhositā</span>ti anajjhosanīyāti ayamatthoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā gahetuṃ na yuttā’’</span>ti.</p>
    716. 

  716. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para364"></a><a name="para364_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">364</span>. Rāgova anusayo <span class="bld">rāgānusayo,</span> so ca paccayasamavāye uppajjanārahoti vattabbataṃ labhatīti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘sukhavedanaṃ ārabbha rāgānusayo uppajjeyyā’’</span>ti. Na pana tassa uppādanaṃ atthi khaṇattayasamāyogāsambhavato. Esa nayo sesesupi. <span class="bld">Itara</span>nti adukkhamasukhavedanaṃ. <span class="bld">Visaṃyutto</span>ti kenaci saññojanena asaṃyuttatāya eva niyatavippayutto. Kāyassa koṭi paramo anto etassāti <span class="bld">kāyakoṭikaṃ. Dutiyapade</span>ti ‘‘jīvitapariyantika’’nti imasmiṃ pade. <span class="bld">Visevanassā</span>ti upādānassa. <span class="bld">Sītībhavissantī</span>ti padassa ‘‘nirujjhissantī’’ti attho vutto, kathaṃ pana vedayitānaṃ dvādasasu āyatanesu nirujjhanaṃ sītibhāvappattīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kilesā hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Samudayapañhenā</span>ti mahāsatipaṭṭhāne (dī. ni. 2.400; ma. ni. 1.133) samudayasaccanirodhapañhena. Nanu sabbaso kilesapariḷāhavigame sītibhāvo <a name="V2.0184"></a> nāma vedanānirodhamattena adhippeto; tena idha vedayitāni vuttāni, na kilesāti vedayitānaṃ accantanirodhasaṅkhāto sītibhāvopi kilesasamucchedenevāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘vedayitānipī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    717. 

  717. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para365"></a><a name="para365_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">365</span>. <span class="bld">Idaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0402"></a> <span class="bld">opammasaṃsandana</span>nti ettha saññojanā dīpasikhā viya, adhiṭṭhānakapallikā viya vedanāya nissayabhūtā cattāro khandhā, telaṃ viya kilesā, vaṭṭi viya kammavaṭṭaṃ, upaharaṇakapuriso viya vaṭṭagāmī puthujjano, tassa sīsacchedakapuriso viya arahattamaggo santānassa samucchedakaraṇato, anāhārāya dīpasikhāya nibbāyanaṃ viya kammakilesānaṃ anantarapaccayato anāhārāya vedanāya anupādisesavasena nibbāyanaṃ.</p>
    718. 

  718. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ādimhi samādhivipassanāpaññāhī</span>ti pubbabhāgapaṭipadābhūtā tayā paguṇasamādhito arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtavipassanāpaññāto ca. <span class="bld">Uttaritarā</span>ti visiṭṭhatarā. <span class="bld">Evaṃ samannāgato</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">evaṃ</span>-saddo idaṃsaddatthavacanoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iminā uttamena arahattaphalapaññādhiṭṭhānenā’’</span>ti. Sabbaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ khepetīti <span class="bld">sabbadukkhakkhayo,</span> aggamaggo, taṃpariyāpannatāya tattha ñāṇanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sabbadukkhakkhaye ñāṇaṃ nāma arahattamagge ñāṇa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Arahattaphale ñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ</span> vuttanayena sabbadukkhakkhaye sante tannimittaṃ vā uppannañāṇanti katvā. <span class="bld">Tassā</span>ti, ‘‘evaṃ samannāgato bhikkhu iminā paramena paññādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato hotī’’ti vuttabhikkhuno.</p>
    719. 

  719. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para366"></a><a name="para366_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">366</span>. <span class="bld">Hī</span>ti yasmā. <span class="bld">Vimuttī</span>ti arahattaphalavimutti, tasmā sabbadukkhakkhaye ñāṇanti arahattaphalañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. <span class="bld">Saccanti paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ,</span> na maggasaccaṃ. Kāmaṃ arahattaphalavimutti paṭipakkhehi akopanīyatāya akuppā, ‘‘sacce ṭhitā’’ti pana vacanato, <span class="bld">‘‘akuppārammaṇakaraṇena akuppāti vuttā’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Vitatha</span>nti naṭṭhaṃ, jarāya maraṇena ca vipariṇāmetabbatāya yādisaṃ uppādāvatthāya jātaṃ, tato aññādisanti attho. Tathā hi taṃ jarāmaraṇehi parimusitabbarūpatāya ‘‘musā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘mosadhammanti nassanasabhāva’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Taṃ avitatha</span>nti taṃ vuttanayena avitathaṃ nāma, <span class="bld">taṃ sabhāvo</span> sabbakālaṃ teneva labbhanato. <span class="bld">Samathavipassanāvasena vacīsaccato</span>ti samathavipassanāvasena yaṃ visuddhimattaṃ vacīsaccaṃ, tato. <span class="bld">Dukkhasaccasamudayasaccehi</span> tacchavipallāsabhūtasabhāvehi. Iti nesaṃ yathāsakaṃ sabhāvena avitathabhāve amosadhammatāya tehipi avitathabhāvā paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānameva <span class="bld">uttaritaraṃ. Tasmā</span>ti nibbānasseva uttaritarabhāvato.</p>
    720. 

  720. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para367"></a><a name="para367_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">367</span>. Upadhīyati <a name="V2.0185"></a><a name="M2.0403"></a> ettha dukkhanti <span class="bld">upadhī,</span> khandhā kāmaguṇā ca. Upadahanti dukkhanti <span class="bld">upadhī,</span> kilesābhisaṅkhārā. <span class="bld">Paripūrā gahitā parāmaṭṭhā</span>ti pariyattabhāvena taṇhāya gahitā diṭṭhiyā parāmaṭṭhā. <span class="bld">Samathavipassanāvasena kilesapariccāgato</span>ti vikkhambhanavasena tadaṅgappahānavasena ca kilesānaṃ pariccajanato. <span class="bld">Uttaritaro</span> visiṭṭhatarassa pahānappakārassa abhāvato.</p>
    721. 

  721. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para368"></a><a name="para368_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">368</span>. <span class="bld">Āghātakaraṇavasenā</span>ti cetasikāghātassa uppajjanavasena. <span class="bld">Byāpajjanavasenā</span>ti cittassa vipattibhāvavasena. <span class="bld">Sampadussanavasenā</span>ti sabbaso dussanavasena. <span class="bld">Tīhi</span> padehi yadi arahattamaggena kilesānaṃ pariccāgo cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ, arahattamaggeneva nesaṃ vūpasamo upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ hotīti dasseti. Ettha visesena pariccāgo sampajahanaṃ anuppattidhammatāpādanaṃ cāgo, tathā pana pariccāgena yo so nesaṃ tadā vūpasantatāya abhāvo, ayaṃ upasamoti ayametesaṃ viseso.</p>
    722. 

  722. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para369"></a><a name="para369_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">369</span>. <span class="bld">Maññita</span>nti maññanā, ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā kappanāti attho. Avijjāvibandhanataṇhāgāhādīnaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvato <span class="bld">ayamaha</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">aha</span>nti diṭṭhimaññanādassanaṃ, sā pana diṭṭhi mānamaññanāya attaniyagāhavasena hotīti sveva ‘‘aya’’nti iminā gahitoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ayamahanti ekaṃ taṇhāmaññitameva vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Ābādhaṭṭhenā</span>ti paṭipīḷanaṭṭhena. Maññanāvasena hi sattānaṃ tathā hoti. <span class="bld">Antodosaṭṭhenā</span>ti abbhantaraduṭṭhabhāvena. Maññanādūsitattā hi sattānaṃ attabhāvo dukkhatāmūlāyatto, kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādanirodhabhaṅgehi uddhamuddhaṃ pakkapabhinno hotīti phalūpacārena ‘‘maññitaṃ gaṇḍo’’ti vutto. <span class="bld">Anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhenā</span>ti anupavisitvā hadayamāhacca adhiṭṭhānena. Maññitañhi pīḷājananato antotudanato duruddharaṇato sallaṃ. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavamuni</span> sabbaso kilesānaṃ santattā, tato eva pariḷāhānaṃ parinibbutattā vūpasantattā <span class="bld">santo</span> upasanto <span class="bld">nibbutoti vuccati. Yattha ṭhita</span>nti yasmiṃ asekkhabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ. Yadi bhagavā attano desanāñāṇānurūpaṃ desanaṃ pavattāpeyya, mahāpathaviṃ pattharantassa viya, ākāsaṃ pasārentassa viya, anantāparimeyyalokadhātuyo paṭicca tesaṃ ṭhitākāraṃ <a name="M2.0404"></a> anuppūraṃ vicinantassa viya desanā pariyosānaṃ na gaccheyya. Yasmā panassa vineyyajjhāsayānurūpameva desanā pavatti, na tato paraṃ aṇumattampi vaḍḍhati. Tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘sabbāpi dhammadesanā saṃkhittāva, vitthāradesanā nāma natthī’’</span>ti. Nanu sattapakaraṇadesanā vitthārakathāti? Na sāpi vitthārakathāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘samantapaṭṭhānakathāpi saṃkhittāyevā’’</span>ti. Sannipatitadevaparisāya ajjhāsayānurūpameva hi tassāpi pavatti, na satthudesanāñāṇānurūpanti. <span class="bld">Yathānusandhiṃ</span> <a name="V2.0186"></a> <span class="bld">pāpesi</span> yathāuddiṭṭhe anupubbena anavasesato vibhajanavasena desanāya niṭṭhāpitattā. <span class="bld">Vipañcitaññū…pe… kathesi</span> nātisaṅkhepavitthāravasena desitattā.</p>
    723. 

  723. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para370"></a><a name="para370_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">370</span>. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhannaṃ parikkhārāna</span>nti nayidamanavasesapariyādānaṃ, lakkhaṇavacanaṃ panetaṃ, aññatarassāti vacanaseso. Tathā hi, ‘‘mayhaṃ iddhimayaparikkhāralābhāya paccayo hotū’’ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā pattacīvaraṃ, pattaṃ, cīvarameva vā dinne carimabhave iddhimayaparikkhāro nibbattatīti vadanti. <span class="bld">Adinnattā</span>ti kecivādo, tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kulaputto’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Okāsābhāvato</span>ti upasampadālakkhaṇassa asambhavato. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘kulaputtassa āyuparikkhīṇa’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Udakatittha…pe… āraddho</span> paramappicchabhāvato.</p>
    724. 

  724. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vibbhantā</span>ti bhantacittā. <span class="bld">Siṅgena vijjhitvā ghātesi</span> purimajātibaddhāghātatāyāti vadanti.</p>
    725. 

  725. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mānusaṃ yoga</span>nti manussattabhāvaṃ. Attabhāvo hi yujjati kammakilesehīti ‘‘yogo’’ti vuccati. <span class="bld">Upaccagu</span>nti upagacchiṃsu. <span class="bld">Upako</span>tiādi tesaṃ nāmāni.</p>
    726. 

  726. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gandhakaṭṭhehī</span>ti candanāgarusaḷaladevadāruādīhi gandhadārūhi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    727. 

  727. <p class="centered">Dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    728. 

  728. <p class="subhead">11. Saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    729. 

  729. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para371"></a><a name="para371_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">371</span>. <span class="bld">Ācikkhanā</span>ti <a name="M2.0405"></a><a name="V2.0187"></a> – ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti ādito kathanaṃ. <span class="bld">Desanā</span>ti tasseva atthassa atisajjanaṃ pabodhanaṃ. <span class="bld">Paññāpanā</span>ti pakārehi ñāpanā, sā pana yasmā itthamidanti veneyyānaṃ paccakkhato dassanā, tesaṃ vā santāne patiṭṭhāpanā hoti, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘dukkhasaccādīnaṃ ṭhapanā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paṭṭhapanā</span>ti patiṭṭhāpanā. Yasmā paṭṭhapiyamānasabhāvā desanā bhājanaṃ upagacchantī viya hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘paññāpanā’’ti, jānāpanāti attho. <span class="bld">Vivaṭakaraṇā</span>ti desiyamānassa atthassa vivaṭabhāvakaraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Vibhāgakiriyā</span>ti yathāvuttassa atthavibhāgassa vitthārakaraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Pākaṭabhāvakaraṇa</span>nti agambhīrabhāvāpādanaṃ. Aparo nayo – catusaccasaññitassa atthassa paccekaṃ sarūpato dassanavasena idanti ādito sikkhāpanaṃ kathanaṃ <span class="bld">ācikkhanā,</span> evaṃ parasantāne pabodhanavasena pavattāpanā <span class="bld">desanā,</span> evaṃ vineyyānaṃ cittaparitosajananena tesaṃ buddhiparipācanaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘paññāpanā’’</span>ti vuccati. Evaṃ paññāpentī ca sā desiyamānaṃ atthaṃ veneyyasantāne pakārato ṭhapeti patiṭṭhapetīti <span class="bld">‘‘paṭṭhapanā’’</span>ti vuccati. Pakārato ṭhapentī pana saṃkhittassa vitthārato paṭivuttassa punābhidhānato <span class="bld">‘‘vivaraṇā’’</span>ti, tassevatthassa vibhāgakaraṇato <span class="bld">‘‘vibhajanā’’</span>ti, vuttassa vitthārenābhidhānato vibhattassa hetudāharaṇadassanato, <span class="bld">‘‘uttānīkamma’’</span>nti vuccati. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pākaṭabhāvakaraṇa’’</span>nti, hetūpamāvasenatthassa pākaṭabhāvakaraṇatoti attho.</p>
    730. 

  730. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Anuggāhakā</span>ti anuggaṇhanakāmā. Svāyamanuggaho saṅgahavatthuvasena pākaṭo hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘āmisasaṅgahenā’’</span>tiādi. Janetā janettīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘janikā mātā’’</span>ti. Vuddhiṃ parisaṃ āpādetīti <span class="bld">āpādetā</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘posetā’’</span>ti. Idāni dvinnaṃ mahātherānaṃ yathākkamaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ bhagavatā vuttehi janikaposikamātuṭṭhāniyehi saṅgāhakataṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘janikamātā hī’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Paratoghosena vināpi uparimaggādhigamo hotīti <span class="bld">‘‘paccattapurisakārenā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamamaggo eva hi sāvakānaṃ ekantato ghosāpekkhoti. <span class="bld">Pattesupī</span>ti <span class="bld">pi</span>-saddena pageva appattesūti dasseti. Bhavassa <a name="M2.0406"></a> appamattakatā nāma ittarakālatāyāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘accharāsaṅghātamattampī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Janetā</span>ti janako, thero pana ariyāya janayitā. <span class="bld">Āpādetā</span>ti vaḍḍhetā paribrūhetā. Purimasmiṃ saccadvaye sammasanaggahaṇaṃ lokiyattā tassa, itarasmiṃ tassa aggahaṇaṃ lokuttarattā.</p>
    731. 

  731. <p class="bodytext">Kāmehi <a name="V2.0188"></a> nikkhanto saṅkappo <span class="bld">nekkhammasaṅkappo</span>. Svāyamassa tato nikkhamanattho tesaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvato tehi visaṃsaggato virajjanato samucchindanato sabbaso vivittabhāvato ca hotīti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘kāmapaccanīkaṭṭhenā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">kāmapadaghāta</span>nti yathā kāmo padaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ na labhati, evaṃ hananaṃ, kāmasamucchedanti attho. Kāmehi sabbaso vivittattā kāmavivitto, ariyamaggo, tassa anto, ariyaphalaṃ, tasmiṃ <span class="bld">kāmavivittante. Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā ‘‘byāpādapaccanīkaṭṭhenā’’tiādiyojanaṃ atidisati. Sabbe cete nekkhammasaṅkappādayo nānācittesu labbhantīti yojanā. Yadi ekacitte labbhanti, kathaṃ tividhamicchāsaṅkappānaṃ samugghātoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tatra hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Na nānā labbhatī</span>ti iminā tividhakiccakāritaṃ sammāsaṅkappassa dasseti. Kiccavasena hi tassa nāmassa lābho. Sammāvācādīnampi maggakkhaṇe ekacitte labbhamānānampi catukiccakāritāya catubbidhanāmāditā veditabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    732. 

  732. <p class="centered">Saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    733. 

  733. <p class="subhead">12. Dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    734. 

  734. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para376"></a><a name="para376_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">376</span>. <span class="bld">Mahāpajāpatigotamī</span>ti <a name="V2.0189"></a> ettha <span class="bld">gotamī</span>ti tassa gotamagottato āgataṃ nāmaṃ, mahāpajāpati pana guṇato. Taṃ vivarituṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘nāmakaraṇadivase panassā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Mahatiṃ uḷāraṃ pajaṃ jananaposanehi parirakkhatīti <span class="bld">mahāpajāpati</span>. Paribhogavasena na haññatīti <span class="bld">ahataṃ. Sippikāna</span>nti tantavāyānaṃ. <span class="bld">Vāyanaṭṭhāna</span>nti vīnaṭṭhānaṃ. <span class="bld">Tāni maṃ na tosenti</span> kāyikassa puññassa abhāvato. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sahatthā katameva</span> <a name="M2.0407"></a> <span class="bld">maṃ tosetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pisitvā</span> nibbattanaṃ katvā. <span class="bld">Pothetvā</span>ti sukhumabhāvāpādanatthaṃ dhanukena netvā. <span class="bld">Kālānukālañca dhātigaṇaparivutā gantvā vemakoṭiṃ aggahesi</span> ekadivasanti adhippāyo. Evañhi ‘‘ekadivasaṃ pana…pe… akāsī’’ti purimavacanena taṃ na virujjheyya.</p>
    735. 

  735. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Cha cetanā</span>ti chabbidhā cetanā. Na hi tā chayeva cetanāti. <span class="bld">Saṅghe gotami dehi…pe… saṅgho cā</span>ti idameva suttapadaṃ. <span class="bld">Saṅghe gotami dehī</span>ti saṅghassa dānāya niyojesi, tasmā saṅghova dakkhiṇeyyataroti ayamevettha attho. <span class="bld">Yadi eva</span>ntiādinā tattha byabhicāraṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Rājamahāmattādayo</span>tiādinā tattha byatirekato nidassanaṃ āha. <span class="bld">Mahantatarā bhaveyyu</span>nti ānubhāvādinā mahantatarā bhaveyyuṃ, na ca taṃ atthīti. <span class="bld">Tasmā</span>ti yasmā guṇavisiṭṭhahetukaṃ dakkhiṇeyyataṃ anapekkhitvā attano dīyamānassa dāpanaṃ labhati, tasmā. <span class="bld">Mā evaṃ gaṇhā</span>ti sammāsambuddhato saṅghova dakkhiṇeyyo’’ti mā gaṇha.</p>
    736. 

  736. <p class="bodytext">Tattha nicchayasādhakaṃ suttapadaṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘nayimasmiṃ loke…pe… vipulaphalesina’’</span>nti āha. Svāyamattho ratanasutte (khu. pā. 6.3; su. ni. 226), ‘‘yaṃ kiñci vitta’’nti gāthāya, aggapasādasuttādīhi (itivu. 90) ca vibhāvetabboti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘satthārā uttaritaro dakkhiṇeyyo nāma natthī’’</span>ti.</p>
    737. 

  737. <p class="bodytext">Gotamiyā antimabhavikatāya dānassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya anuppādanato na taṃ garutaraṃ saṅghassa pādāpane kāraṇanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pacchimāya janatāyā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vacanatopī</span>ti tassa vatthayugassa satthu eva paṭiggahaṇāya vacanatopi. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na hī’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    738. 

  738. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Satthā</span> <a name="V2.0190"></a> <span class="bld">saṅghapariyāpannova</span> īdise ṭhāne aggaphalaṭṭhatāya aṭṭha-ariyapuggalabhāvato, sace panassa na sayaṃ saṅghapariyāpannatā, kathaṃ saṅghe pūjite satthā pūjito nāma siyāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Tīṇi</span> saraṇagamanāni tayo eva aggapasādāti vakkhatīti adhippāyo. Abhidheyyānurūpāni hi liṅgavacanāni. <span class="bld">Na ruhati</span> ayāthāvapaṭipattibhāvato, na gihivesaggahaṇādinā gihibhāvassa paṭikkhipitattā. <span class="bld">Na vattabbametaṃ ‘‘satthā saṅghapariyāpanno’’</span>ti satthubhāvato. Sāvakasamūho hi saṅgho<a name="M2.0408"></a>. Saṅghagaṇe hi satthā uttaritaro anaññasādhāraṇaguṇehi samannāgatabhāvato mūlaratanabhāvato ca.</p>
    739. 

  739. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para377"></a><a name="para377_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">377</span>. Sampatijātassa mahāsattassa sattapadavītihāragamanaṃ dhammatāvasena jātaṃ, paraṃ tadaññadaharasadisī paṭipattīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘hatthapādakiccaṃ asādhentesū’’</span>ti.</p>
    740. 

  740. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para378"></a><a name="para378_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">378</span>. <span class="bld">Paccūpakāraṃ na sukaraṃ vadāmi</span> anucchavikakiriyāya kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā. Abhivādenti etenāti <span class="bld">abhivādanaṃ</span>. Vandamānehi antevāsikehi ācariyaṃ ‘‘sukhī hotū’’tiādinā abhivādenti nāma. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘abhivādana’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Tadabhimukho…pe… vanditvā nipajjati,</span> seyyathāpi āyasmā sāriputto. Kālānukālaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ bījayanapādasambāhanādi <span class="bld">anucchavikakammassa karaṇaṃ</span> nāma. <span class="bld">Anucchavikaṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotiyeva,</span> yasmā ācariyena katassa dhammānuggahassa antevāsinā kariyamāno āmisānuggaho saṅkhampi kalampi kalabhāgampi na upetiyevāti. Tena vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘na suppatikāraṃ vadāmī’’</span>ti.</p>
    741. 

  741. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para379"></a><a name="para379_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">379</span>. <span class="bld">Pāṭipuggalikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ ārabbha samuṭṭhitaṃ,</span> ‘‘taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhatū’’ti mahāpajāpatigotamiyā vacanaṃ nimittaṃ katvā desanāya uṭṭhitattā. Na kevalañca tassā eva vacanaṃ, atha kho <span class="bld">ānandattheropi…pe… samādapesi,</span> tasmā vibhāgato <span class="bld">cuddasasu…pe… hotīti dassetuṃ, imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi</span>. Tattha patipaccekaṃ puggalaṃ dīyatīti <span class="bld">pāṭipuggalikaṃ</span>. Paṭhamasaddo yathā aggattho, evaṃ seṭṭhapariyāyopīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘jeṭṭhakavasenapī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Aggā</span> uttame khette pavattattā. <span class="bld">Dutiyatatiyāpi paramadakkhiṇāyeva</span> sabbaso sammāvikkhambhitarāgādikilesattā. Rāgādayo hi adakkhiṇeyyabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘tiṇadosāni khettāni, rāgadosā ayaṃ pajā’’tiādi (dha. pa. 356). Yasmā pana savāsanaṃ sabbaso samucchinnakilesehi tato eva sabbaso appaṭihatañāṇacārehi anantāparimeyyaguṇagaṇādhārehi sammāsambuddhehi sadiso sadevake loke koci dakkhiṇeyyo natthi. Tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘paramadakkhiṇāyevā’’</span>ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati. Yasmā pañcābhiñño aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī eva <a name="M2.0409"></a> hoti lokiyābhiññānaṃ aṭṭhasamāpattiadhiṭṭhānattā, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘lokiyapañcābhiññe’’</span>icceva vuttaṃ, na ‘‘aṭṭhasamāpattilābhimhī’’ti tāya avuttasiddhattā. <span class="bld">Gosīladhātuko</span>ti <a name="V2.0191"></a> gosīlasabhāvo, sīlavatā sadisasīloti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘asaṭho’’</span>tiādi. Tena na alajjidhātuko pakatisiddho idha puthujjanasīlavāti adhippetoti dasseti.</p>
    742. 

  742. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Paricchindanto</span>ti ettakoti paccekappamāṇato tato eva aññamaññaṃ asaṅkaratova paricchindanto. Kathaṃ pana asaṅkhyeyyabhāvena vuccamāno vipāko paricchinno hoti? Sopi tassa paricchedo eva itarehi asaṃkiṇṇabhāvadīpanato, etadatthameva pubbe asaṅkaraggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. <span class="bld">Guṇavasenā</span>ti lakkhaṇasampannādiguṇavasena. <span class="bld">Upakāravasenā</span>ti bhogarakkhādiupakāravasena. <span class="bld">Yaṃ posanatthaṃ dinnaṃ, idaṃ na gahitaṃ</span> dānalakkhaṇāyogato. Anuggahapūjanicchāvasena hi attano deyyavatthupariccāgo dānaṃ bhayarāgaladdhukāmakulādivasena sāvajjābhāvato. <span class="bld">Tampi na gahitaṃ</span> ayāvadatthatāaparipuṇṇabhāvena yathādhippetaphaladānāsamatthabhāvato. <span class="bld">Sampattassā</span>ti santikāgatassa. Tena sampattipayojane anapekkhataṃ dasseti. <span class="bld">Phalaṃ paṭikaṅkhitvā</span>ti ‘‘idaṃ me dānamayaṃ puññaṃ āyatiṃ sukhahitabhāvāya hotū’’tiādinā phalaṃ paccāsīsitvā. Tenassa phaladāne namiyataṃ dasseti, <span class="bld">yāvadattha</span>nti iminā paripuṇṇaphalataṃ. <span class="bld">Sataguṇā</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">guṇa</span>saddo na ‘‘guṇena nāmaṃ uddhareyya’’ntiādīsu (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1313; udā. aṭṭha. 53; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.1.76; netti. aṭṭha. 4.38) viya sampattiattho, ‘‘taddiguṇa’’ntiādīsu viya na vaḍḍhanattho, ‘‘pañca kāmaguṇā loke, manochaṭṭhā paveditā’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 173) viya na koṭṭhāsattho, ‘‘antaṃ antaguṇa’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110; khu. pā. 3) viya na antabhāgattho, atha kho ānisaṃsatthoti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘satānisaṃsā’’</span>ti āha, te ānisaṃse sarūpato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘āyusata’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sataguṇā</span>ti vā satavaḍḍhikāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Nipparitasaṃ karotī</span>ti āyuādīnaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ aparittāsaṃ karoti. Atha vā <span class="bld">nipparitasaṃ karotī</span>ti āyuādinimittaṃ aparittāsaṃ karoti. Atha vā <span class="bld">nipparitasaṃ karotī</span>ti āyuādīni tato <a name="M2.0410"></a> uttarimpi āhārādihetu aparittāsaṃ karoti. Attabhāvavinimuttasañcaraṇassa abhāvā, <span class="bld">‘‘bhavasatepi vutte ayamevattho’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Sabbatthā</span>ti, ‘‘puthujjanadussīle’’tiādīsu sabbavāresu. <span class="bld">Nayo netabbo</span>ti, ‘‘āyusahassaṃ vaṇṇasahassa’’ntiādiko nayo.</p>
    743. 

  743. <p class="bodytext">Sāsanāvataraṇaṃ nāma yāvadeva vaṭṭadukkhanittharaṇatthaṃ, tañca maggapaṭivedhanaṃ, tasmā nibbedhabhāgiyasaraṇagamanaṃ sikkhāpadasamādānaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā sīlaparipūraṇaṃ adhicittasikkhānuyogo vipassanābhāvanāti sabbāpesā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipatti eva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tisaraṇaṃ gato upāsakopī’’</span>tiādi. Tattha yathā nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi tāva nāma paramparāya ariyamaggādhigamassa paccayabhāvato upanissayo; tathā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ <a name="V2.0192"></a> sīlaparipūraṇaṃ upasampadā pabbajjā upāsakassa dasasu pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhānaṃ antamaso saraṇādigamanampi nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ ariyamaggādhigamassa upanissayo hotiyevāti, ‘‘sabbāpesā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipattī’’ti vuttā. Tattha anaññasādhāraṇa-vijjācaraṇādi-asaṅkhyeyyaaparimeyya-guṇa-samudayapūrite bhagavati saddhamme ariyasaṅghe uḷāratarabahumānagāravataṃ gato. ‘‘Sammāsambuddho bhagavā, svākhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅgho’’ti tapparāyaṇatādiākārappatto ñāṇaparisodhito pasādo saraṇagamananti tena vatthugatena pasādena paribhāvite santāne kataṃ puññakkhettasampattiyā mahapphalaṃ mahānisaṃsameva hotīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ dinnadānampi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ appameyya’’</span>nti. Tayidaṃ saraṇaṃ vatthuttaye pasādabhāvena ajjhāsayasampattimattaṃ, tādisassa pana pañcasīlaṃ ajjhāsayasampattiupathambhito kāyavacīsaṃyamoti tattha dinnaṃ tato uttari mahapphalanti, dasasīlaṃ pana paripuṇṇuposathasīlaṃ, tattha dinnaṃ mahapphalanti, <span class="bld">‘‘tato uttari mahapphala’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Sāmaṇerasīlādīnaṃ pana uttari visiṭṭhatarādibhāvato tattha tattha dinnassa visesamahapphalatā vuttā.</p>
    744. 

  744. <p class="bodytext">Maggasamaṅgitā nāma maggacittakkhaṇaparicchinnā, tasmiñca khaṇe kathaṃ dātuṃ paṭiggahetuñca sambhavatīti codeti <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ pana maggasamaṅgissa sakkā dānaṃ dātu’’</span>nti. Itaro tādise sati samayeti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘āma sakkā’’</span>ti paṭijānitvā, <span class="bld">‘‘āraddhavipassako’’</span>tiādinā tamatthaṃ vivarati. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ khaṇe</span>ti tasmiṃ pakkhipanakkhaṇe. Yadi aṭṭhamakassa sotāpannassa dinnadānaṃ <a name="M2.0411"></a> phalato asaṅkhyeyyameva, ko nesaṃ visesoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi. Tena satipi asaṅkhyeyyabhāvasāmaññe atthi nesaṃ appabahubhāvo saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī asaṅkhyeyyamahākappāsaṅkhyeyyānaṃ viyāti dasseti. Maggasamaṅgīnaṃ tena tena odhinā saṃkilesadhammānaṃ pahīyamānattā vodānadhammānaṃ vaḍḍhamānattā apariyositakiccattā aparipuṇṇaguṇatā, pariyositakiccattā phalasamaṅgīnaṃ paripuṇṇaguṇatāti taṃtaṃmaggaṭṭhehi phalaṭṭhānaṃ khettātisayatā veditabbā. Heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimehi pana maggaṭṭhehi uparimānaṃ maggaṭṭhānaṃ phalaṭṭhehi phalaṭṭhānaṃ uttaritaratā pākaṭā eva. Tathā hi uparimānaṃ dinnadānassa mahapphalatā vuttā.</p>
    745. 

  745. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para380"></a><a name="para380_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">380</span>. Kāmañcettha buddhappamukhe ubhatosaṅghe kevale ca bhikkhusaṅghe dānaṃ atthi eva, na pana buddhappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe, taṃ pana buddhappamukhaubhatosaṅgheneva saṅgahitanti aviruddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Na pāpuṇanti</span> mahapphalabhāvena sadisatampi, kuto adhikataṃ.</p>
    746. 

  746. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Tathāgate parinibbute ubhatosaṅghassa’’ icceva vuttattā – <span class="bld">‘‘kiṃ panā’’</span>tiādinā codeti<a name="V2.0193"></a>. Itaro parinibbute tathāgate taṃ uddissa gandhapupphādipariccāgo viya cīvarādipariccāgopi mahapphalo hotiyevāti katvā paṭipajjanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ubhatosaṅghassā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ettakāyeva, bhikkhū uddisathā’’ti evaṃ paricchedassa akaraṇena upacārasīmāpariyāpannānaṃ khettapariyāpannānaṃ vasena <span class="bld">aparicchinnakamahābhikkhusaṅghe</span>.</p>
    747. 

  747. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gottaṃ</span> vuccati sādhāraṇanāmaṃ, <span class="bld">matta</span>saddo luttaniddiṭṭho, tasmā samaṇāti gottamattaṃ anubhavanti dhārentīti <span class="bld">gotrabhuno</span>. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nāmamattasamaṇā’’</span>ti. Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhato samaṇagaṇo <span class="bld">saṅgho,</span> tasmā saṅgho dussīlo nāma natthi. <span class="bld">Guṇasaṅkhāyā</span>ti ānisaṃsagaṇanāya, mahapphalatāyāti attho. <span class="bld">Kāsāva…pe… asaṅkhyeyyāti</span> vuttā saṅghaṃ uddissa dinnattā. Yathā pana saṅghaṃ uddissa dānaṃ hoti, taṃ vidhiṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘saṅghagatā dakkhiṇā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">cittīkāra</span>nti gāravaṃ.</p>
    748. 

  748. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Saṅghato</span> na puggalato. <span class="bld">Aññathattaṃ āpajjatī</span>ti ‘‘imassa mayā dinnaṃ saṅghassa dinnaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ cittaṃ anuppādetvā, ‘‘saṅghassa dassāmī’’ti deyyadhammaṃ <a name="M2.0412"></a> paṭiyādetvā sāmaṇerassa nāma dātabbaṃ jātanti aññathattaṃ āpajjati; tasmā tassa dakkhiṇā saṅghagatā na hotiyeva puggalavasena cittassa pariṇāmitattā. <span class="bld">Nibbematiko hutvā</span>ti ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mayā imassa dinnaṃ hoti vā na vā’’ti vimatiṃ anuppādetvā, ‘‘yo panā’’tiādinā vuttākārena karoti.</p>
    749. 

  749. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tatthā</span>tiādinā vuttassevatthassa pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ vatthuṃ nidasseti, <span class="bld">‘‘parasamuddavāsino’’</span>tiādinā. <span class="bld">Opuñjāpetvā</span> paribhaṇḍaṃ kāretvā, haritagomayena upalimpitvāti attho. <span class="bld">Kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghassā</span>ti kāsāvakaṇṭhasamūhassa. <span class="bld">Ko sodhetī</span>ti mahapphalabhāvakaraṇena ko visodheti. Mahapphalabhāvāpattiyā hi dakkhiṇā visujjhati nāma. Tattha yesaṃ hatthe dinnaṃ, tesaṃ vasena paṭiggāhakato dakkhiṇāya visuddhattā, – ‘‘tadāpāhaṃ, ānanda, saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ appameyyaṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.380) ca vuttaṃ, tasmā kammavaseneva dakkhiṇāvisuddhiṃ pucchati. Itaro ariyasaṅghe dinnadakkhiṇāya nibbisiṭṭhaṃ katvā vuttattā matthakappattasseva ariyasaṅghassa vasena dakkhiṇāvisuddhiṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘sāriputta…pe… sodhentī’’</span>ti vatvā puna, ‘‘ye keci arahanto sodhentī’’ti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘apicā’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Therā ciraparinibbutā</span>ti idaṃ ajjatanānampi ariyānaṃ sāvakataṃ dassentena maggasodhanavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ, na uddissa puññakaraṇe sati akaraṇappattiyā. Evañhi ‘‘asītimahātherā sodhentī’’ti idaṃ suvuttaṃ hoti, na aññathā.</p>
    750. 

  750. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Saṅghagatāya <a name="V2.0194"></a> dakkhiṇāyā’’ti kāmañcetaṃ sādhāraṇavacanaṃ, tathāpi tattha tattha puggalaviseso ñātabboti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘atthi buddhappamukho saṅgho’’</span>tiādimāha. <span class="bld">Na upanetabbo</span> bhagavato kāle bhikkhūnaṃ abhiññāpaṭisambhidāguṇavasena ativiya uḷārabhāvato, etarahi tadabhāvato. <span class="bld">Etarahi saṅgho…pe… na upanetabbo</span>ti ettha nayānusārena attho vattabbo. <span class="bld">Tena teneva samayenā</span>ti tassa tassa kālassa sampattivipattimukhena paṭipattiyā uḷārataṃ anuḷāratañca ulliṅgeti. Yattha hi bhikkhū guṇehi sabbaso paripuṇṇā honti, tasmiṃ samaye saṅghagatā dakkhiṇā itarasmiṃ samaye dakkhiṇato mahapphalatarāti daṭṭhabbā. <span class="bld">Saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassā</span>ti suppaṭipannatādiṃ saṅghe āvajjitvā saṅghagatena <a name="M2.0413"></a> pasādena saṅghassa sammukhā viya tasmiṃ puggale ca gāravavasena dentassa puthujjanasamaṇe dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ saṅghato uddisitvā gahitattā, ‘‘saṅghassa demī’’tiyeva dinnattā ca.</p>
    751. 

  751. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Eseva nayo</span>ti iminā, ‘‘sotāpanne dinnaṃ mahapphalatara’’nti evamādiṃ atidisati. <span class="bld">Ādi</span>-saddena uddisitvā gahito sakadāgāmī, pāṭipuggaliko anāgāmīti evamādi saṅgahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Mahapphalatarameva</span>. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘na tvevāhaṃ, ānanda, kenaci pariyāyena saṅghagatāya dakkhiṇāya pāṭipuggalikaṃ dānaṃ mahapphalataraṃ vadāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.380). Yadi khīṇāsave dinnadānato saṅghato uddisitvā gahitadussīlepi dinnadānaṃ mahapphalaṃ, evaṃ sante – ‘‘sīlavato, mahārāja, dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, no tathā dussīle’’ti idaṃ kathanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ imaṃ nayaṃ gahāyā’’</span>tiādi. Saṅghato uddisitvā gahaṇavidhiṃ pahāya dussīlasseva gahaṇavasena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Imasmiṃ catukke daṭṭhabba</span>nti imassa padassa vasena daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha hi ‘‘paṭiggāhakā honti dussīlā pāpadhammā’’ti āgataṃ.</p>
    752. 

  752. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para381"></a><a name="para381_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">381</span>. <span class="bld">Visujjhatī</span>ti na kilissati, mahājutikārī mahāvipphārā hotīti attho. <span class="bld">Sucidhammo</span>ti rāgādiasucividhamanena sucisabhāvo. <span class="bld">Na pāpadhammo</span>ti na nihīnasabhāvo pāpakiriyāya. Akusaladhammo hi ekantanihīno. Jūjako sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo na hoti. Tassa mahābodhisattassa attano puttadānaṃ dānapāramiyā matthakaṃ gaṇhantaṃ mahāpathavīkampanasamatthaṃ jātaṃ, svāyaṃ dānaguṇo vessantaramahāraññā kathetabboti.</p>
    753. 

  753. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uddharatī</span>ti bahulaṃ katapāpakammavasena laddhavinipātato uddharati. Tasmā natthi mayhaṃ kiñci cittassa aññathattanti adhippāyo.</p>
    754. 

  754. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Petadakkhiṇa</span>nti <a name="V2.0195"></a> pete uddissa dātabbadakkhiṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Pāpitakāleyevā</span>ti, ‘‘idaṃ dānaṃ asukassa petassa hotū’’ti uddisanavasena patte pāpitakāleyeva. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti petassa. <span class="bld">Pāpuṇī</span>ti phalasamāpattiyā vasena pāpuṇi. Ayañhi pete uddissa dāne dhammatā.</p>
    755. 

  755. <p class="bodytext">Tadā <a name="M2.0414"></a> kosalarañño pariccāgavasena ativiya uḷārajjhāsayataṃ, buddhappamukhassa ca bhikkhusaṅghassa ukkaṃsagataguṇavisiṭṭhataṃ sandhāyāha, <span class="bld">‘‘asadisadānaṃ kathetabba’’</span>nti.</p>
    756. 

  756. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Asārampi khetta</span>nti sārahīnaṃ dukkhettaṃ. <span class="bld">Samaye</span>ti kasanārahe kāle. <span class="bld">Paṃsuṃ apanetvā</span>ti nissāraṃ paṃsuṃ nīharitvā. <span class="bld">Sārabījānī</span>ti sabhāvato abhisaṅkhārato ca sārabhūtāni bījāni. <span class="bld">Patiṭṭhapetvā</span>ti vapitvā. <span class="bld">Eva</span>nti yathā kassako attano payogasampattiyā asārepi khette phalaṃ adhigacchati. Evaṃ sīlavā attano payogasampattiyā dussīlassapi datvā phalaṃ mahantaṃ adhigacchati. <span class="bld">Iminā upāyenā</span>ti iminā paṭhamapade vuttanayena. <span class="bld">Sabbapadesū</span>ti sabbakoṭṭhāsesu <span class="bld">visujjhanaṃ</span> vuttaṃ, tatiyapade pana visujjhanaṃ paṭikkhittameva.</p>
    757. 

  757. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para382"></a><a name="para382_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">382</span>. Arahato dinnadānameva aggaṃ dānacetanāya kenaci upakkilesena anupakkiliṭṭhattā, paṭiggāhakassa aggadakkhiṇeyyattā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘bhavālayassa bhavapatthanāya abhāvato’’</span>ti, ‘‘ubhinnampī’’ti vacanaseso. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavo dānaphalaṃ na saddahatī</span>ti idaṃ tassa appahīnakilesajanassa viya kammakammaphalānaṃ saddahanākārena pavatti natthīti katvā vuttaṃ, yato arahā ‘‘asaddho akataññū ca…pe… poriso’’ti (dha. pa. 97) thomīyati. Asaddahanaṃ anumānapakkhikaṃ, anumānañca saṃsayapubbakaṃ, nissandiddho ca kammakammaphalesu paccakkhabhāvaṃ gato. Tameva hi nicchitabhāvasiddhaṃ nissandiddhataṃ sandhāya – <span class="bld">‘‘dānaphalaṃ saddahantā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tena katakammaṃ kammalakkhaṇappattaṃ hotīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘khīṇāsavenā’’</span>tiādi. Tenevāha – <span class="bld">‘‘nicchandarāgattā’’</span>ti, etañca lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, kenaci kilesena anupakkiliṭṭhattāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti khīṇāsavassa dānaṃ.</p>
    758. 

  758. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Kiṃ pana sammāsambuddhenā</span>tiādinā dāyakato dakkhiṇāvisuddhi coditā, <span class="bld">sāriputtattherenā</span>tiādinā pana paṭiggāhakatoti vadanti; tadayuttaṃ, sāvakassa mahapphalabhāve saṃsayābhāvato, heṭṭhā nicchitattā ca, tasmā ubhayenapi dāyakato dakkhiṇāvisuddhi eva coditā. Sā hi idha sādhāraṇavasena nicchitattā saṃsayavatthu. Tenāha <a name="M2.0415"></a> – <span class="bld">‘‘sammāsambuddhena…pe… vadantī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sammāsambuddhaṃ hī</span>tiādi yathāvuttaatthassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. <span class="bld">Añño dānassa vipākaṃ jānituṃ <a name="V2.0196"></a> samattho nāma natthi</span> sabbaso sattānaṃ kammavipākavibhāgajānanañāṇassa ananuññātattā. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, sattā na jānanti, dānasaṃvibhāgassa vipākaṃ yathāhaṃ jānāmi, tasmā adatvā bhuñjantī’’tiādi (itivu. 26). Etena ettha ñāṇavisodhanaṃ nāma kathitaṃ, na dakkhiṇāya visuddhi nāma dāyakato paṭiggāhakato ca vasena hotīti; sammāsambuddhena sāriputtattherassa dinnadānaṃ sabbaso upakkilesavisuddhiyā ñāṇassa ca ativiya uḷārattā mahānubhāvaṃ nāma siyā mahātejavantañca; na mahapphalaṃ tesaṃ santāne paripuṇṇaphalassa asambhavato. Yadi dinnadānaṃ paripuṇṇaphalaṃ na hoti ubhayavipākadānābhāvato, pavattivipākadāyī pana hotīti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘dānaṃ hī’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    759. 

  759. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Catūhī</span>ti sahayoge karaṇavacanaṃ, catūhi sampadāhi sahagatā sahitaṃ katvāti attho. Imā catasso sampadā sabbasādhāraṇavasena vuttā, na yathādhigatapuggalavasena. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘deyyadhammassa dhammenā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃyeva attabhāve</span>ti yasmiṃ attabhāve taṃ dānamayaṃ puññaṃ uppannaṃ, tasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ deti, cetanāya mahantattā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hutvā vipaccatīti attho. <span class="bld">Pubbacetanādivasenā</span>ti sanniṭṭhāpakajavanavīthito pubbāparavīthicetanāvasena, aññathā sanniṭṭhāpakavīthiyaṃyeva pubbacetanādivasenāti vattabbaṃ siyā. Sā hi cetanā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyabhūtā tasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ deti, na itarā. <span class="bld">Mahattatā</span>ti pubbābhisaṅkhāravasena ñāṇasampayogādivasena cetanāya uḷāratā. <span class="bld">Khīṇāsavabhāvenā</span>ti yassa deti, tassa khīṇāsavabhāvena. <span class="bld">Vatthusampannatā</span>ti ettha yathā paṭighasaññā nānattasaññānaṃ vigamena dibbavihārānaṃ vasena, byāpādasaññādīnaṃ vigamena brahmavihārānaṃ vasena, sabbaso rūpasaññānānattasaññānaṃ vigamena āneñjavihārānaṃ vasena sabbaso niccasaññādīnaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā sabbasaṅkhāravimukhatāya ariyavihārānaṃ vasena vatthusampannatā icchitā. Taṃtaṃsamāpattisamāpajjanena santānassa nirodhasādhanatā taṃ divasaṃ nirodhassa sādhanatā <a name="M2.0416"></a> nāma. <span class="bld">Vatthusampannatā</span>ti sabbaso nirodhasamāpattisamāpajjanena vatthusampannatā icchitā; na sabbaso anavasesasaññānirodhatāyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ divasaṃ nirodhato vuṭṭhitabhāvena vatthusampannatā’’</span>ti. Saññānirodhassa cettha accāsannataṃ sandhāya, <span class="bld">‘‘taṃ divasa’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    760. 

  760. <p class="centered">Dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    761. 

  761. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca vibhaṅgavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    762. 

  762. <a name="mn3_5"></a>
    763. 

  763. <p class="chapter">5. Saḷāyatanavaggo</p>
    764. 

  764. <p class="subhead">1. Anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    765. 

  765. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para383"></a><a name="para383_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">383</span>. <span class="bld">Adhimattagilāno</span>ti <a name="V2.0197"></a><a name="M2.0417"></a> adhikāya mattāya maraṇassa āsannatāya ativiya gilānoti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘maraṇaseyyaṃ upagato’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Akhaṇḍaṃ akāsi</span> gahapatino satthari paramapemattā. <span class="bld">Yattakaṃ cassā</span>ti, ‘‘sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā’’ti vuttaṃ yattakaṃ assa gahapatissa.</p>
    766. 

  766. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para384"></a><a name="para384_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">384</span>. <span class="bld">Osakkantī</span>ti parihāyanti. <span class="bld">Ottharantī</span>ti abhibhavanti. Usmā nāma kammajatejodhātu, sā saha jīvitindriyanirodhā pariyādiyati, yāva tā āyuusmā vattanti, tāva maraṇantikā vedanā vattanteva viññāṇassa aniruddhattā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘yāva usmā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    767. 

  767. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para385"></a><a name="para385_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">385</span>. <span class="bld">Tīhi gāhehī</span>ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhehi. <span class="bld">Paṭibāhituṃ</span> vikkhambhetuṃ. <span class="bld">Cakkhuṃ tīhi gāhehi na gaṇhissāmī</span>ti mānaggāhapaṭikkhepamukhena cakkhusmiṃ aniccānupassanāti dasseti. Aniccānupassanāya hi sati appatiṭṭho mānaggāho, dukkhānupassanāya sati appatiṭṭho taṇhāggāho, anattānupassanāya sati appatiṭṭho diṭṭhiggāhoti, gāho ca nāma oḷāriko, tasmiṃ vigatepi nikanti tiṭṭheyyāti taṃ vijahāpetukāmena, – ‘‘na ca me cakkhunissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ bhavissatī’’ti vuttanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘viññāṇañcāpi me cakkhunissitaṃ na bhavissatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sabbaṃ kāmabhavarūpa</span>nti kāmabhūmipariyāpannaṃ sabbaṃ rūpakkhandhamāha – ‘‘kāmarūpabhavarūpa’’nti vā pāṭho. So yutto imassa vārassa eva anavasesapañcavokārabhavapariyāpannato. Tathā hi upari catuvokārabhavo anavasesato vutto.</p>
    768. 

  768. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para386"></a><a name="para386_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">386</span>. <span class="bld">Idhaloka</span>nti ettha saṅkhāralokavisayoti adhippāyena, <span class="bld">‘‘vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ, tañca kho paṭhamadutiyavārehi idhaloko gahitoti katvā. Paṭhamadutiyavārehi pana idhaloko <a name="V2.0198"></a> paralokoti vibhāgena vinā pañcavokārabhavo gahito; tathā tatiyavāre pañcavokārabhavo catuvokārabhavo ca gahitoti puna diṭṭhadhammasamparāyavasena taṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘na idhaloka’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ<a name="M2.0418"></a>. Idhalokanti ca sattasaṅkhāravaseneva gahitaṃ. Sabbampi saṅkhāravasena pariggahetvā dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yampi me diṭṭha’’</span>ntiādi vuttanti keci. <span class="bld">Aparitassanatthaṃ</span> taṇhāparitassanāya anuppādanatthaṃ. Yassa diṭṭhadhammoti vuccati, tassa pana abhāvato, <span class="bld">‘‘manussalokaṃ ṭhapetvā sesā paralokā nāmā’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Yesaṃ pana ‘‘idhaloka’’nti iminā sattalokassapi gahaṇaṃ icchitaṃ. Tesaṃ matena, ‘‘manussalokaṃ ṭhapetvā’’ti yojanā.</p>
    769. 

  769. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para387"></a><a name="para387_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">387</span>. <span class="bld">Allīyasī</span>ti attabhāve bhogesu ca apekkhaṃ karosīti attho. <span class="bld">Evarūpī</span>ti yādisī tadā dhammasenāpatinā kathitā, evarūpī. <span class="bld">Dhammakathā na sutapubbā</span>ti yathākathitākārameva sandhāya paṭikkhepo, na sukhumagambhīrasuññatāpaṭisaṃyuttatāsāmaññaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    770. 

  770. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mayā gatamaggameva anugacchasī</span>ti dānamayapuññabhāvasāmaññaṃ gahetvā vadati, na bodhisattadānabhūtaṃ dānapāramitaṃ. <span class="bld">Na paṭibhātī</span>ti ruccanavasena citte na upatiṭṭhati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘na ruccatī’’</span>ti. Tathā hesa vaṭṭābhiratoti. Ujumaggāvahā vipassanā bhagavatā panassa kathitapubbā.</p>
    771. 

  771. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para388"></a><a name="para388_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">388</span>. Esitaguṇattā esiyamānaguṇattā ca isi, asekkhā sekkhā kalyāṇaputhujjanā ca, isīnaṃ saṅgho, tena nisevitanti <span class="bld">isisaṅghanisevitaṃ</span>. Kāmaṃ tassa vihārassa gandhakuṭipāsādakūṭāgārādivasena nisīdananipajjanāya rukkhalatādivasena bhūmisayādivasena ca anaññasādhāraṇā mahatī ramaṇīyatā attheva, sā pana gehassitabhāvena ariyānaṃ cittaṃ tathā na toseti; yathā ariyānaṃ nisevitabhāvenāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamagāthāya jetavanassa vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā’’</span>ti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyaka’’nti (dha. pa. 98; theragā. 991; saṃ. ni. 1.261). Apacayagāminī cetanā sattānaṃ suddhimāvahatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kammanti maggacetanā’’</span>ti. Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ viditakaraṇaṭṭhena kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanaṭṭhena ca <span class="bld">vijjā,</span> maggasammādiṭṭhīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vijjāti maggapaññā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Samādhipakkhiko dhammo</span> nāma sammāvāyāmasatisamādhayo. Tathā hi vijjābhāgiyo samādhipi samādhipakkhiko. Sīlaṃ tassa atthīti <span class="bld">sīla</span>nti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sīle patiṭṭhitassa jīvitaṃ uttama’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Diṭṭhisaṅkappo</span>ti sammāsaṅkappo. Tattha sammāsaṅkappassa upakārakabhāvena vijjābhāgo<a name="M2.0419"></a>. Tathā <a name="V2.0199"></a> hi so paññākkhandhasaṅgahitoti vuccati, yathā sammāsaṅkappo paññākkhandhena saṅgahito, evaṃ vāyāmasatiyo samādhikkhandhasaṅgahitāti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘dhammoti vāyāmasatisamādhayo’’</span>ti. ‘‘Dhammo’’ti hi idha sammāsamādhi adhippeto, – ‘‘evaṃ dhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.13; ma. ni. 3.198; saṃ. ni. 5.378) viya. <span class="bld">Vācākammantājīvā</span>ti sammāvācākammantājīvā maggapariyāpannā eva, te sabbepi gahitāti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘etena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggenā’’</span>ti.</p>
    772. 

  772. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Upāyenā</span>ti yena vidhinā ariyamaggo bhāvetabbo, tena <span class="bld">samādhipakkhiyaṃ</span> vipassanādhammañceva maggadhammañca. ‘‘Ariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmi saupanisaṃ saparikkhāra’’nti (ma. ni. 3.136) hi vacanato sammāsamādhiādayo maggadhammāpi samādhipakkhiyā. <span class="bld">Vicineyyā</span>ti vīmaṃseyya, bhāveyyāti attho. <span class="bld">Tatthā</span>ti hetumhi bhummavacanaṃ. Ariyamaggahetukā hi sattānaṃ visuddhi. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃ ariyamagge visujjhatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Pañcakkhandhadhammaṃ vicineyya,</span> pañcupādānakkhandhe vipasseyya. Tesu hi vipassiyamānesu vipassanā ukkaṃsagatā. Yadaggena dukkhasaccaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhīyati, tadaggena samudayasaccaṃ pahānapaṭivedhena nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhena, maggasaccaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhīyati, evaṃ accantavisuddhiyā sujjhati. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ tesu catūsu saccesu visujjhatī’’</span>ti. Idhāpi nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Saccesu vā paṭivijjhiyamānesūti vacanaseso.</p>
    773. 

  773. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Avadhāraṇavacana</span>nti vavatthāpanavacanaṃ, avadhāraṇanti attho. <span class="bld">Sāriputtovā</span>ti ca avadhāraṇaṃ tassa sāvakabhāvato sāvakesu sāriputtova seyyoti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. <span class="bld">Kilesaupasamenā</span>ti iminā mahātherassa tādiso kilesūpasamoti dasseti, yassa sāvakassa visaye paññāya pāramippatti ahosi. Yadi evaṃ – ‘‘yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, etāvaparamo siyā’’ti idaṃ kathanti? Tesaṃ tesaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsane paññāya pāramippattasāvakavasenetaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā – ‘‘natthi vimuttiyā nānatta’’nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.141; vibha. mūlaṭī. suttantabhājanīyavaṇṇanā) vacanato sāvakehi vimuttipaññāmattaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘pāraṅgatoti nibbānaṃ gato’’</span>tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    774. 

  774. <p class="centered">Anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    775. 

  775. <p class="subhead">2. Channovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    776. 

  776. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para389"></a><a name="para389_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">389</span>. <span class="bld">Channo</span>ti <a name="V2.0200"></a><a name="M2.0420"></a> idaṃ tassa nāmanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃnāmako thero’’</span>ti. Yassa pana satthārā parinibbānakāle brahmadaṇḍo āṇatto, ayaṃ so na hotīti dassento āha – <span class="bld">‘‘na abhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhantatthero’’</span>ti, lokanāthassa abhinikkhamanakāle kapilapurato nikkhantoti attho. <span class="bld">Gilānapucchakā</span>ti gilānassa pucchanakā, gilānabhāvassa avatthaṃ sotukāmāti attho. Sasanato hiṃsanato <span class="bld">sattha</span>nti āha <span class="bld">‘‘jīvitahārakasattha’’</span>nti.</p>
    777. 

  777. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para390"></a><a name="para390_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">390</span>. Upavajjaṃ etassa natthīti <span class="bld">anupavajjaṃ,</span> karajakāyaṃ katvā āyatiṃ uppattirahitanti attho. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘anuppattika’’</span>nti.</p>
    778. 

  778. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para391"></a><a name="para391_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">391</span>. <span class="bld">Khayavayaṃ ñatvā</span>ti saṅkhāragataṃ khaṇabhaṅgaṃ netvā ñāṇena yāthāvato ñatvā. <span class="bld">Netaṃ mamā</span>ti dukkhato samanupassanā saṅkhāresu diṭṭhesu mamaṃkārābhāvato. <span class="bld">Nesohamasmī</span>ti aniccato samanupassanā aniccato tesu diṭṭhesu ahaṃkārābhāvato. <span class="bld">Na meso attā</span>ti anattato samanupassanā anattato tesu diṭṭhesu attaggāhābhāvatoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘netaṃ mama…pe… attāti samanupassāmī’’</span>ti.</p>
    779. 

  779. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para393"></a><a name="para393_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">393</span>. <span class="bld">Tasmā puthujjano</span>ti yasmā ariyo sabbaso pariññātavatthuko dukkhavedanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto nāma natthi, tasmā puthujjano, kevalaṃ pana adhimāneneva – ‘‘nābhikaṅkhāmi jīvitaṃ, pariciṇṇo me satthā, nirodhaṃ disvā’’ti vadatīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Idampī</span>ti idampi, ‘‘nissitassa calita’’ntiādi. Taṇhānissitabhāvena hi āyasmā channo māraṇantikaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto ito cito parivattanto calati vipphandati, tasmā ‘‘nissitassa calita’’ntiādi manasikātabbaṃ, tena idaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ vipphanditaṃ na bhavissatīti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Kappa</span>saddo kālapariyāyopi hoti, na kālavisesavācako evāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘niccakappanti niccakāla’’</span>nti. Yathā appahīnataṇhādiṭṭhiko puggalo taṃnissito allino, evaṃ tāhipi nissito amuttabhāvatoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nissitassā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Calita</span>nti yathā yathā asamāraddhāya sammāpaṭipattiyā ādīnavavasena calantaṃ pana yasmā ariyassa vinaye virūpaṃ calitaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vipphanditaṃ hotī’’</span>ti. Tādise pana <a name="M2.0421"></a> papañcavikkhambhanavasena cittassa calite <a name="V2.0201"></a> asati bhāvanāya vīthipaṭipannatāya kilesapaṭippassaddhi eva hotīti āha ‘‘calite asati passaddhī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘kilesapassaddhi nāma hotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    780. 

  780. <p class="bodytext">Bhavantaraṃ disvā namanaṭṭhena <span class="bld">nati</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘natiyā asatīti bhavatthāya ālayanikantipariyuṭṭhānesu asatī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Paṭisandhivasena āgati nāmā</span>ti paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena bhavantarato idheva āgamanaṃ nāma, <span class="bld">cutivasena</span> cavanavasena ito bhavantarassa <span class="bld">gamanaṃ nāma na hoti</span> āgatigatiyā asati katūpacitassapi kammassa uppattiparikappavasena pavattiyā abhāvato. <span class="bld">Cavanavasenā</span>ti nibbattabhavato cavanavasena <span class="bld">cuti,</span> āyatiṃ upapajjanavasena upapāto na hoti. Yato gati āgati cavanaṃ upapāto na hoti, tato eva nevidha, na huraṃ, na ubhayamantarena, kāyassa gatiyā āgatiyā ca abhāvato sabbaso cutūpapāto natthi; tena na idhaloke ṭhitoti vattabbo. Na paraloke ṭhitoti vattabbo, na ubhayamantarena ṭhitoti vattabbo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nayidha loke’’</span>tiādi. Tattha idhalokaparalokavinimuttassa saṃsaraṇapadesassa abhāvato, ‘‘na ubhayamantarenā’’ti vuttoti ubhayapariyāpanno na hotīti paṭikkhipanto, <span class="bld">‘‘na ubhayattha hotī’’</span>ti āha. <span class="bld">Ayameva anto</span>ti yo idhaloke paraloke ca abhāvo avijjamānatā anuppajjanaṃ, ayameva sakalassa dukkhamūlassa anto pariyosānaṃ.</p>
    781. 

  781. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para394"></a><a name="para394_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">394</span>. <span class="bld">Kaṇṭhanāḷiṃ chindī</span>ti nāḷiṃ chindituṃ ārabhi. <span class="bld">Tasmiṃ</span> chindituṃ āraddhakkhaṇe chedo ca vattati; <span class="bld">maraṇabhayañca okkami</span> avītarāgabhāvato, tato eva <span class="bld">gatinimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti</span>. ‘‘Sopi nāma sabrahmacārīnaṃ anupavajjataṃ byākaritvā sarāgamaraṇaṃ marissatī’’ti saṃviggamānaso <span class="bld">saṅkhāre</span> aniccādivasena <span class="bld">pariggaṇhanto. Arahattaṃ patvā</span>ti pubbe bahuso vipassanāya udayabbayañāṇaṃ pāvitattā tāvadeva arahattaṃ patvā arahattaphalapaccavekkhaṇānantaraṃ kaṇṭhanāḷicchedapaccayā jīvitanirodhena <span class="bld">samasīsī hutvā parinibbāyi</span>. Na hi antimabhavikassa arahattaṃ appatvā jīvitantarāyo hoti. <span class="bld">Therassā</span>ti āyasmato channattherassa. <span class="bld">Byākaraṇenā</span>ti hetumhi karaṇavacanaṃ ‘‘byākaraṇena hetunā’’ti. Tannimittañhi thero vīriyaṃ <a name="M2.0422"></a> paggaṇhanto vipassanaṃ ussukkāpeti. <span class="bld">Iminā</span>ti, ‘‘atthi, bhante’’tiādivacanena. <span class="bld">Thero</span>ti āyasmā sāriputtatthero. <span class="bld">Pucchatī</span>ti, bhante, tathā kulasaṃsaggapasuto kathaṃ parinibbāyissatīti pucchati. ‘‘Pubbe kulesu saṃsaṭṭhavihārī’’ti sabrahmacārīnaṃ paññātassapi <span class="bld">imasmiṃ</span> ‘‘honti hete sāriputtā’’tiādinā bhagavato vutta-<span class="bld">ṭṭhāne asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo pākaṭo ahosi</span>. Pakkampi nipakkaṃ viya sammāpaṭipajjamānāpi keci asaññatā upaṭṭhahanti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    782. 

  782. <p class="centered">Channovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    783. 

  783. <p class="subhead">3. Puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    784. 

  784. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para395"></a><a name="para395_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">395</span>. Anantarasutte <a name="V2.0202"></a> ‘‘paṭisallānāti phalasamāpattito’’ti vuttaṃ, tattha dhammasenāpatino ariyavihārassa adhippetattā, idha pana akatakiccassa paṭisallānaṃ nāma kāyavivekoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisallānāti ekībhāvā’’</span>ti. ‘‘Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā’’ti panettha viññeyyarūpaṃ vijānantassa dvārabhūtaṃ cakkhunti ubhayaṃ ajjhattikaṃ bāhirañca āyatanaṃ abhinanditādisāmaññena <span class="bld">tañce</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">taṃ</span>-saddena ekajjhaṃ paccāmaṭṭhanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘tañceti taṃ cakkhuñceva rūpañcā’’</span>ti. Yaṃ panettha viññeyyasaddena jotitaṃ viññāṇaṃ taṃ sampayuttadhammāti tadubhayaṃ, ‘‘manoviññeyyā dhammā’’ti padena kathitamevāti idha na gahitaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. <span class="bld">Samodhānenā</span>ti sahāvaṭṭhānena, cittena nandiyā taṇhāya saha pavattiyā cittasahuppattiyāti attho. Tenāha – ‘‘uppajjati nandī’’ti. <span class="bld">Pañcakkhandhadukkhassa samodhāna</span>nti pañcakkhandhasaṅkhātassa dukkhasaccassa paccavokāre sahappavatti hoti. Yasmā dukkhaṃ uppajjamānaṃ channaṃ dvārānaṃyeva vasena uppajjati, tathā samudayoti, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘iti chasu dvāresū’’</span>tiādi. Kilesavaṭṭassa kammavaṭṭassa vipākavaṭṭassa ca kathitattā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vaṭṭaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassetī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Dutiyanaye</span>ti ‘‘santi ca kho’’tiādinā vutte dutiye desanānaye. <span class="bld">Pāṭiyekko anusandhī</span>ti na yathānusandhi nāpi ajjhāsayānusandhīti adhippāyo, pucchānusandhissa pana idha sambhavo eva natthīti. <span class="bld">Sattasu ṭhānesū</span>ti akkosane paribhāsane pāṇippahāre leḍḍuppahāre daṇḍappahāre satthappahāre jīvitāvoropaneti imesu sattasu. ‘‘Bhaddakā vatime’’tiādinā khantipaṭisaṃyuttaṃ <span class="bld">sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ</span>.</p>
    785. 

  785. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para396"></a><a name="para396_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">396</span>. <span class="bld">Caṇḍā</span>ti <a name="M2.0423"></a> kodhanā, tena dūsitacittatāya duṭṭhāti vuttā. <span class="bld">Kibbisā</span>ti pāpā. <span class="bld">Pharusā</span>ti īsakampi pasādasinehābhāvena luddā. Pharusavacanatāya vā <span class="bld">pharusā,</span> tathābhūtā pana luddā nāma honti, tasmā vuttaṃ <span class="bld">‘‘kakkhaḷā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Idañca te</span>ti, ‘‘hatthacchedaṃ nāsikaccheda’’nti evamādiṃ idañca aniṭṭhaṃ karissāmāti bhayadassanena tajjessanti.</p>
    786. 

  786. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Ghaṭikamuggarenā</span>ti daṇḍānaṃ kira aggapasse ghaṭākāraṃ dassenti, tena so ‘‘ghaṭikamuggaro’’ti vuccati. <span class="bld">Ekatodhārādinā</span> satthena karavālakhaggādinā. <span class="bld">‘‘Indriyasaṃvarādīnaṃ etaṃ nāma’’</span>nti vatvā yattha yattha indriyasaṃvarādayo ‘‘damo’’ti vuttā, taṃ pāṭhapadesaṃ dassento <span class="bld">‘‘saccenā’’</span>tiādimāha<a name="V2.0203"></a>. Manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni dameti saṃvaretīti <span class="bld">indriyasaṃvaro,</span> damo. Rāgādipāpadhamme dameti upasametīti <span class="bld">damo,</span> paññā. Pāṇātipātādikammakilese dameti upasameti vikkhambhetīti <span class="bld">damo</span> uposatho. Byāpādavihesādike dameti vinetīti <span class="bld">damo</span>ti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ pana sutte khanti ‘damo’ti veditabbā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Upasamoti tasseva</span> damassa <span class="bld">vevacanaṃ,</span> tasmā damo ca so byāpādādīnaṃ vinayanaṭṭhena tesaṃyeva upasamanaṭṭhena upasamo cāti <span class="bld">damūpasamo,</span> adhivāsanakhanti.</p>
    787. 

  787. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para397"></a><a name="para397_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">397</span>. Tattha khantiyaṃ katādhikāro taṃ janapadaṃ gantvā mahājanassa avassayo hoti, tasmā tadassa apadānaṃ samudāgamato paṭṭhāya vibhāvetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘ko panesa puṇṇo’’</span>tiādi āraddhaṃ. <span class="bld">Etthā</span>ti etasmiṃ sunāparantajanapade. <span class="bld">Asappāyavihāra</span>nti bhāvanābhiyogassa na sappāyaṃ vihāraṃ.</p>
    788. 

  788. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Dve bhātaro</span>ti avibhattasāpateyyā avibhattavohārasaṃyogā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘tesū’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Janapadacārikaṃ caranto</span> bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā janapadesu vikkayaṃ karonto.</p>
    789. 

  789. <p class="bodytext">‘‘Buddhapūjaṃ dhammapūjaṃ saṅghapūjaṃ karissāmā’’ti <span class="bld">tanninnā. Aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsī</span>ti, ‘‘buddho’’ti vacanaṃ assutapubbaṃ sotapathaṃ upagataṃ anappakaṃ pītisomanassaṃ samuṭṭhāpentaṃ pītisamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpehi chavicammādīni chinditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi. <span class="bld">Vissajjita</span>nti vikkiṇanavasena viniyojitaṃ. <span class="bld">Kammaṭṭhānaṃ na upaṭṭhātī</span>ti bhāvanāvīthiṃ na otarati. <span class="bld">Mayhaṃ asappāyo</span>ti mayhaṃ kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya sappāyo upakāro na hoti.</p>
    790. 

  790. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Koci</span> <a name="M2.0424"></a> <span class="bld">caṅkamituṃ samattho nāma natthi</span> mahatā samuddavīcisaddena upaddutattā bhāvanāmanasikārassa anabhisambhuṇanato. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘samuddavīciyo’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">So</span>ti makuḷavihāro.</p>
    791. 

  791. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uttamajavena gacchamānā</span> yathādhippetaṃ maggaṃ atikkamitvā <span class="bld">aññataraṃ dīpakaṃ pāpuṇi</span>.</p>
    792. 

  792. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Uppādikaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā</span>ti mahāvātamaṇḍalasamuṭṭhāpanena tasmiṃ padese mahāsamuddaṃ saṃkhobhento mahantaṃ uppādaṃ uṭṭhapetvā.</p>
    793. 

  793. <p class="bodytext">Thero, ‘‘amhe āvajjeyyāthā’’ti kaniṭṭhassa vacanaṃ saritvā antarantarā āvajjeti, tasmā <a name="V2.0204"></a> tadāpi āvajjeti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘tasmiṃyeva khaṇe āvajjitvā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sammukhe</span>ti sīsaṭṭhāne. <span class="bld">Paṭivedesu</span>nti pavedesuṃ, upāsakā mayanti paṭijāniṃsu. <span class="bld">Iminā</span>ti iminā mayhaṃ pariccattakoṭṭhāsena. <span class="bld">Maṇḍalamāḷa</span>nti muṇḍamaṇḍalamāḷasadisaṃ paṭissayaṃ. <span class="bld">Paricārakā</span>ti avasesagāmino.</p>
    794. 

  794. <p class="bodytext">Saccabandhassa okāsaṃ karonto <span class="bld">‘‘ekūnapañcasatāna’’</span>nti āha. <span class="bld">Taṃ divasaṃ…pe… aggahesi,</span> tena so thero paṭhamaṃ salākaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ etadagge ṭhapito.</p>
    795. 

  795. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vāṇijagāmaṃ gantvā</span>ti vāṇijagāmasamīpaṃ gantvā. <span class="bld">Buddhakolāhala</span>nti buddhānaṃ upagamma sattānaṃ uppajjanakutūhalaṃ.</p>
    796. 

  796. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahāgandhakuṭiyaṃyevā</span>ti jetavanamahāvihāre mahāgandhakuṭiyaṃyeva. <span class="bld">Paricaritabba</span>nti upaṭṭhātabbaṃ.</p>
    797. 

  797. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gandhakaṭṭhānī</span>ti candanaagarusalaḷādīni sugandhakaṭṭhāni. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.</p>
    798. 

  798. <p class="centered">Puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    799. 

  799. <p class="subhead">4. Nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    800. 

  800. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para398"></a><a name="para398_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">398</span>. <span class="bld">Saṅghassa</span> <a name="V2.0205"></a> <span class="bld">bhāraṃ akāsi</span> upāyena nandakattherassa ovādena vinetabbānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vinayatthaṃ. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘imaṃ panā’’</span>tiādi. Pariyāyati <a name="M2.0425"></a> pavattatīti <span class="bld">pariyāyo,</span> paṭipāṭīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘pariyāyenāti vārenā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Assā</span>ti nandakattherassa. <span class="bld">Vadāpesi</span> aññehi attano anokāsabhāvaṃ. <span class="bld">Pariyāyena ovadantī</span>ti ovadituṃ samatthā bhikkhuniyo vārena ovadanti. Idaṃ pariyāyena ovadanaṃ. <span class="bld">Cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti pasīdati</span> pubbacariyasiddhena gāravabahumānena gehassitapemavasena.</p>
    801. 

  801. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Gotamī</span>ti mahāpajāpatigotamī. <span class="bld">Seṭṭhissā</span>ti bārāṇasiseṭṭhino.</p>
    802. 

  802. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Te</span>ti paccekabuddhe. <span class="bld">Kiṃ nu khoti pucchi</span> ciratarakālaṃ puññakiriyāya paribhāvitasantānatāya, paccekabuddhesu ca gāravabahumānatāya. <span class="bld">Duggatehipi sakkā kātu</span>nti duggatehipi yathāvibhavaṃ katā kuṭi tumhākaṃ vasituṃ sakkāti pucchi.</p>
    803. 

  803. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Hatthakammaṃ dethā</span>ti hatthakammaṃ katvā dethāti attho. <span class="bld">Ānisaṃsaṃ ācikkhitvā</span>ti ‘‘tādisānaṃ mahesīnaṃ kataṃ veyyāvaccaṃ amhākampi dīgharattaṃ hitāya hoti. Āvāsadānañca nāma mahapphalaṃ mahānisaṃsaṃ nibbattaṭṭhāne mahāsampattiāvahaṃ bhavissatī’’tiādinā ānisaṃsaṃ ācikkhitvā. <span class="bld">Gāḷhena ovādena tajjetvā</span>ti, ‘‘imesu nāma karontesu tvaṃ kasmā na karosi, mama jeṭṭhakadāsassa bhariyabhāvaṃ na jānāsi. Sabbehipi kariyamānassa hatthakammassa akaraṇe tuyhaṃ idañcidañca dukkhaṃ āgamissatī’’ti bhayena tajjetvā. <span class="bld">Sataṃ sataṃ hutvā</span>ti sataṃ sataṃ dāsaputtā ekajjhaṃ hutvā ekañca ekañca kuṭiṃ katvā adāsi. <span class="bld">Caṅkamanādiparivāra</span>nti caṅkamanarattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānabhojanādiparivāraṭṭhānasahitaṃ. <span class="bld">Jaggitvā</span> upaṭṭhāpetvā. <span class="bld">Vissajjāpesī</span>ti pariccajāpesi. <span class="bld">Parivattāpetvā</span>ti cetāpetvā. <span class="bld">Ticīvarānī</span>ti sahassagghanikāni ticīvarāni katvā adāsi. <span class="bld">Kālena kāla</span>nti kāle kāle, kismiñci kāleti attho. <span class="bld">Rajje ṭhitassā</span>ti sabbabhūtūpakārarajje ṭhitassa.</p>
    804. 

  804. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Nandakattheropī</span>ti tadā jeṭṭhakadāso etarahi nandakatthero pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto. <span class="bld">Jeṭṭhakadāsidhītā <a name="V2.0206"></a> …pe… aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhitā</span>ti mahāpajāpatigotamiṃ sandhāya vadati. <span class="bld">Ayamāyasmā nandako</span>ti ayameva samudāgamato āyasmā nandakatthero. <span class="bld">Etāva tā bhikkhuniyo</span>ti etāvatā samudāgamato pañcasatā bhikkhuniyo.</p>
    805. 

  805. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para399"></a><a name="para399_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">399</span>. <span class="bld">Hetunā</span>ti <a name="M2.0426"></a> ñāyena aviparītapaṭipattiyā. Pubbabhāgā hi purimā purimā paṭipadā pacchimāya kāraṇaṃ. <span class="bld">Yāthāvasarasato diṭṭha</span>nti yathābhūtasabhāvato paccakkhaṃ viya.</p>
    806. 

  806. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para401"></a><a name="para401_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">401</span>. <span class="bld">Taṃ sabhāvaṃ taṃsabhāva</span>nti tassā vedanāya paccayabhāvena anurūpaṃ.</p>
    807. 

  807. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para403"></a><a name="para403_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">403</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭhamataraṃyeva aniccā</span>ti tassāpi chāyāya aniccabhāvo paṭhamataraṃyeva siddho. Na hi kadāci aniccaṃ nissāya pavattaṃ kiñci niccaṃ nāma atthīti.</p>
    808. 

  808. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para404"></a><a name="para404_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">404</span>. <span class="bld">Anupahanitvā</span>ti avināsetvā. Kathaṃ pana maṃsakāyaṃ cammakāyañca avināsetvā itaresaṃ kantanaṃ hotīti byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tatthā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Cammaṃ alliyāpento</span>ti camme laggāpento cammapaṭibaddhaṃ karonto. <span class="bld">Cammaṃ baddhaṃ katvā</span>ti vivarakāle na phālento cammabaddhe katvā. <span class="bld">Evaṃ akatvā</span>ti evaṃ maṃsacammakāyānaṃ vināsanaṃ akatvā, vilimaṃsādivikantanena aññamaññaṃ vivecetvā. Tattha <span class="bld">vilimaṃsa</span>nti cammanissitamaṃsaṃ, paṭicchannakilomakanti ca vadanti. <span class="bld">Nhārū</span>ti sukhumanhāru. <span class="bld">Bandhana</span>nti cammamaṃsānaṃ sambandhaṃ. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sabbacamme laggavilipanamaṃsamevā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Antarakilesamevā</span>ti antare citte jātattā sattasantānantogadhatāya abbhantarabhūtakilesameva.</p>
    809. 

  809. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para405"></a><a name="para405_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">405</span>. <span class="bld">Tajjaṃ vāyāma</span>nti nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi purisena kuṭhārinā chejjaṃ chindite chejjaṭṭhānassa sallakkhaṇaṃ icchitabbaṃ, tassa paṭighātabhāvo icchitabbo, kāyapariḷāhābhāvo icchitabbo, tassa avaṭṭhānaṃ icchitabbaṃ, kiccantare ajjhupekkhaṇaṃ icchitabbaṃ, evaṃ paññāya kilese chindantassa yogino vīriyabalena saddhiṃ sati-pīti-passaddhi-samādhi-upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ icchitabbanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘evaṃ na vinā chahi…pe… sakkotī’’</span>ti.</p>
    810. 

  810. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para407"></a><a name="para407_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">407</span>. <span class="bld">Tena kāraṇenā</span>ti yena tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ sā dhammadesanā sappāyā, āsevanamandatāya pana ajjhāsayena paripuṇṇasaṅkappā na jātāyeva; puna tathā desanāya sati āsevanabalavatāya <a name="V2.0207"></a> paripuṇṇasaṅkappā bhavissanti; tena kāraṇena tvampi tā bhikkhuniyo teneva ovādena ovadeyyāsīti.</p>
    811. 

  811. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para415"></a><a name="para415_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">415</span>. <span class="bld">Sabbapacchimikā</span>ti <a name="M2.0427"></a> sabbāsaṃ kaniṭṭhā sotāpannā, anariyā tattha kāci natthīti attho. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sesā pana…pe… khīṇāsavā cā’’</span>ti.<span class="bld"> Yadi eva</span>nti akhīṇāsavāpi tādisā bhikkhunī atthi. Evaṃ sati sukkhavipassakabhāvenapi sati khīṇāsavabhāve ariyassa vinaye aparipuṇṇasaṅkappāvāti adhippāyena codeti, <span class="bld">‘‘kathaṃ paripuṇṇasaṅkappā’’</span>ti? Itaro ajjhāsayapāripūriyāti kāraṇaṃ vatvā, <span class="bld">‘‘yassa hī’’</span>tiādinā tamatthaṃ vivarati. <span class="bld">Ajjhāsayapāripūriyā</span>ti tattha adhippāyapāripūriyā, na sabbaso guṇapāripūriyāti adhippāyo. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘kadā nu kho’’</span>tiādi. Etena pādakajjhānasammasitajjhānānaṃ visadisatāya puggalassa vipassanākāle pavattaajjhāsayavasena ariyamagge bojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgānaṃ visesatāti ayamattho dīpitoti veditabbo. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    812. 

  812. <p class="centered">Nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    813. 

  813. <p class="subhead">5. Rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    814. 

  814. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para416"></a><a name="para416_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">416</span>. <span class="bld">Vimuttiṃ</span> <a name="V2.0208"></a> <span class="bld">paripācentī</span>ti kilesānaṃ paṭippassaddhivimuttibhūtaṃ arahattaṃ sabbaso pācenti sādhenti nibbāpentīti <span class="bld">vimuttiparipācanīyā. Dhammā</span>ti kāraṇadhammā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘visuddhikāraṇavasenā’’</span>ti, arahattasaṅkhātāya visuddhiyā sampādanavasenāti attho. Saddhindriyādayo visujjhamānā maggapaṭipāṭiyāva sabbaso assaddhiyādīhi cittaṃ vimocentā aggaphalavimuttiṃ sampādenti. Tesaṃ pana visuddhi bālaparivajjanena paṇḍitapayirupāsanena pasādāvahadhammapaccavekkhaṇāya ca hoti. Tato idha pannarasa dhammā adhippetāti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘vuttañheta’’</span>ntiādimāha.</p>
    815. 

  815. <p class="bodytext">Tattha <span class="bld">assaddhe puggale</span>ti saddhārahite puggale. Te hi nissāya na kadāci saddhā sambhavati, tesaṃ pana diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanena aññadatthu asaddhiyameva vaḍḍhati, tasmā te paṭibhayamaggo viya dūrato vajjetabbā. <span class="bld">Assaddhiya</span>nti ca saddhāya paṭipakkhabhūtā asaddheyyavatthusmiṃ adhimuccanākārena pavattā saṃkilesadhammā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Saddhe puggale</span>ti saddhāsampanne puggale. Te hi nissāya saddheyyavatthusmiṃ anuppannā uppajjati, uppannā bhiyyobhāvaṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati. <span class="bld">Saddheyyavatthū</span>ti ca buddhādīni ratanāni kammakammaphalāni ca. <span class="bld">Sevato</span>ti labbhamānaṃ saddhāsampadaṃ uppādetuṃ vaḍḍhetuñca nisevato. Sesapadāni tasseva vevacanāni. Atha vā <span class="bld">sevato</span> upasaṅkamato. <span class="bld">Bhajato</span> tesaṃ paṭipattiyaṃ bhattiṃ kubbato. <span class="bld">Payirupāsato</span>ti tesaṃ ovādānusāsanikaraṇavasena upaṭṭhahato. <span class="bld">Pasādanīyasuttantā</span> nāma buddhādiguṇapaṭisaṃyuttā pasādāvahā sampasādanīyasuttādayo. Te hi paccavekkhato buddhādīsu anuppannā pasannā upajjati, uppannā bhiyyobhāvaṃ vepullaṃ <a name="M2.0428"></a> āpajjati. <span class="bld">Imehi tīhākārehī</span>ti imehi yathāvuttehi tīhi kāraṇehi. Paṭipakkhadūrībhāvato paccekaṃ sūpahārato ca āsevanaṃ bhāvanaṃ labhanti. <span class="bld">Saddhindriyaṃ visujjhati</span> maggaphalāvahabhāvena acchati visuddhiṃ pāpuṇāti. Iminā nayena sesapadesupi attho veditabbo.</p>
    816. 

  816. <p class="bodytext">Ayaṃ pana viseso – <span class="bld">kusīte</span>ti alase sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ nikkhittadhure. <span class="bld">Āraddhavīriye</span>ti paggahitavīriye sammāpaṭipanne. <span class="bld">Sammappadhāne</span>ti anuppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ anuppādanādivasena pavatte cattāro upāyappadhāne. <span class="bld">Paccavekkhato</span> paṭipattiṃ avekkhato. Te hi paccavekkhato līnaṃ abhibhavitvā <a name="V2.0209"></a> sammadeva ārambhadhātuādi anuppannānaṃ vidhinā satisampadāya uppādāya bhiyyobhāvāya saṃvattati. <span class="bld">Asamāhite</span> bhantamigabhantagoṇasappaṭibhāge vibbhantacitte. <span class="bld">Samāhite</span> upacārasamādhinā appanāsamādhinā ca sammadeva samāhitacitte. <span class="bld">Jhānavimokkhe</span>ti savitakkasavicārādijhānāni paṭhamādivimokkhe ca. Tesañhi paccavekkhaṇā uparūpari accantameva samādhānāya saṃvattati. <span class="bld">Duppaññe</span>ti nippaññe, ariyadhammassa uggahaparipucchāsavanasammasanābhāvena sabbaso paññārahite ca. <span class="bld">Paññavante</span>ti vipassanāpaññāya ceva maggapaññāya ca samannāgate. <span class="bld">Gambhīrañāṇacariya</span>nti gambhīraṃ khandhāyatanadhātusaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedaṃ ñāṇassa caritabbaṭṭhānaṃ, yattha vā gambhīrañāṇassa cariyaṃ pavattati. Tattha hi paccavekkhaṇā sammohaṃ vidhamati, anuppannāya paññāya uppādāya bhiyyobhāvāya saṃvattati. <span class="bld">Suttantakkhandhe</span>ti suttasamūhe.</p>
    817. 

  817. <p class="bodytext">Pubbe saddhindriyādīnaṃ visuddhikāraṇāni, ‘‘vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā’’ti vuttānīti idha saddhādike aññe ca dhamme dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘aparepī’’</span>tiādimāha. Tattha saddhādīnaṃ vimuttiparipācanīyatā dassitā eva, aniccasaññādīnaṃ <a name="M2.0429"></a> pana vimuttiparipācanīyatāya vattabbameva natthi vipassanābhāvato. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘ime pañca nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Kalyāṇamittatādayo</span>ti kalyāṇamittatā sīlasaṃvaro abhisallekhakathā vīriyārambho nibbedhikā paññā ime kalyāṇamittatādayo pañca dhammā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana <span class="bld">‘‘meghiyasuttasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ’’</span> (udā. aṭṭha. 31) vuttanayena veditabbo. <span class="bld">Lokaṃ volokentassā</span>ti buddhaveneyyasattalokaṃ buddhacakkhunā visesato olokentassa.</p>
    818. 

  818. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para419"></a><a name="para419_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">419</span>. Āyasmato rāhulassa indriyānaṃ paripakkattā saddhiṃ paṭṭhapitapatthanā devatā udikkhamānā tiṭṭhanti, – ‘‘kadā nu kho uttari āsavānaṃ khaye vinessatī’’ti. Yadā pana satthā evaṃ parivitakkesi, tāvadeva samānajjhāsayatāya sabbakālaṃ taṅkhaṇaṃ āgamentiyo tā devatāyo taṃ samavāyaṃ disvā ekasmiṃ andhavanasmiṃyeva sannipatitā. Upālissa gahapatino dīghanakhaparibbājakassa catusaccadhammesu dassanakiccena pavatto sotāpattimaggoti tesu suttesu (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.30) <span class="bld">paṭhamamaggo ‘‘dhammacakkhu’’nti vutto,</span> tassa dassanatthassa sātisayattā, brahmāyuno pana phalañāṇāni heṭṭhimāni tīṇi sātisayānīti <span class="bld">brahmāyusutte</span>(ma. ni. 2.383 ādayo)<span class="bld"> tīṇi phalāni ‘‘dhammacakkhu’’nti vuttāni</span>. Idaṃ panettha āyasmato rāhulassa maggañāṇaṃ phalañāṇañca dassanattho sātisayo, tāhi ca devatāhi yaṃ ñāṇaṃ adhigataṃ, taṃ sātisayamevāti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘imasmiṃ sutte cattāro maggā, cattāri ca phalāni dhammacakkhunti</span> <a name="V2.0210"></a> <span class="bld">veditabbānī’’</span>ti. Kiṃ pana sāvakānaṃ saccābhisamayañāṇe atthi koci visesoti? Āma atthi. So ca kho pubbabhāge vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāya pavattiyākāravisesena labheyya kāci visesamattā. Svāyamattho <span class="bld">abhidhamme</span> ‘‘no ca kho yathā diṭṭhippattassā’’ti saddhāvimuttato diṭṭhippattassa kilesappahānaṃ pati visesakittanena dīpetabbo. Kiṃ pana āyasmā rāhulo viya tā devatā sabbā ekacittā pageva cattāri phalāni adhigaṇhiṃsūti? Noti dassento <span class="bld">‘‘tattha hī’’</span>tiādimāha. Kittakā pana tā devatāti āha <span class="bld">‘‘tāsañca panā’’</span>tiādi.</p>
    819. 

  819. <p class="centered">Rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    820. 

  820. <p class="subhead">6. Chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    821. 

  821. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para420"></a><a name="para420_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">420</span>. <span class="bld">Ādimhi</span> <a name="V2.0211"></a><a name="M2.0430"></a> <span class="bld">kalyāṇa</span>nti ādikoṭṭhāse kalyāṇaṃ etassāti vā ādikalyāṇo, taṃ <span class="bld">ādikalyāṇaṃ,</span> ādikalyāṇabhāvo ca dosavigamena icchitabbo. Yañhi sabbaso vigatadosaṃ, taṃ paripuṇṇaguṇameva hotīti <span class="bld">‘‘niddosa’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Katvā</span>ti ca padaṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘kalyāṇaṃ katvā bhaddakaṃ katvā’’</span>ti purimapadadvayenapi yojetabbaṃ. Desanākāro hi idha kalyāṇasaddena gahito. Tenevāha – ‘‘desetabbadhammassa kalyāṇatā dassitā hotī’’ti, dutiye pana atthavikappe desetabbadhammassa kalyāṇatā mukhyeneva kathitā itarassa atthāpattito. <span class="bld">Majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇa</span>nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Ayañca desanāya thomanā buddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇāvāti dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘iti bhagavā ariyavaṃsa’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Dhammaggahaṇampi desanāya thomanā evāti <span class="bld">‘‘navahi padehī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ.</p>
    822. 

  822. <p class="bodytext">Vedanā yāthāvato jānanaṃ, tañca maggakiccaṃ, tassa upāyo vipassanātiāha – <span class="bld">‘‘sahavipassanena maggena jānitabbānī’’</span>ti. Pariññābhisamayādikiccena nibbattiyā asammohato ca paṭivijjhitabbo. <span class="bld">Tebhūmakacittameva kathitaṃ</span> sammasanaṭṭhānassa adhippetattā. Esa nayo dhammāyatanādīsupi. Dhammāyatanassa vā āyatanabhāvato <span class="bld">bahiddhā</span>gahaṇaṃ, na sabbaso anajjhattabhāvato. <span class="bld">Vipākavedanāpaccayā javanakkhaṇe uppannataṇhā</span>ti chattiṃsavipākavedanaṃ nissāya evaṃ assādentī anubhaveyyanti akusalajavanakkhaṇato uppannataṇhā.</p>
    823. 

  823. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para422"></a><a name="para422_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">422</span>. <span class="bld">Pāṭiyekko anusandhī</span>ti yathānusandhiādīnaṃ asambhavatoti adhippāyena vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Heṭṭhā</span>ti viññāṇaphassavedanātaṇhānaṃ paccayāyattavuttitādassanena cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ rūpāyatanādīnañca paccayāyattavuttitā dīpitā apaccayuppannassa paccayābhāvato, yañca paccayāyattavuttikaṃ, taṃ aniccaṃ uppādasambhavato, yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattāti khandhapañcake ca channaṃ chakkānaṃ vasena ghanavinibbhogakaraṇena atthato anattalakkhaṇaṃ vibhāvitaṃ. Na sarūpatoti sarūpatopi taṃ vibhāvetukāmo teneva chachakkānaṃ vasena ghanavinibbhoganayena byatirekato ca anvayato ca dassento bhagavā – ‘‘cakkhu attāti yo vadeyyā’’tiādimāhāti yathānusandhikāva <a name="M2.0431"></a> desanā vibhāvitā. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘heṭṭhā kathitānaṃ hī’’</span>tiādi. Heṭṭhā pana channaṃ chakkānaṃ vasena vinibbhogadassanamattaṃ, na anattalakkhaṇaṃ vibhāvitaṃ<a name="V2.0212"></a>, idha pana sarūpato anattalakkhaṇaṃ vibhāvitanti adhippāyena anusandhantarabhāvajotanā. Yadipi anattabhāvo nāma catūsupi saccesu labbhateva, sabbepi hi dhammā anattā, ime panettha dvepi nayā sammasanavasena pavattāti vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ anattabhāvadassanattha’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Na upapajjatī</span>ti upapattisaṅkhātayuttiyā na sametīti ayamettha atthoti āha <span class="bld">‘‘na yujjatī’’</span>ti. Attavādinā – ‘‘nicco dhuvo sassato’’ti abhimato, cakkhuñca uppādavantatāya aniccaṃ, yaṃ paccayāyatthavuttitā, tasmā ‘‘cakkhu attāti yo vadeyya, taṃ na upapajjatī’’tiādi. Sakkāyavatthu cakkhu anattā aniccabhāvato seyyathāpi ghaṭo, cakkhuṃ aniccaṃ paccayāyattavuttibhāvato seyyathāpi ghaṭo, cakkhu paccayāyattavutti uppādādisambhavato seyyathāpi ghaṭo. <span class="bld">Vigacchatī</span>ti bhaṅguppattiyā sabhāvāvigamena vigacchati. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘nirujjhatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    824. 

  824. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para424"></a><a name="para424_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">424</span>. Yasmā kilesavaṭṭamūlakaṃ kammavaṭṭaṃ, kammavaṭṭamūlakañca vipākavaṭṭaṃ. Kilesuppatti ca taṇhādiggāhapubbikā, tasmā <span class="bld">‘‘tiṇṇaṃ vā gāhānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ dassetu’’</span>nti āha. Yasmā pana taṇhāpakkhikā dhammā samudayasaccaṃ, cakkhādayo dukkhasaccaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ – <span class="bld">‘‘dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ dassetu’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhāva veditabbā</span> sakkāyagāminipaṭipadāya adhippetattā. ‘‘Etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā gahaṇamevettha anupassanāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘gāhattayavasena passatī’’</span>ti.</p>
    825. 

  825. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tiṇṇaṃ gāhānaṃ paṭipakkhavasenā</span>ti taṇhādiggāhapaṭipakkhabhūtānaṃ dukkhāniccānattānupassanānaṃ vasena, tāhi vā tiṇṇaṃ gāhānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena viniveṭhanavasena anuppādanavasenāti attho. Paṭipakkhavasena vivaṭṭaṃ dassetunti yojanā. <span class="bld">Sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā</span>ti ettha nirodhadhammo sarūpeneva dassitoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘nirodho…pe… dassetu’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Paṭisedhavacanānī</span>ti paṭikkhepavacanāni.</p>
    826. 

  826. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para425"></a><a name="para425_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">425</span>. Taṇhādīnaṃ anupādiyanavacanāni <span class="bld">taṇhādiṭṭhivaseneva vuttāni</span> taṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃyeva abhinandanādivasena pavattisabbhāvato. Appahīnattho anusayatthoti <a name="M2.0432"></a> āha – <span class="bld">‘‘anusetīti appahīno hotī’’</span>ti ariyamaggena hi appahīno thāmagato rāgādikileso anusayo kāraṇalābhe sati uppajjanārahabhāvato. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. <span class="bld">Vaṭṭadukkhakilesadukkhassā</span>ti vaṭṭadukkhassa ceva kilesadukkhassa ca. Saupādisesanibbānañhi kilesadukkhassa antakaraṇaṃ, anupādisesanibbānaṃ vaṭṭadukkhassa.</p>
    827. 

  827. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para426"></a><a name="para426_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">426</span>. <span class="bld">Tesa</span>nti <a name="V2.0213"></a> anusayānaṃ. <span class="bld">Paṭikkhepavasenā</span>ti pajahanavasena, appavattikaraṇavasenāti attho. <span class="bld">Avijjaṃ pajahitvā</span>ti anavasesato avijjaṃ appavattidhammataṃ āpādetvā. Kāmaṃ heṭṭhimamaggañāṇampi avijjāpahāyinī vijjā eva, taṃ pana ñāṇaṃ avijjāya anavasesappahāyakaṃ na hoti, aggamaggañāṇe pana uppanne avijjāya lesopi nāvasissatīti tadeva avijjāya pahāyakanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘arahattamaggavijjaṃ uppādetvā’’</span>ti.</p>
    828. 

  828. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para427"></a><a name="para427_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">427</span>. Sayameva tathāgate attano buddhānubhāvena desente saṭṭhi bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattāti <span class="bld">anacchariyametaṃ,</span> atha kiṃ acchariyanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘ima’’</span>ntiādi. <span class="bld">Kathentepī</span>ti ettha <span class="bld">iti</span>saddo pakārattho, imināva pakārenāti attho. <span class="bld">Pattā evā</span>ti saṭṭhi bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā evāti yojanā. <span class="bld">Etampi anacchariyaṃ,</span> satthu sammukhā sāvakā samudāgamā mahābhiññā pabhinnapaṭisambhidā tathā tathā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desentīti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘mahābhiññappattā hi te sāvakā’’</span>ti.</p>
    829. 

  829. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Mahāmaṇḍape</span>ti lohapāsādassa purato eva mahābhikkhusannipāto jātoti tesaṃ pahonakavasena kate mahati sāṇimaṇḍapeti vadanti. <span class="bld">Tesupi ṭhānesū</span>ti tesu yathāvuttamahāmaṇḍapādīsu ṭhānesu. Mahāthero atthīti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Devattherassa guṇe sutvā pasannamānaso mahāthero, tathāpi vatthasampattiyā pasīditvā <span class="bld">‘‘tvaṃ pana nhāpehī’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    830. 

  830. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Heṭṭhāpāsāde</span>ti ca kalyāṇiyamahāvihāre uposathāgāre heṭṭhāpāsāde ekadā uparipāsāde ekadā, kathesīti. Cūḷanāgassa tathā mahatī parisā devatānubhāvena abhiññāpādanaṃ ahosīti keci<a name="M2.0433"></a>. Thero pana mahiddhiko ahosi, tasmā tāva mahatiṃ parisaṃ abhiññāpesīti apare.</p>
    831. 

  831. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tato tato</span>ti tassaṃ tassaṃ disāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekovā</span>ti ekacco eva, na bahuso, katipayāva puthujjanā ahesunti attho. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    832. 

  832. <p class="centered">Chachakkasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    833. 

  833. <p class="subhead">7. Mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    834. 

  834. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para428"></a><a name="para428_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">428</span>. Mahantāni <a name="V2.0214"></a> saḷāyatanāni adhikicca pavattattā <span class="bld">mahāsaḷāyatanikaṃ,</span> mahantatā ca tesaṃ mahantaṃ lokasannivāsaṃ abhibyāpetvā ṭhitattā ayoniso gayhamānānaṃ mahato anatthāya saṃvattanato, yoniso gayhamānānaṃ mahato atthāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanato ca daṭṭhabbā. <span class="bld">Jotaka</span>nti bodhakaṃ.</p>
    835. 

  835. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para429"></a><a name="para429_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">429</span>. Sikhāppattāya vipassanāya jānanampi yathābhūtajānanameva maggena jānanassa āsannakāraṇabhāvatoti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘sahavipassanena maggena ajānanto’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vuḍḍhiṃ gacchantī</span>ti paccayasamodhānena bhavayonigatiṭhitisattāvāsapāḷiyā aparāparaṃ parivuddhiṃ gacchanti. Evaṃbhūtā paguṇabhāvamāpāditā samathavipassanādhammā viya suṭṭhutaraṃ vasībhāvaṃ pāpitā jhānābhiññā viya ca vasībhūtā hutvā uparūpari brūhentīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘vasībhāvaṃ gacchantī’’</span>ti. Tathā hi te kadāci bhavapatthanāya anuppāditāyapi appahīnabhāvenevassā tiṭṭhanti. Akusalā dhammāva yebhuyyena dassanāyatanena vināsadassanato pavattanti parivaḍḍhanti ca. <span class="bld">Pañcadvārikadarathā</span>ti pañcadvārikajavanasahagatā akusaladarathā. Evaṃ <span class="bld">manodvārikadarathā</span> veditabbā. <span class="bld">Santāpā</span>ti darathehi balavanto sampayuttadhammānaṃ nissayassa ca santāpanakarā. Pariḷāhāti tatopi balavatarā tesaṃyeva paridahanakarā.</p>
    836. 

  836. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para430"></a><a name="para430_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">430</span>. <span class="bld">Pañcadvārikasukhaṃ,</span> na kāyappasādasannissitasukhameva. <span class="bld">Manodvārikasukha</span>nti manodvārikacittasannissitasukhaṃ, na yaṃ kiñci cetasikasukhaṃ tassa kāyikasukhaggahaṇeneva <a name="M2.0434"></a> gahitattā. <span class="bld">Pañcadvārikajavanena samāpajjanaṃ vā vuṭṭhānaṃ vā natthī</span>ti idaṃ manodvārikajavanena tassa sambhavaṃ dassetuṃ, maggassa vasena vuttaṃ, na pana tappasaṅgasaṅkānivattanatthaṃ. Viññattimattampi janetuṃ asamatthaṃ samāpajjanassa kathaṃ paccayo hoti, buddhānaṃ pana bhagavantānaṃ hotīti ce? Tathāpi tassa āsannaṭṭhāne pañcadvārikacittappavattiyā asambhavo eva tādisassa pubbābhogassa tasmiṃ kāle asambhavato. Eteneva yā kesañci ariyadhamme akovidānaṃ ghaṭasabhāvādīsu buddhitulyakāritāpatticodanā; sā paṭikkhittāti daṭṭhabbā taṃtaṃpurimābhogavasena tena tena pañcadvārikābhiniyatamanoviññāṇassa <a name="V2.0215"></a> parato pavattamānamanoviññāṇena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivisesassa vinicchinitabbato. <span class="bld">Uppannamattakameva hotī</span>ti pañcadvārikajavanaṃ tādisaṃ kiñci atthanicchayakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, kevalaṃ uppannamattameva hoti. <span class="bld">Aya</span>nti ‘‘ādīnavānupassino’’tiādinā vuttā.</p>
    837. 

  837. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para431"></a><a name="para431_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">431</span>. <span class="bld">Kusalacitta…pe… bhūtassā</span>ti vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāsahagatakusalacittassa sampayuttacetosukhasamaṅgībhūtassa. <span class="bld">Pubbasuddhikā</span>ti magguppattito, vipassanārambhatopi vā pubbeva suddhā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘ādito paṭṭhāya parisuddhāva hontī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Sabbatthakakārāpakaṅgānī</span>ti sīlavisodhanassa cittasamādhānassa vipassanābhiyogassa maggena pahātabbakilesapahānassāti sabbassapi maggasambhārakiccassa kārāpakaṅgāni. <span class="bld">Aṭṭhaṅgiko vā</span>ti paṭhamajjhāniko vā aṭṭhaṅgiko, dutiyajjhāniko vā <span class="bld">sattaṅgiko hoti</span>.</p>
    838. 

  838. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Imameva suttapadesaṃ gahetvā</span>ti, ‘‘yā tathābhūtassa diṭṭhī’’tiādinā sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ pañcannaṃyeva tasmiṃ ṭhāne gahitattā lokuttaramaggo pañcaṅgikoti vadati. <span class="bld">So</span>ti tathā vadanto vitaṇḍavādī. <span class="bld">Anantaravacanenevā</span>ti, ‘‘yā tathābhūtassa diṭṭhī’’tiādivacanassa, ‘‘evamassāya’’ntiādinā anantaravacanena. <span class="bld">Paṭisedhitabbo</span>ti paṭikkhipitabbo. ‘‘Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti hi idaṃ vacanaṃ ariyamaggassa pañcaṅgikabhāvaṃ ujukameva paṭikkhipati. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘yā tathābhūtassa diṭṭhī’’tiādinā tattha pañcannaṃ eva aṅgānaṃ gahaṇaṃ kimatthiyanti āha <span class="bld">‘‘uttari cā’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Sammāvācaṃ bhāveti</span> ariyamaggasamaṅgī. Tenāha <span class="bld">‘‘micchāvācaṃ pajahatī’’</span>ti. Yasmiñhi <a name="M2.0435"></a> khaṇe sammāvācā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati, tasmiṃyeva micchāvācā pajahīyatīti. <span class="bld">Saheva viratiyā pūrenti</span> samucchedaviratiyā vinā dukkhapariññādīnaṃ asambhavato. <span class="bld">Ādito paṭṭhāya parisuddhāneva vaṭṭanti</span> parisuddhe sīle patiṭṭhitasseva bhāvanāya ijjhanato. Yathāvuttamatthaṃ ganthantarenapi samatthetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘subhaddasuttepi cā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Anekesu suttasatesu aṭṭhaṅgikova maggo āgato,</span> na pañcaṅgikoti adhippāyo.</p>
    839. 

  839. <p class="bodytext">Sammāsati maggakkhaṇe kāyānupassanādicatukiccasādhikā hotīti taṃ catubbidhaṃ katvā dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘maggasampayuttāva cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’</span>ti āha. Na catumaggasampayuttatāvasena. Esa nayo <a name="V2.0216"></a> <span class="bld">sammappadhānā</span>dīsupi. Aññamaññānativattamānā yuganaddhā yuttā viya ariyamaggayuganaddhā aññamaññaṃ paṭibaddhāti yuganaddhā. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘ekakkhaṇikayuganandhā’’</span>ti ariyamaggakkhaṇe eva hi samathavipassanā ekakkhaṇikā hutvā samadhuraṃ vattanti. Tenevāha <span class="bld">‘‘ete hī’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Aññasmiṃ khaṇe samāpatti, aññasmiṃ vipassanā</span>ti idaṃ tesaṃ tattha tattha kiccato adhikabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na aññathā. Na hi paññārahitā samāpatti, samādhirahitā ca vipassanā atthi. <span class="bld">Ariyamagge pana ekakkhaṇikā</span> samadhuratāya ekarasabhāvenāti attho. <span class="bld">Phalavimuttī</span>ti arahattaphalavimutti. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.</p>
    840. 

  840. <p class="centered">Mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    841. 

  841. <p class="subhead">8. Nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    842. 

  842. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para435"></a><a name="para435_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">435</span>. <span class="bld">Samavisamaṃ</span> <a name="V2.0217"></a> <span class="bld">carantī</span>ti kāyasamādiṃ samaññeva, kāyavisamādiṃ visamaññeva caranti karonti paṭipajjanti. Taṃ pana samavisamaṃ aññamaññaṃ viruddhattā visadisattā na ekasmiṃ kāle sambhavatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘kālena samaṃ kālena visama’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Samacariyampi hi eta</span>nti pubbe samacariyāya jotitattā vuttaṃ.</p>
    843. 

  843. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para437"></a><a name="para437_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">437</span>. Ākaronti adhippetamatthaṃ ñāpenti pabodhentīti <span class="bld">ākārā,</span> ñāpakakāraṇanti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘ke ākārāti kāni kāraṇānī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Anubuddhiyo</span>ti <a name="M2.0436"></a> anumānañāṇāni. Tañhi yathādiṭṭhamatthaṃ diṭṭhabhāvena anveti anugacchatīti ‘‘anvayā’’ti vuccati. <span class="bld">Haritatiṇacampakavanādivasenā</span>ti haritakambalādisadisatiṇādivasena vitthāritakanakapaṭādisadivikasitacampakavanādivasena. Ādisaddena cettha kīcakaveṇusaddamadhurasaphalāphalavasena saddarasānaṃ atthibhāvo veditabboti. Campakavaseneva pana phassagandhānampi atthibhāvo vuttoti. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘rūpādayo pañca kāmaguṇā atthī’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">‘‘Itthirūpādīni sandhāyetaṃ kathita’’</span>nti vatvā indriyabaddhā vā hontu rūpādayo anindriyabaddhā vā, sabbepi cete kilesuppattinimittatāya kāmaguṇā evāti codanaṃ sandhāya visabhāgitthigatā rūpādayo savisesaṃ kilesuppattinimittanti dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘tāni hī’’</span>tiādimāha.</p>
    844. 

  844. <p class="bodytext">Tattha <span class="bld">tānī</span>ti rūpādīni. <span class="bld">Hi</span>-saddo hetuattho. Tena yathāvuttamatthaṃ samattheti, ‘‘yasmā purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tasmā itthirūpādīni sandhāya etaṃ kathita’’nti. <span class="bld">Purisassa citta</span>nti purisassa catubhūmakaṃ kusalacittaṃ <span class="bld">pariyādāya</span> gahetvā antomuṭṭhigataṃ viya katvā. ‘‘Hatthikāyaṃ pariyādiyitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.126) hi gahaṇaṃ pariyādānaṃ nāma, ‘‘aniccasaññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.102) khepanaṃ pariyādānaṃ, idha ubhayampi vaṭṭati. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ sutteneva sādhetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘yathāhā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave’’</span>tiādīsu <span class="bld">na</span>-kāro paṭisedhattho. <span class="bld">Aha</span>nti bhagavā attānaṃ niddisati. <span class="bld">Bhikkhave</span>ti bhikkhū ālapati. <span class="bld">Añña</span>nti idāni vattabbaṃ itthirūpato aññaṃ. <span class="bld">Ekarūpampī</span>ti ekampi rūpaṃ. <span class="bld">Samanupassāmī</span>ti ñāṇassa samanupassanā adhippetā, heṭṭhā <span class="bld">na</span>-kāraṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Ayañhettha <a name="V2.0218"></a> attho – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbaññutaññāṇena sabbaso olokento aññaṃ ekarūpampi na samanupassāmī’’ti. <span class="bld">Yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī</span>ti yaṃ rūpaṃ rūpagarukassa purisassa sabbampi kusalacittaṃ pavattituṃ appadānavasena pariyādiyitvā gahetvā khepetvā ca tiṭṭhati. <span class="bld">Yathayidaṃ itthirūpa</span>nti itthiyā rūpakāyaṃ. <span class="bld">Rūpa</span>saddo khandhādianekatthavācako, idha pana itthiyā catusamuṭṭhāne rūpāyatane vaṇṇadhātuyaṃ daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Itthirūpaṃ, bhikkhave, purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī’’ti <a name="M2.0437"></a> idaṃ purimasseva daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Purimaṃ ‘‘yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthirūpa’’nti idaṃ opammavasena vuttaṃ, idaṃ pariyādānabhāve nidassananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    845. 

  845. <p class="centered">Nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    846. 

  846. <p class="subhead">9. Piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    847. 

  847. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para438"></a><a name="para438_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">438</span>. Dhammasenāpatino <a name="V2.0219"></a> paṭisallīyanassa adhippetattā, upari ca pāḷiyaṃ, ‘‘suññatāvihārena kho ahaṃ, bhante, etarahi bahulaṃ viharāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.438) vuttattā <span class="bld">‘‘paṭisallānāti phalasamāpattito’’</span>ti āha.</p>
    848. 

  848. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Vippasannānī</span>ti visesato pasannāni. <span class="bld">Okāsavasenā</span>ti indriyānaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsavasena. Nanu tāni indriyāni sabhāvato vippasannāni hontīti? Saccaṃ honti. Na hidaṃ tādisaṃ pasannataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, idaṃ pana santapaṇītasamāpattisamuṭṭhitānaṃ paccupaṭṭhitānaṃ cittajarūpānaṃ vasena sesatisantatirūpānaṃ seṭṭhataraṃ paṇītabhāvāpattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">Phalasamāpattito</span>ti suññatānupassanāvasena samāpannaphalasamāpattito. Mahantānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ purisānaṃ vihāro <span class="bld">mahāpurisavihāro</span>. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘buddha…pe… vihāro’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Vihārato paṭṭhāyā</span>ti parikkhitte ca vihāre parikkhepato paṭṭhāya, aparikkhitte ca parikkhepārahaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya. Keci pana ‘‘vihārabbhantarato paṭṭhāyā’’ti vadanti. <span class="bld">Yāva gāmassa indakhīlā</span>ti gāmassa abbhantarindakhīlo. <span class="bld">Gehapaṭipāṭiyācaritvā</span>ti piṇḍāya caritvā. <span class="bld">Yāva nagaradvārena nikkhamanā</span>ti nagaradvārena yāva nikkhamanapadesā. <span class="bld">Yāva vihārā</span>ti yāva vihārabbhantarā. <span class="bld">Paṭikkantamaggo</span>ti nivattanamaggo. Ārammaṇe paṭihaññanākārena pavattamānampi paṭighasampayuttaṃ citte paṭihanantaṃ viya pavattatīti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘citte paṭihaññanakilesajāta’’</span>nti. <span class="bld">Divasañca rattiñca anusikkhantenā</span>ti etaṃyeva rāgādippahāyiniṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ divā ca rattiñca anu anu sikkhantena uparūpari vaḍḍhentena.</p>
    849. 

  849. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para440"></a><a name="para440_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">440</span>. <span class="bld">Pahīnā nu kho me pañca kāmaguṇā</span>ti ettha kāmaguṇappahānaṃ nāma tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘tiṭṭhanti citrāni tatheva <a name="M2.0438"></a> loke, athettha dhīrā vinayanti chanda’’nti. <span class="bld">Ekabhikkhussa paccavekkhaṇā nānā</span>ti ekasseva bhikkhuno, ‘‘pahīnā nu kho me pañca kāmaguṇā’’tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ āgatā nānāpaccavekkhaṇā honti. <span class="bld">Nānābhikkhūna</span>nti visuṃ visuṃ anekesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ. <span class="bld">Paccavekkhaṇā nānā</span>ti vuttanānāpaccavekkhaṇā. Idāni tameva saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘katha’’</span>ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha <span class="bld">‘‘paccavekkhatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ, kathaṃ pana paccavekkhatīti āha <span class="bld">‘‘pahīnā nu kho’’</span>tiādi. <span class="bld">Vīriyaṃ paggayhā</span>ti <a name="V2.0220"></a> catubbidhasammappadhānavīriyaṃ ārabhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhitvā. Maggānantaraṃ anāgāmiphalaṃ patvāti vacanaseso. <span class="bld">Phalānantaraṃ magga</span>nti tasmiṃ anāgāmimagge ṭhito phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya aggamaggatthāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā tasmiṃyeva āsane na cireneva vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā arahattamaggaṃ gaṇhanto nirodhadhammānuppattiyā vipassanāparivāsābhāvato phalānantaraṃ maggappatto nāma hotīti katvā.</p>
    850. 

  850. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tato vuṭṭhāyā</span>ti maggānantaraphalato vuṭṭhāya. Maggānantarato hi vuṭṭhito maggato vuṭṭhito viya hotīti tathā vuttaṃ. <span class="bld">‘‘Phalānantaraṃ magga’’</span>nti ettha phalaṃ anantaraṃ etassāti phalānantaraṃ. ‘‘Phalānantaraṃ magga’’nti padadvayenapi anāgāmimaggaphalāni ceva vadatīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. <span class="bld">Nīvaraṇādīsupi eseva nayo</span>ti ettha, ‘‘pahīnā nu kho me pañca nīvaraṇā’’tiādinā yojanā veditabbā. <span class="bld">Etesa</span>nti ettha etesaṃ nīvaraṇapañcupādānakkhandhasatipaṭṭhānādīnaṃ. <span class="bld">Pahānādīnī</span>ti pahānapariññābhāvanāsacchikiriyā. <span class="bld">Nānāpaccavekkhaṇā hotī</span>ti tā paccavekkhaṇā nānāti adhippāyo. <span class="bld">Etāsu pana paccavekkhaṇāsū</span>ti etāsu kāmaguṇapaccavekkhaṇādīsu dvādasasu paccavekkhaṇāsu. <span class="bld">Ekaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ paccavekkhati</span> dvādasasu nayesu ekeneva kiccasiddhito. <span class="bld">Añño</span> bhikkhu. <span class="bld">Eka</span>nti aññaṃ paccavekkhati. Aññattho hi ayaṃ <span class="bld">eka</span>saddo ‘‘ittheke’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.21, 27) viyāti. Nānābhikkhūnaṃ pana ekā paccavekkhaṇā, nānābhikkhūnaṃ nānāpaccavekkhaṇāti evaṃ catukkapaccavekkhaṇampi ettha sambhavati. Imassa pana dvayassa vasena abhisamayo natthīti tadubhayaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na uddhaṭaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.</p>
    851. 

  851. <p class="centered">Piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    852. 

  852. <p class="subhead">10. Indriyabhāvanāsuttavaṇṇanā</p>
    853. 

  853. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para453"></a><a name="para453_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">453</span>. <span class="bld">Evaṃnāmake</span>ti <a name="V2.0221"></a><a name="M2.0439"></a> ‘‘gajaṅgalā’’ti evaṃ itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmake majjhimapadesassa mariyādaṭṭhānabhūte nigame. <span class="bld">Suveḷu nāma</span> nicalarukkhoti vadanti. Tato aññaṃ evāti pana adhippāyena <span class="bld">‘‘ekā rukkhajātī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Cakkhusotānaṃ yathāsakavisayato nivāraṇaṃ damanaṃ indriyabhāvanā, tañca kho sabbaso adassanena asavanenāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ na passati, sotena saddaṃ na suṇātī’’</span>ti. Sati hi dassane savane ca tāni adantāni abhāvitānevāti adhippāyo. Cakkhusotāni ca asampattaggāhitāya durakkhitānīti brāhmaṇo tesaṃyeva visayaggahaṇaṃ paṭikkhipi. <span class="bld">Asadisāyā</span>ti aññatitthiyasamayehi asādhāraṇāya. <span class="bld">Ālaya</span>nti kathetukāmatākāranti attho.</p>
    854. 

  854. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para454"></a><a name="para454_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">454</span>. <span class="bld">Vipassanupekkhā</span>ti āraddhavipassakassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ aniccabhāvādivicinane majjhattabhūtā vipassanāsaṅkhātā upekkhā. Sā pana yasmā bhāvanāvisesappattiyā heṭṭhimehi vipassanāvārehi santā ceva paṇītā ca, pageva cakkhuviññāṇādisahagatāhi upekkhāhi, tasmā āha – <span class="bld">‘‘esā santā esā paṇītā’’</span>ti. <span class="bld">Atappikā</span>ti santapaṇītabhāvanārasavasena tittiṃ na janeti. Tenevāha –</p>
    855. 

  855. <p class="gatha1">‘‘Suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno;</p>
    856. 

  856. <p class="gathalast">Amānusī ratī hoti, sammā dhammaṃ vipassato’’ti. (dha. pa. 373);</p>
    857. 

  857. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Itī</span>ti evaṃ vakkhamānākārenāti attho. <span class="bld">Ayaṃ bhikkhū</span>ti ayaṃ āraddhavipassako bhikkhūti yojanā. <span class="bld">Cakkhudvāre rūpārammaṇamhī</span>ti cakkhudvāre āpāthagate rūpārammaṇe. <span class="bld">Manāpa</span>nti manāpabhāvena pavattanakaṃ. <span class="bld">Majjhatte manāpāmanāpa</span>nti iṭṭhamajjhatte manāpabhāvena amanāpabhāvena ca pavattanakaṃ manāpāmanāpaṃ nāmāti. Tenāha (‘‘neva manāpaṃ na amanāpa’’nti). Iminā manāpabhāvo gahito, ‘‘neva manāpa’’nti iminā manāpabhāvo majjhatto ca ubhayaṃ ekadesato labbhatīti, <span class="bld">‘‘manāpāmanāpa’’</span>nti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ārammaṇe labbhamānavisesavasena tadārammaṇassa cittassa pākatikaṃ pavattiākāraṃ dassetvā idāni tappaṭisedhena ariyassa <a name="M2.0440"></a> vinaye anuttaraṃ indriyabhāvanaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘tassa rajjituṃ vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – tassa cittaṃ iṭṭhe ārammaṇe <a name="V2.0222"></a> rajjituṃ vā aniṭṭhe ārammaṇe dussituṃ vā majjhatte ārammaṇe muyhituṃ vā. <span class="bld">Adatvā</span>ti nisedhetvā. <span class="bld">Pariggahetvā</span>ti parijānanavasena ñāṇena gahetvā ñātatīraṇapahānapariññāhi parijānitvā. <span class="bld">Vipassanaṃ majjhatte ṭhapetī</span>ti anukkamena vipassanupekkhaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ saṅkhārupekkhaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapeti. <span class="bld">Cakkhumā</span>ti na pasādacakkhuno atthitāmattajotanaṃ; atha kho tassa atisayena atthitājotanaṃ, ‘‘sīlavā’’tiādīsu viyāti āha – <span class="bld">‘‘cakkhumāti sampannacakkhu visuddhanetto’’</span>ti.</p>
    858. 

  858. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para456"></a><a name="para456_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">456</span>. <span class="bld">Īsakaṃ poṇe</span>ti majjhe uccaṃ hutvā īsakaṃ poṇe, na antantena vaṅke. Tenāha – <span class="bld">‘‘rathīsā viya uṭṭhahitvā ṭhite’’</span>ti.</p>
    859. 

  859. <p class="bodytext"><a name="para461"></a><a name="para461_mn3"></a><span class="paranum">461</span>. <span class="bld">Paṭikūle</span>ti amanuññe ārammaṇe. <span class="bld">Appaṭikūlasaññī</span>ti na paṭikūlasaññī. Taṃ pana appaṭikūlasaññitaṃ dassetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘mettāpharaṇena vā’’</span>tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha paṭikūle aniṭṭhe vatthusmiṃ sattasaññite mettāpharaṇena vā dhātuso upasaṃhārena vā saṅkhārasaññite pana dhātuso upasaṃhārena vāti yojetabbaṃ. <span class="bld">Appaṭikūlasaññī viharatī</span>ti hitesitāya dhammasabhāvacintanāya ca nappaṭikūlasaññī hutvā iriyāpathavihārena viharati. <span class="bld">Appaṭikūle</span> iṭṭhe vatthusmiṃ sattasaññite kesādiasucikoṭṭhāsamattamevāti <span class="bld">asubhapharaṇena vā</span>ti asubhato manasikāravasena. Idaṃ rūpārūpamattaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhatanti <span class="bld">aniccato upasaṃhārena vā</span>. Tato eva, ‘‘dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhamma’’nti manasi karonto <span class="bld">paṭikūlasaññī viharati. Sesapadesū</span>ti, ‘‘paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle cā’’tiādinā āgatesu sesesu dvīsu padesu. Tattha hi iṭṭhāniṭṭhavatthūni ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ yathā sattānaṃ paṭhamaṃ paṭikūlato upaṭṭhitameva pacchā gahaṇākāravasena avatthantarena vā appaṭikūlato upaṭṭhāti. Yañca appaṭikūlato upaṭṭhitameva pacchā paṭikūlato upaṭṭhāti, tadubhayepi khīṇāsavo sace ākaṅkhati, vuttanayena appaṭikūlasaññī vihareyya paṭikūlasaññī vāti.</p>
    860. 

  860. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Tadubhayaṃ</span> <a name="M2.0441"></a> <span class="bld">abhinivajjetvā</span>ti sabhāvato bhāvanānubhāvato ca upaṭṭhitaṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭikūlasabhāvaṃ appaṭikūlasabhāvaṃ vāti taṃ ubhayaṃ pahāya aggahetvā. Sabbasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ pana, <span class="bld">‘‘majjhatto hutvā viharitukāmo kiṃ karotī’’</span>ti, vatvā tattha paṭipajjanavidhiṃ dassento, <span class="bld">‘‘iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu…pe… domanassito hotī’’</span>ti āha. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ paṭisambhidāmaggapāḷiyā vibhāvetuṃ, <span class="bld">‘‘vuttaṃ heta’’</span>ntiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā vuttanayo eva. <span class="bld">Sato</span>ti sativepullappattiyā satimā. <span class="bld">Sampajāno</span>ti paññāvepullappattiyā sampajānakārī. <span class="bld">Cakkhunā</span> <a name="V2.0223"></a> <span class="bld">rūpaṃ disvā</span>ti kāraṇavasena cakkhūti laddhavohārena rūpadassanasamatthena cakkhuviññāṇena, cakkhunā vā karaṇabhūtena rūpaṃ passitvā. <span class="bld">Neva sumano hoti</span> gehassitasomanassapaṭikkhepena nekkhammapakkhikāya kiriyāsomanassavedanāya.</p>
    861. 

  861. <p class="bodytext"><span class="bld">Imesu cā</span>ti ‘‘aññathā ca panānanda, ariyassa vinaye anuttarā indriyabhāvanā hotī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.453), – ‘‘kathañcānanda, sekho hoti paṭipado’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.460); – ‘‘kathañcānanda, ariyo hoti bhāvitindriyo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.461) ca āgatesu tividhesu nayesu. <span class="bld">Manāpaṃ amanāpaṃ manāpāmanāpa</span>nti ettha <span class="bld">manāpa</span>ggahaṇena somanassayuttakusalākusalānaṃ, <span class="bld">amanāpa</span>ggahaṇena domanassayuttaakusalānaṃ, <span class="bld">manāpāmanāpa</span>ggahaṇena tabbidhurupekkhāyuttānaṃ saṅgahitattā paṭhamanaye <span class="bld">‘‘saṃkilesaṃ vaṭṭati, nikkilesaṃ vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamanaye hi puthujjanassa adhippetattā saṃkilesakilesavippayuttampi yujjati. Dutiyanaye pana <span class="bld">‘‘so…pe… aḍḍīyatī’’</span>tiādivacanato <span class="bld">‘‘paṭhamaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sekkhassa adhippetattā cassa appahīnakilesavasena, <span class="bld">‘‘saṃkilesampi vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Tatiyanaye arahato adhippetattā, <span class="bld">‘‘tatiyaṃ nikkilesameva vaṭṭatī’’</span>ti vuttaṃ. Sekkhavāre pana ‘‘cakkhumā puriso’’tiādikā upamā ekameva atthaṃ ñāpetuṃ āha. Tasmā cakkhudvārassa uppanne rāgādike vikkhambhetvā vipassanupekkhāya patiṭṭhānaṃ ariyā indriyabhāvanāti. Paṭhamanayo vipassakavasena āgato, dutiyo sekkhassa vasena, paṭhamadutiyo ca sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ mūlakammaṭṭhānavasena, tatiyo khīṇāsavassa ariyavihāravasena <a name="M2.0442"></a> āgato. Paṭhamanaye ca puthujjanassa vasena, dutiyanaye sekkhassa vasena kusalaṃ vuttaṃ, tatiyanaye asekkhassa vasena kiriyābyākataṃ vuttanti ayaṃ viseso veditabbo.</p>
    862. 

  862. <p class="centered">Papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya</p>
    863. 

  863. <p class="centered">Indriyabhāvanāsuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.</p>
    864. 

  864. <p class="centered">Niṭṭhitā ca saḷāyatanavaggavaṇṇanā.</p>
    865. 

  865. <p class="centered">Uparipaṇṇāsaṭīkā samattā.</p>
    866. 

  866. </body>
    867.